No preview available
HomeMy WebLinkAboutWorld Cup Square Bid Set - Spec Signed PROJECT MANUAL OF CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 510 South 3rd Street Renton, WA 98057 PROJECT NO. CAG-25-044 CITY OF RENTON 1055 SOUTH GRADY WAY RENTON, WASHINGTON 98057 Armondo Pavone, Mayor CONSTRUCTION SET April 21, 2025 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS For City of Renton World Cup Legacy Square – Phase 1 #CAG-25-044 IN RENTON, WASHINGTON Owner: City of Renton Contact: Emma Conley (425) 757-6807 PRE-BID CONFERENCE Date: April 29, 2025 Time: 8:30 AM Zoom: Meeting ID: 839 2805 8164 Passcode: 804812 BID DUE Date: May 6, 2025 Time: 2:00 PM Location: Office of the City Clerk Address: Renton City Hall - Lobby 1055 S Grady Way Renton, WA 98057 BID OPEN Date: May 6, 2025 Time: 3:00 PM Zoom: Meeting ID: 864 1127 9397 Zoom Password: 248705 Time of Completion Substantial Completion: October 31, 2025 Anticipated Notice to Proceed: June 16, 2025 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR World Cup Legacy Square – Phase 1 #CAG-25-044 RENTON, WASHINGTON Approvals and Certifications Approved for Construction 4-15-2025 Contract No. CAG-25-044 00 00 00 - 1 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 TABLE OF CONTENTS Contract No. CAG-25-044 City of Renton World Cup Legacy Square – Phase 1 DIVISION 00 – PROCUREMENT & CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00 00 00 – TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION 00 11 03 – ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS SECTION 00 20 00 – BIDDER’S QUALIFICATION STATEMENT SECTION 00 21 00 – INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS SECTION 00 23 00 – SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS SECTION 00 42 10 – BID SUBMITTAL CHECKLIST SECTION 00 52 00 – STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT SECTION 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS SECTION 00 73 00 – SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS SECTION 00 80 00 – FORMS Form A – Bid Form Form B – Proposal Bid Bond Form C – List of Subcontractors, Part 1 (Submission of HVAC, Plumbing, and Electrical Subcontractors) Form D – List of Subcontractors, Part 2 (Submission of Structural Steel and Rebar Subcontractors) Form E – Contractor Qualification, Evaluation Form F – Qualifications of Key Personnel Form G – Contract Bond Form DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 10 00 – SUMMARY OF WORK SECTION 01 11 30 – HAZARDOUS MATERIALS SECTION 01 14 00 – WORK RESTRICTIONS SECTION 01 20 00 – PAYMENT PROCEDURES SECTION 01 21 00 – PREVAILING WAGE RATES SECTION 01 30 00 – ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 32 16 – CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE SECTION 01 40 00 – QUALITY REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 42 00 – DEFINITIONS SECTION 01 50 00 – TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS SECTION 01 58 00 – TEMPORARY PROJECT SIGNAGE SECTION 01 70 00 – EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS Contract No. CAG-25-044 00 00 00 - 2 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 SECTION 01 74 00 – CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL SECTION 01 78 00 – CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS DIVISION 02 – EXISTING CONDITION SECTION 02 41 00 – SITE DEMOLITION DIVISION 03 – CONCRETE SECTION 03 10 00 – CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES SECTION 03 15 00 – CONCRETE JOINTS AND ACCESSORIES SECTION 03 21 00 – STEEL REINFORCEMENT SECTION 03 30 00 – CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE SECTION 03 30 05 – CONCRETE MIX DESIGN SECTION 03 39 00 – CONCRETE CURING SECTION 03 62 00 – GROUT DIVISION 05 – METAL SECTION 05 52 00 – METAL RAILINGS DIVISION 09 – PAINTING SECTION 09 91 13 – PAINTING DIVISION 26 – ELECTRICAL SECTION 26 00 00 – BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS SECTION 26 05 19 – CONDUCTORS AND CABLES SECTION 26 05 26 – GROUNDING AND BONDING SECTION 26 05 33 – RACEWAYS AND BOXES SECTION 26 05 43 – UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND HANDHOLES SECTION 26 05 53 – ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION SECTION 26 27 26 – WIRING DEVICES DIVISION 31 – EARTHWORK SECTION 31 10 00 – SITE PREPARATION SECTION 31 23 13 – SUBGRADE PREPARATION SECTION 31 23 16 – EXCAVATION SECTION 31 23 23.00 – FILL AND BACKFILL SECTION 31 23 23.15 – TRENCH BACKFILL DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 32 11 23 – AGGREGATE BASE COURSES SECTION 32 12 16 – ASPAHLT PAVING SECTION 32 13 13 – CONCRETE PAVING SECTION 32 17 23 – PAVEMENT MARKING SECTION 32 31 13 – CHAIN LINK FENCES SECTION 32 84 00 – PLANTING IRRIGATION Contract No. CAG-25-044 00 00 00 - 3 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 SECTION 32 90 00 – PLANTING DIVISION 33 – UTILITIES SECTION 33 11 00 – WATER UTILITY DISTRIBUTION SECTION 33 31 00 – SANITARY SEWER UTILITY SECTION 33 40 00 – STORM DRAINAGE UTILITY APPENDIX APPENDIX A – CITY OF RENTON CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE GUIDELINES APPENDIX B – GEOTECHNICAL SITE ASSESSEMENT FROM PREVIOUSLY PROPOSED PROJECT (FOR REFERENCE ONLY) APPENDIX C – INTERLOCAL AGREEMENT WITH SEATTLE PUBLIC UTILITY (SPU) APPENDIX D – RECORD DRAWINGS FOR SOUTH 3RD STREET APPENDIX E – RECORD DRAWINGS FOR LOGAN AVENUE SOUTH APPENDIX F – RECORD DRAWINGS FOR UTILITIES WITHIN SPU PROPERTY APPENDIX G – PERMITS APPENDIX H – MATERIAL CUT SHEETS APPENDIX I – ARCHAEOLOGICAL MONITORING FOR THE RENTON DOWNTOWN UTILITY IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT (REPORT COVERS PROJECT AREA AND DEPTH) WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 00 – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00 11 03 – ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS Contract No. CAG-25-044 00 11 13 - 1 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 The City of Renton invites interested and qualified contractors to submit sealed bids for the following project: TITLE: WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 ESTIMATED BASE BID COST: $1,061,058.43 including WSST. PRE-BID CONFERENCE: 8:30 A.M. on April 29, 2025, via ZOOM Attendance at the pre-bid conference is highly encouraged but is not mandatory. Public Bid Opening Zoom Information: – Click or use this link to join the World Cup Legacy Square Pre-Bid Zoom Conference https://us06web.zoom.us/j/83928058164?pwd=V8icmuZMTr4xNooODC1hb7EAwEP8Ih.1 Meeting ID: 839 2805 8164 Passcode: 804812 One tap mobile 12532050468, 83928058164#, *804812# BID SUBMITTAL TIME/DATE/LOCATION: Bids are to be submitted prior to: 2:00 P.M. on May 6, 2025 Bids must be hand delivered to: Office of the City Clerk Lobby, Renton City Hall 1055 S. Grady Way Renton, WA 98057 PUBLIC BID OPENING: Approximately 3:00 P.M. on May 6, 2025 via ZOOM Public Bid Opening Zoom Information: – Click or use this link to join the World Cup Legacy Square Bid Opening Zoom Conference: https://us06web.zoom.us/j/86411279397?pwd=B2AQ6HnXuO9e1AtLjbbIjjO1lx27HM.1 Meeting ID: 864 1127 9397 Passcode: 248705 One tap mobile +12532158782, 86411279397#, *248705# The work, to be substantially completed from the date of commencement under this contract but shall not exceed a Substantial Completion date of October 31, 2025; shall include, but not be limited to: Construction of park improvements and related site work. Work includes earthwork, utility installation, asphalt paving, lighting, park signage, concrete flatwork, site furnishings, landscape planting, and landscape irrigation and other improvements for the construction of World Cup Legacy Square - Phase 1 for the City of Renton, Washington, all as shown and described on the Contract Documents prepared by the City of Renton dated, April 15, 2025. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 00 – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00 11 03 – ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS Contract No. CAG-25-044 00 11 13 - 2 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 Bid documents will be available April 21, 2025. Plans and specifications may be viewed at Builder’s Exchange of Washington. Free-of-charge access to project bid documents (plans, specifications, addenda, and Bidders List) is provided to Prime Bidders, Subcontractors, and Vendors by going to www.bxwa.com and clicking on "Posted Projects", "Public Works", and "City of Renton". This online plan room provides Bidders with fully usable online documents with the ability to: download, view, print, order full/partial plan sets from numerous reprographic sources, and a free online digitizer/take- off tool. It is recommended that Bidders “Register” in order to receive automatic e-mail notification of future addenda and to place themselves on the “Self-Registered Bidders List". Bidders that do not register will not be automatically notified of addenda and will need to periodically check the on-line plan room for addenda issued on this project. Contact Builders Exchange of Washington at (425) 258-1303 should you require assistance with access or registration. Published: Daily Journal of Commerce: POB 11050, Seattle, WA 98111. Phone: (206) 622 - 8272. Website: plancenter.com Contact Information: Please direct questions regarding this project to the City, attn: Emma Conley, P.E.; Civil Engineer III, Construction Engineering; phone (425) 757-6807, or email econley@rentonwa.gov. Document clarification questions must be submitted in writing no later than April 29, 3:00 PM. Additional Project Information: The City’s fair practices/non-discrimination policies and the State of Washington prevailing wage rates are applicable for this public works project located in King County. Bidders are responsible to verify and use the most recent prevailing wage rates. The “Effective Date” for this project is the Bid Submittal date set forth above. The applicable prevailing wage rates may be found on the Department of Labor & Industries website located at https://lni.wa.gov/licensing-permits/public-works- projects/prevailing-wage-rates/. A Bid Bond in the amount of 5% of the total amount of the bid must accompany each bid. The City reserves the right to reject any and all bids and to waive any informalities or irregularities in bids received. The City reserves the right to accept or reject any or all bids and to waive informalities. Bids shall be in a sealed envelope marked “WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE - PHASE 1”. Sealed bids for this proposal will be received by the City of Renton at the lobby of Renton City Hall, until the time and date specified in the Call for Bids. No mailed, Fedex, or UPS delivered bids will be accepted. The bids will be publicly opened and read via a Zoom video-conferencing 60 minutes after WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 00 – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00 11 03 – ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS Contract No. CAG-25-044 00 11 13 - 3 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 the bid closing, after which the bids will be considered and the award made as early as practicable. No proposal may be changed or withdrawn after the time set for receiving bids. Proposals shall be submitted on the forms attached hereto. THE CITY OF RENTON Jason Seth, City Clerk Published: Daily Journal of Commerce on April 21, 2025. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 00 – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00 20 00 – BIDDER’S QUALIFICATION STATEMENT Contract No. CAG-25-044 00 20 00 - 1 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 SECTION 00 20 00 – BIDDER’S QUALIFICATION STATEMENT PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1. SECTION INCLUDES A. Each Bidder submitting a Bid on Work included in these Contract Documents shall provide as part of this Bid, the following information. 1. Name of Bidder: 2. Business Address: 3. Telephone: 4. How many years has said Bidder been engaged in the contracting business under the present firm name? 5. Contracts now in hand (gross amount): $ 6. Experience with similar projects: In Form E (Contractor Qualifications, Evaluation), list at least three (3) projects accomplished within the last five (5) years in which the Bidder constructed comparable projects of similar scope of Work and value. Include the name, telephone number and email address of the Owner or Owner’s Representative responsible for the project. Describe how the project met customer satisfaction. The City of Renton will discuss performance with the named references. 7. Work Plan: Provide a Gantt chart or comparable of how the Work will be done within the Contract Time window allowed. Include a schedule of activities planned. 8. Assigned Key Personnel: Provide a resume for the Project Manager, Superintendent, Foreman, and other key personnel that will be assigned and committed to this Project and complete Form F (Qualifications of Key Personnel). 9. List of company’s major equipment. PART 2 – NOT USED. PART 3 – NOT USED. END OF SECTION WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 00 – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00 21 00 – INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Contract No. CAG-25-044 00 21 00 - 1 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 SECTION 00 21 00 – INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS PART 1 – GENERAL General - All terms, conditions, requirements and definitions set forth in the General Conditions of the Contract for Construction or in other Contract Documents are applicable to the Bidding Documents. 1.1. EXPLANATION TO PROSPECTIVE BIDDERS A. Any prospective Bidder desiring an explanation or interpretation of the solicitation, drawings, specifications, etc., must submit a request in writing via email to the Owner or the Owner’s agent seven (7) calendar days before the bid due date. Oral explanations or instructions given before the award of a contract will not be binding. Any information given a prospective Bidder concerning a solicitation will be furnished promptly to all other prospective Bidders by addendum to the solicitation, if that information is necessary in submitting bids or if the lack of it would be prejudicial to other prospective Bidders. B. In accordance with the legislative findings and policies set forth in Chapter 39.19 RCW the City of Renton encourages participation in all of its contracts by MWBE firms certified by the Office of Minority and Women’s Business Enterprises (OMWBE). Participation may be either on a direct basis in response to this invitation or as a subcontractor to a Bidder. However, unless required by federal statutes, regulations, grants, or contract terms referenced in the Contract Documents, no preference will be included in the evaluation of bids, no minimum level of MWBE participation shall be required as a condition for receiving an award, and bids will not be rejected or considered nonresponsive on that basis. Any affirmative action requirements set forth in federal regulations or statutes included or referenced in the Contract Documents will apply. C. The City of Renton encourages participation in all of its contracts by (a) Veteran- owned businesses (defined in RCW 43.60.010), list located at http://www.dva.wa.gov/program/certified-veteran-and-servicemember-owned- businesses, and (b) Small, Mini and Micro businesses (defined in RCW 39.26.010) which have registered in WEBS at https://fortress.wa.gov/ga/webs/ D. N/A 1.2. PREPARATION OF BIDS – CONSTRUCTION A. Bids must be: (1) submitted on the Bid Form, or copies of the forms, furnished by the Owner or the Owner’s agent, and (2) signed in ink. The person signing a Bid must initial each change appearing on any Bid Form. If the Bid is made by a corporation, it shall be signed by the corporation’s authorized designee. The address of the Bidder shall be typed or printed in ink on the Bid Form in the space provided. B. The Bid Form may require Bidders to submit bid prices for one or more items on WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 00 – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00 21 00 – INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Contract No. CAG-25-044 00 21 00 - 2 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 various bases, including: (1) lump sum base bid; (2) lump sum bid alternate prices; (3) unit prices; or (4) any combination of items 1 through 3 above . C. If the solicitation includes alternate bid items all requested Alternates must be bid. The Owner reserves the right, but is not obligated, to reject any Bid on which all requested Alternates are not bid. If no change in the Base Bid is required for an Alternate, enter “No Change.” If there is no entry, it will be presumed that the Bidder has made no offer to accomplish this Alternate. D. Substitute bid forms will not be considered unless this solicitation expressly authorizes their submission. E. All blanks on the Bid Form shall be filled in by typewriter or manually in ink. Any interlineation, alteration or erasure must be initialed by an authorized representative of the Bidder. The Bidder shall make no conditions or stipulations on the Bid Form nor qualify its Bid in any other manner. F. Where so indicated by the Bid Form, sums shall be expressed in both words and figures; in case of discrepancy between the two, and notwithstanding any language to the contrary in the Bid Form, the amount written in figures shall govern, but words may be used to help resolve any ambiguity in the figure. Portions of the Bid Form may require the addition of components to a total or the identification of component amounts within a total. In case of discrepancy between component amounts listed and their sum(s), the total amount listed shall govern, unless explicitly instructed otherwise on the Bid Form. 1.3. BID GUARANTEE A. A Bid guarantee in the amount of 5% of the Base Bid amount is required. The Bid Security constitutes a pledge that the Bidder will enter into the Contract with the Owner in the form provided, in a timely manner, and on the terms stated in its Bid and will furnish in a timely manner the payment and performance bonds, certificat es of insurance, Contractor’s Construction Schedule, and all other documents required in the Contract Documents. Should the Bidder fail or refuse to enter into the Contract or fail to furnish such documents, the amount of the Bid Security shall be forfeited to the Owner as liquidated damages, not as a penalty. By submitting its Bid, each Bidder agrees that any forfeiture of the Bid Security is a reasonable prediction at the time of Bid submittal of future damages to the Owner. Failure of the Bidder to provide bid guarantee when required shall render the Bid non-responsive. B. Acceptable forms of bid guarantee are: A bid bond (Form B) or postal money order, or certified check or cashier’s check made payable to the City of Renton Treasurer. The Attorney-in-Fact who executes the bond on behalf of the surety shall be licensed to do business in the State of Washington and shall affix to the bond a certified and current copy of his or her Power of Attorney. C. The Owner will return Bid guarantees (other than Bid bond) to unsuccessful Bidders as soon as practicable, but not sooner than the execution of a contract with the WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 00 – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00 21 00 – INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Contract No. CAG-25-044 00 21 00 - 3 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 successful Bidder. The successful Bidder’s bid guarantee will be returned to the successful Bidder with its official notice to proceed with the Work of the Contract. D. The Bidder will allow 60 calendar days from Bid opening date for acceptance of its Bid by the Owner. E. The Bidder will return to the Owner a signed contract, insurance certificate and bond or bond waiver within 15 calendar days after receipt of the Contract. If the apparent successful Bidder fails to sign all contractual documents or provide the bond and insurance as required or fails to return the documents within 15 calendar days after receipt of the Contract, the Owner may terminate the award of the Contract. F. In the event a Bidder discovers an error in its Bid following the Bid Opening, the Bidder may request to withdraw its bid under the following conditions: 1. Written notification of the claimed error and request to withdraw the Bid is received by the Owner within 24 hours following Bid Opening. 2. The Bidder provides written, detailed documentation of the claimed error to the satisfaction of the Owner within 72 hours following the Bid Opening. The Owner will approve or disapprove the request for withdrawal of the Bid in writing. If the Bidder’s request for withdrawal of its Bid is approved, the Bidder will be released from further obligation to the Owner without penalty. If it is disapproved, the Owner may retain the Bidder’s Bid guarantee. 1.4. ADDITIVE OR DEDUCTIVE BID ITEMS A. The low Bidder, for purposes of award, shall be the responsive Bidder offering the low aggregate amount for the base bid item, plus Bid additive or deductive Bid alternates selected by the Owner, and within funds available for the Project. B. The Bidder agrees to hold all bid alternate prices for sixty (60) calendar days from date of bid opening. C. All items on bid form must include pricing or bid will be considered non-responsive. 1.5. ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF ADDENDA Bidders shall acknowledge receipt of all addenda to this solicitation by identifying the addenda numbers in the space provided for this purpose on the Bid Form. Failure to do so may result in the Bid being declared non-responsive. 1.6. SITE INVESTIGATION AND CONDITIONS AFFECTING THE WORK The Bidder acknowledges that it has taken steps necessary to ascertain the nature and location of the Work, and that it has investigated and satisfied itself as to the general and local conditions which can affect the Work or its cost, including but not limited to; (1) conditions bearing upon transportation, disposal, handling, and storage of materials; (2) WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 00 – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00 21 00 – INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Contract No. CAG-25-044 00 21 00 - 4 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 the availability of labor, water, electric power, and road; (3) uncertainties of weather, river stages, tides, or similar physical conditions at the site; (4) the conformation and conditions of the ground; and (5) the character of equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and during the Work. The Bidder also acknowledges that it has satisfied itself as to character, quality, and quantity of surface and subsurface materials or obstacles to be encountered insofar as this information is reasonably ascertainable from an inspection of the site, including exploratory work done by the Owner, as well as from the drawings and specifications made a part of this Contract. Any failure of the Bidder to fully acquaint itself with any applicable conditions or matter will not in any way relieve the Bidder from the responsibility for performing the Work in accordance with, and for the Contract Sum and within the Contract Time provided for in, the proposed Contract Documents. 1.7. BID AMOUNTS A. The Bid prices shown for each item on the Bid Form (including Alternates, if any) shall include all labor, material, equipment, overhead and compensation to complete all of the Work for that item. B. The Owner will obtain and pay for Civil Construction permits for this Project prior to Project Notice to Proceed. Contractor shall obtain and pay for all Building Permits, Electrical, Plumbing, Traffic Control Plan, Environmental Stormwater Discharge, and other regulatory permits as required. C. The Bidder agrees to hold the Base Bid prices for sixty (60) calendar days from date of Bid Opening. 1.8. TAXES All Bid amounts shall include Washington Sales Tax (WSST) based on the City of Renton rate (currently 10.3%) entered on the appropriate location on the Bid Form. All other taxes imposed by law shall be included in the bid amount. The Owner will include WSST in progress payments. The Contractor shall pay the WSST to the Department of Revenue and shall furnish proof of payment to the Owner if requested. [NOTE: Contractor must provide its bond for Contract amount plus the WSST.] 1.9. SUBMISSION OF BIDS A. Bids must be submitted on or before the time specified in the Advertisement for Bids. B. Potential Listing of Subcontractors: 1. In accordance with RCW 39.30.060, if the Project is expected to cost $1,000,000 or more, the Bidder shall complete and submit a Subcontractor list to the Owner by time of Bid Submission in the same manner specified for receipt of Bids. In these circumstances, the Bidder must name the Subcontractor or Subcontractors with whom the Bidder, if awarded the Contract, will subcontract directly (i.e., not lower-tier Subcontractors) for performance of the Work of: WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 00 – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00 21 00 – INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Contract No. CAG-25-044 00 21 00 - 5 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 a. HVAC (heating, ventilation, and air conditioning) Work, b. Plumbing as described in Chapter 18.106 RCW, c. Electrical as described in Chapter 19.28 RCW, d. Structural steel installation; e. Rebar installation; and f. Any other categories of Work listed on the Subcontractor listing form and/or Bid Form that are in addition to the categories of Work listed for compliance with RCW 39.30.060. 2. The listing of HVAC, plumbing, and electrical subcontractors shall occur within one (1) hour of Bid Submission. The listing of structural steel installation and rebar installation subcontractors shall occur within forty-eight (48) hours of Bid Submission. The listing of any other categories of Work listed on the Subcontractor listing form(s) and/or Bid Form, if any, shall occur as indicated on such forms or as otherwise described in the Bidding Documents. 3. If the Bidder intends to self-perform any of these categories of Work, it must name itself for each such category 4. The Bidder shall not list more than one (1) entity for a particular category of Work identified, unless a Subcontractor varies with an Alternate Bid, in which case the Bidder shall identify the Subcontractor to be used for the Alternate and the affected portion of the Work and otherwise make its Bid clear as to which Subcontractor shall be utilized depending upon the selection of alternates. 5. In accordance with RCW 39.30.060, failure of a Bidder to submit as part of the Bid the names of such proposed HVAC, plumbing, electrical, structural steel installation, and rebar installation Subcontractors or to name itself to perform such Work or the naming of two or more Subcontractors to perform the same Work shall render the Bid non-responsive and, therefore, void. 6. The Bidder, if Awarded the Contract, will subcontract with the listed Subcontractors for performance of the portions of the Work designated on the Bid Form, subject to the provisions of the Contract and RCW 39.30.060. The Bidder shall not substitute a listed Subcontractor in furtherance of bid shopping or bid peddling. 7. All listed Subcontractors may be required to provide evidence of their qualifications prior to the award, or at any time during the performance of the Contract. This evidence shall demonstrate that the Subcontractor meets or exceeds all requirements for experience, qualifications, manufacturer’s certifications, or any other requirements specified in any of the technical sections of the Contract Documents for which the Subcontractor proposes to perform Work. 8. If a listed Subcontractor fails to provide adequate evidence of its bondability, qualification, or other requirements of the Contract or Bidding Documents WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 00 – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00 21 00 – INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Contract No. CAG-25-044 00 21 00 - 6 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 (including without limitation a finding of Subcontractor non-Responsibility), the Owner may require the Bidder to replace the Subcontractor with a Subcontractor acceptable to the Owner at no change in the Contract Sum or Contract Time. C. The Bid Form shall be submitted in a sealed envelope addressed to the office specified in the Advertisement for Bids. The envelope shall have printed on the outside: 9. The Project number and description. 10. The name and address of the Bidder, and 11. Identification as “SEALED BID INCLOSED”. D. Prior to the Bid Opening, the Owner’s representative will designate the official bid clock. Any part of the Bid Form, or in the rare situation of a bid modification, not received prior to the times specified, per the designated bid clock, will not be considered and the Bid will be returned to the Bidder unopened. E. A Bid may be withdrawn in person by a Bidder’s authorized representative before the opening of the Bids. Bidder(s) representative will be required to show ID and sign on bid summary sheet before it will be released. F. People with disabilities who wish to request special accommodation, (e.g., sign language interpreters, braille, etc.) need to contact the Owner ten (10) working days prior to the scheduled Bid Opening. 1.10. BID RESULTS After the Bid Opening, Bidders may obtain Bid results from the Owner. 1.11. LOW RESPONSIBLE BIDDER A. Mandatory Responsibility Criteria: Before award of a public works contract, the lowest responsive Bidder must meet the following mandatory responsibility criteria under RCW 39.04.350 (1) to be considered a responsible Bidder and qualified to be awarded a public works project. The lowest responsive Bidder must: 1. At the time of bid submittal, have a certificate of registration in compliance with chapter 18.27 RCW; 2. Have a current state unified business identifier number; 3. If applicable, have industrial insurance coverage for the Bidder's employees working in Washington as required in Title 51 RCW; an employment security department number as required in Title 50 RCW; and a state excise tax registration number as required in Title 82 RCW; 4. Not be disqualified from bidding on any public works contract under RCW 39.06.010 or 39.12.065(3); WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 00 – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00 21 00 – INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Contract No. CAG-25-044 00 21 00 - 7 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 5. N/A 6. Have received training on public works and prevailing wage requirements under Chapters 39.04 and 39.12 RCW, or be exempt from such training requirements if the Bidder has completed three (3) or more public works projects and has had a valid business license in Washington for three (3) or more years prior to Bid Submission; and 7. Within the three-year period immediately preceding the date of the bid solicitation, not have been determined by a final and binding citation and notice of assessment issued by the department of labor and industries or through a civil judgment entered by a court of limited or general jurisdiction to have willfully violated, as defined in RCW 49.48.082, any provision of chapter 49.46, 49.48, or 49.52 RCW. Further, under revised RCW 39.04.350, if the Bidder has a history of receiving monetary penalties for not achieving the apprentice utilization requirements pursuant to RCW 39.04.320, or is habitual in utilizing the “good faith effort” exception process to the statue, the Bidder must submit an apprenticeship utilization plan within ten (10) days immediately following the Owner’s Notice to Proceed. (Before award of a public works contract, a Bidder shall submit to the Owner a signed statement in accordance with RCW 9A.72.085 verifying under penalty of perjury that the Bidder is in compliance with the responsible bidder criteria requirements. An Owner may award a Contract in reasonable reliance upon such a sworn statement.) B. Supplemental Responsibility Criteria: In addition to the mandatory responsible bidder criteria, the Owner has adopted relevant supplemental criteria for determining Bidder responsibility which the Bidder must meet (RCW 39.04.350 (3). The apparent low Bidder shall comply with the following: 1. At least seven (7) days prior to the Bid Submittal deadline, a potential Bidder may request that the Owner modify the supplemental responsibility criteria. The Owner will evaluate the information submitted by the potential Bidder and respond before the Bid Submittal deadline. If the evaluation results in a change of the criteria, the Owner will issue an addendum to the Bidding Documents identifying the new criteria. 2. Upon Owner’s request, the apparent low Bidder must supply the requested responsibility information within two (2) business days of request by Owner. Withholding information or failure to submit all the information requested within the time provided may render the Bid non-responsive 3. If the Owner determines that the apparent low Bidder is not responsible, the Owner will notify the Bidder of its preliminary determination in writing. 4. Within three (3) days after receipt of the preliminary determination, the Bidder may withdraw its bid or request a hearing where the Bidder may appeal the preliminary determination and present additional information to the Owner. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 00 – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00 21 00 – INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Contract No. CAG-25-044 00 21 00 - 8 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 5. The Owner will schedule a hearing within three (3) working days of receipt of the Bidder’s request. 6. The Owner will issue a Final Determination after reviewing information presented at the hearing. 7. If the Owner determines a Bidder to be not responsible, the Owner will provide, in writing, the reasons for the determination. If the Final Determination affirms that the Bidder is not responsible, the Owner will not execute a Contract with any other Bidder until two (2) business days after the Bidder determined to be not responsible has received the Final Determination. 8. The Owner’s Final Determination is specific to this Project and will have no effect on other or future projects. 1.12. CONTRACT AWARD A. The Owner intends (but is not bound) to award a Contract to the lowest responsive Bid, provided the Bid has been submitted in accordance with the requirements of the Bidding Documents and does not exceed the funds available. The Owner will evaluate bid responsiveness and responsibility. The Owner has the right to waive any informality or irregularity in any Bid received and to accept the Bid which, in its judgment, is in its own best interests. 1. A bid will be considered responsive if it meets the following requirements: a. It is received at the proper time and place. b. It meets the stated requirements of the Bid Form. c. It is submitted by a licensed/registered contractor within the state of Washington at the time of bid opening and is not banned from bidding by the Department of Labor and Industries. d. It is accompanied by a bid guarantee, if required. 2. A bid will be considered responsible if it meets the requirements set forth in the Bidding Documents, including but not limited to: meeting mandatory responsibility criteria and supplemental responsibility criteria established for the Project. B. The Owner reserves the right to accept or reject any or all bids and to waive informalities. C. The apparent low Bidder, for purpose of award, shall be the responsive and responsible Bidder offering the low aggregate amount for the Base Bid plus selected additive or deductive bid alternates and meeting all other Bid Submittal requirements. END OF SECTION WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 00 – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00 23 00 – SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS Contract No. CAG-25-044 00 23 00 - 1 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 SECTION 00 23 00 – SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS PART 2 – GENERAL 1.1. SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS A. The City’s fair practices and non-discrimination policies, and State Prevailing Wage Rates apply to this Project. B. Unless otherwise set forth in the Contract Documents, the Notice to Proceed for the Project shall be given after the City Council, City Attorney, and Risk Manager approves the Contract, and the Contract is signed by the Mayor. C. Upon Notification of Intent to Award Contract, the following documents (on forms provided by or approved by the City) must be submitted by the Contractor prior to commencement of the Work and not later than five (5) business days after receipt of the City’s Notification of Intent to Award Contract. 1. Standard Form of Agreement 2. Bond To the City of Renton 3. City of Renton Business License 4. Statement of Intent to Pay Prevailing Wages 5. Certificate of Liability Insurance; naming the City of Renton as additionally insured. 6. Project Schedule & Time of Completion 1.2. BIDDER SELECTION CRITERIA A. The City reserves the right to reject any and all Bids and waive informalities or irregularities in Bids received. END OF SECTION WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 00 – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00 42 10 – BID SUBMITTAL CHECKLIST Contract No. CAG-25-044 00 42 10 - 1 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 SECTION 00 42 10 – BID SUBMITTAL CHECKLIST PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1. FORMS BELOW MUST BE TIMELY SUBMITTED FOR A BID TO BE CONSIDERED RESPONSIVE: A. FORM A – BID FORM, (includes Attachment 1: NON-COLLUSION, ANTI-TRUST AND MINIMUM WAGE AFFIDAVIT) B. FORM B - PROPOSAL BID BOND C. FORM C - LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS, PART ONE (SUBMISSION OF HVAC, PLUMBING, AND ELECTRICAL SUBCONTRACTORS) – REQUIRED IF BID EXCEEDS $1,000,000 D. FORM D – LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS, PART TWO (SUBMISSION OF STRUCTURAL STEEL AND REBAR SUBCONTRACTORS) – REQUIRED IF BID EXCEEDS $1,000,000 E. FORM E – CONTRACTOR QUALIFICATIONS/EVALUATION F. FORM F – QUALIFICATIONS OF PROJECT KEY PERSONNEL G. FORM G – CONTRACT BOND FORM 1.2. CONFIRM ITEMS BELOW ARE COMPLETE AT TIME OF BID SUBMISSION: A. Have you included costs for Base Bid, and each of the Alternates as listed on the Bid Form? B. Do written amounts in the Bid Form agree with amounts shown in figures? C. Have you certified receipt of addenda? D. Has the Bid Form been properly signed including Attachment? E. Have you completed the Deposit or Contract Bond Form? F. Has a Bid Bond or certified check been enclosed with your Bid? G. Is the amount of the Bid Bond at least 5% of the total amount of the Base Bid amount? H. Are Forms A (Bid Form, including Attachment) and B (Proposed Bid Bond) listed above included in a sealed and properly endorsed envelope? 1.3. FORMS REQUIRED IF BID EXCEEDS $1,000,000 A. Form To Be Completed Within 1 hour of Bid Submission: WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 00 – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00 42 10 – BID SUBMITTAL CHECKLIST Contract No. CAG-25-044 00 42 10 - 2 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 1. Form C – List of Subcontractors, Part One (Submission of HVAC, Plumbing, and Electrical Subcontractors) B. Form To Be Completed Within 48 hours of Bid Submission: 1. Form D – List of Subcontractors, Part Two (Submission of Structural Steel and Rebar Subcontractors) 1.4. FORMS TO BE COMPLETED BY APPARENT LOW BIDDER WITHIN 2 BUSINESS DAYS OF NOTICE BY OWNER OF APPARENT LOW BID A. Form E – Contractor Qualifications/Evaluation B. Form F – Qualifications of Key Personnel END OF SECTION WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 00 – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00 52 00 – STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT Contract No. CAG-25-044 00 52 00 - 1 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 SECTION 00 52 00 – STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT CITY OF RENTON BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR WHERE THE BASIS OF PAYMENT IS A STIPULATED SUM WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 00 – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00 52 00 – STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT Contract No. CAG-25-044 00 52 00 - 2 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 SAMPLE AGREEMENT CONTRACT NO. [Enter Contract #] THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this [Enter Date] day of [Enter Month], [Enter Year] by and between the CITY OF RENTON, Washington, a municipal corporation of the State of Washington, hereinafter referred to as "City” and [Enter Contractor name], hereinafter referred to as "Contractor." Now, therefore the parties agree as follows: 1. Agreement. This agreement incorporates the following documents as if fully set forth herein: the latest Standard Specifications for the City of Renton and for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction, as prepared by the Washington State Department of Transportation including all published amendments issued by those organizations (“Standard Specifications”); City of Renton Public Works Design and Construction Standard Plans (Current Edition); the City’s Contract Documents for the Project, including but not l imited to Addenda, Proposal Form, Special Provisions, Contract Plans, and Amendments to the Standard Specifications; Contractor’s Proposal and all documents submitted therewith in response to the City’s Call for Bids Documents; and any additional documents referenced as comprising the Contract and Contract Documents of the Standard Specifications, as revised by the Amendments and Special Provisions included with the City’s Call for Bids and Contract Documents. 2. Project. Contractor shall complete all Work and furnish all labor, tools, materials, and equipment for the Project entitled [Enter Project name], [Enter Contract number], including all changes to the Work and force account work, in accordance with the Contract Documents. 3. Payments. City shall pay Contractor at the unit and lump sum prices, and by force account as specified in the Proposal according to the Contract Documents as to time, manner, and condition of payment of a Contract Sum not to exceed $ , unless modified by an approved Change Order or addendum and in accordance with the Contract terms. The payments to Contractor include the costs for all labor, tools, materials and equipment for the Work, allowable markups on the Work, and the Contractor’s overhead and profit for the Work. 4. Completion Date. Contract Time shall commence upon City's Notice to Proceed to Contractor. The Work under this Agreement shall be completed within the time specified in the Contract Documents. If the Physical Work under this Agreement is not completed within the Contract Time, Contractor shall pay liquidated damages and all engineering inspection and supervision costs to City as specified in the Contract Documents. 5. Attorney's Fees. In the event litigation is commenced to enforce this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its costs, including reasonable attorney's and expert witness fees. 6. Disclaimer. No liability of Contractor shall attach to City by reason of entering into this Agreement, except as expressly provided in this Agreement. 7. Counterparts. This Agreement is executed in two (2) identical counterparts, by the parties, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed an original. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 00 – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00 52 00 – STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT Contract No. CAG-25-044 00 52 00 - 3 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the City has caused the Agreement to be signed by its Mayor and attested by its City Clerk and the Contractor has hereunto set its hand and seal the day and year first above- written. CONSTRACTOR: CITY OF RENTON: President/Partner/Owner Armondo Pavone, Mayor ATTEST Secretary Jason Seth, City Clerk FIRM INFORMATION d/b/a [Enter Firm name] CHECK ONE: ☐ Limited Liability Company ☐ Partnership ☐ Corporation STATE OF INCORPORATION: [Enter state of incorporation] CONTRACTOR CONTACT INFORMATION: CITY CONTACT INFORMATION: [Address Line 1] City of Renton [Address Line 2] 1055 South Grady Way [City, State and Zip] Renton, WA 98057 [Enter Phone Number] [Enter Phone Number] [Enter Fax Number or Email Address] [Enter Fax Number or Email Address] Attention: If business is a CORPORATION, the name of the corporation should be listed in full and both the President and Secretary must sign the contract. OR, if one signature is permitted by corporation by -laws, a copy of the by- laws shall be furnished to the City and made a part of the contract document. If the business is a PARTNERSHIP, the full name of each partner should be listed followed by d/b/a (doing business as) and firm or trade name. Any one partner may sign the contract. If the business is an limited Liability Company, an authorized managing member or manager must sign followed by his/her title. [Enter Project Name Line 1] [Enter Agreement Name] [Enter Project Name Line 2 (if needed)] [Enter Name] Contract Template Updated 12/29/2017- modified May 3, 2022 WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 00 – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS Contract No. CAG-25-044 00 72 00 - 1 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 SECTION 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS PART 1 – GENERAL PROVISIONS 1.1. DEFINITIONS A. “Application for Payment” means a written request submitted by Contractor to Owner for payment of Work completed in accordance with the Contract Documents and approved Schedule of Values, supported by such substantiating data as Owner or A/E may require. B. “Architect,” “Engineer,” or “A/E” means a person or entity lawfully entitled to practice architecture or engineering, representing Owner within the limits of its delegated authority. C. “Allowance” is an amount included in the Contract Sum for a stated part of the Work that is not fully defined and/or quantified at the time the Contract Sum is established. When that part of the Work is adequately defined and/or quantified, the Contract Sum will be adjusted to account for the difference between the Allowance and the actual cost of the item. Following the adjustment, that part of the Work will no longer be an Allowance item. D. “Change Order” means a written instrument signed by Owner and Contractor stating their agreement upon all of the following: (1) a change in the Work; (2) the amount of the adjustment in the Contract Sum, if any, and (3) the extent of the adjustment in the Contract Time, if any. E. “Claim” means Contractor’s exclusive remedy for resolving disputes with Owner arising out of or relating to the Contract Documents or the breach thereof or requesting an adjustment of the Contract Sum or Contract Time, as more fully set forth in Part 8. F. “Construction Change Directive” (“CCD”) is a written order prepared by Owner that directs Work prior to total agreement on adjustment, if any, in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, or both. G. “Contract for Construction” (also referred to as the “Contract”) is the agreement between Owner and Contractor and is formed by the Contract Documents. The Contract represents the entire and integrated agreement between Owner and Contractor and supersedes prior negotiations, representations or agreements, either written or oral. H. “Contract Award Amount” is the sum of the Base Bid and any accepted Alternates. I. “Contract Documents” means the General Conditions, Modifications to the General Conditions, Supplemental Conditions, Agreement, Drawings and Specifications, and all addenda and modifications thereof. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 00 – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS Contract No. CAG-25-044 00 72 00 - 2 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 J. “Contract Sum” is the total amount payable by Owner to Contractor, for performance of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, including all taxes imposed by law and properly chargeable to the Work, except Washington State sales tax. K. “Contract Time” is the number of Days or other time period allotted in the Contract Documents from the Notice to Proceed for achieving Substantial Completion of the Work. L. “Contractor” means the person or entity who has agreed with Owner to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. M. “Day(s): Unless otherwise specified, day(s) shall mean calendar day(s).” N. “Drawings” are the graphic and pictorial portions of the Contract Documents showing the design, location, and dimensions of the Work, and may include plans, elevations, sections, details, schedules, and diagrams. O. “Field Work Directive” or “Field Authorization” means an instruction in the field used to address immediate or unforeseen changes in the work, enabling the contractor to proceed without requiring a formal Contract Change Order. P. “Final Acceptance” means the written acceptance of the Work by Owner, as more fully set forth in Section 6.9.B. Q. “Final Completion” means that the Work is fully and finally complete in accordance with the Contract Documents, as more fully set forth in Section 6.9.A. R. “Force Majeure” means those acts entitling Contractor to request an equitable adjustment in the Contract Time, as more fully set forth in paragraph 3.5 .A. S. “Notice” means a written notice which has been delivered in person to the individual or a member of the firm or entity or to an officer of the corporation for which it was intended or, if delivered or sent by registered or certified mail, to the last busin ess address known to the party giving notice. T. “Notice to Proceed” means a written Notice from Owner to Contractor that permits construction on site to commence upon specified terms and defines the date on which the Contract Time begins. U. “Owner” means the City of Renton, or its authorized representative , which has the authority to enter into, administer, and/or terminate the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Owner may designate in writing a Representative who shall have authority to bind Owner with respect to all matters requiring Owner’s approval or authorization. The A/E, if any, does not have such authority. V. “Person” means a corporation, partnership, business association of any kind, trust, company, or individual. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 00 – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS Contract No. CAG-25-044 00 72 00 - 3 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 W. “Prior Occupancy” means Owner’s use of all or parts of the Project before Substantial Completion, as more fully set forth in Section 6.8 A. X. “Progress Schedule” means a schedule of the Work, in a form satisfactory to Owner, as further set forth in Section 3.2. Y. “Project” means the total construction of which the Work performed in accordance with the Contract Documents may be the whole or a part and which may include construction by Owner or by separate contractors. Z. “Project Record” means the separate set of Drawings and Specifications as further set forth in paragraph 4.2A. AA. “Schedule of Values” means a written breakdown allocating the total Contract Sum to each principal category of Work, in such detail and format as requested by Owner. BB. “Specifications” are that portion of the Contract Documents consisting of the written requirements for materials, equipment, construction systems, standards and workmanship for the Work, and performance of related services. CC. “Subcontract” means a contract between Contractor and a Subcontractor for the purpose of obtaining supplies, materials, equipment, work, or services of any kind for or in connection with the Work. DD. “Subcontractor” means any Person of any tier, other than Contractor, who agrees to furnish or furnishes any supplies, materials, equipment, or services of any kind in connection with the Work. EE. “Substantial Completion” means that stage in the progress of the Work (or portion of the Work designated and approved by Owner) when the construction is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents, so that Owner can fully occupy or utilize the Work (or portion designated by Owner) for its intended use, as more fully set forth in Section 6.7. There may be separate dates of Substantial Completion specified in the Contract Documents for various phases or portions of the Work. FF. “Work” means the construction and services required by the Contract Documents, and includes, but is not limited to, labor, materials, supplies, equipment, services, permits, and the manufacture and fabrication of components, performed, furnished, or provided in accordance with the Contract Documents. 1.2. ORDER OF PRECEDENCE Any conflict or inconsistency in the Contract Documents shall be resolved by giving the documents precedence in the following order, with a revision to a Contract Document having precedence over the original document and a later document having precedence over an earlier document: WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 00 – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS Contract No. CAG-25-044 00 72 00 - 4 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 A. Signed Agreement, with any Change Orders having precedence. B. Supplemental Conditions. C. Modifications to the General Conditions. D. General Conditions. E. Specifications and Drawings. The Specifications and Drawings are complementary and shall have equal precedence. Thus, anything mentioned in the Specifications but not shown on the Drawings, or shown on the Drawings but not mentioned in the Specifications, shall be of like effect as if shown or mentioned in both. If there is any inconsistency between the Specifications and Drawings, Contractor will make an inquiry to Owner to determine how to proceed. Unless otherwise directed, Contractor will provide the better quality or greater quantity of any Work or materials, as reasonably interpreted by Owner, at no change in the Contract Sum or Contract Time. In case of conflict within the Specifications, provisions in Division 1 shall take precedence over provisions of any other Division. F. In case of conflict within the Drawings, large scale drawings shall take precedence over small scale Drawings. G. City of Renton Standard Plans. H. WSDOT Standard Plans for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction as amended by the American Public Works Association (APWA). 1.3. EXECUTION AND INTENT Contractor Representations: Contractor makes the following representations to Owner: A. Contract Sum and Contract Time are reasonable and adequate: The Contract Sum is reasonable compensation for the Work and the Contract Time is adequate for the performance of the Work, as represented by the Contract Documents; B. Contractor familiar with project: Contractor has carefully reviewed the Contract Documents, visited and examined the Project site, become familiar with the local conditions in which the Work is to be performed, and satisfied itself as to the nature, location, character, quality and quantity of the Work, the labor, materials, equipment, goods, supplies, work, services and other items to be furnished and all other requirements of the Contract Documents, as well as the surface and subsurface conditions and other matters that may be encountered at the Project site or affect performance of the Work or the cost or difficulty thereof; C. Contractor financially capable: Contractor is financially solvent, able to pay its debts as they mature, and possesses sufficient working capital to complete the Work and perform Contractor’s obligations required by the Contract Documents; and WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 00 – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS Contract No. CAG-25-044 00 72 00 - 5 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 D. Contractor can complete Work: Contractor is able to furnish the plant, tools, materials, supplies, equipment and labor required to complete the Work and perform the obligations required by the Contract Documents and has sufficient experience and competence to do so. PART 2 – INSURANCE AND BONDS 1.2. CONTRACTOR’S LIABILITY INSURANCE A. General insurance requirements: Prior to commencement of the Work, Contractor shall obtain all the insurance required by the Contract Documents and provide evidence satisfactory to Owner that such insurance has been procured, including but not limited to (1) Certificates of Insurance, on forms that are binding on insurers, (2) the actual costs (expressed as a percentage) of Contractor’s liability insurance under Section 2.1.B.1 below, (3) endorsements, including endorsements for additional insureds as listed in Section 2.1.E below, (4) evidence of State Workers’ Compensation coverage, and (5) a copy of any builder’s risk policy required by the Contract Documents. All policies, endorsements and certificates must be signed copies and shall contain a provision that coverages afforded under the policies cannot be materially altered (i.e. the coverages reduced, the limits decreased or the additional insured removed) allowed to expire, or cancelled without first giving forty - five (45) days prior written Notice to Owner. Contractor shall furnish to Owner copies of any subsequently issued endorsements amending, modifying, altering or restricting coverage limits. Review of Contractor’s insurance by Owner shall not relieve or decrease the liability of Contractor. Companies writing the insurance to be obtained by this Part 2 shall be licensed to do business under Chapter 48 RCW or comply with the Surplus Lines Law of the City of Renton. Contractor shall include in the Contract Sum the cost of all insurance and bond costs required for the Work. Insurance carriers providing insurance shall be acceptable to Owner. B. Term of insurance coverage: Contractor shall maintain the following insurance coverage during the Work and for one year after Final Acceptance, with the exception of Professional Liability insurance, when required, which shall be maintained for a minimum of three years. Contractor shall also maintain the following insurance coverage during the performance of any corrective Work required by Section 5.16. 1. Commercial General Liability Insurance: Commercial General Liability (CGL) on an Occurrence Form, including personal injury, bodily injury and property damage liability on Contractor’s operations, including Subcontractors; on Work Contractor may subcontract or sublet to others; and on the indemnity provisions of this Contract. Coverage shall include, but not be limited to: a. Personal injury; b. Blanket contractual liability; c. Completed operations/products liability; d. Explosion, collapse, and underground, when applicable to the work being performed; and WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 00 – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS Contract No. CAG-25-044 00 72 00 - 6 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 e. Stop loss coverage applicable to the State of Washington. f. The policy shall be purchased from a company or companies lawfully authorized to do business in the State of Washington possessing an A.M. Best’s policyholder’s rating of A or better and a financial rating of no less than XI. This insurance will include a severability of interest (cross liability clause) for Work performed under this Contract. Contractor’s policy shall be designated primary coverage for both defense and indemnity, and any Owner’s policies excess and non-contributory. 2. Commercial Automobile Liability Insurance: Required if owned, non-owned, and hired vehicle will be used in performance of Work or delivery of products by the Contractor, beyond normal commutes. 3. Professional Liability: Required if professional services (e.g. architect ural, engineering, surveying, legal, or medical) are being provided to the Owner and if those professional services are excluded from the CGL policy. Coverage may be on a Claims Made basis, if coverage is maintained at least 3-years beyond Substantial Completion of the Work. 4. Excess Liability or Umbrella: Required if needed to reach minimum CGL or auto liability coverage limits. 5. Builders Risk – When applicable to the Work being performed, is required up to the amount of the completed value of a new building or major construction project, with no coinsurance provisions. See section 2.6. 6. Pollution Liability – Required if Work involves a pollution risk to the environment. Coverage may be included in other required policies. C. Industrial Insurance compliance (Workers’ Compensation): Contractor shall comply with the Washington State Industrial Insurance Act and, if applicable, the Federal Longshoremen’s and Harbor Workers’ Act and the Jones Act. D. Insurance to protect for the following: All insurance coverages shall protect against claims for damages for personal and bodily injury or death, as well as claims for property damage, which may arise from operations in connection with the Work whether such operations are by Contractor or any Subcontractor. E. Owner as Additional Insured: Name the City of Renton, its administrators, officers, representatives, and employees, and any required governmental agencies as Primary and Non-contributory Additional Insureds on the policy (only applies to Commercial General, Auto Liability, Excess/Umbrella, when applicable). All insurance certificates and endorsements shall evidence such additional insureds. F. Insurance certificate requirements and minimum limits may be waived or modified by the Risk Manager or with Risk Manager approval. G. Subcontractor Coverage: Contractor shall ensure and require that Subcontractors have insurance coverage to cover bodily injury and property damage on all operations WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 00 – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS Contract No. CAG-25-044 00 72 00 - 7 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 and all vehicles owned or operated by Subcontractors. Subcontractors shall name Contractor and Owner, any required governmental agencies, and others designated in the Contract Documents as well as their officers and employees, as additional insureds and give at least 30 Days’ Notice of cancellation. Notice of cancellation shall be sent to the Owner within two business days following receipt of notice. 2.2. COVERAGE LIMITS Insurance amounts: The minimum coverage limits shall be not less than the amounts specified in the Agreement; if limits are not specified in the Agreement, coverage limits shall be not less than as follows for applicable required insurance: A. Limits of General Liability shall not be less than $1,000,000 per each Occurrence; including Personal Injury and Advertising Liability for Each Occurrence and $2,000,000 Annual Aggregate B. $1,000,000 Combined Single Limit for Automobile Bodily Injury and Property Damage Liability, Each Accident or Loss. C. $1,000,000 for Professional Liability. D. $1,000,000 for Pollution Liability. E. The Owner does not represent that the minimum required insurance coverage or limits are adequate to protect the vendor/contractor/consultant from all liabilities. Owner’s review, specification or approval of the insurance in this Contract or of its coverage or amount shall not relieve or decrease the liability of Contractor under the Contract Documents or otherwise. Coverages are the minimum to be provided and are not limitations of liability under the Contract, indemnification, or applicable law provisions. Contractor may, at its expense, purchase larger coverage amounts. Contractor's policy shall be designated primary coverage for both defense and indemnity, and any Owner's policies excess. 2.3. INSURANCE COVERAGE CERTIFICATES A. Certificate required: Prior to commencement of the Work, Contractor shall furnish to Owner a completed and acceptable certificate of insurance coverage showing all required insurance coverage and additional insured endorsements. B. List Project info: All insurance certificates shall name Owner as the certificate holder and a Primary and Non-contributory Additional Insured on the policy (Additional Insured does not apply to Professional Liability and Workers’ Compensation). The certificate holder should read: City of Renton ATTN: Yong Qi 1055 South Grady Way Renton, WA 98057 WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 00 – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS Contract No. CAG-25-044 00 72 00 - 8 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 C. Cancellation provisions: The Owner shall be provided with written notice of any policy cancellation within a minimum of two business days of receipt of such notice by the policy holder. 2.4. PAYMENT AND PERFORMANCE BONDS Conditions for bonds: Payment and performance bonds for 100% of the Contract Award Amount, plus state sales tax, shall be furnished for the Work, using the City of Renton Contract Bond Form provided. Prior to execution of a Change Order that, cumulatively with previous Change Orders, increases the Contract Award Amount by 15% or more, the Contractor shall provide either new payment and performance bonds for the revised Contract Sum, or riders to the existing payment and performance bonds increasing the amount of the bonds. The Contractor shall likewise provide additional bonds or riders when subsequent Change Orders increase the Contract Sum by 15% or more . Pursuant to RCW 39.08.010 (3) the Contractor may choose in lieu of the bond, retain ten percent (10 % retainage instead of 5% retainage) of the contract amount for a period of thirty days after date of final acceptance, or until receipt of all necessary releases from the department of revenue, the employment security department, and the department of labor and industries and settlement of any liens filed under chapter 60.28 RCW, whichever is later. The recovery of unpaid wages and benefits must be the first priority for any actions filed against retainage held by the Owner/City. 2.5. ALTERNATIVE SURETY When alternative surety required: Contractor shall promptly furnish payment and performance bonds from an alternative surety if: A. Owner has a reasonable objection to the surety; or B. Any surety fails to furnish reports on its financial condition if required by Owner. 2.6. BUILDER’S RISK A. Builders Risk Insurance: Contractor shall purchase and maintain Builders Risk insurance in the amount of the Contract Sum including all Change Orders for the Work on a replacement cost basis until Substantial Completion. For projects not involving New Building Construction, an “Installation Floater” is an acceptable substitute for the Builder’s Risk Insurance. The insurance shall cover the interest s of Owner, Contractor, and any Subcontractors, as their interests may appear. B. Losses covered: Builder’s Risk Insurance shall be placed on an “all risk” basis or equivalent policy form and insure against the perils of fire and extended coverage and physical loss or damage including theft, vandalism, malicious mischief, collapse, false work, flood, wind, temporary buildings, debris removal including demolition, and shall cover reasonable compensation for A/E’s services and expenses required as a result of an insured loss. Losses up to the deductible amount shall be the responsibility of Contractor unless caused solely by the Owner. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 00 – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS Contract No. CAG-25-044 00 72 00 - 9 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 C. Waiver of subrogation rights: Owner and Contractor waive all subrogation rights against each other, any Subcontractors, A/E, A/E’s sub-consultants, separate contractors described in Section 5.20, if any, and any of their subcontractors, for damages caused by fire or other perils to the extent covered by property insurance obtained pursuant to this Section 2.6 or other property insurance applicable to the Work, except such rights as they have to proceeds of such insurance held by Owner as fiduciary. The policies shall provide such waivers of subrogation by endorsement or otherwise. A waiver of subrogation shall be effective to a Person or entity even though that Person or entity would otherwise have a duty of indemnification, contractual or otherwise, did not pay the insurance premium directly or indirectly, and whether or not the Person or entity had an insurable interest in the property damaged. PART 3 – TIME AND SCHEDULE 3.1. PROGRESS AND COMPLETION Contractor to meet schedule: Contractor shall diligently prosecute the Work, with adequate forces, achieve Substantial Completion within the Contract Time, and achieve Final Completion within thirty (30) calendar days thereafter unless a different time period is specified in the Contract Documents. If Contractor fails to perform in a timely manner in accordance with the Contract Documents and, through the fault of Contractor or Subcontractor(s), fails to meet the Progress Schedule, Contractor shall be in default and shall take such steps as may be necessary to immediately improve its progress without change in the Contract Sum or Contract Time. 3.2. CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE A. Preliminary Progress Schedule: Unless otherwise provided in Division 1, Contractor shall, within 14 Days after issuance of the Notice to Proceed, submit a preliminary Progress Schedule consistent with the requirements of the Contract Documents. The Progress Schedule shall not exceed time limits specified by the Contract Documents, shall be revised at appropriate intervals as required by the conditions of the Work and shall show the sequence in which Contractor proposes to perform the Work, and the dates on which Contractor plans to start and finish major portions of the Work, including dates for shop drawings and other submittals, and for acquiring materials and equipment. 1. The Schedule Duration shall be based on the Contract Time of Completion listed on the Bid Form. The Owner shall not be obligated to accept any Early Completion Schedule suggested by the Contractor. The Contract Time for Completion shall establish the Schedule Completion Date. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 00 – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS Contract No. CAG-25-044 00 72 00 - 10 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 2. If the Contractor feels that the work can be completed in less than the Specified Contract Time, then the Surplus Time shall be considered Project Float. This Float time shall be shown on the Project Schedule. It shall be available to accommodate changes in the work and unforeseen conditions. Neither the Contractor nor the Owner have exclusive right to this Float Time. It belongs to the Project. B. Form of Progress Schedule: Unless otherwise provided in Division 1, the Progress Schedule shall be in the form of a bar chart, or a critical path method analysis, as specified by Owner. The preliminary Progress Schedule may be general, showing the major portions of the Work, with a more detailed Progress Schedule submitted as directed by Owner. C. Owner comments on Progress Schedule: Owner shall return comments on the preliminary Progress Schedule to Contractor within 14 Days of receipt. Review by Owner of Contractor’s schedule does not constitute an approval or acceptance of Contractor’s construction means, methods, or sequencing, or its ability to complete the Work within the Contract Time. Contractor shall revise and resubmit its schedule, as necessary. Owner may withhold a portion of progress payments until a Progress Schedule has been submitted which meets the requirements of this Section 3.2. D. Monthly updates and compliance with Progress Schedule: Contractor shall utilize and comply with the Progress Schedule. On a monthly basis, or as otherwise directed by Owner, Contractor shall submit an updated Progress Schedule at its own expense to Owner indicating actual progress. If, in the opinion of Owner, Contractor is not in conformance with the Progress Schedule for reasons other than acts of Force Majeure as identified in Section 3.5, Contractor shall take such steps as are necessary to bring the actual completion dates of its work activities into conformance with the Progress Schedule, and if directed by Owner, Contractor shall submit a corrective action plan or revise the Progress Schedule to reconcile with the actual progress of the Work. E. Contractor to notify Owner of delays: Contractor shall perform the Work in accordance with the most recent Progress Schedule submitted to Owner. Contractor shall promptly notify Owner in writing of any actual or anticipated event which is delaying or could delay achievement of any milestone or performance of any critical path activity of the Work. Contractor shall indicate the expected duration of the delay, the anticipated effect of the delay on the Progress Schedule, and the action being or to be taken to correct the problem. Provision of such Notice does not relieve Contractor of its obligation to complete the Work within the Contract Time. 3.3. OWNER’S RIGHT TO SUSPEND THE WORK FOR CONVENIENCE A. Owner may suspend Work: Owner may, at its sole discretion, order Contractor, in writing, to suspend all or any part of the Work for up to 90 Days, or for such longer period as mutually agreed. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 00 – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS Contract No. CAG-25-044 00 72 00 - 11 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 B. Compliance with suspension; Owner’s options: Upon receipt of a written notice suspending the Work, Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of cost of performance directly attributable to such suspension. Within a period up to 90 Day s after the notice is delivered to Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, Owner shall either: 1. Cancel the written notice suspending the Work; or 2. Terminate the Work covered by the notice as provided in the termination provisions of Part 9. C. Resumption of Work: If a written notice suspending the Work is cancelled or the period of the notice or any extension thereof expires, Contractor shall resume Work. D. Equitable Adjustment for suspensions: Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment in the Contract Time, or Contract Sum, or both, for increases in the time or cost of performance directly attributable to such suspension, provided Contractor complies with all requirements set forth in Part 7. 3.4. OWNER’S RIGHT TO STOP AND/OR CARRY OUT THE WORK FOR CAUSE A. Owner may stop Work for Contractor’s failure to perform: If Contractor fails or refuses to perform its obligations in accordance with the Contract Documents, Owner may order Contractor, in writing, to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until Owner has accepted satisfactory corrective action. B. Owner may carry out the Work after Contractor’s failure to perform: If Contractor defaults or neglects to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents and fails within a ten-Day period after receipt of written Notice from Owner to commence and continue to make reasonable progress toward the correction of such default or neglect with diligence and promptness, Owner may, without prejudice to other remedies Owner may have, correct such deficiencies, and an appropriate Change Order shall be issued deducting, from payments then or thereafter due Contractor, the reasonable cost of correcting the deficiencies, including Owner’s expenses and compensation for A/E’s additional services made necessary by the default, neglect or failure. If payments then or thereafter due Contractor are not sufficient to cover such amounts, Contractor shall pay the difference to Owner. C. No equitable adjustment for Contractor’s failure to perform: Contractor shall not be entitled to an equitable adjustment in the Contract Time or Contract Sum for any increased cost or time of performance attributable to Contractor’s failure or refusal to perform or from any reasonable remedial action taken by Owner based upon such failure. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 00 – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS Contract No. CAG-25-044 00 72 00 - 12 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 3.5. DELAY A. Force Majeure actions not a default; Force Majeure defined: Any delay in or failure of performance by Owner or Contractor, shall not constitute a default if and to the extent the cause for such delay or failure of performance was unforeseeable and beyond the control of the party (“Force Majeure”). Acts of Force Majeure include, but are not limited to: 1. Acts of God or the public enemy; 2. Acts or omissions of any government entity not the fault of Owner or Contractor; 3. Fire or other casualty for which Contractor is not responsible; 4. Quarantine or epidemic (excluding impacts from COVID-19 reasonably foreseeable at the time of Contract execution); 5. Industry-wide strike or defensive lockout; 6. Unusually severe weather conditions which could not have been reasonably anticipated; and 7. Unusual delay in receipt of supplies or products which were ordered and expedited and for which no substitute reasonably acceptable to Owner was available. B. Contract Time adjustment for Force Majeure: Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment in the Contract Time for changes in the time of performance directly attributable to an act of Force Majeure, provided it makes a request for equitable adjustment according to Section 7.3. Contractor shall not be entitled to an adjustment in the Contract Sum resulting from an act of Force Majeure. C. Contract Time or Contract Sum adjustment if Owner at fault: Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment in Contract Time and may be entitled to an equitable adjustment in Contract Sum, if the cost or time of Contractor’s performance is changed due to the fault or negligence of Owne r, provided the Contractor makes a request for equitable adjustment according to Sections 7.2 and 7.3. D. No Contract Time or Contract Sum adjustment if Contractor at fault: Contractor shall not be entitled to an adjustment in Contract Time or in the Contract Sum for any delay or failure of performance to the extent such delay or failure was caused by Contractor or anyone for whose acts Contractor is responsible. E. Contract Time adjustment only for concurrent fault: To the extent any delay or failure of performance was concurrently caused by the Owner and Contractor, Contractor shall be entitled to an adjustment in the Contract Time for that portion of the delay or failure of performance that was concurrently caused, provided it makes a request for equitable adjustment according to Section 7.3 but shall not be entitled to an adjustment in Contract Sum. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 00 – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS Contract No. CAG-25-044 00 72 00 - 13 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 F. Contractor to mitigate delay impacts: Contractor shall make all reasonable efforts to prevent and mitigate the effects of any delay, whether occasioned by an act of Force Majeure or otherwise. Contractor shall not recover damages, an equitable adjustment, or an increase in the Contract Sum or Contract Time from Owner where Contractor could have reasonably avoided the delay by the exercise of due diligence. G. Types of damages permitted: If Contractor is entitled to a change in the Contract Sum, the amount of the changed shall be the actual costs incurred as calculated in accordance with Section 7.2. Contractor shall not otherwise be entitled to damages arising out of actual or alleged loss of efficiency; morale, fatigue, attitude, or labor rhythm; constructive acceleration; home office overhead; expectant underrun; trade stacking; reassignment of workers; rescheduling of Work, concurrent operations; dilution of supervision; learning curve; beneficial or joint occupancy; logistics; ripple; season change; extended overhead; profit upon damages for delay; impact damages including cumulative impacts; or similar damages. Any effect that such alleged events may have on Contractor or its Subcontractors is subsumed in and fully compensated through the percentage Fee on Change Orders paid through Section 7.2.B.7.e and any liquidated damages paid hereunder. H. Float: Contractor shall not be entitled to any adjustment in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum, or to any additional payment or equitable adjustment of any sort, by reason of the loss or the use of any float time, including time between Contractor’s anticipated completion date and the end of the Contract Time, whether or not the float time is described as such on the Progress Schedule. 3.6. NOTICE TO OWNER OF LABOR DISPUTES A. Contractor to notify Owner of labor disputes: If Contractor has knowledge that any actual or potential labor dispute is delaying or threatens to delay timely performance in accordance with the Contract Documents, Contractor shall immediately give notice, including all relevant information, to Owner. B. Pass through notification provisions to Subcontractors: Contractor agrees to insert a provision in its Subcontracts and to require insertion in all sub-subcontracts, that in the event timely performance of any such contract is delayed or threatened by delay by any actual or potential labor dispute, the Subcontractor or Sub-subcontractor shall immediately notify the next higher tier Subcontractor or Contractor, as the case may be, of all relevant information concerning the dispute. 3.7. DAMAGES FOR FAILURE TO ACHIEVE TIMELY COMPLETION A. Liquidated Damages 1. Reason for Liquidated Damages: Timely performance and completion of the Work is essential to Owner and time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence. Owner will incur serious and substantial damages if Substantial Completion of the Work does not occur within the Contract Time. However, it would be difficult if not impossible to determine the exact amount WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 00 – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS Contract No. CAG-25-044 00 72 00 - 14 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 of such damages. Consequently, provisions for liquidated damages are included in the Contract Documents. 2. Calculation of Liquidated Damages amount: The liquidated damage amounts set forth in the Contract Documents will be assessed not as a penalty, but as liquidated damages for breach of the Contract Documents. This amount is fixed and agreed upon by and between the Contractor and Owner because of the impracticability and extreme difficulty of fixing and ascertaining the actual damages the Owner would in such event sustain. This amount shall be construed as the actual amount of damages sustained by the Owner, and may be retained by the Owner and deducted from periodic payments to the Contractor. 3. Contractor responsible even if Liquidated Damages assessed: Assessment of liquidated damages shall not release Contractor from any obligations or liabilities pursuant to the Contract Documents. If Contractor substantially fails to perform in a timely manner in accordance with the Contract Documents and, through the fault of Contractor or Subcontractor(s), fails to achieve Substantial Completion within the Contract Time, Contractor shall be in default. B. Actual Damages 1. Calculation of Actual Damages: Actual damages will be assessed for failure to achieve Final Completion within the time provided. Actual damages will be calculated on the basis of direct architectural, administrative, and other related costs attributable to the Project from the date when Final Completion should have been achieved, based on the date Substantial Completion is actually achieved, to the date Final Completion is actually achieved. Owner may offset these costs against any payment due Contractor. PART 4 – SPECIFICATIONS, DRAWINGS, AND OTHER DOCUMENTS 4.1. DISCREPANCIES AND CONTRACT DOCUMENT REVIEW A. Specifications and Drawings are basis of the Work: The intent of the Specifications and Drawings is to describe a complete Project to be constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, equipment, tools, transportation, permits, and supplies, and perform the Work required in accordance with the Drawings, Specifications, and other provisions of the Contract Documents. B. Parts of the Contract Documents are complementary: The Contract Documents are complementary. What is required by one part of the Contract Documents shall be binding as if required by all. Anything mentioned in the Specifications and not shown on the Drawings or shown on the Drawings and not mentioned in the Specifications, shall be of like effect as if shown or mentioned in both. C. Contractor to report discrepancies in Contract Documents: Contractor shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents with each other and with information WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 00 – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS Contract No. CAG-25-044 00 72 00 - 15 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 furnished by Owner. If, during the performance of the Work, Contractor finds a conflict, error, inconsistency, or omission in the Contract Documents, it shall promptly and before proceeding with the Work affected thereby, report such conflict, error, inconsistency, or omission to Owner in writing. D. Contractor knowledge of discrepancy in documents – responsibility: Contractor shall do no Work without applicable Drawings, Specifications, or written modifications, or Shop Drawings where required, unless instructed to do so in writing by Owner. If Contractor performs any construction activity, and it knows or reasonabl y should have known that any of the Contract Documents contain a conflict, error, inconsistency, or omission, Contract shall be responsible for the performance and shall bear the cost for its correction. E. Contractor to perform Work implied by Contract Documents: Contractor shall provide any Work or materials the provision of which is clearly implied and is within the scope of the Contract Documents even if the Contract Documents do not mention them specifically. F. Interpretation questions referred to Owner: Questions regarding interpretation of the requirements of the Contract Documents shall be referred to the Owner. 4.2. PROJECT RECORD A. Contractor to maintain Project Record Drawings and Specifications: Contractor shall legibly mark in ink on a separate set of the Drawings and Specifications all actual construction, including horizontal and vertical locations of sub-structural materials referenced to permanent visible and accessible surface improvements, field changes of dimensions and details, actual suppliers, manufacturers and trade names, models of installed equipment, and Change Order Proposals (COP). This separate set of Drawings and Specifications shall be the “Project Record.” The Project Record shall include all Architectural, Mechanical, Electrical, Structural and Civil as-built/record Drawings, whether or not any changes occur and shall also include Addenda, Change Orders, Field Authorization, CCD and other Modifications, in good order and marked currently to indicate field changes and selections made during construction, as well as one copy of approved shop drawings, product data, samples and similar required submittals. B. Update Project Record weekly and keep on site: The Project Record shall be maintained on the Project site throughout the construction and shall be clearly labeled “PROJECT RECORD.” The Project Record shall be available to A/E and Owner The Project Record shall be updated at least weekly noting all changes and shall be available to Owner at all times. C. Final Project Record to Owner before Final Acceptance: Contractor shall submit the completed and finalized Project Record to Owner prior to Final Acceptance WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 00 – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS Contract No. CAG-25-044 00 72 00 - 16 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 4.3. SHOP DRAWINGS A. Definition of Shop Drawings: “Shop Drawings” means documents and other information required to be submitted to Owner by Contractor pursuant to the Contract Documents, showing in detail: the proposed fabrication and assembly of structural elements; and the installation (i.e. form, fit, and attachment details) of materials and equipment. Shop Drawings include, but are not limited to, drawings, diagrams, layouts, schematics, descriptive literature, illustrations, schedules, performance and test data, samples, and similar materials furnished by Contractor to explain in detail specific portions of the Work required by the Contract Documents. For materials and equipment to be incorporated into the Work, Contractor submittal shall include the name of the manufacturer, the model number, and other information concerning the performance, capacity, nature, and rating of the item. When directed, Contractor shall submit all samples at its own expense. Owner may duplicate, use, and disclose Shop Drawings provided in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. Approval of Shop Drawings by Contractor and A/E: Contractor shall coordinate all Shop Drawings, and review them for accuracy, completeness, and compliance with the Contract Documents and shall indicate its approval thereon as evidence of such coordination and review. Where required by law, Shop Drawings shall be stamped by an appropriate professional licensed by the state of Washington. Shop Drawings submitted to A/E without evidence of Contractor’s approval shall be returned for resubmission. Contractor shall review, approve, and submit Shop Drawings with reasonable promptness and in such sequence as to cause no delay in the Work or in the activities of Owner or separate contractors. Contractor’s submittal schedule shall allow a reasonable time for A/E review. A/E will review, approve, or take other appropriate action on the Shop Drawings. Contractor shall perform no portion of the Work requiring submittal and review of Shop Drawings until the respective submittal has been reviewed and the A/E has approved or taken other appropriate action. A/E shall respond to Shop Drawing submittals with reasonable promptness. Any Work by Contractor shall be in accordance with reviewed Shop Drawings. Submittals made by Contractor which are not required by the Contract Documents may be returned without action. C. Contractor not relieved of responsibility when Shop Drawings approved: Approval, or other appropriate action with regard to Shop Drawings, by Owner or A/E shall not relieve Contractor of responsibility for any errors or omissions in such Shop Drawings, nor from responsibility for compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Unless specified in the Contract Documents, review by Owner or A/E shall not constitute an approval of the safety precautions employed by Contractor during construction or constitute an approval of Contractor’s means or methods of construction. If Contractor fails to obtain approval before installation and the item or work is subsequently rejected, Contractor shall be responsible for all costs of correction. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 00 – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS Contract No. CAG-25-044 00 72 00 - 17 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 D. Variations between Shop Drawings and Contract Documents: Shop Drawings, product data, samples and similar submittals are not Contract Documents. If Shop Drawings show variations from the requirements of the Contract Documents, Contractor shall describe such variations in writing, separate from the Shop Drawings, at the time it submits the Shop Drawings containing such variations. If A/E approves any such variation, an appropriate Change Order will be issued. If the variation is minor and does not involve an adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, a Change Order need not be issued; however, the modification shall be approved by Owner in writing and recorded upon the Project Record. Approval for substitutions shall not be sought and shall not be approved through the submission of Shop Drawings or other submittals. E. Contractor to submit electronic files of Shop Drawings : Unless otherwise provided in Division 1, Contractor shall submit to Owner for approval electronic files of all Shop Drawings. Unless otherwise indicated, a reviewed electronic file shall be returned to Contractor. 4.4. ORGANIZATION OF SPECIFICATIONS Specification organization by trade: Specifications are prepared in sections which conform generally with trade practices. These sections are for Owner and Contractor convenience and shall not control Contractor in dividing the Work among the Subcontractors or in establishing the extent of the Work to be performed by any trade. 4.5. OWNERSHIP AND USE OF DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS, AND OTHER DOCUMENTS A. The City/Owner not Contractor, owns Copyright of Drawings and Specifications: The Drawings, Specifications, and other documents prepared by A/E are instruments of A/E’s contracted service to Owner through which the Work to be executed by Contractor is described. Neither Contractor nor any Subcontractor shall own or claim a copyright in the Drawings, Specifications, and other documents prepared by A/E, and A/E shall be deemed the author of them and will, along with any rights of Owner, retain all common law, statutory, and other reserved rights, in addition to the copyright. All copies of these documents, except Contractor’s set, shall be returned or suitably accounted for to A/E, on request, upon completion of the Work. B. Drawings and Specifications to be used only for this Project : The Drawings, Specifications, and other documents prepared by the A/E, and copies thereof furnished to Contractor, are for use solely with respect to this Project. They are not to be used by Contractor or any Subcontractor on other projects or for additions to this Project outside the scope of the Work without the specific written consent of Owner and A/E. Contractor and Subcontractors are granted a limited license to use and reproduce applicable portions of the Drawings, Specifications, and other documents prepared by A/E appropriate to and for use in the execution of their Work. C. Shop Drawing license granted to Owner: Contractor and all Subcontractors grant a non- exclusive license to Owner, without additional cost or royalty, to use for its own purposes (including reproduction) all Shop Drawings, together with the information WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 00 – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS Contract No. CAG-25-044 00 72 00 - 18 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 and diagrams contained therein, prepared by Contractor or any Subcontractor. In providing Shop Drawings, Contractor and all Subcontractors warrant that they have authority to grant to Owner a license to use the Shop Drawings, and that such license is not in violation of any copyright or other intellectual property right. Contractor agrees to defend and indemnify Owner pursuant to the indemnity provisions in Section 5.3 and 5.22 from any violations of copyright or other intellectual property rights arising out of Owner’s use of the Shop Drawings hereunder, or to secure for Owner, at Contractor’s own cost, licenses in conformity with this section. D. Shop Drawings to be used only for this Project: The Shop Drawings and other submittals prepared by Contractor, Subcontractors of any tier, or its or their equipment or material suppliers, and copies thereof furnished to Contractor, are for use solely with respect to this Project. They are not to be used by Contractor or any Subcontractor of any tier, or material or equipment supplier, on other projects or for additions to this Project outside the scope of the Work without the specific written consent of Owner. The Contractor, Subcontractors of any tier, and material or equipment suppliers are granted a limited license to use and reproduce applicable portions of the Shop Drawings and other submittals appropriate to and for use in the execution of their Work under the Contract Documents. E. Electronic Files: If the parties intend to transmit the instruments of A/E’s service or any other information or documentation in digital form (other than PDF), they shall endeavor to establish necessary protocols governing such transmissions, unless otherwise already provided in the Contract Documents. PART 5 – PERFORMANCE 5.1. CONTRACTOR CONTROL AND SUPERVISION A. Contractor responsible for Means and Methods of construction: Contractor shall supervise and direct the Work, using its best skill and attention, and shall perform the Work in a skillful manner. Contractor shall be solely responsible for and have control over construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, and p rocedures and for coordinating all portions of the Work, unless the Contract Documents give other specific instructions concerning these matters. Contractor shall disclose its means and methods of construction when requested by Owner. B. Competent Superintendent required: Contractor, as soon as practicable after award of the Contract, shall furnish in writing to Owner the name and qualifications of its proposed superintendent. Owner may reply within 14 Days to Contractor in writing stating (1) whether Owner has reasonable objection to the proposed superintendent or (2) that Owner requires additional time to review. Failure of Owner to reply within the 14-Day period shall constitute Notice of no reasonable objection. The superintendent shall not be employed on any other Project during the course of the Work without prior written approval by Owner. Performance of the Work shall be directly supervised by a competent superintendent who shall be in attendance at the Project site during performance of the Work and who has authority to act on behalf of WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 00 – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS Contract No. CAG-25-044 00 72 00 - 19 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 Contractor. Communications given to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to Contractor. The superintendent must be satisfactory to the Owner and shall not be changed without the prior written consent of Owner. Owner may require Contractor to remove the superintendent from the Work or Project site, if Owner reasonably deems the superintendent incompetent, careless, or otherwise objectionable, provided Owner has first notified Contractor in writing and allowed a reasonable period for transition. C. Contractor responsible for acts and omissions of self and agents: Contractor shall be responsible to Owner for acts and omissions of Contractor, Subcontractors, and their employees and agents. D. Contractor to employ competent and disciplined workforce : Contractor shall enforce strict discipline and good order among all of the Contractor’s employees and other persons performing the Work. Contractor shall not permit employment of persons not skilled in tasks assigned to them. Contractor’s employees shall at all times conduct business in a manner which assures fair, equal, and nondiscriminatory treatment of all persons. Owner may, by written notice, request Contractor to remove from the Work or Project site any employee Owner reasonably deems incompetent, careless, or otherwise objectionable. E. Contractor to keep project documents on site: Contractor shall keep on the Project site a copy of the Drawings, Specifications, addenda, reviewed Shop Drawings, and permits and permit drawings. F. Contractor to comply with ethical standards: Contractor shall ensure that its owner(s) and employees, and those of its Subcontractors, comply with the Ethics in Public Service Act RCW 42.52, which, among other things, prohibits state employees from having an economic interest in any public works contract that was made by, or supervised by, that employee. Contractor shall remove, at its sole cost and expense, any of its, or its Subcontractors’ employees, if they are in violation of this act. 5.2. PERMITS, FEES, AND NOTICES A. Permits: Owner will obtain and pay for the Land Use Permit and Civil Construction Permit. All other permits and fees required to execute the Work shall be obtained and paid for by the Contractor. Prior to Final Acceptance, the approved, signed permits shall be delivered to Owner. B. Contractor to comply with all applicable laws: Contractor shall comply with and give notices required by all federal, state, and local laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, and lawful orders of public authorities applicable to performance of the Work. 5.3. PATENTS AND ROYALTIES Payment, indemnification, and notice: Contractor is responsible for, and shall pay, all royalties and license fees. Contractor shall defend, indemnify, and hold Owner harmless from any costs, expenses, and liabilities arising out of the infringement by Contractor of any WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 00 – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS Contract No. CAG-25-044 00 72 00 - 20 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 patent, copyright, or other intellectual property right used in the Work; however, provided that Contractor gives prompt notice, Contractor shall not be responsible for such defense or indemnity when a particular design, process, or product of a particular manufacturer or manufacturers is required by the Contract Documents. If Contractor has reason to believe that use of the required design, process, or product constitutes an infringement of a patent or copyright, it shall promptly notify Owner of such potential infringement 5.4. PREVAILING WAGES A. Contractor to pay Prevailing Wages: Contractor shall pay the prevailing rate of wages to all workers, laborers, or mechanics employed in the performance of any part of the Work in accordance with RCW 39.12 and the rules and regulations of the Washington Department of Labor and Industries or the federal Davis-Bacon Act Prevailing Wage Rates, as amended (40 U.S.C. 3141 – 3148); whichever is the greater. The schedule of prevailing wage rates for the locality or localities of the Work, is determined by the Industrial Statistician of the Department of Labor and Industries. The State of Washington prevailing wage rates applicable for this public works project, which is in King County, may be found at the following website address of the Department of Labor and Industries: http://www.lni.wa.gov/TradesLicensing/PrevWage/WageRates. Based upon the bid submittal deadline for this project, the applicable effective date for prevailing wages for this Project is the bid posting date. B. Statement of Intent to Pay Prevailing Wages: Before payment is made by the Owner to the Contractor for any work performed by the Contractor and subcontractors whose work is included in the application for payment, the Contractor shall submit, or shall have previously submitted to the Owner for the Project, a Statement of Intent to Pay Prevailing Wages, approved by the Department of Labor and Industries, certifying the rate of hourly wage paid and to be paid each classification of laborers, workers, or mechanics employed upon the Work by Contractor and Subcontractors. Such rates of hourly wage shall not be less than the prevailing wage rate. C. Affidavit of Wages Paid: Prior to release of retainage, the Contractor shall submit to the Owner an Affidavit of Wages Paid, approved by the Department of Labor and Industries, for the Contractor and every subcontractor, of any tier, that performed work on the Project. D. Disputes: Disputes regarding prevailing wage rates shall be referred for arbitration to the Director of the Department of Labor and Industries. The arbitration decision shall be final and conclusive and binding on all parties involved in the dispute as provided for by RCW 39.12.060. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 00 – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS Contract No. CAG-25-044 00 72 00 - 21 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 E. Statement with pay application; Post Statements of Intent at job site : Each Application for Payment submitted by Contractor shall state that prevailing wages have been paid in accordance with the pre -filed statement(s) of intent, as approved. Copies of the approved intent statement(s) shall be posted on the job site with th e address and telephone number of the Industrial Statistician of the Department of Labor and Industries where a complaint or inquiry concerning prevailing wages may be made. F. Contractor to pay for Statements of Intent and Affidavits : In compliance with chapter 296- 127 WAC, Contractor shall pay to the Department of Labor and Industries the currently established fee(s) for each statement of intent and/or affidavit of wages paid submitted to the Department of Labor and Industries for certification. G. Certified Payrolls: Consistent with WAC 296-127-320, the Contractor and any Subcontractor shall submit a certified copy of payroll records if requested. 5.5. HOURS OF LABOR A. Overtime: Contractor shall comply with all applicable provisions of RCW 49.28 and they are incorporated herein by reference. Pursuant to that statute, no laborer, worker, or mechanic employed by Contractor, any Subcontractor, or any other person performing or contracting to do the whole or any part of the Work, shall be permitted or required to work more than eight hours in any one calendar day, provided, that in cases of extraordinary emergency, such as danger to life or property, the hours of work may be extended, but in such cases the rate of pay for time employed in excess of eight hours of each calendar day shall be not less than one and one-half times the rate allowed for this same amount of time during eight hours of service. B. 4-10 Agreements: Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, RCW 49.28 permits a contractor or subcontractor in any public works contract subject to those provisions, to enter into an agreement with its employees in which the employees work up to ten hours in a calendar day. No such agreement may provide that the employees work ten-hour days for more than four calendar days a week. Any such agreement is subject to approval by the employees. The overtime provisions of RCW 49.28 shall not apply to the hours, up to forty hours per week, worked pursuant to any such agreement. 5.6. NONDISCRIMINATION A. Discrimination prohibited by applicable laws: The Contractor and all Subcontractors shall comply with all applicable federal and state non -discrimination laws, regulations, and policies and the City of Renton Summary of Fair Practices Policy Adopted by Resolution 4085. No person shall, on the grounds of age, race, creed, color, sex, sexual orientation, religion, national origin, marital status, honorably discharged veteran or military status, or disability (physical, mental, or sensory) be denied the benefits of, or otherwise be subjected to discrimination under any project, program, or activity, funded, in whole or in part, under this Agreement. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 00 – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS Contract No. CAG-25-044 00 72 00 - 22 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 B. During performance of the Work: 1. Protected Classes: Contractor shall not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, creed, color, national origin, sex, age, marital status, or the presence of any physical, sensory, or mental disability, Vietnam era veteran status, or disabled veteran status, nor commit any other unfair practices as defined in RCW 49.60. 2. Advertisements to state nondiscrimination: Contractor shall, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by or for it, state that all qualified applicants will be considered for employment, without regard to race, creed, color, national origin, sex, age, marital status, or the presence of any physical, sensory, or mental disability. 3. Contractor to notify unions and others of nondiscrimination: Contractor shall send to each labor union, employment agency, or representative of workers with which it has a collective bargaining agreement or other contract or understanding, a notice advising the labor union, employment agency, or workers’ representative of Contractor’s obligations according to the Contract Documents and RCW 49.60. 4. Owner and State access to Contractor records: Contractor shall permit access to its books, records, and accounts, and to its premises by Owner, and by the Washington State Human Rights Commission, for the purpose of investigation to ascertain compliance with this section of the Contract Documents. 5. Pass through provisions to Subcontractors: Contractor shall include the provisions of this section in every Subcontract. 5.7. SAFETY PRECAUTIONS A. Contractor responsible for safety: Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining, and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the performance of the Work. Contractor shall be solely and completely responsible for conditions of the Project site. This requirement shall apply continuously and not be limited to working hours. In performing this Contract, the Contractor shall provide for protecting the lives and health of employees and other persons; preventing damage to property, materials, supplies, and equipment; and avoid work interruptions. For these purposes, the Contractor shall: 1. Follow Washington Industrial Safety and Health Act (WISHA) regional directives and provide a site-specific safety program that will require an accident prevention and hazard analysis plan for the contractor and each subcontractor on the work site. The Contractor shall submit a site-specific safety plan to the Owner’s representative prior to the initial scheduled construction meeting. 2. Provide adequate safety devices and measures including, but not limited to, the appropriate safety literature, notice, training, permits, placement and use of barricades, signs, signal lights, ladders, scaffolding, staging, runways, hoist, construction elevators, shoring, temporary lighting, grounded outlets, wiring, WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 00 – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS Contract No. CAG-25-044 00 72 00 - 23 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 hazardous materials, vehicles, construction processes, and equipment required by all applicable state, federal, and local laws and regulations. 3. Comply with the State Environmental Policy Act (SEPA), Clean Air Act, Shoreline Management Act, and other applicable federal, state, and local statutes and regulations dealing with the prevention of environmental pollution and the preservation of public natural resources. 4. Post all permits, notices, and/or approvals in a conspicuous location at the construction site. B. Provide any additional measures that the Owner determines to be reasonable and necessary for ensuring a safe environment in areas open to the public. Nothing in this part shall be construed as imposing a duty upon the Owner or A/E to prescribe safety conditions relating to employees, public, or agents of the Contractors. Any review by Owner or A/E of Contractor’s performance shall not be construed to include a review of the adequacy of Contractor’s safety measures in, on or near the site of the Work. C. Contractor safety responsibilities: In carrying out its responsibilities according to the Contract Documents, Contractor shall protect the lives and health of employees performing the Work and other persons who may be affected by the Work; prevent damage to materials, supplies, and equipment whether on site or stored off-site; and prevent damage to other property at the site or adjacent thereto. Contractor shall comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, and orders of any public body having jurisdiction for the safety of persons or property or to protect them from damage, injury, or loss; shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection; and shall notify owners of adjacent property and utilities when prosecution of the Work may affect them. D. Contractor to maintain safety records: Contractor shall maintain an accurate record of exposure data on all incidents relating to the Work resulting in death, traumatic injury, occupational disease, or damage to property, materials, supplies, or equipment. Contractor shall immediately report any such incident to Owner. Owner shall, at all times, have a right of access to all records of exposure. E. Contractor to provide HazMat training: Contractor shall provide all persons working on the Project site with information and training on hazardous chemicals in their work at the time of their initial assignment, and whenever a new hazard is introduced into their work area. 1. Information. At a minimum, Contractor shall inform persons working on the Project site of: a. WAC: The requirements of chapter 296-62 WAC, General Occupational Health Standards; b. Presence of hazardous chemicals: Any operations in their work area where hazardous chemicals are present; and c. Hazard communications program: The location and availability of written WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 00 – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS Contract No. CAG-25-044 00 72 00 - 24 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 hazard communication programs, including the required list(s) of hazardous chemicals and material safety data sheets required by chapter 296-62 WAC. 2. Training. At a minimum, Contractor shall provide training for persons working on the Project site which includes: a. Detecting hazardous chemicals: Methods and observations that may be used to detect the presence or release of a hazardous chemical in the work area (such as monitoring conducted by the employer, continuous monitoring devices, visual appearance or odor of hazardous chemicals when being released, etc.); b. Hazards of chemicals: The physical and health hazards of the chemicals in the work area; c. Protection from hazards: The measures such persons can take to protect themselves from these hazards, including specific procedures Contractor, or its Subcontractors, or others have implemented to protect those on the Project site from exposure to hazardous chemicals, such as appropriate work practices, emergency procedures, and personal protective equipment to be used; and d. Hazard communications program: The details of the hazard communications program developed by Contractor, or its Subcontractors, including an explanation of the labeling system and the material safety data sheet, and how employees can obtain and use the appropriate hazard information. F. Hazardous, toxic or harmful substances: Contractor’s responsibility for hazardous, toxic, or harmful substances shall include the following duties: 1. Illegal use of dangerous substances: Contractor shall not keep, use, dispose, transport, generate, or sell on or about the Project site, any substances now or hereafter designated as, or which are subject to regulation as, hazardous, toxic, dangerous, or harmful by any federal, state or local law, regulation, statute or ordinance (hereinafter collectively referred to as “hazardous substances”), in violation of any such law, regulation, statute, or ordinance, but in no case shall any such hazardous substance be stored more than 90 Days on the Project site. 2. Contractor notifications of spills, failures, inspections, and fines: Contractor shall promptly notify Owner of all spills or releases of any hazardous substances which are otherwise required to be reported to any regulatory agency and pay the cost of cleanup. Contractor shall promptly notify Owner of all failures to comply with any federal, state, or local law, regulation, or ordinance; all inspections of the Project site by any regulatory entity concerning the same; all regulatory orders or fines; and all responses or interim cleanup actions taken by or proposed to be taken by any government entity or private party on the Project site. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 00 – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS Contract No. CAG-25-044 00 72 00 - 25 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 G. Public safety and traffic: All Work shall be performed with due regard for the safety of the public. Contractor shall perform the Work so as to cause a minimum of interruption of vehicular traffic or inconvenience to pedestrians. All arrangements to care for such traffic shall be Contractor’s responsibilities. All expenses involved in the maintenance of traffic by way of detours shall be borne by Contractor. H. Contractor to act in an emergency: In an emergency affecting the safety of life or the Work or of adjoining property, Contractor is permitted to act, at its discretion, to prevent such threatened loss or injury, and Contractor shall so act if so authorized or instructed. I. No duty of safety by Owner or A/E: Nothing provided in this Section 5.7 shall relieve Contractor of sole and complete responsibility for safety at the Project site, for the violation of safety or property protection requirements or the correction thereof, or impose any duty upon Owner or A/E with regard to, or as constituting any express or implied assumption of control or responsibility over, Project site safety, or over any other safety conditions relating to employees or agents of Contractor or any of it s Subcontractors, or the public. Any Notice Owner or A/E gives to Contractor of a safety or property protection violation will not: (1) relieve Contractor of sole and complete responsibility for the violation and the correction thereof, or for sole liability for the consequences of said violation; (2) impose any obligation upon Owner or A/E to inspect or review Contractor’s safety program or precautions or to enforce Contractor’s compliance with the requirements of this Section 5.7; or (3) impose any continuing obligation upon Owner or A/E to provide such Notice to Contractor or any other persons or entity. 5.8. OPERATIONS, MATERIAL HANDLING, AND STORAGE AREAS A. Limited storage areas: Contractor shall confine all operations, including storage of materials, to Owner-approved areas. B. Temporary buildings and utilities at Contractor expense: Temporary buildings (e.g., storage sheds, shops, offices) and utilities may be provided by Contractor only with the consent of Owner and without expense to Owner. The temporary buildings and utilities shall be removed by Contractor at its expense upon completion of the Work. C. Roads and vehicle loads: Contractor shall use only established roadways or temporary roadways authorized by Owner. When materials are transported in prosecuting the Work, vehicles shall not be loaded beyond the loading capacity recommended by the manufacturer of the vehicle or prescribed by federal, state, or local law or regulation. D. Ownership and reporting by Contractor of demolished materials: Ownership and control of all materials or facility components to be demolished or removed from the Project site by Contractor shall immediately vest in Contractor upon severance of the component from the facility or severance of the material from the Project site. Contractor shall be responsible for compliance with all laws governing the storage WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 00 – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS Contract No. CAG-25-044 00 72 00 - 26 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 and ultimate disposal. Contractor shall provide Owner with a copy of all manifests and receipts evidencing proper disposal when required by Owner or applicable law. E. Contractor responsible for care of materials and equipment on -site: Contractor shall be responsible for the proper care and protection of its materials and equipment delivered to the Project site. Materials and equipment may be stored on the premises subject to approval of the Owner. When Contractor uses any portion of the Project site as a shop, Contractor shall be responsible for any repairs, patching, or cleaning arising from such use. F. Contractor responsible for loss of materials and equipment: Contractor shall protect and be responsible for any damage or loss to the Work, or to the materials or equipment until the date of Substantial Completion and shall repair or replace without cost to Owner any damage or loss that may occur, except damages or loss caused by the acts or omissions of Owner. Contractor shall also protect and be responsible for any damage or loss to the Work, or to the materials or equipment, after the date of Substantial Completion, and shall repair or replace without cost to Owner any such damage or loss that might occur, to the extent such damages or loss are caused by the acts or omissions of Contractor, or any Subcontractor. 5.9. PRIOR NOTICE OF EXCAVATION Excavation defined; Use of locator services: “Excavation” means an operation in which earth, rock, or other material on or below the ground is moved or otherwise displaced by any means, except the tilling of soil less than 12 inches in depth for agricultural purposes, or road ditch maintenance that does not change the original road grad or ditch flow line. Before commencing any excavation, Contractor shall provide notice of the scheduled commencement of excavation to all owners of underground facilities or utilities, through locator services. 5.10. UNFORESEEN PHYSICAL CONDITIONS A. Notice requirement for concealed or unknown conditions: If Contractor encounters conditions at the site which are subsurface or otherwise concealed physical conditions which differ materially from those indicated in the Contract Documents, or unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature which differ mater ially from those ordinarily found to exist and generally recognized as inherent in construction activities of the character provided for in the Contract Documents, then Contractor shall give written notice to Owner promptly and in no event later than 7 Days after the first observance of the conditions. Conditions shall not be disturbed prior to such notice. B. Adjustment in Contract Time and Contract Sum: If such conditions differ materially and cause a change in Contractor’s cost of, or time required for, performance of any part of the Work, the Contractor may be entitled to an equitable adjustment in the Contract Time or Contract Sum, or both, provided it makes a request therefore as provided in Part 7. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 00 – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS Contract No. CAG-25-044 00 72 00 - 27 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 5.11. PROTECTION OF EXISTING STRUCTURES, EQUIPMENT, VEGETATION, UTILITIES AND IMPROVEMENTS A. Contractor to protect and repair property: At all times until Owner’s occupancy of the Work or a designated portion of the Work, Contractor shall protect the Work from damage, weather, deterioration, theft, vandalism and malicious mischief and shall bear the risk of any uninsured loss or destructio n of, or injury or damage to, all materials, equipment, tools, and other items incorporated or to be incorporated in the Work or designated portion, or consumed or used in the performance of the Work or designated portion, including all Work in process and completed Work. Contractor shall protect from damage all existing structures, equipment, improvements, utilities, streets, curbs, walks and vegetation: at or near the Project site or on adjacent property of a third party, the locations of which are made known to or should be known by Contractor. Contractor shall repair any damage, including that to the property of a third party. Contractor shall repair any damage resulting from failure to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents or failure to exercise reasonable care in performing the Work. If Contractor fails or refuses to repair the damage promptly, Owner may have the necessary work performed and charge the cost to Contractor. If a governmental authority having jurisdiction requires that the repairing and patching be done with its own labor and/or materials, Contractor shall abide by such regulations, and it shall pay for this work at no additional cost to Owner. B. Special site conditions: If, in the course of the Work, Contractor encounters human remains or recognizes the existence of burial markers, archaeological sites or wetlands not indicated in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall immediately suspend any operations that would affect them and shall notify Owner and A/E. Upon receipt of such Notice, Owner shall promptly take any action necessary to obtain governmental authorization required to resume the operations. Contractor shall continue to suspend these operations until otherwise instructed by Owner but shall continue with all other operations that do not affect those remains or features. Requests for adjustments in the Contract Sum and Contract Time arising from the existence of such remains or features may be made as provided in Part 8. 5.12. LAYOUT OF WORK A. Advanced planning of the Work: Contractor shall plan and lay out the Work in advance of operations so as to coordinate all work without delay or revision. B. Layout responsibilities: Contractor shall lay out the Work from Owner-established baselines and benchmarks indicated on the Drawings and shall be responsible for all field measurements about the layout. Contractor shall furnish, at its own expense, all stakes, templates, platforms, equipment, tools, materials, and labor required to lay out any part of the Work. Contractor shall be responsible for executing the Work to the lines and grades that may be established. Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining or restoring all stakes and other marks established. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 00 – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS Contract No. CAG-25-044 00 72 00 - 28 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 5.13. MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT A. Contractor to provide new and equivalent equipment and materials : All equipment, material, and articles incorporated into the Work shall be new and of the most suitable grade for the purpose intended, unless otherwise specifically provided in the Contract Documents. References in the Specifications to equipment, material, articles, or patented processes by trade name, make, or catalog number, shall be regarded as establishing a standard quality and shall not be construed as limiting competition. Contractor may, at its option, use any equipment, material, article, or process that, in the judgment of A/E and after submittal and approval of a substitute request, is equal to that named in the Specifications, unless otherwise specifically provided in the Contract Documents. B. Contractor responsible for fitting parts together: Contractor shall do all cutting, fitting, or patching that may be required to complete the Work or to make its several parts fit together properly or receive or be received by work of others set forth in, or reasonably implied by, the Contract Documents. Contractor shall not damage or endanger any work of Owner or separate contractors by cutting, excavating, or otherwise altering the Work and shall not cut or alter the work of any other contractor unless approved in advance by Owner. Contractor shall restore all areas requiring cutting, fitting and patching to the condition existing prior to the cutting, fitting and patching, unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents. C. Owner may reject defective Work: Should any of the Work be found defective, or in any way not in accordance with the Contract Documents, this work, in whatever stage of completion, may be rejected by Owner. However, neither this authority of Owner nor a decision made either to exercise or not to exercise such authority shall give rise to a duty or responsibility of Owner or its representatives to Contractor, Subcontractors, their agents or employees, or other persons or entities performing portions of the Work. 5.14. AVAILABILITY AND USE OF UTILITY SERVICES Owner to provide and charge for utilities: Owner shall make all reasonable utilities available to Contractor from existing outlets and supplies, as specified in the Contract Documents, at no cost to the Contractor. 5.15. TESTS AND INSPECTION A. Contractor to provide for all testing and inspection of Work: Contractor shall maintain an adequate testing and inspection program and perform such tests and inspections as are necessary or required to ensure that the Work conforms to the requirements of the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be responsible for inspection and quality surveillance of all its Work and all Work performed by any Subcontractor. Unless otherwise provided, Contractor shall make arrangements for such tests, inspections, and approvals with an independent testing laboratory or entity acceptable to Owner, or with the appropriate public authority, and shall bear all related costs of tests, inspections, and approvals. Contractor shall give Owner timely notice of when and WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 00 – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS Contract No. CAG-25-044 00 72 00 - 29 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 where tests and inspections are to be made. Contractor shall maintain complete inspection records and make them available to Owner. B. Owner may conduct tests and inspections: Owner may, at any reasonable time, conduct such inspections and tests as it deems necessary to ensure that the Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents. Owner shall promptly notify Contractor if an inspection or test reveals that the Work is not in accordance with the Contract Documents. Unless the subject items are expressly accepted by Owner, such Owner inspection and tests are for the sole benefit of Owner and do not: 1. Constitute or imply acceptance; 2. Relieve Contractor of responsibility for providing adequate quality control measures; 3. Relieve Contractor of responsibility for risk of loss or damage to the Work, materials, or equipment; 4. Relieve Contractor of its responsibility to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents; or 5. Impair Owner’s right to reject defective or nonconforming items, or to avail itself of any other remedy to which it may be entitled. C. Inspections or inspectors do not modify Contract Documents: Neither observations by an inspector retained by Owner, the presence or absence of such inspector on the site, nor inspections, tests, or approvals by others, shall relieve Contractor from any requirement of the Contract Documents, nor is any such inspector authorized to change any term or condition of the Contract Documents. D. Contractor responsibilities on inspections : Contractor shall promptly furnish, without additional charge, all facilities, labor, material and equipment reasonably needed for performing such safe and convenient inspections and tests as may be required by Owner. Owner may charge Contractor any additional cost of inspection or testing when Work is not ready at the time specified by Contractor for inspection or testing, or when prior rejection makes re-inspection or retest necessary. Owner shall perform its inspections and tests in a manner that will cause no undue delay in the Work. 5.16. CORRECTION OF NONCONFORMING WORK A. Work covered by Contractor without inspection: If a portion of the Work is covered contrary to the request of Owner or the requirements in the Contract Documents or a governmental authority having jurisdiction, it must, if required in writing by Owner, be uncovered for Owner’s observation and be replaced at the Contractor’s expense and without change in the Contract Sum or Contract Time. B. Payment provisions for uncovering covered Work: If, at any time prior to Final Completion, Owner desires to examine the Work, or any portion of it, which has been covered, Owner may request to see such Work and it shall be uncovered by WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 00 – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS Contract No. CAG-25-044 00 72 00 - 30 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 Contractor. If such Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall be entitled to an adjustment in the Contract Sum for the costs of uncovering and replacement, and, if completion of the Work is thereby delayed, an adjustment in the Contract Time, provided it makes such a request as provided in Part 7. If such Work is not in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall pay the costs of examination and reconstruction. C. Contractor to correct and pay for non-conforming Work: Contractor shall promptly correct Work found by Owner not to conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents, whether observed before or after Substantial Completion and whether or not fabricated, installed, or completed. Contractor shall bear all costs of correcting such nonconforming Work, including additional testing and inspections. D. Contractor’s compliance with correct and warranty provisions: If, within one year after the date of Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof, or within one year after the date for commencement of any system warranties established under Section 6.8, or within the terms of any applicable special warranty required by the Contract Documents, any of the Work is found to be not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, Contractor shall correct it promptly after receipt of written Notice from Owner to do so. Owner shall give such Notice promptly after discovery of the condition. This period of one year shall be extended, with respect to portions of Work first performed after Substantial Completion, by the period of time between Substantial Completion and the actual performance of the Work. Contractor’s duty to correct with respect to Work repaired or replaced shall run for one year from the date of repair or replacement. Obligations under this Section 5.16 shall survive Final Acceptance and are in addition to other warranties provided by contract or law. E. Contractor to remove non-conforming Work: Contractor shall remove from the Project site portions of the Work which are not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents and are neither corrected by Contractor nor accepted by Owner. F. Owner may charge Contractor for non-conforming Work: If Contractor fails to correct nonconforming Work within a reasonable time after written notice to do so, Owner may replace, correct, or remove the nonconforming Work and charge the cost thereof to the Contractor. G. Contractor to pay for damaged Work during correction: Contractor shall bear the cost of correcting destroyed or damaged Work, whether completed or partially completed, caused by Contractor’s correction or removal of Work which is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. H. No Period of limitation on other requirements: Nothing contained in this section shall be construed to establish a period of limitation with respect to other obligations which Contractor might have according to the Contract Documents. Establishment of the time period of one year as described in Section 5.16D relates only to the specific WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 00 – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS Contract No. CAG-25-044 00 72 00 - 31 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 obligation of Contractor to correct the Work and has no relationship to the time within which the Contractor’s obligation to comply with the Contract Documents may be sought to be enforced, including the time within which such proceedings may be commenced. I. Owner may accept non-conforming Work and charge Contractor: If Owner prefers to accept Work which is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, Owner may do so instead of requiring its removal and correction, in which case the Contract Sum may be reduced as appropriate and equitable. 5.17. CLEAN UP Contractor to keep site clean and leave it clean: Contractor shall at all times keep the Project site, including hauling routes, infrastructures, utilities, and storage areas, free from accumulations of waste materials. Before completing the Work, Contractor shall remove from the premises its rubbish, tools, scaffolding, equipment, and materials. Upon completing the Work, Contractor shall leave the Project site in a clean, neat, and orderly condition satisfactory to Owner. If Contractor fails to clean up as provided herein, and after reasonable notice from Owner, Owner may do so and the cost thereof shall be charged to Contractor. 5.18. ACCESS TO WORK Owner and A/E access to Work site: Contractor shall provide Owner and A/E access to the Work in progress wherever located. 5.19. OTHER CONTRACTS Owner may award other contracts; Contractor to cooperate: Owner may undertake or award other contracts for additional work at or near the Project site. Owner shall provide for coordination of the activities of Owner’s own forces and of each separate contractor with the Work of Contractor, who shall reasonably cooperate with the other contractors and with Owner’s employees and shall carefully adapt scheduling and perform the Work in accordance with these Contract Documents to reasonably accommodate the othe r work. 5.20. SUBCONTRACTORS AND SUPPLIERS A. Subcontractor Responsibility: The Contractor shall include the language of this paragraph in each of its first-tier subcontracts and shall require each of its subcontractors to include the same language of this section in each of their subcontracts, adjusting only as necessary the terms used for the contracting parties. Upon request of the Owner, the Contractor shall promptly provide documentation to the Owner demonstrating that the subcontractor meets the subcontractor responsibility criteria below. The requirements of this paragraph apply to all subcontractors regardless of tier. At the time of subcontract execution, the Contractor shall verify that each of its first-tier subcontractors meets the following bidder responsibility criteria: WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 00 – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS Contract No. CAG-25-044 00 72 00 - 32 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 1. Have a current certificate of registration as a contractor in compliance with chapter 18.27 RCW, which must have been in effect at the time of subcontract bid submittal; 2. Have a current City of Renton business license; 3. Have a current Washington Unified Business Identifier (UBI) number; 4. If applicable, have: a. Industrial Insurance (workers’ compensation) coverage for the subcontractor’s employees working in Washington, as required in Title 51 RCW; b. A Washington Employment Security Department number, as required in Title 50 RCW; c. A Washington Department of Revenue state excise tax registration number, as required in Title 82 RCW; d. An electrical contractor license, if required by Chapter 19.28 RCW; 5. Not be disqualified from bidding on any public works contract under RCW 39.06.010 or 39.12.065 (3). 6. Not be disqualified from bidding or working on any project receiving federal public works contract under SAM.gov. 7. Need any supplemental responsibility criteria set forth in the Contract Documents. B. N/A C. N/A D. Provide names of Subcontractors and use qualified firms: Before submitting the first Application for Payment, Contractor shall furnish in writing to Owner the names, addresses, and telephone numbers of all Subcontractors, as well as suppliers providing materials in excess of $2,500. Contractor shall utilize Subcontractors and suppliers which are experienced and qualified, and meet the requirements of the Contract Documents, if any. Contractor shall not utilize any Subcontractor or supplier to whom the Owner has a reasonable objection and shall obtain Owner’s written consent before making any substitutions or additions. A "reasonable objection" shall include without limitation: 1. A proposed Subcontractor differing from the entity listed with a proposal or bid, 2. Lack of "responsibility" of the proposed Subcontractor, as defined in RCW 39.04.350 or otherwise in the Contract Documents, 3. Lack of qualification, including technical qualification, as required by the Specifications, or WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 00 – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS Contract No. CAG-25-044 00 72 00 - 33 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 4. Material failure to perform satisfactorily (such as causing a material delay or submitting a Claim Owner considers inappropriate) on one or more projects for Owner within five (5) years of the bidding date. E. Subcontracts in writing and pass-through provision: All Subcontracts must be in writing. By appropriate written agreement, Contractor shall require each Subcontractor, so far as applicable to the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor, to be bound to Contractor by terms of the Contract Documents, and to assume toward Contractor all the obligations and responsibilities which Contractor assumes toward Owner in accordance with the Contract Documents. Each Subcontract shall preserve and protect the rights of Owner in accordance with the Contract Documents with respect to the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor so that subcontracting thereof will not prejudice such rights. Where appropriate, Contractor shall require each Subcontractor to enter into similar agreements with Sub-subcontractors. However, nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to alter the contractual relations between Contractor and its Subcontractors with respect to insurance or bonds. F. Coordination of Subcontractors; Contractor responsible for Work : Contractor shall schedule, supervise, and coordinate the operations of all Subcontractors. No Subcontracting of any of the Work shall relieve Contractor from its responsibility for the performance of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents or any other obligations of the Contract Documents. G. Automatic assignment of subcontracts: Each subcontract agreement for a portion of the Work is hereby assigned by Contractor to Owner provided that: 1. Effective only after termination and Owner approval: The assignment is effective only after termination by Owner for cause pursuant to Section 9.1 and only for those Subcontracts which Owner accepts by notifying the Subcontractor in writing; and 2. Owner assumes Contractor’s responsibilities: After the assignment is effective, Owner will assume all future duties and obligations toward the Subcontractor which Contractor assumed in the Subcontract. 3. Impact of bond: The assignment is subject to the prior rights of the surety, if any, obligated under any bond provided in accordance with the Contract Documents. 5.21. WARRANTY OF CONSTRUCTION A. Contractor warranty of Work: In addition to any special warranties provided elsewhere in the Contract Documents, Contractor warrants that all Work conforms to the requirements of the Contract Documents and is free of any defect in equipment, material, or design furnished, or workmanship performed by Contractor. B. Contractor responsibilities: With respect to all warranties, express or implied, for Work performed or materials furnished according to the Contract Documents, Contractor shall: WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 00 – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS Contract No. CAG-25-044 00 72 00 - 34 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 1. Obtain warranties: Obtain, assign if requested, and furnish directly to Owner, all warranties that would be given in normal commercial practice or that are required by the Contract Documents, first executed by the applicable Subcontractor and those suppliers and manufacturers furnishing materials for the Work, and subsequently countersigned by Contractor, which shall extend to Owner all rights, claims, benefits and interests that Contractor may have under express or implied warranties or guarantees against the Subcontractor, supplier or manufacturer for defective or non-conforming Work; 2. Warranties for benefit of Owner: Require all warranties to be executed, in writing, for the benefit of Owner; 3. Enforcement of warranties: Enforce all warranties for the benefit of Owner, if directed by Owner; and 4. Contractor responsibility for subcontractor warranties: Be responsible to enforce any subcontractor’s, manufacturer’s, or supplier’s warranties should they extend beyond the period specified in the Contract Documents. C. Warranties beyond Final Acceptance: The obligations under this section shall survive Final Acceptance. 5.22. INDEMNIFICATION Contractor shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Owner, its elected officials, officers, agents, consultants, administrators, employees and volunteers, and successors and assigns of any of them (collectively, the “Indemnified Parties”), from and against any and all claims, losses or liability, or any portion of the same, including but not limited to reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred on such claims or in proving the right to indemnification, legal expenses and litigation costs, arising out of bodily injury or death to persons, and damage to property, direct and indirect, or consequential, arising out of, caused by, or resulting from negligent acts or omissions or willful misconduct of Contractor or any of its Subcontractors, their agents and anyone directly or indirectly employed by them or anyone for whose acts they may be liable (collectively, the “Indemnitors”), except to the extent of any concurrent negligence on the part of the Indemnified Parties . Including Patent infringement: The use of any design, process, or equipment which constitutes an infringement of any United States patent presently issued, or violates any other proprietary interest, including copyright, trademark, and trade secret. Should a court of competent jurisdiction determine that this agreement is subject to RCW 4.24.115, (Validity of agreement to indemnify against liability for negligence relative to construction, alteration, improvement, etc., of structure or improvement attached to real estate) then, in the event of liability for damages arising out of bodily injury to persons or damages to property caused by or resulting from the concurrent negligence of Indemnitors and Renton, its officers, officials, employees and volunteers, Indemnitor’s liability shall be only to the extent of Indemnitor’s negligence. It is further specifically and expressly understood that the indemnification provided in this Agreement constitute Indemnitor’s waiver of immunity under the Industrial Insurance Act, WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 00 – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS Contract No. CAG-25-044 00 72 00 - 35 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 RCW Title 51, solely for the purposes of this indemnification. The Parties have mutually negotiated and agreed to this waiver. The provisions of this section shall survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement. The obligations of Contractor under this Section 5.22 shall not be construed to negate, abridge, or otherwise reduce any other right or obligations of indemnity that would otherwise exist as to any party or person described in this Section. To the extent t he wording of this Section 5.22 would reduce or eliminate the insurance coverage of Owner or Contractor, this Section 5.22 shall be considered modified to the extent that such insurance coverage is not affected. To the extent that any portion of this Section 5.22 is stricken by a court or arbitrator for any reason, all remaining provisions shall retain their vitality and effect. The provisions of this Section 5.22 shall survive completion, acceptance, final payment and termination of the Contract. PART 6 – PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 6.1. CONTRACT SUM Owner shall pay Contract Sum: Owner shall pay Contractor the Contract Sum plus Washington State sales tax for performance of the Work, in accordance with the Contract Documents. 6.2. SCHEDULE OF VALUES Contractor to submit Schedule of Values: Before submitting its first Application for Payment, Contractor shall submit to Owner for approval a breakdown allocating the total Contract Sum to each principal category of work, in such detail as requested by Owner (“Schedule of Values”). The approved Schedule of Values shall include appropriate amounts for demobilization, Project Record, O&M manuals, and any other requirements for Project closeout in advancing the Work from Substantial Completion to Final Completion. The approved Schedule of Values shall be used by Owner and Architect/Engineer as the basis for reviewing progress payments. Payment for Work shall be made only for and in accordance with those items included in the Schedule of Values. 6.3. APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT A. Monthly Application for Payment with substantiation: At monthly intervals, unless determined otherwise by Owner, Contractor shall submit to Owner an itemized Application for Payment for Work (on a form approved by Owner) completed in accordance with the Contract Documents and the approved Schedule of Values. Each application shall be supported by such substantiating data as Owner may require. B. Contractor certifies Subcontractors paid: By submitting an Application for Payment, Contractor is certifying that all Subcontractors have been paid, less earned retainage in accordance with RCW 60.28.011, as their interests appeared in the last preceding Application for Payment. By submitting an Application for Payment, Contractor is recertifying that the representations set forth in Section 1.3, are true and correct, to the best of Contractor’s knowledge, as of the date of the Application for Payment. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 00 – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS Contract No. CAG-25-044 00 72 00 - 36 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 Owner has the right to request written evidence from Contractor that Contractor has properly paid Subcontractors and material and equipment suppliers amounts paid by Owner to Contractor for subcontracted Work. Owner shall have the right to contact Subcontractors to ascertain whether they have been properly paid. Owner shall not have an obligation to pay or to see to the payment of money to a Subcontractor, except as may otherwise be required by law. C. Reconciliation of Work with Progress Schedule: At the time, it submits an Application for Payment, Contractor shall analyze and reconcile, to the satisfaction of Owner, the actual progress of the Work with the Progress Schedule. D. Payment for material delivered to site or stored off-site: If authorized by Owner, the Application for Payment may include request for payment for material delivered to the Project site and suitably stored, or for completed preparatory work. Payment may similarly be requested for material stored off the Project site, provided Contractor complies with or furnishes satisfactory evidence of the following: 1. Suitable facility or location: The material will be placed in a facility or location that is structurally sound, dry, lighted and suitable for the materials to be stored; 2. Facility or location within 10 miles of Project: The facility or location is located within a 10-mile radius of the Project. Other locations may be utilized, if approved in writing, by Owner; 3. Facility or location exclusive to Project’s materials: Only materials for the Project are stored within the facility or location (or a secure portion of a facility or location set aside for the Project); 4. Insurance provided on materials in facility or location: Contractor furnishes Owner a certificate of insurance extending Contractor’s insurance coverage for damage, fire, and theft to cover the full value of all materials stored, or in transit; 5. Facility or location locked and secure: The facility or location (or secure portion thereof) is continuously under lock and key, and only Contractor’s authorized personnel shall have access; 6. Owner right of access to facility or location: Owner shall at all times have the right of access in company of Contractor; 7. Contractor assumes total responsibility for stored materials: Contractor and its surety assume total responsibility for the stored materials; and 8. Contractor provides documentation and Notice when materials moved to site: Contractor furnishes to Owner certified lists of materials stored, bills of lading, invoices, and other information as may be required, and shall also furnish Notice to Owner when materials are moved from storage to the Project site. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 00 – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS Contract No. CAG-25-044 00 72 00 - 37 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 6.4. PROGRESS PAYMENTS A. Owner to pay within 30 Days: Owner shall make progress payments, in such amounts as Owner determines are properly due, within 30 Days after receipt of a properly executed Application for Payment. Owner shall notify Contractor in accordance with chapter 39.76 RCW if the Application for Payment does not comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents. B. Withholding retainage; Options for retainage: Owner shall retain 5% of the amount of each progress payment until 45 Days after Final Acceptance and receipt of all documents required by law or the Contract Documents, including, at Owner’s request, consent of surety to release of the retainage. In accordance with chapter 60.28 RCW, Contractor may request that monies reserved be retained in a fund by Owner, deposited by Owner in a bank or savings and loan, or placed in escrow with a bank or trust company to be converted into bonds and securities to be held in escrow with interest to be paid to Contractor. Owner may permit Contractor to provide an appropriate bond in lieu of the retained funds. C. Title passes to Owner upon payment: Title to all Work and materials covered by a progress payment shall pass to Owner at the time of such payment free and clear of all liens, claims, security interests, and encumbrances. Passage of title shall not, however, relieve Contractor from any of its duties and responsibilities for the Work or materials, or waive any rights of Owner to insist on full compliance by Contractor with the Contract Documents. A progress payment, or partial or entire use or occupancy of the Project by Owner shall not constitute acceptance of Work. D. Interest on unpaid balances: Payments due and unpaid in accordance with the Contract Documents shall bear interest as specified in chapter 39.76 RCW. 6.5. PAYMENTS WITHHELD A. Owner’s right to withhold payment: Owner may withhold or, on account of subsequently discovered evidence, nullify the whole or part of any payment to such extent as may be necessary to protect Owner from loss or damage for reasons including but not limited to: 1. Non-compliant Work: Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents; 2. Remaining Work to cost more than unpaid balance: Reasonable evidence that the Work required by the Contract Documents cannot be completed for the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum; 3. Owner correction or completion of Work: Work by Owner to correct defective Work or complete the Work in accordance with Section 5.16; 4. Third party Claims: Claims (except where an insurer has unconditionally accepted coverage) filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of such claims unless Contractor provides security acceptable to Owner; WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 00 – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS Contract No. CAG-25-044 00 72 00 - 38 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 5. Failure to pay Subcontractor: The failure of Contractor to make payments properly to Subcontractors or for labor, materials or equipment; 6. Damages: Damage to Owner or a separate contractor (except where an insurer has unconditionally accepted coverage); 7. Delay: Reasonable evidence that the Work will not be completed within the Contract Time; 8. Affidavits of Wages Paid: Failure to submit affidavits pertaining to wages paid as requested or otherwise required by statute; 9. Progress Schedule: Failure to submit a properly updated Progress Schedule; 10. Liquidated damages; 11. Maintenance of Project Record: Failure to properly maintain as the Project Record; 12. Other construction records: Failure to properly submit any other required construction reports or records; 13. Certified payrolls: Failure to properly submit certified payrolls when requested; 14. Contractor’s failure to perform: Contractor’s failure to otherwise perform in accordance with the Contract Documents; or 15. Contractor’s negligent acts or omissions: Cost or liability that may occur to Owner as the result of Contractor’s fault or negligent acts or omissions. B. Owner to notify Contractor of withholding for unsatisfactory performance: In any case where part or all of a payment is going to be withheld for unsatisfactory performance, Owner shall notify Contractor in accordance with chapter 39.76 RCW. 6.6. RETAINAGE, BOND CLAIM RIGHTS, AND LIENS A. Chapters 39.08 RCW and 60.28 RCW incorporated by reference: Chapters 39.08 RCW and 60.28 RCW, concerning the rights and responsibilities of Contractor and Owner with regard to the performance and payment bonds and retainage, are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference as though fully set forth herein. B. Liens: Contractor shall promptly pay (and secure the discharge of any liens asserted by) all persons properly furnishing labor, equipment, materials or other items in connection with the performance of the Work (including, but not limited to, any Subcontractors ) to the extent that Owner has paid Contractor for this Work. Owner may, at its option, withhold payment, in whole or in part, to Contractor until lien and claims reports are furnished. Contractor may provide other security acceptable to Owner, such as a bond, in lieu of paying disputed liens or claims. Contractor shall defend, indemnify, and hold harmless Owner from any liens, including all expenses and attorneys’ fees, except to the extent a lien has been filed because of failure of payment by Owner for the Work in any such lien. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 00 – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS Contract No. CAG-25-044 00 72 00 - 39 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 6.7. SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. Substantial Completion defined: Substantial Completion is the stage in the progress of the Work (or portion thereof designated and approved by Owner) when the construction is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents, so Owner has full and unrestricted use and benefit of the facilities (or portion thereof designated and approved by Owner) for the use for which it is intended. , the Project has been constructed in substantial accordance with the Contract Documents, and at a minimum the following elements have been accomplished (see also, Section 01 70 00 Execution and Closeout Requirements): 1. A written punch list has been prepared; 2. Commissioning is successfully completed; 3. The Authority Having Jurisdiction has granted a certificate of occupancy; and 4. The first final draft of the O&M manuals has been submitted to Owner. All Work other than incidental corrective or punch list work shall be completed. Substantial Completion shall not have been achieved if the Work cannot achieve Final Completion within the time specified in the Agreement. The date Substantial Completion is achieved shall be established in writing by Owner. Contractor may request an early date of Substantial Completion which must be approved by Change Order. Owner’s occupancy of the Work or designated portion thereof does not necessarily indicate that Substantial Completion has been achieved. 6.8. PRIOR OCCUPANCY A. Prior Occupancy defined; Restrictions: Owner may, upon written Notice thereof to Contractor, take possession of or use any completed or partially completed portion of the Work (“Prior Occupancy”) at any time prior to Substantial Completion. Unless otherwise agreed in writing, Prior Occupancy shall not: be deemed an acceptance of any portion of the Work; accelerate the time for any payment to Contractor; prejudice any rights of Owner provided by any insurance, bond, guaranty, or the Contract Documents; relieve Contractor of the risk of loss or any of the obligations established by the Contract Documents; establish a Date of Substantial or Final Completion; establish a date for termination or partial termination of the assessment of liquidated damages; or constitute a waiver of claims. If Contractor fails to achieve Substantial Completion of the Work within the Contract Time, or fails to achieve Final Completion of the Work within the time specified in the Contract Documents, Owner may take possession of, use or operate all or any part of the Work without an increase in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time on account of such possession or use. B. Damage; Duty to repair and warranties: Notwithstanding anything in the preceding paragraph, Owner shall be responsible for loss of or damage to the Work resulting from Prior Occupancy. Contractor’s one-year duty to repair any system warranties shall begin on building systems activated and used by Owner as agreed in writing by Owner and Contractor. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 00 – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS Contract No. CAG-25-044 00 72 00 - 40 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 6.9. FINAL COMPLETION, ACCEPTANCE, AND PAYMENT A. Final Completion defined: Final Completion shall be achieved when the Work is fully and finally completed in accordance with the Contract Documents. The date Final Completion is achieved shall be within the time period specified and established by Owner in writing, but in no case, shall constitute Final Acceptance which is a subsequent, separate, and distinct action (see also, Section 01 70 00 Execution and Closeout Requirements). B. Final Acceptance defined: Unless otherwise determined by Owner, Final Acceptance shall be achieved after Contractor has completed all the requirements of the Contract Documents. The date Final Acceptance is achieved shall be established by Owner in writing. Pursuant to RCW 60.28, "Lien for Labor, Materials, Taxes on Public Works," completion of the Contract Work shall occur upon Final Acceptance. Prior to Final Acceptance, Contractor shall, in addition to all other requirements in the Contract Documents, submit to Owner a written notice of any outstanding disputes or claims between Contractor and any of its Subcontractors, including the amounts and other details thereof. Neither Final Acceptance, nor final payment, shall release Contractor or its sureties from any obligations of these Contract Documents or the payment and performance bonds, or constitute a waiver of any claims by Owner arising from Contractor’s failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents (see also, Section 01 70 00 Execution and Closeout Requirements). C. Final payment waives Claim rights: Acceptance of final payment by Contractor, or any Subcontractor, shall constitute a waiver and release to Owner of all claims by Contractor, or any such Subcontractor, for an increase in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time, and for every act or omission of Owner relating to or arising out of the Work, except for those Claims made in accordance with the procedures, including the time limits, set forth in Part 8. PART 7 – CHANGES 7.1. CHANGE IN THE WORK A. Changes in Work, Contract Sum, and Contract Time by Change Order: Owner may, at any time and without notice to Contractor’s surety, order additions, deletions, revisions, or other changes in the Work without invalidating the Contract. These changes in the Work shall be incorporated into the Contract Documents through the execution of Change Orders. If any change in the Work ordered by Owner causes an increase or decrease in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time, an equitable adjustment shall be made as provided in Section 7.2 or 7.3, respectively, and such adjustment(s) shall be incorporated into a Change Order. B. Owner may request COP from Contractor: If Owner desires to order a change in the Work, it may request a written Change Order Proposal (COP) from Contractor. Contractor shall submit a Change Order Proposal within 14 Days of the request from Owner, or within such other period as mutually agreed. Contractor’s Change Order WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 00 – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS Contract No. CAG-25-044 00 72 00 - 41 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 Proposal shall be full compensation for implementing the proposed change in the Work, including any adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, and including compensation for all delays in connection with such change in the Work and for any expense or inconvenience, disruption of schedule, or loss of efficiency or productivity occasioned by the change in the Work. C. COP negotiations: Upon receipt of the Change Order Proposal, or a request for equitable adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, or both, as provided in Sections 7.2 and 7.3, Owner may accept or reject the proposal, request further documentation, or negotiate acceptable terms with Contractor. Pending agreement on the terms of the Change Order, Owner may direct Contractor to proceed immediately with the Change Order Work. Contractor shall not proceed with any change in the Work until it has obtained Owner’s approval. All Work done pursuant to any Owner-directed change in the Work shall be executed in accordance with the Contract Documents. D. Change Order as full payment and final settlement: If Owner and Contractor reach agreement on the terms of any change in the Work, including any adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, such agreement shall be incorporated in a Change Order. The Change Order shall constitute full payment and final settlement of all claims for time and for direct, indirect, and consequential costs, including costs of delays, inconvenience, disruption of schedule, or loss of efficiency or productivity, related to any Work either covered or affected by the Change Order, or related to the events giving rise to the request for equitable adjustment. E. Failure to agree upon terms of Change Order; Final offer and Claims: If Owner and Contractor are unable to reach agreement on the terms of any change in the Work, including any adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, Contractor may at any time in writing, request a final offer from Owner. Owner shall provide Contractor with its written response within 30 Days of Contractor’s request. Owner may also provide Contractor with a final offer at any time. If Contractor rejects Owner’s final offer, or the parties are otherwise unable to reach agreement, Contractor’s only remedy shall be to file a Claim as provided in Part 8. F. Field Authorizations: The Owner may direct the Contractor to proceed with a change in the work through a written Field Authorization (also referred to as a Field Order) when the time required to price and execute a Change Order would impact the Project. The Field Authorization shall describe and include the following: 1. The scope of work 2. An agreed upon maximum not-to-exceed amount 3. Any estimated change to the Contract Time 4. The method of final cost determination in accordance with the requirements of Part 7 of the General Conditions WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 00 – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS Contract No. CAG-25-044 00 72 00 - 42 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 5. The supporting cost data to be submitted in accordance with the requirements of Part 7 of the General Conditions Upon satisfactory submittal by the Contractor and approval by the Owner of supporting cost data, a Change Order will be executed. The Owner will not make payment to the Contractor for Field Authorization work until that work has been incorporated into an executed Change Order. 7.2. CHANGE IN THE CONTRACT SUM A. General Application 1. Contract Sum changes only by Change Order: The Contract Sum shall only be changed by a Change Order. Contractor shall include any request for a change in the Contract Sum in its Change Order Proposal. 2. Owner fault or negligence as basis for change in Contract Sum: If the cost of Contractor’s performance is changed due to the fault or negligence of Owner, or anyone for whose acts Owner is responsible, Contractor shall be entitled to make a request for an equitable adjustment in the Contract Sum in accordance with the following procedure. No change in the Contract Sum shall be allowed to the extent: Contractor’s changed cost of performance is due to the fault or negligence of Contractor, or anyone for whose acts Contractor is responsible; the change is concurrently caused by Contractor and Owner; or the change is caused by an act of Force Majeure as defined in Section 3.5. a. Notice and record keeping for equitable adjustment: A request for an equitable adjustment in the Contract Sum shall be based on written notice delivered to Owner within 7 Days of the occurrence of the event giving rise to the request. For purposes of this part, “occurrence” means when Contractor knew, or in its diligent prosecution of the Work should have known, of the event giving rise to the request. If Contractor believes it is entitled to an adjustment in the Contract Sum, Contractor shall immediately notify Owner and begin to keep and maintain complete, accurate, and specific daily records. Contractor shall give Owner access to any such records and, if requested shall promptly furnish copies of such records to Owner. b. Content of notice for equitable adjustment; Failure to comply: Contractor shall not be entitled to any adjustment in the Contract Sum for any occurrence of events or costs that occurred more than 7 Days before Contractor’s written notice to Owner. The written notice shall set forth, at a minimum, a description of: the event giving rise to the request for an equitable adjustment in the Contract Sum; the nature of the impacts to Contractor and its Subcontractors of any tier, if any; and to the extent possible the amount of the adjustment in Contract Sum requested. Failure to properly give such written notice shall, to the extent Owner’s interests are prejudiced, constitute a waiver of Contractor’s right to an equitable adjustment. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 00 – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS Contract No. CAG-25-044 00 72 00 - 43 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 c. Contractor to provide supplemental information: Within 30 Days of the occurrence of the event giving rise to the request, unless Owner agrees in writing to allow an additional period of time to ascertain more accurate data, Contractor shall supplement the written notice provided in accordance with subparagraph a. above with additional supporting data. Such additional data shall include, at a minimum: the amount of compensation requested, itemized in accordance with the procedure set forth herein; specific facts, circumstances, and analysis that confirms not only that Contractor suffered the damages claimed, but that the damages claimed were actually a result of the act, event, or condition complained of and that the Contract Documents provide entitlement to an equitable adjustment to Contractor for such act, event, or condition; and documentation sufficiently detailed to permit an informed analysis of the request by Owner. When the request for compensation relates to a delay, or other change in Contract Time, Contractor shall demonstrate the impact on the critical path, in accordance with Section 7.3C. Failure to provide such additional information and documentation within the time allowed or within the format required shall, to the extent Owner’s interests are prejudiced, constitute a waiver of Contractor’s right to an equitable adjustment. d. Contractor to proceed with Work as directed: Pending final resolution of any request made in accordance with this paragraph, unless otherwise agreed in writing, Contractor shall proceed diligently with performance of the Work. e. Contractor to combine requests for same event together: Any requests by Contractor for an equitable adjustment in the Contract Sum and in the Contract Time that arise out of the same event(s) shall be submitted together. 3. Methods for calculating Change Order amount: The value of any Work covered by a Change Order, or of any request for an equitable adjustment in the Contract Sum, shall be determined by one of the following methods: a. Fixed Price: On the basis of a fixed price as determined in paragraph 7.2B. b. Unit Prices: By application of unit prices to the quantities of the items involved as determined in paragraph 7.2C. c. Time and Materials: On the basis of time and material as determined in paragraph 7.2D. 4. Fixed price method is default; Owner may direct otherwise: When Owner has requested Contractor to submit a Change Order Proposal, Owner may direct Contractor as to which method in subparagraph 3 above to use when submitting its proposal. Otherwise, Contractor shall determine the value of the Work, or of a request for an equitable adjustment, on the basis of the fixed price method. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 00 – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS Contract No. CAG-25-044 00 72 00 - 44 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 B. Change Order Pricing – Fixed Price Procedures: When the fixed price method is used to determine the value of any Work covered by a Change Order, or of a request for an equitable adjustment in the Contract Sum, the following procedures shall apply: 1. Breakdown and itemization of details on COP: Contractor’s Change Order Proposal, or request for adjustment in the Contract Sum, shall be accompanied by a complete itemization of the costs, including labor, material, subcontractor costs, and overhead and profit. The costs shall be itemized in the man ner set forth below and shall be submitted on breakdown sheets in a form approved by Owner. 2. Use of industry standards in calculating costs: All costs shall be calculated based upon appropriate industry standard methods of calculating labor, material quantities, and equipment costs such as R.S. Means or other standards acceptable to the Owner and Contractor. 3. Costs contingent on Owner’s actions: If any of Contractor’s pricing assumptions are contingent upon anticipated actions of Owner, Contractor shall clearly state them in the proposal or request for an equitable adjustment. 4. Markups on additive and deductive Work: The cost of any additive or deductive changes in the Work shall be calculated as set forth below, except that overhead and profit shall not be included on deductive changes in the Work. Where a change in the Work involves additive and deductive work by the same Contractor or Subcontractor, small tools, overhead, profit, bond and insurance markups will apply to the net difference. 5. Breakdown not required if change less than $1,000: If the total cost of the change in the Work or request for equitable adjustment does not exceed $1,000, Contractor shall not be required to submit a breakdown if the description of the change in the Work or request for equitable adjustment is sufficiently definitive for Owner to determine fair value. 6. Breakdown required if change between $1,000 and $2,500: If the total cost of the change in the Work or request for equitable adjustment is between $1,000 and $2,500, Contractor may submit a breakdown in the following level of detail if the description of the change in the Work or if the request for equitable adjustment is sufficiently definitive to permit the Owner to determine fair value: a. lump sum labor; b. lump sum material; c. lump sum equipment usage; d. overhead and profit as set forth below; and e. insurance and bond costs as set forth below. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 00 – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS Contract No. CAG-25-044 00 72 00 - 45 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 7. Components of increased cost: Any request for adjustment of Contract Sum based upon the fixed price method shall include only the following items: a. Craft labor costs: These are the labor costs determined by multiplying the estimated or actual additional number of craft hours needed to perform the change in the Work by the hourly labor costs. Craft hours should cover direct labor, as well as indirect labor due to trade inefficiencies. The hourly costs shall be based on the following: (1) Basic wages and benefits: Hourly rates and benefits as stated on the Department of Labor and Industries approved “Statement of Intent to Pay Prevailing Wages” or a higher amount if approved by the Owner. Direct supervision shall be a reasonable percentage not to exceed 15% of the cost of direct labor. No supervision markup shall be allowed for a working supervisor’s hours. (2) Worker’s insurance: Direct contributions to the State of Washington for industrial insurance; medical aid; and supplemental pension, by the class and rates established by the Department of Labor and Industries. (3) Federal insurance: Direct contributions required by the Federal Insurance Compensation Act; Federal Unemployment Tax Act; and the State Unemployment Compensation Act. (4) Travel allowance: Travel allowance and/or subsistence, if applicable, required by regional labor union agreements, which are itemized and identified separately. b. Material costs: This is an itemization, including material invoice or reasonable lump sum estimate, of the quantity and cost of additional materials needed to perform the change in the Work. Material costs shall be developed first from actual known costs, second from supplier quotations or if these are not available, from standard industry pricing guides acceptable to Owner. Material costs shall consider all available discounts. Freight costs, express charges, or special delivery charges shall be itemized. c. Equipment costs: This is an itemization of the type of equipment and the estimated or actual length of time the construction equipment appropriate for the Work is or will be used on the change in the Work on-site. Costs will be allowed for construction equipment only to the extent used solely for the changed Work, or for additional rental costs actually incurred by Contractor. Equipment charges shall be computed on the basis of actual invoice costs or if owned, from the current edition of one of the following sources: (1) The Equipment Watch Fleet Manager Estimator Package (digital). (2) The Associated General Contractors Washington State Department of Transportation (AGC WSDOT) Equipment Rental Agreement, current edition on the Contract execution date. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 00 – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS Contract No. CAG-25-044 00 72 00 - 46 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 (3) The National Electrical Contractors Association for equipment used on electrical work. (4) The Mechanical Contractors Association of America for equipment used on mechanical work. The Equipment Watch Rental Rate Blue Book shall be used as a basis for establishing rental rates of equipment not listed in the above sources. The maximum rate for standby equipment shall not exceed that shown in the AGC WSDOT Equipment Rental Agreement, current edition on the Contract execution date. The rate for Contractor-owned equipment necessarily standing by for future use on the changed Work shall be no more than 50% of the rate established above unless otherwise approved by Owner. The total cost of rental allowed shall not exceed the cost of purchasing the equipment outright. d. Subcontractor costs: This is defined as payments Contractor makes to Subcontractors for changed Work performed by Subcontractors of any tier. The Subcontractors’ cost of Work shall be calculated and itemized in the same manner as prescribed herein for Contractor. e. Fee: This is compensation for all items not listed above, added to the total cost to Owner of any change in the Contract Sum. No Fee shall be due, however, for direct settlements of Subcontractor claims by Owner after Substantial Completion. If the Contractor is compensated under Section 7.3D, the amount of such compensation shall be reduced by the amount Contractor is otherwise entitled to under this subsection (e). The fee shall compensate Contractor for, among other things, combined overhead, profit and other costs, including all office, home office and site overhead (including clerical assistants, all non-craft labor, project manager, project engineer(s), other engineers, estimators, superintendent and their vehicles), employee per diem, subsistence and travel costs not separately reimbursable under subsection a above, warranty, safety costs, printing and copying, quality control/assurance, purchasing, small or hand tool (a tool that costs $250 or less and is normally furnished by the performing contractor) or expendable charges, temporary construction facilities, field engineering, schedule updating, Project Record, home office cost, taxes (including B&O taxes but excluding sales tax payable based on the amount of the Application for Payment), office engineering, estimating costs, additional overhead because of extended time, Claim and change preparation, direct and indirect delay, acceleration or impact, and any other cost incidental to the change in the Work. The Fee shall be strictly limited in all cases to a reasonable amount, mutually acceptable, or if none can be agreed upon to an amount not to exceed the rates below: (1) Projects less than $3 million: For projects where the Contract Award Amount is under $3 million, the following shall apply: (a) Contractor markup on Contractor Work: For Contractor, for any Work actually performed by Contractor’s own WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 00 – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS Contract No. CAG-25-044 00 72 00 - 47 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 forces, 16% of the first $50,000 of the cost, and 4% of the remaining cost, if any. (b) Subcontractor markup for Subcontractor Work: For each Subcontractor (including lower tier subcontractors), for any Work actually performed by its own forces, 16% of the first $50,000 of the cost, and 4% of the remaining cost, if any. (c) Contractor markup for Subcontractor Work: For Contractor, for any work performed by its Subcontractor(s) 6% of the first $50,000 of the amount due each Subcontractor, and 4% of the remaining amount if any. (d) Subcontractor markup for lower tier Subcontractor Work: For each Subcontractor, for any Work performed by its Subcontractor(s) of any lower tier, 4% of the first $50,000 of the amount due the sub- Subcontractor, and 2% of the remaining amount if any. (e) Basis of cost applicable for markup: The cost to which overhead is to be applied shall be developed in accordance with Section 7.2B 7a. – e. (2) Projects more than $3 million: For projects where the Contract Award Amount is equal to or exceeds $3 million, the following shall apply: (a) Contractor markup on Contractor Work: For Contractor, for any Work actually performed by Contractor’s own forces, 12% of the first $50,000 of the cost, and 4% of the remaining cost, if any. (b) Subcontractor markup for Subcontractor Work: For each Subcontractor (including lower tier subcontractors), for any Work actually performed by its own forces, 12% of the first $50,000 of the cost, and 4% of the remaining cost, if any. (c) Contractor markup for Subcontractor Work: For Contractor, for any Work performed by its Subcontractor(s), 4% of the first $50,000 of the amount due each Subcontractor, and 2% of the remaining amount if any. (d) Subcontractor markup for lower tier Subcontractor Work: For each Subcontractor, for any Work performed by its Subcontractor(s) of any lower tier, 4% of the first $50,000 of the amount due the sub- Subcontractor, and 2% of the remaining amount if any. (e) Basis of cost applicable for markup: The cost to which WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 00 – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS Contract No. CAG-25-044 00 72 00 - 48 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 overhead is to be applied shall be developed in accordance with Section 7.2B 7a. – e. f. Insurance and bond premiums: Cost of change in insurance or bond premium: This is defined as: (1) Contractor’s liability insurance: The cost of any changes in Contractor’s liability insurance arising directly from execution of the Change Order; and (2) Payment and Performance Bond: The cost of the additional premium for Contractor’s bond arising directly from the changed Work. The cost of any change in insurance or bond premium shall be added after the Fee is calculated in accordance subsection (e) above. C. Change Order Pricing – Unit Prices 1. Content of Owner authorization: Whenever Owner authorizes Contractor to perform Work on a unit-price basis, Owner’s authorization shall clearly state: a. Scope: Scope of work to be performed; b. Reimbursement basis: Type of reimbursement including pre-agreed rates for material quantities; and c. Reimbursement limit: Cost limit of reimbursement. 2. Contractor responsibilities: Contractor shall: a. Cooperate with Owner and assist in monitoring the Work being performed. As requested by Owner, Contractor shall identify workers assigned to the Change Order Work and areas in which they are working; b. Leave access as appropriate for quantity measurement; and c. Not exceed any cost limit(s) without Owner’s prior written approval. 3. Cost breakdown consistent with Fixed Price requirements: Contractor shall submit costs in accordance with paragraph 7.2B and satisfy the following requirements: a. Unit prices must include overhead, profit, bond and insurance premiums: Unit prices shall include reimbursement for all direct and indirect costs of the Work, including overhead, profit, bond, and insurance costs; and b. Owner verification of quantities: Quantities must be supported by field measurement statements signed by Owner. D. Change Order Pricing – Time-and-Material Prices 1. Content of Owner authorization: Whenever Owner authorizes Contractor to perform Work on a time-and-material basis, Owner’s authorization shall clearly state: WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 00 – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS Contract No. CAG-25-044 00 72 00 - 49 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 a. Scope: Scope of Work to be performed; b. Reimbursement basis: Type of reimbursement including pre-agreed rates, if any, for material quantities or labor; and c. Reimbursement limit: Cost limit of reimbursement. 2. Contractor responsibilities: Contractor shall: a. Identify workers assigned: Cooperate with Owner and assist in monitoring the Work being performed. As requested by Owner, identify workers assigned to the Change Order Work and areas in which they are working; b. Provide daily timesheets: Identify on daily time sheets all labor performed in accordance with this authorization. Submit copies of daily time sheets within 2 working days for Owner’s review. c. Allow Owner to measure quantities: Leave access as appropriate for quantity measurement; d. Perform Work efficiently: Perform all Work in accordance with this section as efficiently as possible; and e. Not exceed Owner’s cost limit: Not exceed any cost limit(s) without Owner’s prior written approval. 3. Cost breakdown consistent with Fixed Price requirements: Contractor shall submit costs in accordance with paragraph 7.2B and additional verification supported by: a. Timesheets: Labor detailed on daily time sheets; and b. Invoices: Invoices for material. 7.3. CHANGE IN THE CONTRACT TIME A. Changes in Contract Time: The Contract Time shall only be changed by a Change Order. A. Time extension permitted if not Contractor’s fault: If the Contract Time is changed due to an act of Force Majeure, or due to the fault or negligence of Owner or anyone for whose acts Owner is responsible, Contractor shall be entitled to submit a Notice and Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Time in accordance with the Section 8.1. No adjustment in the Contract Time shall be allowed to the extent Contractor’s changed time of performance is due to the fault or negligence of Contractor, or anyone for whose acts Contractor is responsible. B. Contractor to demonstrate impact on critical path of schedule: Any change in the Contract Time covered by a Change Order or based on a Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Time, shall be limited to the change in the critical path of the Work attributable to the change of Work or event(s) giving rise to the Change Order or Claim. Any request for adjustment in the Contract Time shall demonstrate the impact on the critical path of the Work. Contractor shall be responsible for showing clearly WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 00 – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS Contract No. CAG-25-044 00 72 00 - 50 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 on the Progress Schedule that the change or event: had a specific impact on the critical path, and except in case of concurrent delay, was the sole cause of such impact; and could not have been avoided by resequencing of the Work or other reasonable alternatives. C. Cost arising from change in Contract Time: Contractor may request compensation for the cost of a change in Contract Time in accordance with this Section 7.3.D and the Contract Documents, subject to the following conditions: 1. Must be solely fault of Owner or A/E: The change in Contract Time shall solely be caused by the fault or negligence of Owner or others for whom Owner is responsible; 2. Procedures: Contractor shall follow the procedure set forth in paragraph 7.3.B; and 3. Demonstrate impact on critical path: Contractor shall establish the extent of the change in Contract Time in accordance with paragraph 7.3.C Owner is not obligated directly or indirectly for damages, an adjustment, or an increase in the Contract Sum for any delay suffered by a Subcontractor that does not increase the Contract Time.; PART 8 – CLAIMS AND DISPUTE RESOLUTION 8.1. PROCEDURE FOR NOTICE AND CLAIMS A. Procedure to reduce disputes: In an effort to reduce the incidence and cost to all parties of extended disputes, all Claims, direct or indirect, arising out of or relating to the Contract Documents or the breach thereof, except those that have been waived under the terms of the Contract Documents, shall be decided exclusively by the following alternative dispute resolution procedure unless the parties mutually agree in writing otherwise. B. Notice: Except for Claims requiring Notice before proceeding with the affected Work as otherwise described in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall submit a written Notice to Owner’s Project Manager, consistent with the requirements of the Contract Documents, within seven Days of the occurrence of the event giving rise to a Claim. The Notice shall set forth, at a minimum, a description of the event leading to or causing the Claim, the nature of the impacts to Contractor and its Subcontractors, if any, and an estimate of any claimed adjustments in Contract Sum and Contract Time. C. Contractor Claim filing deadline: Thereafter, Contractor shall submit any Claim within 14 Days after Notice is provided in accordance with Section 8.1.B. D. Owner to make decision on all Claims: After Contractor has submitted a fully documented Claim to Owner that complies with all applicable provisions of Parts 7 and 8, Owner will endeavor to respond, in writing, to Contractor within 7 Business Days of the date the Claim is received, or with notice to Contractor of the date by which the Owner expects to render a decision. If necessary to fully and fairly evaluate WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 00 – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS Contract No. CAG-25-044 00 72 00 - 51 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 a Claim, Owner may request additional information or extend the time in which to respond. If Owner does not timely respond, a Claim will be deemed denied. E. Contractor may proceed to formal dispute resolution: If Contractor disagrees with the decision of Owner on Contractor’s Claim, or if no decision is timely received thereby denying the Claim, Contractor may thereafter follow the procedure set forth in Section 8.2. F. Claim must cover all costs and be documented: A Claim shall be deemed to cover all changes in cost and time (including direct, indirect, impact, and consequential) to which Contractor (and Subcontractors) may be entitled and may not contain reservations of rights without Owner’s written approval; any such unapproved reservations of rights shall be without effect. Any requests by Contractor for an adjustment in both the Contract Sum and in the Contract Time that arise out of the same event(s) shall be submitted together. Any claim of a Subcontractor may be brought only through, and after review by, Contractor. A Claim must be fully substantiated and documented. At a minimum, a Claim shall contain the following information: 1. Factual statement of Claim: A detailed factual statement of the Claim for additional compensation and/or time, if any, providing all necessary dates, locations, and items of Work affected by the Claim, that confirms not only that Contractor suffered the damages claimed, but that the damages claimed were actually a result of the act, event, or condition complained of; 2. Dates: The date on which event(s) arose which gave rise to the Claim; 3. Owner and A/E employee’s knowledgeable about Claim: The name of each employee of Owner or A/E believed to be knowledgeable about the Claim; 4. Support from Contract Documents: The specific provisions of the Contract Documents which support the Claim; 5. Identification of other supporting information: The identification of any documents and the substance of any oral communications that support the Claim; 6. Copies of supporting documentation: Copies of any identified documents, other than the Contract Documents, that support the Claim; 7. Details on Claim for Contract Time: If an adjustment in the Contract Time is sought: the specific days and dates for which it is sought; the specific reasons Contractor believes an extension in the Contract Time should be granted; and Contractor’s analysis of its Progress Schedule to demonstrate the reason for the extension in Contract Time showing cause and analysis of the resultant delay to the critical path and other information required by the Contract Documents; 8. Details on Claim for adjustment of Contract Sum: If an adjustment in the Contract Sum is sought, the exact amount sought and a breakdown of that WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 00 – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS Contract No. CAG-25-044 00 72 00 - 52 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 amount into the categories and with the detail required by Section 7.2; and 9. Statement certifying Claim: A statement certifying, under penalty of perjury, that the Claim is made in good faith, that the supporting cost and pricing data are true and accurate to the best of Contractor’s knowledge and belief, that the Claim is fully supported by the accompanying data, and that the amount requested accurately reflects the adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time for which Contractor believes Owner is responsible. G. False Claims: Contractor shall not knowingly make any negligent or fraudulent misrepresentations, concealments, errors, omissions, or inducements to Owner in the formation or performance of this Contract. If Contractor or a Subcontractor submits a false or frivolous Claim to Owner, which for purposes of this Section is defined as a Claim based in whole or in part upon a materially incorrect fact, statement, representation, assertion, or record, Owner shall be entitled to collect from Contractor by offset or otherwise (without prejudice to any right or remedy of Owner) any and all costs and expenses, including investigation and consultant costs, incurred by Owner in investigating, responding to, and defending against such false or frivolous Claim.: H. Owner’s review of Claim and finality of decision: To assist in the review of Contractor’s Claim, Owner may visit the Project site, communicate directly with Subcontractors, or request additional information at any time (including requesting an audit as authorized in Section 8.3), in order to fully evaluate the issues raised by the Claim. Contractor shall proceed with performance of the Work pending final resolution of any Claim. Owner’s written decision as set forth above shall be final and conclusive as to all matters set forth in the Claim, unless Contractor follows the procedure set forth in Section 8.2. I. Waiver of Contractor rights for failure to comply with this Section: Any Claim of Contractor against Owner shall be conclusively deemed to have been waived by Contractor unless made in accordance with the requirements of Part 8. Any Notice and any Claim of the Contractor against the Owner for damages, additional compensation, whether under the Contract or otherwise, must be made pursuant to and in strict accordance with the applicable provisions of the Contract Documents . No act, omission, or knowledge, actual or constructive, of Owner or A/E shall in any way be deemed to be a waiver of the requirement for timely written Notice and a timely written Claim unless Owner and Contractor sign an explicit, unequivocal written waiver. The fact that Owner and Contractor may consider, discuss, or negotiate a Claim that has or may have been procedurally or substantively defective or untimely under the Contract shall not constitute a waiver of the provisions of the Contract Documents unless Owner and Contractor sign an e xplicit, unequivocal written waiver. Contractor acknowledges and agrees that Contractor’s failure to timely submit required Notices and/or timely submit Claims has a substantial impact upon and prejudices Owner, including but not limited to its inability to fully investigate or verify the Claim, mitigate damages, choose alternative options, adjust the budget, delete or modify the impacted Work, and/or monitor time, cost and quantities. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 00 – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS Contract No. CAG-25-044 00 72 00 - 53 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 J. Liens: If a Claim relates to or is the subject of a lien, the party asserting such Claim may proceed in accordance with applicable law to comply with the lien notice and filing deadlines. 8.2. ARBITRATION A. Timing of Contractor’s demand for arbitration: If Contractor disagrees with Owner’s decision rendered in accordance with paragraph 8.1D, Contractor shall provide Owner with a written demand for arbitration. No demand for arbitration of any such Claim shall be made later than 30 Days after the date of Owner’s decision on such Claim; failure to demand arbitration within said 30 Day period shall result in Owner’s decision being final and binding upon Contractor and its Subcontractors. B. Filing of Notice for arbitration: Notice of the demand for arbitration shall be filed with the American Arbitration Association (AAA), with a copy provided to Owner. The parties shall negotiate or mediate under the Voluntary Construction Mediation Rules of the AAA, or mutually acceptable service, before seeking arbitration in accordance with the Construction Industry Arbitration Rules of AAA as follows: 1. Claims less than $30,000: Disputes involving $30,000 or less shall be conducted in accordance with the Northwest Region Expedited Commercial Arbitration Rules; or 2. Claims greater than $30,000: Disputes over $30,000 shall be conducted in accordance with the Construction Industry Arbitration Rules of the AAA, unless the parties agree to use the expedited rules. C. Arbitration is forum for resolving Claims: All Claims arising out of the Work shall be resolved by arbitration. The judgment upon the arbitration award may be entered, or review of the award may occur, in the superior court having jurisdiction thereof. No independent legal action relating to or arising from the Work shall be maintained. D. Settlement outside of arbitration to be documented in Change Order : If the parties resolve the Claim prior to arbitration judgment, the terms of the resolution shall be incorporated in a Change Order. The Change Order shall constitute full payment and final settlement of the Claim, including all claims for time and for d irect, indirect, or consequential costs, including costs of delays, inconvenience, disruption of schedule, or loss of efficiency or productivity. 8.3. AUDITS A. Owner may audit Claims: All Project costs of the Contractor and Subcontractors of any tier are subject to audit at any time. Failure of Contractor, or Subcontractors of any tier, to maintain and retain sufficient records to allow Owner to verify all or a portion of the Claim or to permit Owner access to the books and records of Contractor, or Subcontractors of any tier, shall constitute a waiver of the Claim and shall bar any recovery. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 00 – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS Contract No. CAG-25-044 00 72 00 - 54 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 B. Contractor to promptly make documents available: In support of Owner audit, Contractor and any Subcontractor shall, upon request, promptly make available to Owner within 7 Days of Owner’s request, at the office of Contractor or respective Subcontractor during normal business hours, at least the following documents and other documents requested by Owner: 1. Daily time sheets and supervisor’s daily reports; 2. Collective bargaining agreements; 3. Insurance, welfare, and benefits records; 4. Payroll registers; 5. Earnings records; 6. Payroll tax forms; 7. Material invoices, requisitions, and delivery confirmations; 8. Material cost distribution worksheet; 9. Equipment records (list of company equipment, rates, etc.); 10. Vendors’, rental agencies’, Subcontractors’, and agents’ invoices; 11. Contracts between Contractor and each of its Subcontractors, and all lower-tier Subcontractor contracts and supplier contracts; 12. Subcontractors’ and agents’ payment certificates; 13. Cancelled checks (payroll and vendors); 14. Job cost report, job cost detail reports, related labor and equipment reports, and including monthly totals; 15. Job payroll ledger; 16. Planned resource loading schedules and summaries; 17. General ledger; 18. Cash disbursements journal; 19. Financial statements for all years reflecting the operations on the Work. In addition, the Owner may require, if it deems it appropriate, additional financial statements for 3 years preceding execution of the Work; 20. Depreciation records on all company equipment whether these records are maintained by the company involved, its accountant, or others; 21. If a source other than depreciation records is used to develop costs for Contractor’s internal purposes in establishing the actual cost of owning and operating equipment, all such other source documents; 22. All non-privileged documents which relate to each and every Claim together WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 00 – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS Contract No. CAG-25-044 00 72 00 - 55 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 with all documents which support the amount of any adjustment in Contract Sum or Contract Time sought by each Claim; 23. Work sheets or software used to prepare the Claim establishing the cost components for items of the Claim including but not limited to labor, benefits and insurance, materials, equipment, Subcontractors, all documents which establish the time periods, individuals involved, the hours for the individuals, and the rates for the individuals; 24. Work sheets, software, and all other documents used by Contractor to prepare its bid; and 25. N/A. 26. The above items for its Subcontractors. C. Contractor to provide facilities for audit and shall cooperate: The audit may be performed by employees of Owner or a representative of Owner. Contractor, and its Subcontractors, shall provide adequate facilities acceptable to Owner, for the audit during normal business hours. Contractor, and all Subcontractors, shall make a good faith effort to cooperate with Owner’s auditors. PART 9 – TERMINATION OF THE WORK 9.1. TERMINATION BY OWNER FOR CAUSE A. 7 Business Day Notice to Terminate for Cause: Owner may, upon 7 Days written notice to Contractor and to its surety, terminate (without prejudice to any right or remedy of Owner) the Work, or any part of it, for cause upon the occurrence of any one or more of the following events: 1. Contractor fails to prosecute Work: Contractor fails to prosecute the Work or any portion thereof with sufficient diligence to ensure Substantial Completion of the Work within the Contract Time; 2. Contractor bankrupt: Contractor is adjudged bankrupt, makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or a receiver is appointed on account of its insolvency; 3. Contractor fails to correct Work: Contractor fails in a material way to replace or correct Work not in conformance with the Contract Documents; 4. Contractor fails to supply workers or materials: Contractor repeatedly fails to supply skilled workers or proper materials or equipment; 5. Contractor failure to pay Subcontractors or labor: Contractor repeatedly fails to make prompt payment due to Subcontractors or for labor; 6. Contractor violates laws: Contractor materially disregards or fails to comply with laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, or orders of any public authority having jurisdiction; or WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 00 – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS Contract No. CAG-25-044 00 72 00 - 56 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 7. Contractor in material breach of Contract: Contractor is otherwise in material breach of any provision of the Contract Documents. B. Owner’s actions upon termination: Upon termination, Owner may at its option: 1. Take possession of Project site: Take possession of the Project site and take possession of or use all materials, equipment, tools, and construction equipment and machinery thereon owned by Contractor to maintain the orderly progress of, and to finish, the Work; 2. Accept assignment of Subcontracts: Accept assignment of subcontracts pursuant to Section 5.20; and 3. Finish the Work: Finish the Work by whatever other reasonable method it deems expedient. C. Surety’s role: Owner’s rights and duties upon termination are subject to the prior rights and duties of the surety, if any, obligated under any bond provided in accordance with the Contract Documents. D. Contractor’s required actions: When Owner terminates the Work in accordance with this section, Contractor shall take the actions set forth in paragraph 9.2B and shall not be entitled to receive further payment until the Work is accepted. E. Contractor to pay for unfinished Work: Contractor shall not be entitled to receive further payment until the Work is finished. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum exceeds the cost of finishing the Work, including compensation for A/E’s services and expenses made necessary thereby and any other extra costs or damages incurred by Owner in completing the Work, or as a result of Contractor’s actions, such excess shall be paid to Contractor. If such costs exceed the unpaid balance, Contractor shall pay the difference to Owner. These obligations for payment shall survive termination. F. Contractor and Surety still responsible for Work performed: Termination of the Work in accordance with this section shall not relieve Contractor or its surety of any responsibilities for Work performed. G. Conversion of “Termination for Cause” to “Termination for Convenience”: If Owner terminates Contractor for cause and it is later determined that none of the circumstances set forth in paragraph 9.1A exist, then such termination shall be deemed a termination for convenience pursuant to Section 9.2. 9.2. TERMINATION BY OWNER FOR CONVENIENCE A. Owner Notice of Termination for Convenience: Owner may, upon written notice, terminate (without prejudice to any right or remedy of Owner) the Work, or any part of it, for the convenience of Owner. B. Contractor response to termination Notice: Unless Owner directs otherwise, after receipt of a written notice of termination for either cause or convenience, Contractor WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 00 – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS Contract No. CAG-25-044 00 72 00 - 57 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 shall promptly: 1. Cease Work: Stop performing Work on the date and as specified in the notice of termination; 2. No further orders or Subcontracts: Place no further orders or subcontracts for materials, equipment, services or facilities, except as may be necessary for completion of such portion of the Work as is not terminated; 3. Cancel orders and Subcontracts: Cancel all orders and subcontracts, upon terms acceptable to Owner, to the extent that they relate to the performance of Work terminated; 4. Assign orders and Subcontracts to Owner: Assign to Owner all of the right, title, and interest of Contractor in all orders and subcontracts; 5. Take action to protect the Work: Take such action as may be necessary or as directed by Owner to preserve and protect the Work, Project site, and any other property related to this Project in the possession of Contractor in which Owner has an interest; and 6. Continue performance not terminated: Continue performance only to the extent not terminated C. Terms of adjustment in Contract Sum if Contract terminated: If Owner terminates the Work or any portion thereof for convenience, Contractor shall be entitled to make a request for an equitable adjustment for its reasonable direct costs incurred prior to the effective date of the termination, plus reasonable allowance for overhead and profit on Work performed prior to termination, plus the reasonable administrative costs of the termination, but shall not be entitled to any other costs or damages, whatsoever, provided however, the total sum payable upon termination shall not exceed the Contract Sum reduced by prior payments. Contractor shall be required to make its request in accordance with the provisions of Part 7. D. Owner to determine whether to adjust Contract Time: If Owner terminates the Work or any portion thereof for convenience, the Contract Time shall be adjusted as determined by Owner. PART 10 – MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 10.1. GOVERNING LAW Applicable law and venue: The Contract Documents and the rights of the parties herein shall be governed by the laws of the State of Washington and the City of Renton. Venue shall be in King County. 10.2. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS Bound to successors; Assignment of Contract: Owner and Contractor respectively bind themselves, their partners, successors, assigns, and legal representatives to the other WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 00 – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS Contract No. CAG-25-044 00 72 00 - 58 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 party hereto and to partners, successors, assigns, and legal representatives of such other party in respect to covenants, agreements, and obligations contained in the Contract Documents. Neither party shall assign the Contract without written consent of the other, except that Contractor may assign the Work for security purposes, to a bank or lending institution authorized to do business in the City of Renton. If either party attempts to make such an assignment without such consent, that party shall neverthe less remain legally responsible for all obligations set forth in the Contract Documents. If a majority of the ownership or the control of Contractor is acquired by a third party, and such acquisition reasonably imperils performance or creates a conflict of interest that Owner, in its sole discretion, cannot reasonably reconcile, then Owner may terminate this Contract at any time for cause under Section 9.1. 10.3. MEANING OF WORDS Meaning of words used in Contract Documents: Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, words which have well-known technical, or construction industry meanings are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized meanings. Reference to standard specifications, manuals, or codes of any technical society, organization, or association, or to the code of any governmental authority, whether such reference is specific or by implication, shall be to the latest standard specification, manual, or code in effect on the date for submission of bids, except as may be otherwise specifically stated. Wherever in the Drawings and Specifications an items, device, or piece of equipment is referred to in the singular manner, such reference shall apply to as many such articles as are shown on the Drawings or required to complete the installation. 10.4. RIGHTS AND REMEDIES A. No waiver of rights: Waiver of any provisions of the Contract Documents must be in writing and authorized by Owner. No other waiver is valid on behalf of Owner. No action, delay in acting, or failure to act by Owner or A/E shall constitute a waiver of a right or duty afforded them under the Contract Documents, nor shall action, delay in acting, or failure to act constitute approval or an acquiescence in a breach therein, or otherwise prejudice the right of Owner to enforce a right or remedy at any subsequen t time, except as may be specifically agreed in writing. B. Rights under Contract do not limit other rights: Duties and obligations imposed by the Contract Documents and rights and remedies available thereunder shall be in addition to and not a limitation of duties, obligations, rights and remedies otherwise imposed or available by law. C. If portion of Contract is void, remainder is enforceable: If any portion of this Contract is held to be void or unenforceable, the remainder of the Contract shall be enforceable without such portion. 10.5. CONTRACTOR REGISTRATION Contractor must be registered and licensed: Pursuant to RCW 39.06, Contractor shall be registered and licensed as required by the laws of the State of Washington, including but WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 00 – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS Contract No. CAG-25-044 00 72 00 - 59 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 not limited to RCW 18.27, and the City of Renton. Contractor shall also have a current state unified business identifier number; have industrial insurance coverage for Contractor’s employees working in Washington as required in Title 51 RCW; have an employment security department number as required in Title 50 RCW; have a state excise tax registration number as required in Title 82 RCW, and; not be disqualified from bidding on any public works contract under RCW 39.06.010 (unregistered or unlicensed contractors) or RCW 39.12.065(3) (prevailing wage violations). 10.6. TIME COMPUTATIONS Computing time: When computing any period of time, the day of the event from which the period of time begins shall not be counted. The last day is counted unless it falls on a weekend or legal holiday, in which event the period runs until the end of the next day that is not a weekend or holiday. When the period of time allowed is less than 7 days, intermediate Saturdays, Sundays, and legal holidays are excluded from the computation. 10.7. RECORDS RETENTION / PUBLIC RECORDS REQUESTS A. Six-year records retention period: The wage, payroll, and cost records of Contractor, and its Subcontractors, and all records subject to audit in accordance with Section 8.3, shall be retained for a period of not less than 6 years after the date of Final Acceptance. B. Record Keeping and Reporting: Contractor shall maintain accounts and records, which properly reflect all direct and indirect costs expended and Services provided in the performance of this Agreement. The Contractor agrees to provide access to and copies of any records related to this Agreement as required by the City to audit expenditures and charges and/or to comply with the Washington State Public Records Act (Chapter 42.56 RCW). C. Public Records Compliance: To the full extent the City determines necessary to comply with the Washington State Public Records Act, Contractor shall make a due diligent search of all records in its possession, including, but not limited to, e -mail, correspondence, notes, saved telephone messages, recordings, photos, or drawings and provide them to the City for production. In the event Contractor believes said records need to be protected from disclosure, it shall, at Contractor’s own expense, seek judicial protection. Contractor shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the City for all costs, including attorneys’ fees, attendant to any claim or litigation related to a Public Records Act request for which Contractor has responsive records and for which Contractor has withheld records or information contained therein, or not provided them to the City in a timely manner. Contractor shall produce for distribution any and all records responsive to the Public Records Act request in a timely manner, unless those records are protected by court order. 10.8. THIRD-PARTY AGREEMENTS No third-party relationships created: The Contract Documents shall not be construed to create a contractual relationship of any kind between: A/E and Contractor; Owner and any WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 00 – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS Contract No. CAG-25-044 00 72 00 - 60 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 Subcontractor; or any persons other than Owner and Contractor. 10.9. ANTITRUST ASSIGNMENT Contractor assigns overcharge amounts to Owner: Owner and Contractor recognize that in actual economic practice, overcharges resulting from antitrust violations are in fact usually borne by the purchaser. Therefore, Contractor hereby assigns to Owner any and all claims for such overcharges as to goods, materials, and equipment purchased in connection with the Work performed in accordance with the Contract Documents, except as to overcharges which result from antitrust violations commencing after the Contract Sum is established and which are not passed on to Owner under a Change Order. Contractor shall put a similar clause in its Subcontracts, and require a similar clause in its sub- Subcontracts, such that all claims for such overcharges on the Work are passed to Owner by Contractor. 10.10. HEADINGS AND CAPTIONS Headings for convenience only: All headings and captions used in these General Conditions are only for convenience of reference and shall not be used in any way in connection with the meaning, effect, interpretation, construction, or enforcement of the General Conditions, and do not define the limit or describe the scope or intent of any provision of these General Conditions. 10.11. DIVERSE BUSINESS PARTICIPATION A. The City of Renton encourages participation in all of its contracts by Diverse Businesses as found in RCW Chapters 39, 43, and WAC 326. The voluntary Diverse Business goal of 26%, which is an aggregate of: 10% Minority Business Enterprises (MBE), 6% Women Business Enterprises (WBE), 5% Veteran-owned Business, and 5% Washington Small Businesses self- identified in the Washington Electronic Business Solution (WEBS) https://omwbe.wa.gov/directory-certified-businesses. Contractors are encouraged to meet or exceed the project goals in the advertisement by any level of participation, regardless of category. 10.12. INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR A. Contractor is independent contractor: Contractor shall be and operate as an independent contractor in the performance of the Work and shall have complete control over and responsibility for all personnel performing the Work. Contractor is not authorized to enter into any agreements or undertakings for or on behalf of Owner or to act as or be an agent or employee of Owner. B. Owner will not have control over, charge of, or responsibility for, the construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, or for the safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work, since these are solely Contractor’s rights and responsibilities under the Contract Documents. The presence of Owner at the Project site shall not in any manner be construed as assurance that the Work is being completed in compliance with the Contract Documents, nor as evidence that any requirement of the Contract Documents of any kind, including Notice, has been met WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 00 – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS Contract No. CAG-25-044 00 72 00 - 61 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 or waived. Owner will not be responsible for Contractor’s failure to perform the Work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Owner will not have control over or charge of and will not be responsible for acts or omissions of Contractor, Subcontractors, or their agents or employees, or any other persons or entities performing portions of the Work. 10.13. N/A END OF SECTION WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 00 – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00 73 00 – SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS Contract No. CAG-25-044 00 73 00 - 1 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 SECTION 00 73 00 – SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1. NON-DISCRIMINATION LAWS A. Comply with all applicable federal, state and local nondiscrimination laws and/or policies, including but not limited to the Americans with Disabilities Act; Civil Rights Act; and the Age Discrimination Act. 1.2. WAGES AND JOB SAFETY A. Comply with all applicable laws, regulations and policies of the United States, State of Washington, and City of Renton which affect wages and job safety. State Prevailing Wage Laws (RCW 39.12) or federal Davis-Bacon Act, as amended, (40 U.S.C. 3141- 3148); whichever is greater, are applicable, to comply with such laws and Contractor shall pay the prevailing rate of wage to all workers, laborers, mechanics employed in the performance of any part of this Contract. B. File a Statement of Intent to pay prevailing wage with the Washington State Department of Labor and Industries as required by RCW 39.12.040. Comply with the provisions of the rules and regulations of the Washington State Department of Labor and Industries. 1.3. DISBARMENT AND CERTIFICATION A. Do not enter into any agreements or arrangements related to this Agreement with any party that is on the Washington State Department of Labor and Industries “Debarred Contractor List”. 1.4. RECORD MAINTENANCE A. Maintain all books, records, documents, data, and other evidence relating to this Contract and performance of services, as described herein. Retain such records for a period of nine (9) years from the date of Final Acceptance, the records shall be retained until all litigation, claims, or audit findings involving the records have been resolved. B. Access to Records and Data. At no additional cost, records relating to this Project, including all materials generated under this Contract, shall be subject at all reasonable times to inspection, review or audit by state granting agencies, Office of the State Auditor, and federal and state officials so authorized by law, regulation or agreement. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 00 – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00 73 00 – SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS Contract No. CAG-25-044 00 73 00 - 2 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 1.5. EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY A. In accordance to 41 C.F.R. Part 60. B. Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Requirements 1. Comply with the requirements of the EPA’s Utilization of Small, Minority, and Women’s Business Enterprises in this work. 2. Minority and Women’s Business Participation – solicit and recruit, to the maximum extent possible, certified minority owned (MBE) and women owned (WBE) businesses. Meeting the goals is voluntary, achievement of these goals is encouraged and all Bidders/Contractors or organizations submitting qualifications shall take the following affirmative steps in procurement of goods and services: a. Included qualified minority and women’s businesses on solicitation lists. b. Assure qualified minority and women’s businesses are solicited whenever they are potential sources for services or supplies. c. Divide the total requirements, when economically feasible, into smaller tasks or quantities, to permit maximum participation by qualified minority and women’s businesses. d. Establish delivery scheduled, where work requirements permit, which will encourage participation of qualified minority and women’s businesses. e. Use the services and assistance of the State Office of Minority and Women’s Business Enterprises (OMWBE) and the Office of Minority Business Enterprises of the U.S. Department of Commerce, as appropriate. 3. MBE/WBE Goals: a. Purchased Goods – 8% MBE 4% WBE b. Purchased Services – 10% MBE 4% WBE c. Professional Services – 10% MBE 4% WBE 4. MBE/WBE Reporting. In accordance with the deviation from 40 C.F.R. 33.502, signed November 8, 2013. 1.6. CONTRACT ANTI-KICKBACK A. Comply with the Copeland “Anti-Kickback” Act (40 U.S.C. 3145), prohibits from inducing, by any means, any person employed in the construction, completion, or repair of public work, to give up any part of the compensation to which he or she is entitled. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 00 – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00 73 00 – SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS Contract No. CAG-25-044 00 73 00 - 3 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 1.7. CONTRACT WORK HOURS AND SAFETY STANDARDS ACT (40 U.S.C. 3701-3708) A. Employment of mechanics and laborers must be in compliance with 40 U.S.C. 3702, each contractor must be required to compute the wages of every mechanic and laborer on the basis of a standard work week of 40 hours. Work in excess of the standard work week is permissible provided that the worker is compensated at a rate of not less than one and a half times the basic rate of pay for all hours in excess of 40 hours in the work week. B. In accordance to 40 U.S.C. 3704, no laborer or mechanic must be required to work in surroundings or under conditions which are unsanitary, hazardous or dangerous. 1.8. CLEAN AIR ACT AND FEDERAL WATER POLLUTION CONTROL ACT A. Comply with all applicable standards, orders, or regulations issued pursuant to the Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. 7401-7671 q.) and the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (33 U.S.C. 1251- 1387), as amended. 1.9. HISTORICAL AND CULTURAL ARTIFACTS A. In the event that historical or cultural artifacts are discovered at the Project site during construction, construction shall immediately stop and notify the local historical preservation officer and the state historical perseveration officer and the Washington State Department of Archaeology and Historic Preservation. 1.10. TREATMENT OF EQUIPMENT AND ASSETS A. Provide records of all equipment installed in the Work, description of the property, including serial number or other identification number. 1.11. RIGHT OF INSPECTION A. Authorized agent of the funding agencies shall have a right of access to the project at reasonable times, in order to monitor and evaluate performance, long-term obligations, compliance, and other quality assurance under the funding agreement. 1.12. ACKNOWLEDGEMENT AND SIGNS A. Post on Project Signage the acknowledgment of the applicable grant program’s funding contribution. B. Post open visible signage or other appropriate media at project entrances and other locations to notify the public of the closure of project site. 1.13. INDEMIFICATION RCW TITLE 51 – INDUSTRIAL INSURANCE A. Any agreement relating to this Project involving any contractors, subcontractors and/or vendors of any tier shall require that the contracting entity indemnify, defend, WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 00 – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00 73 00 – SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS Contract No. CAG-25-044 00 73 00 - 4 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 waive RCW 51 immunity, and otherwise protect, defend, indemnify and hold the City and its officers and employees harmless from all crimes, demands, or suits of law or equity arising in whole or in part. 1.14. SECULAR USE OF FUNDS A. No funds may be used to pay for any religious activities, worship, or instructions, or for the lands and facilities for religious activities, worship or instruction. 1.15. COVID-19-RELATED HEALTH AND SAFETY REQUIREMENTS A. Contractor shall follow all applicable federal, state, county and local health requirements for COVID-19-related safety and work conditions. B. The Contractor and its Subcontractors have a general obligation to keep a safe and healthy worksite. Under RCW 49.17.060, “each employer shall furnish to each of their employees a place of employment free from recognized hazards that are causing or likely to cause serious injury or death to his or her employees and shall comply with the rules, regulations, and orders promulgated under this chapter.” END OF SECTION WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 00 – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00 80 00 – FORMS Contract No. CAG-25-044 00 80 00 - 1 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 SECTION 00 80 00 –FORMS PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1. SUBMIT WITH BID: A. Form A – Bid Form 1. Attachment 1 – Non‐Collusion, Anti‐Trust and Minimum Wage Affidavit B. Form B – Proposal Bid Bond 1.2. FORMS REQUIRED ONLY IF BID IS $1,000,000 OR MORE: A. To Be Submitted Within 1 Hour of Bid Submission: 1. Form C – List of Subcontractors, Part One (Submission of HVAC, Plumbing and Electrical Subcontractors) B. To Be Submitted Within 48 hours of Bid Submission: 1. Form D – List of Subcontractors, Part Two (Submission of Structural Steel and Rebar Subcontractors) 1.3. FORMS TO BE COMPLETED BY APPARENT LOW BIDDER WITHIN 2 BUSINESS DAYS OF NOTICE BY OWNER OF APPARENT LOW BID: A. Form E – Contractor Qualifications/Evaluation B. Form F – Qualifications of Project Key Personnel 1.4. SUBMIT WITH EXECUTED AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR: A. Form G – 100% Contract Bond Form B. Required Insurance Certificates END OF SECTION WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 CAG-25-044 Bid Form – FORM A World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 Page 1 of 7 Bid Form – Form A CITY OF RENTON HAND DELIVER TO: OFFICE OF THE CITY CLERK RENTON CITY HALL – LOBBY 1055 S. GRADY WAY, RENTON, WA, 98057 B I D F O R M for the WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 510 South 3rd Street Renton, WA 98057 Bids Due: 2:00 PM PDT May 6, 2025 Bidder’s Name: Address: Telephone: (MUST BE COMPLETED AND SIGNED) Having carefully examined the Bidding Documents and Instructions to Bidders, the Project site and conditions affecting the Work, and all Addenda, the undersigned Bidder certifies that: (i) it has the personnel and means to complete the Work and (ii) it will furnish all labor, materials, equipment, and management to perform all Work required by, and in strict accordance with, the above-named documents for the following sum within the time fixed. All Bid amounts shall include overhead, profit, bonds, insurance, and any other expense required to complete the Work (excluding Washington State Sales Tax). The undersigned Bidder certifies that it is, at the time of submitting the Bid, and shall remain throughout the period of the Contract, licensed by the State of Washington to perform the type of work required under the Contract Documents. It further certifies that it is skilled and regularly engaged in the general class and type of work called for in the Contract Documents. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 CAG-25-044 Bid Form – FORM A World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 Page 2 of 7 Bid Form – Form A A. BASE BID The Bidder agrees to complete the Work for this Project for the following lump sum Base Bid amount: DOLLARS (words) $ (numerals) Do not include in the Base Bid amount Washington State Sales Tax that will be paid based on the Contract Sum. B. N/A C. TRENCH EXCAVATION SAFETY PROVISIONS The Base Bid amount includes any trench-excavation safety provisions required for compliance with Chapter 39.04 RCW and Chapter 49.17 RCW, as applicable, and the amount included in the Base Bid is: $ . D. SUBCONTRACTOR LISTING If the Project is expected to cost $1,000,000 or more, as required by RCW 39.30.060, every Bidder must complete and provide the included Subcontractor listing forms (Forms C and Form D) in accordance with the applicable timing requirements. E. RECEIPT OF ADDENDA Bidder acknowledges receipt of the following addenda: Addendum No. Addendum No. Addendum No. Addendum No. All requirements therein are included in the appropriate Bid amount. F. CONDITIONS OF PROPOSAL 1. Determination of Low Bidder: a. The City of Renton (alternatively referred to as “Owner” or “City”) reserves the right to award the Contract for the Project based on the Contractor’s Base Bid and any selected Alternate(s), in whatever manner is in the City’s best interest. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 CAG-25-044 Bid Form – FORM A World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 Page 3 of 7 Bid Form – Form A 2. Overhead and Profit: a. All of the above Bid Prices shall include overhead, profit, bonds, insurance, and any other expense required to complete the Work (excluding Washing- ton State Sales Tax). G. PERIOD OF BID VALIDITY/ACCEPTANCE OF BID The undersigned hereby agrees that this Bid shall be a valid and firm offering for the period of sixty (60) days from the Bids Due date. Within sixty (60) days from the Bids Due date, the City will act either to accept the Bid Form the lowest responsive and responsible Bidder, or to reject all Bids. The City reserves the right to request extensions of such Bid acceptance period. The acceptance of a Bid will be evidenced by a written Notice of Intent to Award Contract to the Bidder whose Bid is under consideration for acceptance, together with a request to furnish a bond (if required), evidence of required insurance to execute the Agreement set forth in the Contract Documents, and other designated documents. H. EXECUTION OF CONTRACT If the written Notice of Intent to Award Contract is mailed, telegraphed, or delivered via facsimile to the undersigned within the period of Bid validity noted above, or any time thereafter before this Bid is withdrawn, the undersigned will, within ten (10) days after the date of such notification, execute the City of Renton Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor where the basis of payment is a Stipulated Sum (“Agreement”) set forth in the Contract Documents. I. TIME FOR COMPLETION 1. Notice to Proceed – Anticipated date for Notice to Proceed is June 16, 2025. 2. The undersigned hereby agrees to: a. Mobilization to Site – June 30, 2025. b. Order Futsal Court Lighting – Place Order of Futsal Court Lighting no later than 30 calendar days after the date of Notice to Proceed. Lighting has a sig- nificantly long lead time. c. Secure Phase 2 – Secure Phase 2 area with fencing no later than August 29, 2025. No work shall be allowed in Phase 2 area beyond this date. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 CAG-25-044 Bid Form – FORM A World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 Page 4 of 7 Bid Form – Form A d. Complete Futsal Court – Complete Futsal Court construction including the chain link fencing around the court no later than August 16, 2025, and be prepared to have the RAVE Foundation’s contractor complete the painting of the Futsal Court and install additional netting around court. e. Substantial Completion – Substantially complete all the Work under the Base Bid no later than October 31, 2025. f. Final Completion – All the Work shall achieve Final Completion in accord- ance with the contract documents within 30 calendar days after the date of Substantial Completion. J. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES The undersigned agrees to pay the Owner as liquidated damages the sum of $750.00 for each calendar day beyond the date upon which Substantial Completion of the entire Work is required to be complete until Substantial Completion is achieved, in accordance with the Contract Documents. K. BID SECURITY (As per the Bidding Documents) If applicable, Bid Security must be submitted with the Bid Form. L. BID FORM ATTACHMENTS TO BE COMPLETED WITH BID FORM The following document is attached to the Bid Form and must be executed by the Contrac- tor in connection with the Bid From for it to be complete: 1. Attachment 1 – Non-Collusion, Anti-Trust and Minimum Wage Affidavit M. ACKNOWLEDGMENT The undersigned acknowledges that it has read, understands, and agrees to comply with all federal and state non-discrimination laws, regulations, and policies during the performance of the Work. The undersigned Bidder further represents and certifies, under penalty of perjury, that within the three-year period immediately preceding the Bid Date, the Bidder has not been determined by a final and binding citation and notice of assessment issued by the Department of Labor and Industries, or through a civil judgment entered by a court of limited or general jurisdiction, to have willfully violated, as defined in RCW 49.48.082, any provision of Chapter 49.46, 49.48, or 49.52 RCW. [SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS] WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 CAG-25-044 Bid Form – FORM A World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 Page 5 of 7 Bid Form – Form A Legal Name of Person or Entity Submitting Bid: NOTE: If Bidder is a corporation, write State of Incorporation; if a partnership, give full names and addresses of all parties below. Authorized Signatory: Title: Printed Name: Address: City: State: Zip Code: Date: Telephone: Fax: Washington Contractor's License No.: Federal Tax ID #: E-mail address: Washington State UBI No.: Expiration Date: WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 CAG-25-044 Bid Form – FORM A World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 Page 6 of 7 Bid Form – Form A Bid Form – Attachment 1 This form must be submitted with the Bid Form NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT The undersigned, having been duly sworn, deposes and says, that he/she is the identical person who submitted the forgoing Bid, and that such Bid is genuine and not sham or collusive or made in the interest or on behalf of any person not therein named, and further, that the deponent has not directly induced or solicited any other Bidder on the foregoing Work or equipment to put in a sham Bid, or any other person or corporation to refrain from Bidding, and that deponent has not in any manner sought by collusion to secure to himself or to any other person any advantage over the other Bidder or Bidders. AND CERTIFICATION RE: ASSIGNMENT OF ANTI-TRUST CLAIMS TO PURCHASER The City of Renton (“City”) and Bidder recognize that in actual economic practice overcharges re- sulting from anti-trust violations are in fact usually borne by the Bidder. Therefore, the Bidder hereby assigns to the City any and all claims for such overcharges as to goods and materials pur- chased in connection with this Contract, except as to overcharges resulting from anti-trust viola- tions commencing after the date of the bid, quotation, or other event establishing the price under this Contract. In addition, the Bidder warrants and represents that such of his suppliers and sub- contractors shall assign any and all such claims to the City, subject to the aforementioned excep- tion. AND MINIMUM WAGE AFFIDAVIT FORM The undersigned, having been duly sworn, deposed, says and certify that in connection with the performance of the Work of this Project, (a) I will pay each classification of laborer, workman, or mechanic employed in the performance of such Work; not less than the prevailing rate of wage or not less than the minimum rate of wages as specified in the principal Contract and (b) that I have read the above and foregoing statement and certificate, know the contents thereof and the sub- stance as set forth therein is true to my knowledge and belief. [SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS] WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 CAG-25-044 Bid Form – FORM A World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 Page 7 of 7 Bid Form – Form A FOR: NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT, ASSIGNMENT OF ANTI-TRUST CLAIMS TO PURCHASER AND MINIMUM WAGE AFFIDAVIT [Legal Name of Person or Entity Submitting Bid] [Signature of Authorized Official*] [Printed Name] [Title] [Date] [City] [State] Subscribed and sworn to before me on this day of , 20 . End of Bid Form WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE - PHASE 1 Proposal Bid Bond – FORM B World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 Page 1 of 1 Proposal Bid Bond – Form B FORM B Proposal Bid Bond KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, That we, [Contractor] of [address] as Principal, and [Surety] a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of , and authorized to do business in the State of Washington, as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the City of Renton in the sum of five (5) percent of the total amount of the Bid of said Principal for the Work hereinafter described, for the payment of which, well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators and assigns, and successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. The condition of this bond is such, that whereas the Principal herein is herewith submitting his/her or its sealed Bid for the following construction, to wit: said Bid and proposal, by reference thereto, being made a part hereof. NOW, THEREFORE, if the said proposal Bid by said Principal be accepted, and the Contract be awarded to said Principal, and if said Principal shall duly make and enter into and execute said Contract and shall furnish performance bond as required by the City of Renton within a period of ten (10) days from and after said award, exclusive of the day of such award, then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise it shall remain and be in full force and effect. IN THE EVENT the Principal, following award, fails to execute an Agreement with the City of Renton in accordance with the terms of the Bidding Documents and furnish a performance bond with Surety or Sureties approved by the City of Renton within ten (10) days from and after said award, then Principal shall forfeit the Bid Bond/Bid Proposal Deposit or Surety shall immediately pay and forfeit to the City of Renton the amount of the Proposal Bid Bond, as set forth in RCW 35A.40.200 and RCW 35.23.352. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, the Principal and Surety have caused these presents to be signed and sealed this day of , 20 . [Principal] [Surety] [Signature of authorized official] [Signature of authorized official] By: [Title] [Attorney-in-Fact] [Address] [Phone Number] End of Bid Form WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE - PHASE 1 List of Subcontractors, Part One – FORM C World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 Page 1 of 2 List of Subcontractors, Part One – FORM C CITY OF RENTON EMAIL TO: ECONLEY@RENTONWA.GOV LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS, PART ONE Submission of HVAC, Plumbing, and Electrical Subcontractors If Bid amount exceeds $1,000,000, this list must be submitted within one (1) hour of the time and date specified for Bid Submission. Bidder’s Name: Project: World Cup Legacy Square - Phase 1 510 South 3rd Street Renton, WA 98057 CAG-25-044 SUBCONTRACTOR LISTING The Project is expected to cost $1,000,000 or more. Every Bidder must list the Heating, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning (HVAC), Plumbing, and Electrical Subcontractors as required per RCW 39.30.060. Subcontractor Name Work Category 1. HVAC 2. Plumbing 3. Electrical If different from the list above, the Subcontractors we propose to use if an Alternate Bid is accepted are described below. (RCW 39.30.060 requires, in part, that the Bidder not list more than one Subcontractor for each category of Work identified, unless a Subcontractor will vary depending on which Alternate Bids are accepted, in which case the Bidder must indicate which Subcontractor will be used depending on which Alternate is accepted.) Describe any change to list if Alternates are accepted: [SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS] WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE - PHASE 1 List of Subcontractors, Part One – FORM C World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 Page 2 of 2 List of Subcontractors, Part One – FORM C Legal Name of Person or Entity Submitting Bid: NOTE: If Bidder is a corporation, write State of Incorporation; if a partnership, give full names and addresses of all parties below. Authorized Signatory: Title: Printed Name: Address: City: State: Zip Code: Date: Telephone: Fax: Washington Contractor's License No.: Federal Tax ID #: E-mail address: Washington State UBI No.: Expiration Date: End of Form WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE - PHASE 1 List of Subcontractors, Part Two – FORM D World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 Page 1 of 2 List of Subcontractors, Part Two – FORM D CITY OF RENTON EMAIL TO: ECONLEY@RENTONWA.GOV LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS, PART TWO Submission of Structural Steel and Rebar Installers If the Bid amount exceeds $1,000,000, this list must be submitted within forty-eight (48) hours of the time and date specified for Bid Submission. Bidder’s Name: Project: World Cup Legacy Square - Phase 1 510 South 3rd Street Renton, WA 98057 CAG-25-044 SUBCONTRACTOR LISTING The Project is expected to cost $1,000,000 or more. Every Bidder must list the Structural Steel and rebar subcontractors as required per RCW 39.30.060. Subcontractor Name Work Category 1. Structural Steel Installer 2. Rebar Installer If different from the list above, the Subcontractors we propose to use if an Alternate Bid is accepted, is described below. (RCW 39.30.060 requires, in part, that the Bidder not list more than one Subcontractor for each category of Work identified, unless a Subcontractor will vary depending on which Alternate Bids are accepted, in which case the Bidder must indicate which Subcontractor will be used depending on which Alternate is accepted.) Describe any change to list if Alternates are accepted: [SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS] WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE - PHASE 1 List of Subcontractors, Part Two – FORM D World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 Page 2 of 2 List of Subcontractors, Part Two – FORM D Legal Name of Person or Entity Submitting Bid: NOTE: If Bidder is a corporation, write State of Incorporation; if a partnership, give full names and addresses of all parties below. Authorized Signatory: Title: Printed Name: Address: City: State: Zip Code: Date: Telephone: Fax: Washington Contractor's License No.: Federal Tax ID #: E-mail address: Washington State UBI No.: Expiration Date: End of Form WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE - PHASE 1 Contractor Qualifications/Evaluation - FORM E (Must submit within 48 hours following Bid Submittal) – Email to: econley@rentonwa.com World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 Page 1 of 3 List of Subcontractors, Part Two – FORM F Contractor Name: Date Incorporated: Mailing Address: State Incorporated: Business Phone: Owner/President’s Name: Contact Name and Title: Other or Former Organization Name(s): Contact Phone: Contact Email: Reason for Name Change(s): PERFORMANCE EXPERIENCE • Has company been disqualified (debarred) from performing public work by State of Washington or federal government? Yes ☐ No ☐ • Are there any judgments, claims, arbitration proceedings or suits pending against company or its officers? Yes ☐ No ☐ If Yes, please describe: Judgments • Has company ever failed to complete any work awarded to it? Yes ☐ No ☐ If Yes, please describe: • Has company been obligated for liquidated damages within the past 5 years? Yes ☐ No ☐ If Yes, please describe: FINANCIAL INFORMATION 1. Average total annual value of construction work performed during the past 5 years: 2. Provide at least three trade references: • Name/Contact • Name/Contact • Name/Contact 3. Provide surety company and agent name: Surety PROJECT EXPERIENCE – Projects of Similar Scope Requiring Prevailing or Davis Bacon Wages within Past 5 Years (3 Required) WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE - PHASE 1 Contractor Qualifications/Evaluation - FORM E (Must submit within 48 hours following Bid Submittal) – Email to: econley@rentonwa.com World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 Page 2 of 3 List of Subcontractors, Part Two – FORM F PROJECT #1 Description Of Project: Original Contract Amount Final Contract Amount: Project Name: Location/Address: Percent of Work Performed by Own Forces: Substantial Completion Date: Firm was General Contractor: Yes ☐ No ☐ If not GC, describe role: Owner Name: Architect/Engineer Name: Project Required Prevailing or Davis Bacon Wages? Yes ☐ No ☐ Phone: Phone: E-mail: E-mail: PROJECT #2 Description Of Project: Original Contract Amount: Final Contract Amount: Project Name: Location/Address: Percent of Work Performed by Own Forces: Substantial Completion Date: Firm was General Contractor: Yes ☐ No ☐ If not GC, describe role: Owner Name: Architect/Engineer Name: Project Required Prevailing or Davis Bacon Wages? Yes ☐ No ☐ Phone: Phone: E-mail: E-mail: WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE - PHASE 1 Contractor Qualifications/Evaluation - FORM E (Must submit within 48 hours following Bid Submittal) – Email to: econley@rentonwa.com World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 Page 3 of 3 List of Subcontractors, Part Two – FORM F PROJECT #3 Description Of Project: Original Contract Amount: Final Contract Amount: Project Name: Location/Address: Percent of Work Performed by Own Forces: Substantial Completion Date Firm was General Contractor: Yes ☐ No ☐ If not GC, describe role: Owner Name: Architect/Engineer Name: Project Required Prevailing or Davis Bacon Wages? Yes ☐ No ☐ Phone: Phone: E-mail: E-mail: WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE - PHASE 1 Qualifications of Project Key Personnel - FORM F (Must submit within 48 hours following Bid Submittal) Email to: econley@rentonwa.com World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 Page 1 of 2 List of Subcontractors, Part Two – FORM F PROJECT MANAGER Name: Current Position with Company: Years’ Experience Total With Current Firm Firm Name and Location (City and State): Training/Education/Specialization: Years of Experience in the Proposed Role: RELEVANT PROJECT 1 of 3 (Minimum) Project Title: Year Completed Project Owner: Brief Description (Brief scope, size, cost, etc.) and specific role: Check if project performed with current firm. ☐ If performed with different firm list the firm name . Reference Name & Contact Information: Project Owner: Architect/Engineer: Name: Name: Phone: Phone: E-mail E-mail: RELEVANT PROJECT 2 of 3 (Minimum) Project Title: Year Completed Project Owner: Brief Description (Brief scope, size, cost, etc.) and specific role: Check if project performed with current firm. ☐ If performed with different firm list the firm name . Reference Name & Contact Information: Project Owner: Architect/Engineer: Name: Name: Phone: Phone: E-mail E-mail: RELEVANT PROJECT 3 of 3 (Minimum) Project Title: Year Completed Project Owner: Brief Description (Brief scope, size, cost, etc.) and specific role: Check if project performed with current firm. ☐ If performed with different firm list the firm name. Reference Name & Contact Information: Project Owner: Architect/Engineer: Name: Name: Phone: Phone: E-mail E-mail: WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE - PHASE 1 Qualifications of Project Key Personnel - FORM F (Must submit within 48 hours following Bid Submittal) Email to: econley@rentonwa.com World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 Page 2 of 2 List of Subcontractors, Part Two – FORM F SUPERINTENDENT Name: Current Position with Company: Years’ Experience Total With Current Firm Firm Name and Location (City and State): Training/Education/Specialization: Years of Experience in the Proposed Role: RELEVANT PROJECT 1 of 3 (Minimum) Project Title: Year Completed Project Owner: Brief Description (Brief scope, size, cost, etc.) and specific role: Check if project performed with current firm. ☐ If performed with different firm list the firm name . Reference Name & Contact Information: Project Owner: Architect/Engineer: Name: Name: Phone: Phone: E-mail E-mail: RELEVANT PROJECT 2 of 3 (Minimum) Project Title: Year Completed Project Owner: Brief Description (Brief scope, size, cost, etc.) and specific role: Check if project performed with current firm. ☐ If performed with different firm list the firm name . Reference Name & Contact Information: Project Owner: Architect/Engineer: Name: Name: Phone: Phone: E-mail E-mail: RELEVANT PROJECT 3 of 3 (Minimum) Project Title: Year Completed Project Owner: Brief Description (Brief scope, size, cost, etc.) and specific role: Check if project performed with current firm. ☐ If performed with different firm list the firm name . Reference Name & Contact Information: Project Owner: Architect/Engineer: Name: Name: Phone: Phone: E-mail E-mail: End of Form WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE - PHASE 1 Contract Bond – FORM G World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 Page 1 of 2 Contract Bond – FORM G CONTRACT BOND TO THE CITY OF RENTON Bond No. ________________ KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, That we, (CONTRACTOR/PRINCIPAL) ______________________ of [address]________________________________________________ as PRINCIPAL , and (SURETY)_________________________________________ a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of ________________________ as a SURETY corporation, and qualified under the laws of the State of Washington to become SURETY upon bonds of contrac tors with municipal corporations, as SURETY , are jointly and severally held and firmly bound to the City of Renton (CITY/OWNER) in the sum of _____ ___________________________________________ US Dollars ($________________________) Total Contract Amount, for the payment of which sum on demand we bind ourselves and our heirs, successors, assigns, executors, administrators and per- sonal representatives, as the case may be. This obligation is entered into pursuant to the laws of the State of Washington and the ordinances of the City of Renton. Dated at _____________, Washington, this ________ day of ____________________, 20______. NOW, THEREFORE THE CONDITIONS OF THE ABOVE OBLIGATION ARE AS FOLLOWS: WHEREAS, under and pursuant to Contract No. CAG-25-044 providing for construction of the World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1; the PRINCIPAL has accepted, or is about to accept, the Contract, and undertake to perform the Work therein provided for in the manner and within the time set forth. • The SURETY indemnifies, defends, and protects and holds the CITY/OWNER , its officers, agents, and assigns harmless from and against all claims, liabilities, causes of action, damages, and costs for such payments for labor, equipment, and materials by satisfying all claims and de- mands incurred under the Contract, and reimbursing and paying CITY/OWNER all expenses that CITY/OWNER may incur in making good any default by PRINCIPAL; and, against any claim of di- rect or indirect loss resulting from the failure of the PRINCIPAL, its heirs, executors, administra- tors, successors, or assigns, (or the subcontractors or lower tier subcontractors of the PRINCI- PAL) to pay all laborers, mechanics, subcontractors, lower tier subcontractors material persons, and all persons who shall supply such contractor or subcontractors with provisions and supplies for the carrying on of such work; and, against any claim of direct or indirect loss resulting from the failure of the PRINCIPAL, its heirs, executors, administrators, successors , or assigns (or any of the employees, subcontractors, or lower tier subcontractors of the PRINCIPAL) to faithfully perform the Contract. • The indemnities to CITY/OWNER shall also inure to the benefit of the Consulting Engineers and other design professionals retained by OWNER in connection with the Project. • No change, extension of time, alteration, or addition to the terms of the Contract or to the Work to be performed under the Contract shall in any way affect SURETY 's obligation on the Contract Bond. SURETY , for value received, hereby waives notice of any change, extension of time, alter- ation, or addition to the terms of the Contract or the Work to be performed thereunder and agrees that modifications and changes to the terms and conditions of the Contract that increase the total amount to be paid the PRINCIPAL shall automatically increase the obligation of the SURETY on this Contract Bond and notice to SURETY is not required for such increased obligation. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE - PHASE 1 Contract Bond – FORM G World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 Page 2 of 2 Contract Bond – FORM G • This Contract Bond shall be governed and construed by the laws of the State of Washington, and venue shall be in King County, Washington. FURTHERMORE, this Contract Bond shall be satisfied and released only upon the conditions that PRINCIPAL or SURETY: • Faithfully performs all provisions of the Contract and changes authorized by CITY/OWNER in the manner and within the time specified as may be extended under the Contract; • Pay, in accordance with Chapters 39.08, 39.12 and 60.28 Revised Code of Washington (RCW), the sums due all workers, laborers, mechanics, subcontractors, lower tier subcontractors, ma- terial suppliers, and all other persons or agents who supply labor, equipment, or materials for carrying on of such work under the Contract; • Pay all taxes, increases and penalties, if any, incurred on or related to the Contract under Titles 50 and 51 Revised Code of Washington (RCW) and any and all taxes imposed on the Principle under Title 82 RCW or any other law; • Receives a written discharge/release of bond from CITY, signed by the Mayor or by a duly author- ized representative of CITY. This Contract Bond shall be executed in two (2) original counterparts, and shall be signed by the par- ties’ duly authorized officers. This Contract Bond will only be accepted if is accompanied by a fully executed and original power of attorney for the office executing on behalf of the SURETY. PRINCIPAL SURETY [PRINCIPAL] [SURETY] [Signature of Authorized Official] [Signature of Authorized Official] [Printed Name] [Printed Name] [Title] [Title] [Date] [Date] Name and address of local office of Agent and/or SURETY Company: Telephone: 03/08/2022 F clb WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 10 00 – SUMMARY OF WORK Contract No. CAG-25-044 01 10 00 - 1 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 SECTION 01 10 00 – SUMMARY OF WORK PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1. SECTION INCLUDES A. This Section includes the following: 1. Work covered by the Contract Documents. 2. Type of contract. 3. Permits, fees and bonds. 4. Work sequence 5. Owner's occupancy requirements. 6. Contractor use of site and premises. 7. Work restrictions. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 1 Section 01 50 00 “Temporary Facilities and Controls" for limitations and procedures governing temporary use of Owner's facilities. 1.2. RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections apply to this Section. 1.3. PROJECT A. Project Name: World Cup Legacy Square - Phase 1 1. Owner's Name: City of Renton 2. The Project consists of the following: a. Construction of park improvements and related site work. Work includes earthwork, utility installation, concrete and asphalt paving, concrete stairs, walls, and benches, stair handrails, permanent chain link fencing, lighting, landscape planting, irrigation, and other improvements for the construction of World Cup Legacy Square - Phase 1 for the City of Renton, Washington, all as shown and described on the Contract Documents dated, April 21, 2025. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 10 00 – SUMMARY OF WORK Contract No. CAG-25-044 01 10 00 - 2 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 1.4. CONTRACT DESCRIPTION A. Contract Type: Single General Construction Contract based on a single lump-sum price as described in Division 00 11 13 – Advertisement for Bids. 1.5. PERMITS, FEES AND BONDS A. The Owner will obtain and pay for the following permits prior to a Notice to Proceed. Permits obtained: WA Department of Ecology 401 Water Quality Certification, City of Renton Land Use Permit. The Contractor shall follow all Provisions noted on the Approvals and Permits. Copies of the Approvals and Permits are available from the Owner. B. Contractor shall obtain and pay for all Plumbing, Electrical, Traffic Control Plan and other Building Permits as required by the City of Renton and other regulatory agencies. 1.6. WORK SEQUENCE A. The work will be a single project with Notice to Proceed and Substantial Completion dates. 1. Work period from Notice to Proceed to Substantial Completion. 2. Anticipated Notice to Proceed: June 16, 2025. 3. Substantial Completion Date: October 31, 2025. B. The Contractor shall schedule and supervise the work to accomplish completion within the contract time. 1.7. OWNER OCCUPANCY A. Cooperate with Owner to minimize conflict and to facilitate Owner's operations. Maintain access to existing walkways, corridors, and other adjacent facilities. Do not close or obstruct roads, sidewalks, or driveways without written permission from Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. 1.8. CONTRACTOR USE OF SITE AND PREMISES A. Construction Operations: Limited to areas noted on Drawings. B. Arrange use of site and premises to allow: 1. Work by Others. 2. Work by Owner. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 10 00 – SUMMARY OF WORK Contract No. CAG-25-044 01 10 00 - 3 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 C. Provide access to and from site as required by law. 1. Do not obstruct roadways, sidewalks, or other public ways without permit. D. SPECIFICATION SECTIONS APPLICABLE TO ALL CONTRACTS 1. Unless otherwise noted, all provisions of the sections listed below apply to all contracts. Specific items of work listed under individual contract descriptions constitute exceptions. 2. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements. 3. Section 01 32 16 - Construction Schedule. 4. Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements. 5. Section 01 50 00 - Temporary Facilities and Controls. 6. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements. 7. Section 01 78 00 - Closeout Submittals. E. WORK RESTRICTIONS 1. Hours of Operation: Per City of Renton Municipal Code 4-4-030 C.: Commercial, multi- family, new single family and other nonresidential construction activities shall be restricted to the hours between seven o’clock (7:00) a.m. and eight o’clock (8:00) p.m., Monday through Friday. Haul hours shall be restricted to the hours between eight-thirty (8:30) a.m. and three-thirty (3:30) p.m., Monday through Friday, and work on Saturdays shall be restricted to the hours between nine o’clock (9:00) and seven o’clock (7:00), unless otherwise approved in advance by the Owner. 2. Existing Utility Interruptions: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary utility services according to requirements indicated. a. Provide Owner not less than 72 hours’ notice in advance of proposed utility interruptions. b. Do not proceed with utility interruptions without Owner's written permission. 3. Contractor will coordinate construction activities, including all deliveries and equipment movement with Parks Maintenance Staff, and others as required before commencing activities in the construction area. Contractor will notify Owner of any planned construction activities in the areas of the parking lots, roadways, or other areas of the park ten (10) calendar days before scheduled activities. 4. Other Restriction per Section 01 50 00 Temporary Facilities and Controls. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 10 00 – SUMMARY OF WORK Contract No. CAG-25-044 01 10 00 - 4 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 PART 2 – PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 – EXECUTION - NOT USED END OF SECTION WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 11 30 – HAZARDOUS MATERIALS Contract No. CAG-25-044 01 11 30 - 1 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 SECTION 01 11 30 – HAZARDOUS MATERIALS PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1. SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for hazardous materials. 1.2. RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.3. NOT USED 1.4. CONTRACTOR NOTIFICATION A. Contractor to provide the Owner with a complete list of all hazardous chemicals and other materials intended to be used during execution of the project, including storage locations. 1.5. HAZARDOUS MATERIAL A. The Contractor shall bring to the attention of the Owner any material suspected of being hazardous which is encountered during execution of the Work. The Owner will arrange for tests to determine if the material is hazardous. If the material is found to be hazardous the Owner will initiate the construction modification procedure for its abatement by the Contractor. B. Compliance with Regulations: All work shall comply with the applicable laws, regulations and requirements. The disposal of any hazardous materials encountered shall also comply with the requirements of applicable federal, state and municipal safety and health requirements. Where there is a conflict between applicable regulations, the most stringent shall apply. PART 2 – PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 – EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 14 00 – WORK RESTRICTIONS Contract No. CAG-25-044 01 14 00 - 1 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 SECTION 01 14 00 – WORK RESTRICTIONS PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1. RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2. USE OF PREMISES A. Use of Site: Limit use of premises to work in areas indicated. Do not disturb portions of site beyond areas in which the Work is indicated. 1. Unless otherwise indicated, keep roadways, building entryways, pathways and sidewalks clear and available to Owner and emergency vehicles at all times. Do not use these areas for parking or storage of materials. a. Schedule deliveries to minimize use of roadways and to minimize space and time requirements for storage of materials and equipment on-site. b. Maintain site fencing. Protect existing conditions and areas to remain. B. Work Hours: 1. Weekdays (Monday through Friday): 7 a.m. to 8 p.m. 2. Haul Activities: 8:30 a.m. to 3:30 p.m. 3. Weekends: a. Saturday: 9 a.m. to 8 p.m. b. Sunday and Holidays (City of Renton official recognized): No work permitted. 1.3. NOISE CONTROL A. Meet all requirements of WAC 173-60-040. Maintain the level of construction noise inside adjacent buildings from exceeding a dB(A) 60 curve (with windows closed). B. Meet all requirements of the City of Renton Municipal Code. C. Outdoor Vehicle and Internal Combustion Engine Noise: The noise level of each piece of equipment shall not be greater than 85 dB(A) at a distance of 50 feet as measured under noisier operating conditions. Provide rubber-tired equipment whenever possible instead of metal- tracked equipment. Mufflers for stationary engines shall provide hospital-area silencing quality. D. Air Compressors: Equip air compressors with silencing packages. Electric-driven compressors are preferred. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 14 00 – WORK RESTRICTIONS Contract No. CAG-25-044 01 14 00 - 2 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 PART 2 – PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 – EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 20 00 – PAYMENT PROCEDURES Contract No. CAG-25-044 01 20 00 - 1 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 SECTION 01 20 00 – PAYMENT PROCEDURES PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1. SECTION INCLUDES A. Procedures for preparation and submittal of applications for progress payments. B. Documentation of changes in Contract Sum and Contract Time. C. Modification procedures. D. Procedures for preparation and submittal of application for final payment. 1.2. RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplemental Conditions and Division 1 specification sections, apply to this section. B. See General Conditions all requirements pertaining to retainage. 1.3. SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Format: On 8-1/2" X 11" paper. B. Forms filled out by hand will not be accepted. C. Submit printed schedule on form acceptable to the Owner. Contractor's standard form or electronic media printout will be considered. D. Submit for Owner approval, electronic format of Schedule of Values, a minimum of 15 days before first Application for Payment submittal. Approved Schedule of Values will be used by the Owner as the basis for progress payments. E. Format: Schedule of Values shall breakdown the total Contract Sum to each category of work utilizing the Table of Contents of this Project Manual. Identify each line item with number and title of the specification Section. 1. Site mobilization shall not exceed 5% of Contract Sum. 2. Construction closeout shall not be less than 3% of Contract Sum. 3. For each line item exceeding 5% of Contract Sum, show breakdown by major products and operations. 4. Cross reference Schedule of Values amounts to the Construction Progress Schedule scheduled tasks with specified in Section 01 32 16 – Construction Schedule. 5. Round figures to nearest dollar amount. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 20 00 – PAYMENT PROCEDURES Contract No. CAG-25-044 01 20 00 - 2 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 6. Make sum of total scheduled costs equal to Contract Sum. 7. Major cost items, which are not directly a cost of actual work -in-place, such as distinct temporary facilities, may be either shown as items in schedule of values or included in General Conditions, mobilization and/or demobilization at Contractor's option. F. Revise schedule to list approved Change Order Proposals (COP), with each Application for Payment. 1.4. APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS A. Payment Period: Submit at intervals stipulated in the Agreement, if not stipulated, at monthly intervals. B. Prior to first Application for Payment, submit approved Intent to Pay Prevailing Wages forms for Contractor and all subcontractors. Without exception, processing of an Application for Payment will not begin until approved copies are on file with Owner for each classification of laborers, workers, or mechanics employed by Contractor or subcontractors included in that Application. 1. Submit a list of all subcontractors and suppliers. 2. Submit instructions to Owner for the disposition of retainage funds. a. In accordance with chapter 60.28 of the Revised Code of Washington (RCW), Owner shall reserve a contract retainage not to exceed Five percent,(unless ten percent retainage is held under RCW 39.08.010 (3) of the moneys earned by Contractor as trust fund for the protection and payment of: (1) The claims of any person and Owner arising in accordance with the Contract Documents. (2) The state with respect to taxes imposed pursuant to Title 82 RCW which may be due from such Contractor. b. The funds held in retainage shall be held until forty-five (45) days following Final Acceptance subject to the provisions of chapters 39.12 and 60.28 RCW. c. Contractor's written instructions should be addressed to the Owner with a copy to the Architect/Engineer. d. At the option of Contractor, the moneys reserved by Owner shall be either: (1) Retained in a fund by Owner. (2) Bonded for all or any portion of the contract retainage in a form acceptable to Owner; or (3) Deposited in an interest-bearing account in a bank, mutual savings bank, or savings and loan association. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 20 00 – PAYMENT PROCEDURES Contract No. CAG-25-044 01 20 00 - 3 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 (4) Placed in escrow with a bank or trust company by Owner. (a) Escrow Agent: If the retained funds are to be placed in escrow, Contractor will select the escrow agent, subject to approval by Owner. The selected agent must be a bank or trust company in the State of Washington. (b) Pursuant to electing the escrow option, an escrow agreement shall be executed by Contractor, Owner, and bank. Three copies of the agreement should be completed and executed by Contractor and returned to Owner for joint execution, who in turn will forward all copies to the bank for receipt and acceptance. The bank will retain one copy and return one copy each to Contractor and Owner. A completed and signed escrow agreement must be on file with Owner for payment before Contractor's first application is processed. (c) Escrow Payments: As each progress estimate is presented for payment, Contractor shall make a vouchered request for the retained funds that are to be placed in escrow. Upon receiving a retainage invoice, Owner will issue a check payable to Contractor and the bank jointly. Such checks will be mailed to the bank and Contractor will receive copies of check transmittal letters. (d) Escrow Investments: The bank shall invest the retained funds in bonds and other securities selected by Contractor from the following list approved by Owner: (i) Bills, certificates, notes or bonds of the United States. (ii) Other obligations of the United States or its agencies. (iii) Obligations of any corporation wholly owned by the government of the United States. (iv) Indebtedness of the Federal National Mortgage Association. (v) Time deposits in commercial banks, mutual savings banks, and savings and loan associations in the State of Washington. (e) Deposits in savings accounts in commercial banks, mutual savings banks, and savings and loan associations in the State of Washington. (f) The investments selected must mature on or prior to the date set for completion of the contract, including extensions thereof or forty-five (45) days following the Final WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 20 00 – PAYMENT PROCEDURES Contract No. CAG-25-044 01 20 00 - 4 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 Acceptance of the improvement or work. Interest on such investments shall be paid to Contractor as it accrues. (g) Escrow Costs and Fees: All escrow costs and fees shall be paid by Contractor, in accordance with the Escrow Agreement. (h) Release of Escrow Investments to Contractor: Upon Final Acceptance and the expiration of forty-five (45) days following the date of Acceptance, and contingent upon Contractor's compliance with provisions of the public works statutes, Owner will issue written instructions to the bank to release to Contractor the investment held in escrow. If there should be either unpaid taxes or other unsatisfied claims against the retained percentage, the provisions of the Escrow Agreement will govern. C. Submit draft Application for Payment to Owner for approval 10 days prior to submittal of actual Application for Payment. D. Present required information in digital form. E. Form: As approved by the Owner F. Execute certification by signature of authorized officer. G. Use data from approved Schedule of Values. Provide dollar value in each column for each line item for portion of work performed. H. List each authorized Change Order as a separate line item, listing Change Order number and dollar amount as for an original item of Work. I. Submit one signed digital image of each Application for Payment. J. Include the following with the application: 1. Construction progress schedule revised and current as specified in Section 01 32 16. 2. Partial release of liens from major Subcontractors and vendors. 3. Affidavits attesting to off-site stored products if any. 4. Statements of Intents to Pay Prevailing Wages as documented by the Washington State Department of Labor and Industries for each contractor or subcontractor included on the Pay Application. 5. List with Contractor, sub-contractors, and all sub-sub-contractors invoice amounts, UBI number, and Affidavit of Intent’s number. 6. Copies of Certified Payroll from Contractor and all sub-contractors. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 20 00 – PAYMENT PROCEDURES Contract No. CAG-25-044 01 20 00 - 5 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 K. When Owner requires substantiating information, submit data justifying dollar amounts in question. Provide one copy of data with cover letter for each copy of submittal. Show application number and date, and line item by number and description. 1.5. MODIFICATION PROCEDURES A. Owner will advise of minor changes in the Work not involving an adjustment to Contract Sum or Contract Time as authorized by the Conditions of the Contract by issuing supplemental instructions on Owner's standard form. B. For other required changes, Owner will issue a Field Authorization (FA) signed by the Owner, A/E and Contractor instructing Contractor to proceed with the change, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order. 1. The document will describe the required changes, will identify an initial estimate of the probable cost of any changes, and will designate method of determining any change in Contract Sum or Contract Time. 2. Promptly execute the change. C. For changes for which advance pricing is desired, Owner will issue a request for Change Order Proposal (COP) that includes a detailed description of a proposed change with supplementary or revised drawings and specifications, a change in Contract Time for executing the change and the period of time during which the requested price will be considered valid. Contractor will prepare and submit a fixed price quotation within 5 days. D. Contractor may propose a change by submitting a request for change to Owner, describing the proposed change and its full effect on the Work, with a statement describing the reason for the change, and the effect on the Contract Sum and Contract Time with full documentation. E. Computation of Change in Contract Sum: Will be as specified in the Agreement and the General Conditions. 1. For change requested by Owner for work falling under a fixed price contract, the amount will be based on Contractor's price quotation. 2. For change requested by Contractor, the amount will be based on the Contractor's request for a Change Order as approved by Owner. 3. For change ordered by Owner without a quotation from Contractor, the amount will be determined by Owner based on the Contractor's substantiation of costs as specified for Time and Material work. F. Substantiation of Costs: Provide full information required for evaluation. 1. Provide following data: a. Quantities of products, labor, and equipment. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 20 00 – PAYMENT PROCEDURES Contract No. CAG-25-044 01 20 00 - 6 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 b. Taxes, insurance, and bonds. c. Overhead and profit. d. Justification for any change in Contract Time. e. Credit for deletions from Contract, similarly documented. f. Invoices and receipts for products, equipment, and subcontracts, similarly documented. 2. For Time and Material work, submit itemized account and supporting data after completion of change, within time limits indicated in the Conditions of the Contract. G. Execution of Change Orders: Owner will issue Change Orders for signatures of parties as provided in the Conditions of the Contract. H. After execution of Change Order, promptly revise Schedule of Values and Application for Payment forms to record each authorized Change Order as a separate line item and adjust the Contract Price. I. Promptly revise progress schedules to reflect any change in Contract Time, revise sub- schedules to adjust times for other items of work affected by the change, and resubmit. J. Promptly enter changes in Project Record Documents. 1.6. APPLICATION FOR FINAL PAYMENT A. Prepare Application for Final Payment as specified for progress payments, identifying total adjusted Contract Sum, previous payments, and sum remaining due. B. Application for Final Payment will not be considered until the following have been accomplished: 1. Closeout procedures specified in Section 01 70 00. 2. Contractor's Certification of Payment of Debts Claims. 3. Contractor's Certificate of Release of Liens. 4. Owner's approval of Closeout submittals specified in Section 01 78 00. 5. Completion of punchlist with Owner’s approval. 6. Completion of all Change Orders. 7. Submittal of Affidavit of wages paid for Contractor and subcontractors. 8. L&I release. 9. Sign-off of all required permits. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 20 00 – PAYMENT PROCEDURES Contract No. CAG-25-044 01 20 00 - 7 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 10. Posting of Certificate of Occupancy. PART 2 – PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 – EXECUTION - NOT USED END OF SECTION WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 21 00 – PREVAILING WAGE RATES Contract No. CAG-25-044 01 21 00 - 1 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 SECTION 01 21 00 –PREVAILING WAGE RATES PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1. SUMMARY A. This project, located in King County Washington, is subject to the payment of prevailing wages to all workers. It is the contractor’s responsibility to determine and use the applicable rates for the appropriate area of the state, as published by the Washington State Department of Labor and Industries. These rates are available on the web at https://lni.wa.gov/licensing-permits/ public-works-projects/prevailing- wage-rates/. 1. Contractor must include these provisions in all subcontracts for work performed under this Contract. B. Based in the bid submittal deadline for this project, the applicable effective date for prevailing wages for this project is the posted bid date. Upon written request, the Owner will mail a hard copy of the applicable prevailing wages for this project. PART 2 – PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 – EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 30 00 – ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS Contract No. CAG-25-044 01 30 00 - 1 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 SECTION 01 30 00 –ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1. SECTION INCLUDES A. Administration and supervisory personnel. B. Communication procedures. C. Project meetings. D. Preconstruction meeting. E. Site mobilization meeting. F. Progress meetings. G. Coordination procedures. H. Submittal Types. I. Submittals for review and information. J. Number of copies of submittals. K. Submittal procedures. L. Daily Progress reports. 1.2. RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplemental Conditions and Division 1 specification sections, apply to this section. B. Section 01 10 00 - Summary of Work: Work sequence and Owner occupancy. C. Section 01 32 16 - Construction Progress Schedule: Form, content, and administration of schedules. D. Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements: Procedural requirements for quality assurance and quality control. E. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Additional coordination requirements. F. Section 01 78 00 - Closeout Submittals: Project record documents. 1.3. SUBMITTALS WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 30 00 – ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS Contract No. CAG-25-044 01 30 00 - 2 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 A. Personnel list: For principal staff assignments. Include areas of responsibility, addresses, and phone numbers for 24-hour-contact. Include back-up personnel. B. Coordination drawings. C. Superintendent Daily Reports: Submit at progress meeting intervals, as approved by Owner and Architect/Engineer. PART 2 – PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.1. ADMINISTRATION AND SUPERVISORY PERSONNEL A. Provide designated Project Manager, Superintendent and other administrative and supervisory personnel as required for proper performance of the Work. 3.2. COMMUNICATION PROCEDURES A. General 1. Address all Project correspondence through Owner. Do not contact Owner’s consultants directly, unless directed otherwise. Contractor's subcontractors will not directly contact the Owner, Architect/Engineer, or Architect/Engineer’s sub consultants. 2. Owner will issue all instructions, whether verbal or written. No other instructions will be recognized. Owner to coordinate all decisions and communications with the Architect/Engineer. Owner will confirm verbal instructions in writing to Contractor. a. Exception: Minor clarifications may be confirmed in site reports or meeting minutes. 3. Format: Number correspondence sequentially beginning with Serial Letter No. 1. Include project title and number on all correspondence. B. Requests for Information 1. When field conditions or Contract Documents require clarification or verification by the Architect/Engineer or Architect/Engineer’s sub consultants, submit a written Request for Information (RFI) to the Owner. 2. Format: Number RFI's sequentially using a consistent form approved by Owner, containing the following information: a. Project name and number. b. RFI number (three digits, beginning with 001). c. Date of request. d. Date of required response. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 30 00 – ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS Contract No. CAG-25-044 01 30 00 - 3 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 e. Subject title. f. Initiator of request. g. Contract Document reference (drawing and/or specification). h. Location on site. i. Description of issue. j. Contractor's proposed solution, if known. k. Cost impacts, if known. l. Space adequate for Architect/Engineer's review acknowledgement and reply. 3. Provide only one question per RFI. 4. Route RFI's in same manner as Project correspondence. 5. Allow 10 working days for Owner to issue response. 6. Owner reserves the right to deny any RFI whose resolution is already contained within the Contract Documents. 3.3. PROJECT MEETINGS A. Preconstruction Meeting 1. Owner will schedule a meeting to take place before or on the date for Notice to Proceed. 2. Attendance Required: a. Owner. b. Architect/Engineer and selected consultants. c. Contractor, including Project Manager, Superintendent, QAM, and major site related subcontractors. d. City Parks, Facilities, and Development Services staff. 3. Agenda: a. Distribution of Contract Documents. b. Designation of project personnel. c. Procedures and processing of field decisions, submittals, and substitutions, applications for payments, proposal request, Change Orders, Record drawings and Contract closeout. d. Scheduling, early occupancy. e. Working hours. f. Responsibility for temporary facilities and controls. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 30 00 – ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS Contract No. CAG-25-044 01 30 00 - 4 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 g. Construction related air quality control procedures. h. Safety. i. Security. j. Site access, traffic control, parking availability. 4. Owner will record minutes and provide copies to Architect/Engineer and Contractor for their distribution to all parties affected by decisions or actions resulting from the meeting. B. Progress Meetings 1. Attend progress meetings at approved intervals or as required by the Owner and Architect/Engineer. Coordinate meeting schedule with preparation of applications for payment. 2. Owner will prepare agenda and preside at meetings. 3. Attendance Required: a. Owner. b. Architect/Engineer and required sub consultants. c. Contractor, including Project Manager, Superintendent. d. Others as appropriate, such as but not limited to; Major Subcontractors, Suppliers, Manufacturers Representatives, and Consultants. 4. Agenda: a. Safety Report. b. Review minutes of previous meetings for any discrepancies and correct or approve. c. Review of Work progress since previous meeting. d. Look Ahead Schedule: Provide three (3) week look ahead simplified bar chart schedule coordinated and interfaced with project CPM schedule. e. Coordination issues, field observations, problems, and decisions. f. Identification of problems that impede, will impede, or present the potential for impeding planned progress. Identify corrective measures to regain projected schedules. g. Review Non-conforming work and status of correction. h. Review of submittals schedule and status of submittals. i. Review of off-site fabrication and delivery schedules. j. Review Requests for Information status. k. Review issuance of Supplemental Instructions. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 30 00 – ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS Contract No. CAG-25-044 01 30 00 - 5 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 l. Review Contract Modifications status, including any effect on coordination and progress schedule. m. Maintenance of quality and work standards. n. Other business relating to Work. 5. Owner will record minutes and provide copies to Architect/Engineer and Contractor for their distribution to all parties affected by decisions or actions resulting from the meeting. a. Required performance results. b. Protection of construction and personnel. 3.4. COORDINATION PROCEDURES A. Coordinate construction operations to ensure orderly and efficient installation of each part of the Work, with due consideration of those features of the Work dependent on each other for proper installation, connection, and operation. Ensure full accessibility for required maintenance, service, and repair. Make adequate accommodations for items scheduled for installation by others. B. When necessary to assure coordination, provide memoranda for distribution to each party involved, describing special coordination procedures. Include such items as required notices, reports, and meetings. 1. Prepare similar memoranda for Owner and separate contractors if coordination of their work is required. C. Coordination Meetings: Owner will conduct coordination meetings at appropriate intervals. Project coordination meetings are in addition to specific meetings held for other purposes, such as progress and pre-installation meetings. 1. Required Attendees: a. Architect/Engineer and Architect/Engineer’s consultants, as required b. Contractor c. Superintendent d. Subcontractors e. Suppliers f. Other entities concerned with current progress or involved in planning, coordination, or performance of future activities. 2. Agenda: a. Scheduling. b. Interface requirements. c. Off-site fabrication. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 30 00 – ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS Contract No. CAG-25-044 01 30 00 - 6 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 d. Access requirements. e. Site utilization. f. Temporary facilities and controls. g. Quality standards. 3.5. SUBMITTAL TYPES A. Product Data: Manufacturer's standard published data. Product data includes, as applicable, manufacturer's catalog cuts, written recommendations, specifications, and installation instructions; factory installed wiring diagrams; printed performance curves; operational range diagrams; compliance with recognized standards; testing agency labels, and other standard information. Mark each copy to identify applicable products, models, options, and other data. B. Shop Drawings: Project-specific information as depicted through fabrication and installation drawings, dimensions (field and factory), roughing-in and setting diagrams, design calculations, coordination requirements, and other project-specific information. C. Samples for Selection: Manufacturer's accurately printed or actual samples showing full range of available features, options, colors, textures, and patterns. D. Samples for Verification: Project-specific samples of actual products, illustrating functional and aesthetic characteristics and including all integral parts and attachment devices. Provide actual finishes in selected colors, textures, and patterns. E. Schedules: A form of shop drawing, typically presented in tabular form and summarizing key features of the Work. Not to be confused with construction progress schedule specified in Section 01 32 16. F. Qualification Data: Written information demonstrating the capabilities and experience of a firm or person. G. Certificates: Written statements certifying compliance with requirements. Submit product, installer, manufacturer, and material certificates on manufacturer's letterhead. Submit welding certificates on AWS or WABO forms or as required by authorities having jurisdiction. H. Test Reports: Reports written by a qualified testing agency, indicating and interpreting test results of materials or products for compliance with requirements. I. Inspection Reports: Reports written by a qualified inspection agency, indicating and interpreting inspection results of materials, products, or assemblies for compliance with requirements. J. Research/Evaluation Reports: Written evidence, from a model code organization WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 30 00 – ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS Contract No. CAG-25-044 01 30 00 - 7 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, that product complies with building code(s) in effect for Project. K. Manufacturer's Field Reports: Written information documenting factory-authorized service representative's tests and inspections. L. Project Record Documents, Operation & Maintenance Data, and Warranties and Bonds: 1. Combination of submittal types, submitted at project closeout. See Section 01 78 00. M. Material Safety Data Sheets: Submit directly to Owner. N. Others as indicated. 3.6. SUBMITTALS FOR OWNER'S REVIEW A. When the following are specified in individual sections, submit them for review: 1. Product data. 2. Shop drawings. 3. Samples for selection. 4. Samples for verification. 5. Schedules. 6. Qualification Data. 7. Division 1 submittals (plans, construction progress schedules, lists, reports, closeout submittals, etc.) specified in individual Division 1 sections. B. Submit to Owner for review for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. C. Samples will be reviewed only for aesthetic, color, or finish selection. D. After review, provide copies and distribute in accordance with SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES article below and for record documents purposes described in Section 01 78 00 - CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS. 3.7. SUBMITTALS FOR PROJECT CLOSEOUT A. When the following are specified in individual sections, submit them at project closeout: 1. Project record documents. 2. Operation and maintenance data. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 30 00 – ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS Contract No. CAG-25-044 01 30 00 - 8 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 3. Warranties. 4. Bonds. 5. Permits. 6. Other types as indicated. B. Submit for Owner's benefit during and after project completion. 3.8. NUMBER OF COPIES OF SUBMITTALS A. Submittals may be submitted electronically in a format or system acceptable to the Owner. Access to the document shall not require special programming, software, or other proprietary systems. Shop Drawings may be submitted electronically but will also require submission of one full-size printed copy. B. At the completion of the project, the contractor shall provide a complied digital record on a storage device acceptable to the Owner. Additionally, they shall provide and one physical copy of all project submittals, organized by specification sections and contained in 3-ring binders with tabs, titles, and edge identification. C. Superintendents Daily Report 1. For each Project calendar day beginning with the date of Notice to Proceed, prepare a report concerning events at the Project site as follows: a. List of subcontractors on site. b. Number of personnel on site, and general responsibilities. c. Equipment on site. d. Material deliveries. e. High and low temperatures and general weather conditions. f. Accidents. g. Meetings and significant decisions. h. Unusual events, as described under Special Reports below. i. Stoppages, delays, shortages, and losses. j. Emergency procedures. k. Orders and requests of authorities having jurisdiction. l. Supplemental Instructions received and implemented. m. Change Orders received and implemented. n. Field Authorizations received, and documentation of activities covered under same. o. Services connected and disconnected. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 30 00 – ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS Contract No. CAG-25-044 01 30 00 - 9 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 p. Equipment or system tests and startups. Electronically transmit the daily reports to the Owner at Progress Meetings. 2. Special Reports: When an event of an unusual and significant nature occurs at Project site, whether or not directly related to the Work, prepare and submit a special report directly to the Owner within one day of the occurrence. List chain of events, persons participating, and response by Contractor's personnel, evaluation of results or effects, and similar information. Advise Owner in advance when these events are known or predictable. END OF SECTION WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 32 16 – CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE Contract No. CAG-25-044 01 32 16 - 1 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 SECTION 01 32 16 – CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1. SECTION INCLUDES A. Construction progress schedule, bar chart type. 1.2. RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including Division 1 Specification sections, apply to this Section. B. Section 01 10 00 - Summary: For work sequence, Owner occupancy, and Owner- furnished items. C. Section 01 20 00 - Payment Procedures: For schedule of values. D. Section 01 30 00 – Administrative Requirements: For superintendent's daily progress reports. 1.3. REFERENCES A. Comply with AGC (CPSM) - Construction Planning and Scheduling Manual; Associated General Contractors of America; 2004. 1.4. SUBMITTALS A. Construction Progress Schedule: Indicate complete construction sequence, from Notice to Proceed through Final Completion. 1. Submit within 7 days of Notice to Proceed. 2. Include written certification that major contractors have reviewed and accepted proposed schedule. 3. Submit updated schedule with each Application for Payment. PART 2 – PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.1. CONTENT A. Show complete sequence of construction by activity, with dates for beginning and completion of each element of construction. 1. Break down work so that no activity is longer than 21 days, unless specifically allowed by Owner. 2. List submittals, materials and installation as separate line items. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 32 16 – CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE Contract No. CAG-25-044 01 32 16 - 2 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 3. List all permit submittals showing submittal and anticipated issuance dates. 4. List all Owner supplied material delivery dates on schedule. 5. List all Work by Owner completion dates on schedule. B. Identify each activity by specification section number. C. Show accumulated percentage of completion of each item, and total percentage of Work completed, as of the first day of each month. D. Indicate procurement activities for long-lead and major items, including submittal, approval, and fabrication activities. See Section 01 30 00 for submittal review durations. E. Coordinate content with schedule of values specified in Section 01 20 00. F. Provide legend for symbols and abbreviations used. G. Contract Modifications: For each proposed contract modification, and concurrent with its submission, prepare a time-impact analysis using the current approved schedule to demonstrate the effect of the proposed change on the overall project schedule. 3.2. BAR CHARTS A. Include a separate bar for each major portion of Work or operation. B. Identify the first workday of each week. 3.3. REVIEW AND EVALUATION OF SCHEDULE A. Participate in joint review and evaluation of schedule with Owner and Architect/Engineer at each submittal. B. Evaluate project status to determine work behind schedule and work ahead of schedule. C. After review, revise as necessary as result of review, and resubmit within 5 days. 3.4. UPDATING SCHEDULE A. Maintain schedules to record actual start and finish dates of completed activities. B. Indicate progress of each activity to date of revision, with projected completion date of each activity. C. Annotate diagrams to graphically depict current status of Work. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 32 16 – CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE Contract No. CAG-25-044 01 32 16 - 3 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 D. Identify activities modified since previous submittal, major changes in Work, and other identifiable changes. E. Indicate changes required to maintain Date of Substantial Completion. F. Submit reports required to support recommended changes. G. Provide narrative report to define problem areas, anticipated delays, and impact on the schedule. Report corrective action taken or proposed and its effect. 3.5. DISTRIBUTION OF SCHEDULE A. Distribute copies of updated schedules to General Contractor's project site file, to Subcontractors, suppliers, Architect/Engineer and to the Owner. B. Instruct recipients to promptly report, in writing, problems anticipated by projections shown in schedules. END OF SECTION WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 40 00 – QUALITY REQUIREMENTS Contract No. CAG-25-044 01 40 00 - 1 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 SECTION 01 40 00 – QUALITY REQUIREMENTS PART 1 – PART 1 GENERAL 1.1. SECTION INCLUDES A. Administrative and procedural requirements for Quality assurance and Quality control. B. Mock-ups. C. Control of installation. D. Tolerances. E. Testing and inspection agencies and services. F. Control of installation. G. Tolerances. H. Manufacturers' field services. I. Defect Assessment. 1.2. RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplemental Conditions and other Division 1 Specification sections, apply to this Section. B. Section 01 42 00 - Definitions. 1.3. REFERENCE STANDARDS 01 40 00 – QUALITY REQUIREMENTS. A. NRTL: A nationally recognized testing laboratory according to 29 CFR 1910.7. B. NVLAP: A testing agency accredited according to NIST's National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program. 1.4. DEFINITIONS A. Quality Assurance Services: Activities, actions, and procedures performed before and during execution of the Work to guard against defects and deficiencies and to ensure that proposed construction complies with requirements. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 40 00 – QUALITY REQUIREMENTS Contract No. CAG-25-044 01 40 00 - 2 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 B. Quality Control Services: Tests, inspections, procedures, and related actions during and after execution of the Work used to evaluate that actual product incorporated into the Work comply with requirements. Services do not include Contract enforcement activities performed by Architect/Engineer. 1.5. SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 30 00 - ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS, for submittal procedures. B. Project Quality Plan (PQP): Submit within 14 days of the Notice to Proceed a written plan detailing the organization and procedures proposed to achieve quality assurance and quality control so that materials, products, workmanship, on -site and off-site fabrication, construction, and operations are in compliance with the Contract Documents and within generally accepted quality standards for similar work. Demonstrate a thorough knowledge of Contract requirements. The PQP is intended to function as a "living document," anticipating requirements and documenting results. At minimum, the PQP will include the following: 1. Qualification Data: For Contractor-provided testing agencies, to demonstrate their capabilities and experience, include proof of qualifications in the form of a recent agency inspection report performed by a recognized authority. 2. Schedule of Tests and Inspections: For all required tests and inspections. Prepare in tabular form and include the following: a. Specification Section number and title. b. Description of test or inspection. c. Identification of applicable standards. d. Identification of test and inspection methods. e. Number/frequency of tests and inspections required. f. Time schedule (or time span) for tests and inspections. g. Entity responsible for performing tests and inspections. h. Requirements for obtaining samples. i. Unique characteristics of each quality control service. 3. Test and Inspection Log: For use in Part 3 of this Section. C. Superintendent Daily Reports: Submit at bi-monthly intervals. D. Permits, Licenses, and Certificates: For Owner's records, submit copies of permits, licenses, certifications, inspection reports, releases, jurisdictional settlements, notices, receipts for fee payments, judgments, correspondence, records, and similar documents, established for compliance with standards and regulations bearing on performance of the Work. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 40 00 – QUALITY REQUIREMENTS Contract No. CAG-25-044 01 40 00 - 3 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 1.6. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Delegated Design: Where professional design services or certifications by a design professional are specifically required of Contractor, provide products and systems complying with indicated performance and design criteria, or where not indicated, with performance and design criteria of authorities having jurisdiction. In addition to shop drawings, product data, and other required submittals, submit a statement, signed and sealed by the responsible design professional, for each product and system specifically assigned to Contractor to be designed or certified by a design professional, indicating that the products and systems are in compliance with performance and design criteria indicated. Include the list of codes, loads, and other factors used in performing these services. 1. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional legally qualified to practice in the State of Washington and experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated. B. Basic Quality Assurance Qualifications: Wherever the Specifications refer to installers, manufacturers, fabricators, specialists, or factory -authorized service representatives, provide entities with the following qualifications: 1. Installer Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in installing, erecting, or assembling work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project, whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in - service performance. 2. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing products or systems similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance. 3. Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing products similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units. 4. Specialists: Certain sections of the Specifications require that specific construction activities be performed by recognized experts in those operations. Specialists shall satisfy qualification requirements indicated and shall be engaged for the activities indicated. a. Requirements for specialists shall not supersede building codes and regulations governing the Work. 5. Factory-Authorized Service Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to inspect installation of manufacturer's products similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 40 00 – QUALITY REQUIREMENTS Contract No. CAG-25-044 01 40 00 - 4 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 1.7. QUALITY CONTROL A. Owner will employ and pay for services of an independent Testing Agency to perform construction materials testing and inspections services as indicated under the Structural General Notes in the drawings. B. Employment of agency in no way relieves Contractor of obligation to perform Work in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. C. Preconstruction Testing: Where approval of materials, products, or equipment depends on existing test results or preconstruction testing not specifically assigned to the Owner's Testing Agency, Contractor shall provide evidence of test results or, if necessary, shall arrange and pay for testing agency services. 1. Testing Agency Qualifications: An NRTL-recognized, NVLAP-accredited, or independent agency with the experience and capability to conduct testing and inspecting indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 548, and with additional qualifications specified in individual sections and as required by authorities having jurisdiction. 1.8. SUBSTITUTIONS A. The Owner and Architect/Engineer will consider requests for Substitutions up to 10 days prior to bid opening date. Approved Substitutions will be listed on Addenda. B. Substitutions may be considered after bid opening only when a Product becomes unavailable through no fault of the Contractor. C. Document each request with complete data substantiating compliance of proposed Substitution with Contract Documents. D. A request constitutes a representation that the Bidder/Contractor: 1. Has investigated proposed substitution Product and determined that it meets or exceeds the quality level of the specified Product. 2. Will provide the same warranty for the substitution as for the specified Product. 3. Will coordinate installation and make changes to other work that may be required for the Work to be complete with no additional cost to Owner. 4. Waives claims for additional costs or time extension that may subsequently become apparent. 5. Will reimburse Owner for review or redesign services associated with re- approval by authorities. E. Substitutions will not be considered when they are indicated or implied on shop drawing or product data submittals. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 40 00 – QUALITY REQUIREMENTS Contract No. CAG-25-044 01 40 00 - 5 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 F. Substitution Submittal Procedure: 1. All substitution requests shall be accompanied with the Substitution Request Form, completely filled out. Substitution Request Forms are found in the Specifications in Section 01 40 10. PART 2 – PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.1. CONTROL OF INSTALLATION A. Monitor quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, products, services, site conditions, and workmanship, to produce Work of specified quality. B. Comply with manufacturers' instructions, including each step-in sequence. C. Should manufacturers' instructions conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Owner before proceeding. D. Comply with specified standards as minimum quality for the Work except where more stringent tolerances, codes, or specified requirements indicate higher standards or more precise workmanship. E. Have Work performed by persons qualified to produce required and specified quality. F. Verify that field measurements are as indicated on shop drawings or as instructed by the manufacturer. G. Secure products in place with positive anchorage devices designed and sized to withstand stresses, vibration, physical distortion, and disfigurement. 3.2. MOCK-UPS A. Before installing portions of the Work where mock-ups are required, construct mock- ups in location and size indicated for each form of construction and finish required to comply with the following requirements, using materials indicated for the completed Work. The purpose of mock-up is to demonstrate the proposed range of aesthetic effects and workmanship. B. Provide supervisory personnel who will oversee mock-up construction. Provide workers that will be employed during the construction at Project. C. Assemble and erect Mock-ups with specified materials, components, attachments, anchorage devices, flashings, seals, and finishes. D. Obtain Owner's approval of mock-ups before starting work, fabrication, or construction. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 40 00 – QUALITY REQUIREMENTS Contract No. CAG-25-044 01 40 00 - 6 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 1. Owner will issue written comments within seven (7) working days of initial review and each subsequent follow up review of each mock-up. 2. Make corrections as necessary until Owner's approval is issued. E. Accepted mock-ups shall be a comparison standard for the remaining Work. F. Mock-ups will be removed at completion of construction unless specified to remain. Where allowed to remain, protect from all damage. G. Where possible salvage and recycle the demolished mock-up materials. 3.3. TOLERANCES A. Monitor fabrication and installation tolerance control of products to produce acceptable Work. Tolerances will not be cumulative. B. Comply with manufacturers' tolerances. Should manufacturers' tolerances conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Owner before proceeding. C. Adjust products to appropriate dimensions; position before securing products in place. 3.4. TEST AND INSPECTION LOG A. Prepare and maintain a record of tests and inspections. Include the following: 1. Date of test or inspection. 2. Description of Work tested or inspected. 3. Identification of testing agency or special inspector conducting test or inspection. 4. Test or inspection results. 5. Date test or inspection results were transmitted to Owner. B. Maintain log at Project site. Post additions and modifications as they occur. Provide access to test and inspection log for Owner's reference during normal working hours and prior to each Application for Payment. 3.5. TESTING AND INSPECTION A. Testing Agency Duties: 1. Provide qualified personnel at site. Cooperate with Owner and Contractor in performance of services. 2. Perform specified sampling and testing of products in accordance with specified standards. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 40 00 – QUALITY REQUIREMENTS Contract No. CAG-25-044 01 40 00 - 7 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 3. Ascertain compliance of materials and mixes with requirements of Contract Documents. 4. Promptly notify Owner, Architect/Engineer and Contractor of observed irregularities or non- conformance of Work or products. 5. Perform additional tests and inspections required by Owner. 6. Attend preconstruction meetings. 7. Submit reports of all tests/inspections specified. B. Limits on Testing/Inspection Agency Authority: 1. Agency may not release, revoke, alter, or enlarge on requirements of Contract Documents. 2. Agency may not approve or accept any portion of the Work. 3. Agency may not assume any duties of Contractor. 4. Agency has no authority to stop the Work. C. Contractor Responsibilities: 1. Cooperate with laboratory personnel and provide access to the Work. 2. Provide incidental labor and facilities: a. To provide access to Work to be tested/inspected. b. To obtain and handle samples at the site or at source of Products to be tested/inspected. c. To facilitate tests/inspections. d. To provide storage and curing of test samples. 3. Schedule tests and inspections with Testing Agency. Notify Owner, Architect/Engineer and laboratory 24 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring testing/inspection services. 4. Employ services of an independent qualified testing laboratory and pay for additional samples, tests, and inspections required by Contractor beyond specified requirements. 5. Arrange with Owner's agency and pay for additional samples, tests, and inspections required by Contractor beyond specified requirements. D. Re-testing required because of non-conformance to specified requirements shall be performed by the same agency on instructions by Owner. E. Re-testing required because of non-conformance to specified requirements shall be paid for by Contractor by deducting testing charges from the Contract Sum. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 40 00 – QUALITY REQUIREMENTS Contract No. CAG-25-044 01 40 00 - 8 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 3.6. MANUFACTURERS' FIELD SERVICES A. When specified in individual specification sections, require material or product suppliers or manufacturers to provide qualified staff personnel to observe site conditions, conditions of surfaces and installation, quality of workmanship, as applicable, and to initiate instructions when necessary. B. Report observations and site decisions or instructions given to applicators or installers that are supplemental or contrary to manufacturers' written instructions. 3.7. DEFECT ASSESSMENT A. Replace Work or portions of the Work not conforming to contract document requirements. B. If, in the opinion of Owner, it is not practical to remove and replace the Work, Owner will direct an appropriate remedy or adjust payment. C. Maintain a Log of Non-conforming work, tracking items from instance of identification to resolution. 3.8. SUPERINDENDENT DAILY REPORTS A. Write daily reports for each calendar day, beginning with date of Notice to Proceed, on form(s) approved by Owner. Daily Reports will be factual records containing numerical data of the Work and quality assurance and control activities. Identify deficiencies in daily reports and in Non-Conforming Work Log as they occur and as they are resolved. Do not address production issues unless they impact quality assurance or quality control. B. Superintendent shall sign and date all reports. Verification shall include a statement that all materials and products incorporated into the Work are in compliance with the terms of the Contract except as noted. C. Submit copies of daily reports at each Progress Meeting. END OF SECTION WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 40 10 – PRODUCT SUBSTITUTION REQUEST Contract No. CAG-25-044 01 41 10 - 1 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 TO: CITY OF RENTON Construction Engineering Yong Qi, Civil Engineer III Email to: yqi@rentonwa.gov PROJECT NAME: CONTRACTOR: We hereby submit for consideration the following product instead of specified item for above project: Section Paragraph Specified Item Proposed Substitution: Attach complete dimensional information and technical data, including laboratory tests, if applicable. Include complete information on changes to Drawings and/or Specifications, which proposed substitution will require for its proper installation. Submit with request all necessary samples and substantiating data to prove equal quality, performance, and appearance to that which is specified. Clearly mark manufacturer's literature to indicate equality performance. Differences in quality of materials a nd construction shall be indicated. Fill in blanks below: A. Reason for substitution request: B. Does the substitution affect dimensions shown on Drawings: Yes No If yes, clearly indicate changes. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 40 10 – PRODUCT SUBSTITUTION REQUEST Contract No. CAG-25-044 01 41 10 - 2 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 C. Will the undersigned pay for changes to the design, including engineering and detailing costs caused by the request substitution: Yes No Comment: D. What effect does this substitution have on other trades, other Contracts, and Contract completion date: E. What effect does this substitution have on applicable code requirements: F. Differences between proposed substitution and specified item: G. Manufacturer's guarantee of the proposed and specified items are: Same Different (explain): H. List of names and addresses of three similar projects on which product was used, date of installation, and Architect/Engineer's name and address: I. Cost and supplier of specified product: J. Cost and supplier of proposed substitution product: The undersigned attests function and quality equivalent or superior to specified items. [SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS] WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 40 10 – PRODUCT SUBSTITUTION REQUEST Contract No. CAG-25-044 01 41 10 - 3 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 CERTIFICATION OF EQUAL PERFORMANCE AND ASSUMPTION OF LIABILITY FOR EQUAL PERFORMANCE Submitted By: [Signature] [Title] [Firm] [Address] [Telephone] [Date] Signature must be by person having authority to legally bind the firm to the above term. A&E ARCHITECT/ENGINEER’S RECOMMENDATION: Accepted: ☐ Accepted as Noted: ☐ Not Accepted: ☐ Received Too Late: ☐ By: Date: Remarks: Concurrence by Architect/Engineer: OWNER’S ACCEPTANCE: Accepted: ☐ Accepted as Noted: ☐ Not Accepted: ☐ Received Too Late: ☐ By: Date: Remarks: Concurrence by Owner: END OF SECTION WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 42 00 – DEFINITIONS Contract No. CAG-25-044 01 42 00 - 1 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 SECTION 01 42 00 – DEFINITIONS PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1. RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplemental Conditions and other Division 1 Specification sections, apply to this Section. 1.2. SUMMARY A. This section supplements the definitions contained in the General Conditions. In case of conflict, the General Conditions will take precedence. B. Other definitions are included in individual specification sections. 1.3. SPECIFICATION FORMAT AND CONTENT A. Specifications Format: These Specifications are organized into Divisions and Sections based on the Construction Specifications Institute's 2016 Master Format and City of Renton standards B. Specification Content: 1. Language: This specification uses certain conventions in the use of language and the intended meaning of certain terms, words and phrases when used in particular situations or circumstances. These conventions are explained as follows: a. Wording of the contract documents is abbreviated or streamlined and frequently includes incomplete sentences. (1) Abbreviated word and terms shall be interpolated as sense requires. Singular words shall be interpreted as plural and plural words interpreted as singular where applicable to the context indicated. b. These specifications are written in imperative mood. This imperative phraseology is directed to the Contractor, unless specifically noted otherwise. c. The terms "Shall", "Shall be", "Will", and "Will be" and similar words and phrases are defined to have compulsory meaning. 2. Assignment of Specialists: a. The specification requires that certain specific construction activities shall be performed by specialists who are recognized experts in the operations to be performed. The specialist must be engaged for those activities, and their assignments are requirements over which the WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 42 00 – DEFINITIONS Contract No. CAG-25-044 01 42 00 - 2 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 Contractor has no choice or option. However, the responsibility for fulfilling Contract requirements remains with the Contractor. b. This requirement shall not be interpreted to conflict with enforcement of building codes and similar regulations governing the work. It is also not intended to interfere with local trade union jurisdictional settlements and similar conventions. c. Use of titles such as "carpentry" in not intended to imply that certain construction activities must be performed by accredited or unionized individuals of a corresponding generic name, such as "carpenter". It also does not imply that requirements specified apply exclusively to tradespersons of the corresponding generic name. d. The term "Installer" shall be used to refer to all specialists. 1.4. DEFINITIONS A. General: Basic Contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract. B. Terminology - Certain terms used more generally throughout the contract documents are defined as follows: 1. Addenda: Additions made to the contract documents during the bidding period. Used to revise, delete, or add to any of the bidding requirements or contract documents. 2. Approve: Where used in conjunction with the Owner's response or submittals, requests, applications, inquiries, reports, and claims by the Contractor, the meaning will be held to the limitations of the Owner's responsibilities and duties as specified in Section 00 72 00, General Conditions of the Contract. 3. Confirm: Confirm or verify dimension or condition and notify Owner of findings prior to proceeding with the work. 4. Construction Documents: All of the written and graphic documents prepared and assembled by the Owner for communicating the design and administering the construction contract. They include the following categories: bidding requirements, contract forms, and conditions of the contract, specifications, drawings, addenda and contract modifications. This term is interchangeable with "contract documents". 5. Contract Documents: The legally enforceable requirements which become part of the contract when the agreement is signed. Including the bid package, project manual and all related documents including construction documents. See "construction documents" above. 6. Contract Modifications - After agreement has been signed, any additions, deletions, or modifications to the work are accomplished by supplemental instructions or change order. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 42 00 – DEFINITIONS Contract No. CAG-25-044 01 42 00 - 3 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 7. Directed: Where not otherwise explained, terms such as "directed", "requested", "authorized", "selected", "approved", "permitted", "required", and "accepted" mean "directed by the Owner ", "requested by the Owner ", etc. However, no such implied meaning will be interpreted to extend the Architect/Engineer's responsibility into the Contractor’s area of construction supervision. 8. Drawings: Graphic representations of the work. 9. Furnish: To supply and deliver to project site, unload, and inspect for damage. 10. Install: To unpack, assemble, erect, apply, place, anchor, finish, cure, protect, clean, start up, protect, and similar operations and make ready for use. 11. Installer: The person or entity engaged by the Contractor or its subcontractor or sub- subcontractor for the performance of a particular unit of work at the project site, including installations, erections, applications, and similar required operations. It is a general requirement that installers be recognized experts in the work they are engaged to perform. 12. Product: Material, machinery, components, equipment, fixtures, and systems forming the work result. Not materials or equipment used for preparation, fabrication, conveying, or erection and not incorporated into the work result. Products may be new, never before used, or re-used materials or equipment. 13. Project Manual: The book-sized (8 1/2 by 11-inch format and bound) volume that includes the procurement requirements (if any), the contracting requirements, and the specifications. 14. Project Site: The space available to the Contractor for the performance of the work, either exclusively or in conjunction with others performing other work as part of the project. The extent of the project site is shown on the drawings and may or may not be identical with the description of the land upon which the project is built. 15. Provide: To furnish and install, complete and ready for intended use. 16. Record Drawings: Drawings prepared by the Contractor to indicate construction changes, including nature and location of concealed work. 17. Shop Drawings: Drawings, schedules, and other information prepared by the Contractor to describe fabrication and installation of elements of the work. 18. Specifications: Define the qualitative requirements for products, materials and workmanship upon which the contract is based. 19. Supply: Same as Furnish. 20. Testing Agency: An independent entity engaged to perform specific inspections or tests of the work, both at the project site or elsewhere, and to report and, if required, to interpret the results of those inspections or tests. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 42 00 – DEFINITIONS Contract No. CAG-25-044 01 42 00 - 4 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 PART 2 – PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 – EXECUTION - NOT USED END OF SECTION WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 50 00 – TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Contract No. CAG-25-044 01 50 00 - 1 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 SECTION 01 50 00 – TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1. SECTION INCLUDES A. Temporary utilities. B. Temporary telecommunications services. C. Temporary sanitary facilities. D. Temporary Controls: barriers, enclosures, fencing, etc. E. Security requirements. F. Vehicular access and parking. G. Waste removal facilities and services. H. Field offices. 1.2. RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplemental Conditions and Division 1 specification sections, apply to this section. 1.3. TEMPORARY UTILITIES A. General: Cost or use charges for temporary facilities shall be included in the Contract Sum. Allow other entities to use temporary services and facilities without cost, including but not limited to, Owner, Architect/Engineer, consultants, occupants of the project, testing agencies and authorities having jurisdiction. B. All costs associated with preparing utilities for use is the sole responsibility of the Contractor. C. Usage costs for temporary site utilities will be provided the Contractor. 1.4. TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES A. Provide, maintain, and pay for telecommunications services to project site at time of project mobilization. 1.5. TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES A. Provide and maintain required facilities for use during construction operations. Do not use public facilities. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 50 00 – TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Contract No. CAG-25-044 01 50 00 - 2 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 1.6. BARRIERS A. Provide barriers to prevent unauthorized entry to construction and staging/storage areas, to prevent access to areas that could be hazardous to workers or the public and to protect existing facilities and adjacent properties from damage from construction operations and demolition. B. Protect stored materials, site, and structures from damage. 1.7. FENCING A. Construction: Commercial grade chain link fence. No orange roll-up type fencing is allowed. B. Provide 6 foot (1.8 m) high fence around each construction site; equip with vehicular and pedestrian gates with locks. Install fencing around entire Project site when under construction. 1.8. CONSTRUCTION AIDS A. Provide, operate, and maintain a complete plan for fabricating, handling, conveying, installing and erecting all Work required under the Contract. Maintain materials and equipment in safe and efficient operating condition. Contractor shall be responsible for damages due to defective materials and equipment and uses made thereof. B. Furnish, install, and maintain for the duration of construction all required barricades, canopies, warning signs, steps, bridges, platforms and other temporary construction necessary for proper completion of the work. Maintain in compliance with all pertinent safety and other regulations. 1.9. SECURITY A. Provide security and facilities to protect Work, and Owner's operations from unauthorized entry, vandalism, or theft. 1.10. VEHICULAR ACCESS AND PARKING A. Comply with regulations relating to use of park sidewalks, access to emergency facilities, and access for emergency vehicles. B. Provide and maintain access to fire hydrants, free of obstructions. C. Provide means of removing mud from vehicle wheels before entering pedestrian walkways, parking areas, park roads, private property, and city streets. D. Comply with City traffic and parking regulations. E. Traffic Control Plan: Contractor will prepare, obtain and maintain a Traffic Control Plan approval and permit from the City of Renton for all work associated with S 3rd St. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 50 00 – TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Contract No. CAG-25-044 01 50 00 - 3 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 F. Delivery and Storage: Conduct operations in such a manner as to avoid unnecessary interference to existing pedestrian and vehicle traffic. Do not park vehicles in traffic lanes. Provide flag persons, and traffic control signs and devices as required. Notify Owner in advance of any unusually long or large deliveries. Storage of materials adjacent to the Project site outside of the construction fence is not permitted unless authorized by the Owner. G. No vehicle and equipment access or parking shall be allowed within Seattle Public Utilities (SPU) right of way. 1.11. WASTE REMOVAL A. Provide waste removal facilities and services as required to maintain the site in clean and orderly condition. B. Provide containers with lids. Remove trash from site on a regular basis as needed. C. If materials to be recycled or re-used on the project must be stored on-site, provide suitable non-combustible containers; locate containers holding flammable material outside the structure unless otherwise approved by the authorities having jurisdiction. 1.12. PROJECT IDENTIFICATION A. Provide project identification sign of design and construction per Section 01 58 00. 1.13. EQUIPMENT A. Fire Extinguishers: Portable, UL-rated, with extinguishing agent as required by locations and classes of fire exposure. 1.14. REMOVAL OF UTILITIES, FACILITIES, AND CONTROLS A. Remove temporary utilities, equipment, facilities, materials, prior to Substantial Completion inspection. B. Clean and repair damage caused by installation or use of temporary work. C. Restore existing facilities used during construction to original condition. D. Restore new permanent facilities used during construction to specify condition. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 50 00 – TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Contract No. CAG-25-044 01 50 00 - 4 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 1.15. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulations: Comply with industry standards and applicable laws and regulations of authorities having jurisdiction, including but not limited to: 1. Building code requirements 2. Health and safety regulations 3. Utility company regulations 4. Police, Fire department and rescue squad rules 5. Environmental protection regulations B. Standards: 1. General: Comply with the following: a. NFPA Code 241, "Building Construction and Demolition Operations". b. ANSI-A10 Series standards for "Safety Requirements for Construction and Demolition". 2. Recommendations: Refer to "Guidelines for Bid Conditions for Temporary Job Utilities and Services" prepared jointly by AGC and ASC for industry recommendations. 3. Electrical Service: Comply with NEMA, NECA, and UL standards and regulations for temporary electrical service. Install service in compliance with NEC (NFPA 70). C. Inspections: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to inspect and test each temporary utility before use. Obtain required certifications and permits. 1.16. PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Conditions of Use: 1. Keep temporary services and facilities clean and neat in appearance. Operate in a safe and efficient manner. 2. Take necessary fire prevention measures. 3. Do not overload facilities or permit them to interfere with Owner's operations. 4. Do not allow hazardous, dangerous, or unsanitary conditions or public nuisances to develop or persist on the site. 1.17. SUBMITTALS A. Temporary Facilities Site Plan: Show temporary facilities, utility connections, staging areas and parking areas for construction personnel. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 50 00 – TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Contract No. CAG-25-044 01 50 00 - 5 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 B. Temporary Utilities: Prepare a schedule for Owner's approval indicating dates for implementation and termination of each temporary utility provision. PART 2 – PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 – EXECUTION - NOT USED END OF SECTION WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 58 00 – TEMPORARY PROJECT SIGNAGE Contract No. CAG-25-044 01 58 00 - 1 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 SECTION 01 58 00 – TEMPORARY PROJECT SIGNAGE PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1. SECTION INCLUDES A. Project identification sign. 1.2. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Design sign and structure to withstand 50 miles/hr (80 km/hr) wind velocity. B. Finishes, Painting: Adequate to withstand weathering, fading, and chipping for duration of construction. 1.3. SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements for submittal procedures. PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.1. SIGN MATERIALS A. Structure and Framing: New, wood, structurally adequate. B. Sign Surfaces: Exterior grade plywood with medium density overlay, minimum 3/4 inch (19 mm) thick, standard large size to minimize joints. C. Paint and Primers: Exterior quality, two coats; sign background of white color. D. Lettering: Exterior quality paint, contrasting colors. 2.2. PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGN A. (2) Two painted signs, 4’x8’, bottom 6 feet (2 m) above ground. Locations to be directed by Owner. B. Content: 1. Project title, logo and name of Owner as indicated on Contract Documents. 2. Name of Prime Contractor. 3. Contract Value. 4. Project Schedule 5. Funding Sources. C. Graphic Design, Colors, Style of Lettering: See Appendix. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 58 00 – TEMPORARY PROJECT SIGNAGE Contract No. CAG-25-044 01 58 00 - 2 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 PART 3 – PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1. INSTALLATION A. Receive approval from Owner of signage design prior to installation at site. B. Install project identification sign within 30 days after date fixed by Notice to Proceed. C. Erect at designated locations, as directed by Owner. D. Install sign surface plumb and level, with butt joints. Anchor securely. 3.2. REMOVAL A. Remove signs, framing, supports, and foundations at completion of Project and restore the area. END OF SECTION WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 70 00 – EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS Contract No. CAG-25-044 01 70 00 - 1 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 SECTION 01 70 00 – EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1. SECTION INCLUDES A. Examination, preparation, and general installation procedures. B. Requirements for alterations work, including selective demolition, except removal, disposal, and/or remediation of hazardous materials and toxic substances. C. Pre-installation meetings. D. Cutting and patching. E. Surveying for laying out the work. F. Cleaning and protection. 1.2. RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplemental Conditions and Division 1 specification sections, apply to this section. B. Section 01 50 00 - Temporary Facilities and Controls: Temporary exterior enclosures. C. Section 01 74 00 - Construction Waste Management and Disposal: Additional procedures for trash/waste removal, recycling, salvage, and reuse. D. Section 01 78 00 – Closeout Submittals: O & M, Record Drawings and other documents due at completion. 1.3. REFERENCE STANDARDS A. NFPA 241 - Standard for Safeguarding Construction, Alteration, and Demolition Operations; 2009. 1.4. SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For Land Surveyor (if used) B. Survey work: Submit name, address, and telephone number of Surveyor before starting survey work. 1. Submit documentation verifying accuracy of survey work. 2. Submit a copy of site drawing signed by the Land Surveyor, that the elevations and locations of the work are in conformance with Contract Documents. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 70 00 – EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS Contract No. CAG-25-044 01 70 00 - 2 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 3. Submit digital record survey for the project record in AutoCAD format. Note final location of building, site improvements, benchmarks, and utilities. C. Cutting and Patching: Submit written request in advance of cutting or alteration that affects: 1. Structural integrity of any element of Project. 2. Integrity of weather exposed or moisture resistant element. 3. Efficiency, maintenance, or safety of any operational element. 4. Visual qualities of sight exposed elements. 5. Work of Owner or separate Contractor. 6. Include in request: a. Identification of Project. b. Location and description of affected work. c. Necessity for cutting or alteration. d. Description of proposed work and products to be used. e. Effect on work of Owner or separate Contractor. f. Written permission of affected separate Contractor. g. Date and time work will be executed. D. Project Record Documents: Per Section 01 78 00 Closeout Submittals. 1.5. QUALIFICATIONS A. For survey work, employ a land surveyor registered in State of Washington and acceptable to Owner. Submit evidence of Surveyor's Errors and Omissions insurance coverage in the form of an Insurance Certificate. B. For field engineering, employ a professional engineer of the discipline required for specific service on Project, licensed in Washington. 1.6. PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Dust Control: Execute work by methods to minimize raising dust from construction operations. Provide positive means to prevent air-borne dust from dispersing into atmosphere and over adjacent property. B. Noise Control: Provide methods, means, and facilities to minimize noise produced by construction operations. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 70 00 – EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS Contract No. CAG-25-044 01 70 00 - 3 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 C. Pollution Control: Provide methods, means, and facilities to prevent contamination of soil, water, and atmosphere from discharge of noxious, toxic substances, and pollutants produced by construction operations. Comply with federal, state, and local regulations. 1.7. COORDINATION A. See Section 01 10 00 Summary of Work for occupancy-related requirements. B. Coordinate scheduling, submittals, and work of the various sections of the Project Manual to ensure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements, with provisions for accommodating items installed later. C. Coordinate completion and clean-up of work of separate sections. PART 2 – PRODUCTS (NOT APPLICABLE) PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.1. EXAMINATION A. Verify that existing site conditions and substructure surfaces are acceptable for subsequent work. Start of work means acceptance of existing conditions. B. Verify that existing substructure is capable of structural support or attachment of the work being applied or attached. C. Examine and verify specific conditions described in individual specification sections. D. Take field measurements before confirming product orders or beginning fabrication, to minimize waste due to over-ordering or mis-fabrication. E. Verify that utility services are available, of the correct characteristics, and in the correct locations. F. Prior to Demolition: Examine existing conditions prior to commencing work, including elements subject to damage or movement during demolition. After uncovering existing work, assess conditions affecting performance of work. Beginning of demolition means acceptance of existing conditions. 3.2. PREPARATION A. Clean substrate surfaces prior to applying next material or substance. B. Seal cracks or openings of substrate prior to applying next material or substance. C. Apply manufacturer required or recommended substrate primer, sealer, or conditioner prior to applying any new material or substance in contact or bond. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 70 00 – EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS Contract No. CAG-25-044 01 70 00 - 4 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 3.3. PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS A. When required in individual specification sections, convene a pre-installation meeting at the site prior to commencing work of the section. B. Require attendance of parties directly affecting, or affected by, work of the specific section. C. Notify Owner four days in advance of meeting date. D. Prepare agenda and preside at meeting: 1. Review conditions of examination, preparation and installation procedures. 2. Review coordination with related work. E. Record minutes and distribute copies within two days after meeting to participants, with two copies to Architect/Engineer, Owner, participants, and those affected by decisions made. 3.4. LAYING OUT THE WORK A. Verify locations of survey control points prior to starting work. B. Promptly notify Owner of any discrepancies discovered. C. Contractor shall locate and protect survey control and reference points. D. Control datum for survey is that indicated on Drawings. E. Promptly report to Owner the loss or destruction of any reference point or relocation required because of changes in grades or other reasons. F. Replace dislocated survey control points based on original survey control. Make no changes without prior written notice to Owner. G. Utilize recognized engineering survey practices. H. Establish a minimum of two permanent benchmarks on site, referenced to established control points. Record locations, with horizontal and vertical data, on project record documents. I. Establish elevations, lines and levels. Locate and lay out by instrumentation and similar appropriate means: 1. Site improvements including pavements; stakes for grading, fill and topsoil placement; utility locations, slopes, and invert elevations. 2. Grid or axis for structures. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 70 00 – EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS Contract No. CAG-25-044 01 70 00 - 5 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 J. Periodically verify layouts by same means. K. Maintain a complete and accurate log of control and survey work as it progresses. 3.5. GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Install products as specified in individual sections, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations, and so as to avoid waste due to necessity for replacement. B. Make vertical elements plumb and horizontal elements level, unless otherwise indicated. C. Install equipment and fittings plumb and level, neatly aligned with adjacent vertical and horizontal lines, unless otherwise indicated. D. Make consistent texture on surfaces, with seamless transitions, unless otherwise indicated. E. Make neat transitions between different surfaces, maintaining texture and appearance. 3.6. CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Whenever possible, execute the work by methods that avoid cutting or patching. B. Perform whatever cutting and patching is necessary to: 1. Complete the work. 2. Saw cut existing work smooth to avoid damage to existing work to remain. 3. Fit products together to integrate with other work. 4. Provide openings for penetration of mechanical, electrical, and other services. 5. Match work that has been cut to adjacent work. 6. Repair areas adjacent to cuts to required condition. 7. Repair new work damaged by subsequent work. 8. Remove samples of installed work for testing when requested. 9. Remove and replace defective and non-conforming work. C. Execute cutting and patching including excavation and fill: 1. To complete the work. 2. To uncover work in order to install improperly sequenced work. 3. To remove and replace defective or non-conforming work. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 70 00 – EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS Contract No. CAG-25-044 01 70 00 - 6 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 4. To remove samples of installed work for testing when requested. 5. To provide openings in the work for penetration of mechanical and electrical, and other services. 6. To execute patching to complement adjacent work. 7. To fit materials and products to integrate with other work. D. Execute work by methods, saw cutting, that avoid damage to other work and that will provide appropriate surfaces to receive patching and finishing. In existing work, minimize damage and restore to original condition. E. Employ original installer to perform cutting for weather exposed and moisture resistant elements, and sight exposed surfaces. F. Restore work with new products in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. G. Fit work airtight to pipes, sleeves, ducts, conduit, and other penetrations through surfaces. H. Cutting: 1. Cut work by methods that will not damage work to be retained and work adjoining. Review proposed procedure(s) with original installer where possible and comply with its recommendations. 2. Where cutting is required, cut work with sawing, drilling, coring and grinding tools. Pneumatic hammering and chopping tools not allowed without prior approval. I. Patching: 1. Finish patched surfaces to match finish that existed prior to patching. Patch with seams which are durable and invisible as possible. Comply with specified tolerances of the work. On continuous surfaces, refinish to nearest intersection or natural break. See City of Renton Standard Plans 103, 110, 110.1, 110.2, and 111. For an assembly, refinish entire unit. 2. Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and, where necessary, extend finish restoration onto retained work adjoining in a manner which will eliminate evidence of patching. 3. Where feasible, inspect and test patched areas to demonstrate integrity of work. 4. Match color, texture, and appearance. 5. Repair patched surfaces that are damaged, lifted, discolored, or showing other imperfections due to patching work. If defects are due to condition of substrate, WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 70 00 – EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS Contract No. CAG-25-044 01 70 00 - 7 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 repair substrate prior to repairing finish. 3.7. PROGRESS CLEANING A. Maintain areas free of waste materials, debris, and rubbish. Maintain site in a clean and orderly condition. B. Remove debris and rubbish from pipe chases, plenums, attics, crawl spaces, and other closed or remote spaces, prior to enclosing the space. C. Broom and vacuum clean interior areas prior to start of surface finishing and continue cleaning to eliminate dust. D. Collect and remove waste materials, debris, and trash/rubbish from site periodically and dispose off-site; do not burn or bury. 3.8. PROTECTION OF INSTALLED WORK A. Protect installed work from damage by construction operations. B. Provide special protection where specified in individual specification sections. C. Provide temporary and removable protection for installed products. Control activity in immediate work area to prevent damage. D. Provide protective coverings at walls, projections, jambs, sills, and soffits of openings. E. Protect cast concrete to remain exposed in the finished building, finished floors, stairs, roofing and other surfaces from traffic, dirt, wear, damage, or movement of heavy objects, by protecting with durable sheet materials. F. Prohibit traffic or storage upon waterproofed or roofed surfaces. If traffic or activity is necessary, obtain recommendations for protection from waterproofing or roofing material manufacturer. G. Prohibit traffic from landscaped areas. H. Remove protective coverings when no longer needed; reuse or recycle plastic coverings if possible. 3.9. CLOSE-OUT COORDINATION A. See Section 01 10 00 for occupancy-related requirements. B. Coordinate scheduling, submittals, and work of the various sections of the Project Manual to ensure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements, with provisions for accommodating items installed later. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 70 00 – EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS Contract No. CAG-25-044 01 70 00 - 8 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 C. Notify affected utility companies and comply with their requirements. D. Verify that utility requirements and characteristics of new operating equipment are compatible with building utilities. Coordinate work of various sections having interdependent responsibilities for installing, connecting to, and placing in service, such equipment. E. Coordinate space requirements, supports, and installation of mechanical and electrical work that are indicated diagrammatically on Drawings. Follow Coordination Drawings routing shown for pipes, ducts, and conduit, as closely as practicable; place runs parallel with lines of building. Utilize spaces efficiently to maximize accessibility for other installations, for maintenance, and for repairs. F. In finished areas except as otherwise indicated, conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring within the construction. Coordinate locations of fixtures and outlets with finish elements. G. Coordinate completion and clean-up of work of separate sections. 3.10. SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. Substantial Completion is defined in the General Conditions B. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion, complete the following. List items below that are incomplete in request, provide detailed work plan to complete each item and anticipated dates of completion. 1. Submit Contractor's Punch List. For each item, include the dollar value of Work remaining, and reasons why the Work is not complete. 2. Submit substantial completion checklist. 3. Advise Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements. 4. Obtain and submit releases permitting Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to services and utilities. Include occupancy permits, operating certificates, and similar releases. 5. Prepare and submit initial Operation and Maintenance Manuals, damage or settlement surveys, property surveys, and similar final record information. 6. Make final changeover of permanent locks and deliver keys to Owner. Advise Owner's personnel of changeover in security provisions. 7. Participate in commissioning in accordance with individual specification section requirements. 8. Submit test/adjust/balance records. 9. Terminate and remove temporary facilities from Project site, along with WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 70 00 – EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS Contract No. CAG-25-044 01 70 00 - 9 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 mockups, construction tools, and similar elements. 10. Submit changeover information related to Owner's occupancy, use, operation, and maintenance. 11. Complete final cleaning requirements. 12. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes to eliminate visual defects. C. Inspection: Submit a written request for inspection for Substantial Completion. On receipt of request, Owner and Architect/Engineer will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. During inspection, Owner /Architect/Engineer will verify submitted Contractor's Punch List and will add or deduct items as necessary to form the Owner’s/Architect/Engineer’s Substantial Completion Punch List. The Owner’s/Architect/Engineer’s Substantial Completion Punch List will subsequently be provided to the Contractor for resolution. Owner/Architect/Engineer will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion after inspection or will notify Contractor of items, either on the Contractor's Punch List or the Owner’s/ Architect/Engineer’s Substantial Completion Punch List that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued. 1. Re-inspection: If, following Owner’s/Architect/Engineer’s inspection, Certificate of Substantial Completion is not granted, request re-inspection when the Work identified as incomplete is completed or corrected. Unless waived by Owner, a deductive Change Order for A/E costs will be executed for all Substantial Completion re-inspections. 2. Results of completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for Final Completion. D. Checklist: In order to certify, Substantial Completion, all elements on the Substantial Completion Checklist (attached to this section) MUST be complete. 3.11. FINAL COMPLETION A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting final inspection for determining date of Final Completion, complete the following: 1. Submit specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance service agreements, final certifications, and similar documents. 2. Submit copy of Engineer's Substantial Completion Punch List, with signed and dated certification by the QAM stating that every item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance. 3. Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance requirements. 4. Prepare and submit Project Record Documents, final Operation and Maintenance Manuals, damage or settlement surveys, property surveys, and WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 70 00 – EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS Contract No. CAG-25-044 01 70 00 - 10 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 similar final record information. 5. Deliver tools, spare parts, extra materials, accessory keys, and similar items to location designated by Owner. Label with manufacturer's name and model number where applicable. Except where impractical, provide parts and materials in original unopened packaging. Permanently label all accessory keys. 6. Complete any deferred testing as defined in technical specifications. 7. Submit pest-control final inspection report and certification. 8. Instruct Owner's personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of products, equipment, and systems. 9. Submit Application for Final Payment and required support documentation and certifications according to Division 1 Section "Payment Procedures." B. Inspection: Submit a written request for final inspection for acceptance. On receipt of request, Architect/Engineer will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements and notify Owner of their findings. Owner will certify Application for Final Payment after inspection or will notify Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued. 1. Re-inspection: Request re-inspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected. Unless waived by Owner, a deductive Change Order for A/E costs will be executed for Final Completion re-inspections greater than one in number. C. Checklist: In order to certify, Final Completion, all elements on the Final Completion Checklist (attached to this section) MUST be complete. 3.12. LIST OF INCOMPLETE ITEMS (CONTRACTOR'S PUNCH LIST) A. General: The QAM shall prepare a single list of items to be completed and corrected. Include name and identification of each space and area affected by construction operations for incomplete items and items needing correction including, if necessary, areas disturbed by Contractor that are outside the limits of construction. Use layout provided in electronic format by Engineer. Submit three copies of list. 3.13. FINAL CLEANING A. Execute final cleaning prior to Substantial Completion. B. Use cleaning materials that are nonhazardous. C. Clean surfaces exposed to view; remove temporary labels, stains and foreign substances. D. Clean equipment and fixtures to a sanitary condition with cleaning materials appropriate to the surface and material being cleaned. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 70 00 – EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS Contract No. CAG-25-044 01 70 00 - 11 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 E. Clean site: sweep paved areas, rake clean landscaped surfaces. F. Remove waste, surplus materials, trash/rubbish, and construction facilities from the site; dispose of in legal manner; do not burn or bury. END OF SECTION WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 74 00 – CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL Contract No. CAG-25-044 01 74 00 - 1 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 SECTION 01 74 00 – CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1. WASTE MANAGEMENT REQUIREMENTS A. Owner requires that this project generate the least amount of trash and waste possible. B. Employ processes that ensure the generation of as little waste as possible due to error, poor planning, breakage, mishandling, contamination, or other factors. C. Minimize trash/waste disposal in landfills; reuse, salvage, or recycle as much waste as economically feasible. D. Required Recycling, Salvage, and Reuse: The following may not be disposed of in landfills or by incineration: 1. Aluminum and plastic beverage containers. 2. Corrugated cardboard. 3. Wood pallets. 4. Treated wood. 5. Metals, including packaging banding, metal studs, sheet metal, structural steel, piping, reinforcing bars, and other items made of steel, iron, galvanized steel, stainless steel, aluminum, copper, zinc, lead, brass, and bronze. 6. Glass. 7. Plastic sheeting. E. Contractor shall develop and follow a Waste Management Plan designed to implement these requirements. F. Methods of trash/waste disposal that are not acceptable are: 1. Burning on the project site. 2. Burying on the project site. 3. Dumping or burying on other property, public or private. 4. Other illegal dumping or burying. G. Regulatory Requirements: Contractor is responsible for knowing and complying with regulatory requirements, including but not limited to Federal, State, and King County requirements, Ordinance 18166 codified in King County Code Chapter 10.30, Construction and Demolition Waste, and City of Renton requirements pertaining to legal disposal of all construction and demolition waste materials. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 74 00 – CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL Contract No. CAG-25-044 01 74 00 - 2 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 1.2. RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplemental Conditions and Division 1 specification sections, apply to this section. B. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Additional requirements for project meetings, reports, submittal procedures, and project documentation. C. Section 01 50 00 - Temporary Facilities and Controls: Additional requirements related to trash/waste collection and removal facilities and services. D. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Trash/waste prevention procedures related to demolition, cutting and patching, installation, protection, and cleaning. 1.3. DEFINITIONS A. Clean: Untreated and unpainted; not contaminated with oils, solvents, caulk, adhesives, glues, or the like. B. Construction and Demolition Waste: Solid wastes typically including building materials, packaging, trash, debris, and rubble resulting from construction, repair and demolition operations. C. Hazardous: Exhibiting the characteristics of hazardous substances, i.e., ignitability, corrosively, toxicity or reactivity. D. Nonhazardous: Exhibiting none of the characteristics of hazardous substances, i.e., ignitability, corrosively, toxicity, or reactivity. E. Nontoxic: Neither immediately poisonous to humans nor poisonous after a long period of exposure. F. Recyclable: The ability of a product or material to be recovered at the end of its life cycle and remanufactured into a new product for reuse by others. G. Recycle: To remove a waste material from the project site to another site for remanufacture into a new product for reuse by others. H. Recycling: The process of sorting, cleansing, treating and reconstituting solid waste and other discarded materials for the purpose of using the altered form. Recycling does not include burning, incinerating, or thermally destroying waste. I. Return: To give back reusable items or unused products to vendors for credit. J. Reuse: To reuse a construction waste material in some manner on the project site. K. Salvage: To remove a waste material from the project site to another site for resale or reuse by others. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 74 00 – CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL Contract No. CAG-25-044 01 74 00 - 3 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 L. Sediment: Soil and other debris that has been eroded and transported by storm or well production run-off water. M. Source Separation: The act of keeping different types of waste materials separate beginning from the first time they become waste. N. Toxic: Poisonous to humans either immediately or after a long period of exposure. O. Trash: Any product or material unable to be reused, returned, recycled, or salvaged. P. Waste: Extra material or material that has reached the end of its useful life in its intended use. Waste includes salvageable, returnable, recyclable, and reusable material. 1.4. SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Waste Management Plan: Include the following information: 1. Analysis of the trash and waste projected to be generated during the entire project construction cycle, including types and quantities. 2. Landfill Options: The name, address, and telephone number of the landfill(s) where trash/waste will be disposed of, the applicable landfill tipping fee(s), and the projected cost of disposing of all project trash/waste in the landfill(s). 3. Landfill Alternatives: List all waste materials that will be diverted from landfills by reuse, salvage, or recycling. 4. Meetings: Describe regular meetings to be held to address waste prevention, reduction, recycling, salvage, reuse, and disposal. 5. Materials Handling Procedures: Describe the means by which materials to be diverted from landfills will be protected from contamination and prepared for acceptance by designated facilities; include separation procedures for recyclables, storage, and packaging. 6. Transportation: Identify the destination and means of transportation of materials to be recycled, i.e. whether materials will be site-separated and self- hauled to designated centers, or whether mixed materials will be collected by a waste hauler. C. Waste Disposal Reports: Submit at specified intervals, with details of quantities of trash and waste, means of disposal or reuse, and costs; show both totals to date and since last report. 1. Submit updated Report with each Application for Progress Payment; failure to submit Report will delay payment. 2. Submit Report on a form acceptable to Owner. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 74 00 – CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL Contract No. CAG-25-044 01 74 00 - 4 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 3. Landfill Disposal: Include the following information: a. Identification of material. b. Amount, in tons or cubic yards (cubic meters), of trash/waste material from the project disposed of in landfills. c. State the identity of landfills, total amount of tipping fees paid to landfill, and total disposal cost. d. Include manifests, weight tickets, receipts, and invoices as evidence of quantity and cost. 4. Recycled and Salvaged Materials: Include the following information for each: a. Identification of material, including those retrieved by installer for use on other projects. b. Amount, in tons or cubic yards (cubic meters), date removed from the project site, and receiving party. c. Transportation cost, amount paid or received for the material, and the net total cost or savings of salvage or recycling each material. d. Include manifests, weight tickets, receipts, and invoices as evidence of quantity and cost. e. Certification by receiving party that materials will not be disposed of in landfills or by incineration. 5. Material Reused on Project: Include the following information for each: a. Identification of material and how it was used in the project. b. Amount, in tons or cubic yards (cubic meters). c. Include weight tickets as evidence of quantity. 6. Other Disposal Methods: Include information similar to that described above, as appropriate to disposal method. PART 2 – PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.1. WASTE MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES A. See Section 01 30 00 for additional requirements for project meetings, reports, submittal procedures, and project documentation. B. See Section 01 50 00 for additional requirements related to trash/waste collection and removal facilities and services. C. See Section 01 70 00 for trash/waste prevention procedures related to demolition, cutting and patching, installation, protection, and cleaning. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 74 00 – CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL Contract No. CAG-25-044 01 74 00 - 5 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 3.2. WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN IMPLEMENTATION A. Manager: Designate an on-site person or persons responsible for instructing workers and overseeing and documenting results of the Waste Management Plan. B. Communication: Distribute copies of the Waste Management Plan to job site foreman, each subcontractor, Owner, and Engineer. C. Instruction: Provide on-site instruction of appropriate separation, handling, and recycling, salvage, reuse, and return methods to be used by all parties at the appropriate stages of the project. D. Meetings: Discuss trash/waste management goals and issues at project meetings. 1. Pre-construction meeting. 2. Regular job-site meetings. E. Facilities: Provide specific facilities for separation and storage of materials for recycling, salvage, reuse, return, and trash disposal, for use by all contractors and installers. 1. Provide containers as required. 2. Provide adequate space for pick-up and delivery and convenience to subcontractors. 3. Keep recycling and trash/waste bin areas neat and clean and clearly marked in order to avoid contamination of materials. F. Hazardous Wastes: Separate, store, and dispose of hazardous wastes according to applicable regulations. G. Recycling: Separate, store, protect, and handle at the site identified recyclable waste products in order to prevent contamination of materials and to maximize recyclability of identified materials. Arrange for timely pickups from the site or deliveries to recycling facility in order to prevent contamination of recyclable materials. H. Reuse of Materials On-Site: Set aside, sort, and protect separated products in preparation for reuse. I. Salvage: Set aside, sort, and protect products to be salvaged for reuse off-site. END OF SECTION WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 78 00 – CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS Contract No. CAG-25-044 01 78 00 - 1 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 SECTION 01 78 00 – CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS PART 1 – PART 1 GENERAL 1.1. SECTION INCLUDES A. Project Record Documents. B. Operation and Maintenance Data. C. Warranties and bonds. 1.2. RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplemental Conditions and Division 1 specification sections, apply to this section. B. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Submittals procedures, shop drawings, product data, and samples. C. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Contract closeout procedures. Substantial Completion and Final Completions Checklists. D. Individual Product Sections: Specific requirements for operation and maintenance data. E. Individual Product Sections: Warranties required for specific products or Work. 1.3. SUBMITTALS A. Project Record Documents: Submit documents to Owner with claim for final Application for Payment. B. Operation and Maintenance Data: 1. Submit PDF preliminary draft or proposed formats and outlines of contents at least 10 days before requesting inspection for Substantial Completion. Owner/Architect/Engineer will review draft and return one copy with comments. 2. For equipment, or component parts of equipment put into service during construction and operated by Owner, submit completed documents within ten days after acceptance. 3. Submit completed documents 15 days prior to final inspection. This will be reviewed and returned after final inspection, with Owner/Architect/Engineer comments. Revise content of all document sets as required prior to final submission. 4. Submit revised final documents in final form within 10 days after final inspection. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 78 00 – CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS Contract No. CAG-25-044 01 78 00 - 2 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 C. Warranties and Bonds: 1. For equipment or component parts of equipment put into service during construction with Owner's permission, submit documents within 10 days after acceptance. 2. Make other submittals within 10 days after Date of Substantial Completion, prior to final Application for Payment. Provide original hardcopy in binder and digital copy as PDF, provide tabs for all future items. 3. For items of Work for which acceptance is delayed beyond Date of Substantial Completion, submit within 10 days after acceptance, listing the date of acceptance as the beginning of the warranty period. PART 2 – PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.1. RECORD DRAWINGS A. Record Prints: Maintain one full-size set of full-size hard copy black and white prints of the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings. 1. Identification: In red ink and block letters, label each Record Drawing, including cover sheets, "PROJECT RECORD DRAWING" in a prominent location on title block. Show all addenda changes on the applicable drawing sheet or specification section. 2. Preparation: Mark Record Prints to show the actual installation where installation varies from that shown originally. Require individual or entity who obtained record data, whether individual or entity is Installer, subcontractor, or similar entity, to prepare the marked-up Record Prints. a. Give particular attention to information on concealed elements that would be difficult to identify or measure and record later. b. Accurately record information in an understandable drawing technique. c. Record data as soon as possible after obtaining it. Record and check the markup before enclosing concealed installations. 3. Content: Types of items requiring marking include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Dimensional changes to Drawings. b. Revisions to details shown on Drawings. c. Changes made by Change Order. d. Changes made by Supplemental Instruction. e. Details not on the original Contract Drawings. f. Field records for variable and concealed conditions. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 78 00 – CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS Contract No. CAG-25-044 01 78 00 - 3 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 g. Record information on the Work that is shown only schematically. 4. Mark the Contract Drawings or Shop Drawings, whichever is most capable of showing actual physical conditions, completely and accurately. If Shop Drawings are marked, show cross-reference on the Contract Drawings. 5. Mark record sets with erasable, red-colored pencil. Use other reproducible colors to distinguish between changes for different categories of the Work at same location. 6. Mark important additional information that was either shown schematically or omitted from original Drawings. 7. Note alternate numbers, Change Order numbers, Supplemental Instruction numbers, and similar identification, where applicable. B. Newly Prepared Record Drawings: Prepare new Drawings instead of preparing Record Drawings where Engineer determines that neither the original Contract Drawings nor Shop Drawings are suitable to show actual installation. 1. New Drawings may be required when a Change Order is issued as a result of accepting an alternate, substitution, or other modification. Consult Owner for proper scale and scope of detailing and notations required to record the actual physical installation and its relation to other construction. Integrate newly prepared Record Drawings into Record Drawing sets; comply with procedures for formatting, organizing, copying, binding, and submitting. Include title blocks matching original drawings and assign appropriate sheet numbers. C. Binding: Organize Record Prints and newly prepared Record Drawings into manageable sets and create organized, tabbed PDFs at full scale. Include identification on cover sheets and tabs. 3.2. RECORD SPECIFICATIONS A. General: Annotate by striking out products/manufacturers not included in the work to provide a record of selections made. 1. Note related Change Orders, Record Product Data, and Record Drawings where applicable. B. Mark Specifications to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies from that indicated in Specifications. Include addenda and contract modifications. 1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be readily identified and recorded later. 2. Create a PDF copy with each section tabbed. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 78 00 – CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS Contract No. CAG-25-044 01 78 00 - 4 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 3.3. RECORD PRODUCT DATA A. Where the actual product or installation varies substantially from that indicated in previously submitted and approved Product Data, submit Record Product Data marked to indicate actual condition. 1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be readily identified and recorded later. 2. Include significant changes in the product delivered to Project site and changes in manufacturer's written instructions for installation. 3. Note related Change Orders, Record Specifications, and Record Drawings where applicable. 4. Where Record Product Data is required as part of Operation and Maintenance Manuals, submit marked-up Product Data as an insert in manual instead of submittal as Record Product Data. 3.4. MISCELLANEOUS RECORD SUBMITTALS A. Assemble miscellaneous records required by other Specification Sections for miscellaneous record keeping and submittal in connection with actual performance of the Work. Provide full size PDFs in an organized and tabbed file for miscellaneous records and identify each. 3.5. O&M MANUALS, GENERAL A. Provide PDF files that are organized by section and file and fully tabbed and labeled. Provide files in original size, oriented and rotated in the document to read from top to bottom or screen. Scan or save files at a resolution suitable to clearly read all information at original size. Do not use overly large file sizes. Where operation and maintenance documentation includes information furnished by multiple sources, assemble and coordinate information into a comprehensive whole. Eliminate all redundant, inapplicable, or unnecessary information so that submitted documentation reflects only actual installation. The QAM is responsible for final assembly of manuals. B. Identify each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment with same designation used in the Contract Documents. If no designation exists, assign a designation according to ASHRAE Guideline 4, "Preparation of Operating and Maintenance Documentation for Building Systems." C. Directory: Provide a separate directory PDF file summarizing the contents of all O&M Manuals. Include a section in the directory for each of the following: 1. Tables of Contents: Include a table of contents for each O&M Manual. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 78 00 – CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS Contract No. CAG-25-044 01 78 00 - 5 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 2. List of Systems and Subsystems: List systems alphabetically. Include references to O&M Manuals that contain information about each system, and separate references to Specification Sections in which each system or subsystem is addressed. 3. List of Equipment: List equipment for each system, organized alphabetically by system. For pieces of equipment not part of system, list alphabetically in separate list. D. Organization: Unless otherwise indicated, organize each manual into a separate section for each system and subsystem, and a separate section for each piece of equipment not part of a system. Each manual shall contain the following materials, in the order listed: 1. Title page. 2. Table of contents. 3. Manual contents. E. Title Page: Tab and label the title page. Include the following information: 1. Subject matter included in manual. 2. Name and address of Project. 3. Name and address of Owner. 4. Date of submittal. 5. Name, address, and telephone number of Contractor. 6. Name and address of Engineer. 7. Cross-reference to related systems in other O&M Manuals. F. Table of Contents: List each product included in manual, identified by product name, indexed to the content of the volume, and cross-referenced to Specification Section number in Project Manual. 1. If operation or maintenance documentation requires more than one volume to accommodate data, include comprehensive table of contents for all volumes in each volume of the set. G. Manual Contents: Organize into sets of manageable size. Arrange contents alphabetically by system, subsystem, and equipment. If possible, assemble instructions for subsystems, equipment, and components of one system into a single binder. 1. Files: File type and format as approved by Owner. Documents shall be PDFs in 8-1/2-by- 11-inch format. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 78 00 – CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS Contract No. CAG-25-044 01 78 00 - 6 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 a. If two or more files are necessary to accommodate data of a system, organize data in each into groupings by subsystem and related components. Cross-reference other files if necessary to provide essential information for proper operation or maintenance of equipment or system. b. Identify each file," Project title or name, and subject matter of contents. Indicate volume number for multiple-volume sets. Use layout supplied by Owner in electronic format approved by Owner. 2. Dividers: Reinforced heavy-paper dividers with plastic-covered tabs for each section. Mark each tab to indicate contents. Include typed list of products and major components of equipment included in the section on each divider, cross- referenced to Specification Section number and title of Project Manual. 3. Protective Plastic Sleeves: Transparent plastic sleeves designed to enclose diagnostic software media for computerized electronic equipment. 4. Supplementary Text: Prepared on 8-1/2-by-11-inch white bond paper. 5. Drawings: Scan at original size at resolution suitable to read all documentation on the drawing sheet. Do not use higher than necessary resolution resulting in overly large files. 3.6. PRODUCT MAINTENANCE COMPONENT OF O&M MANUALS A. Content: Organize digital PDF manual into a separate section for each product, material, and finish. Include source information, product information, maintenance procedures, repair materials and sources, and warranties and bonds, as described below. B. Source Information: List each product included in manual, identified by product name and arranged to match manual's table of contents. For each product, list name, address, and telephone number of Installer or supplier and maintenance service agent, and cross-reference Specification Section number and title in Project Manual. C. Product Information: Include the following, as applicable: 1. Product name and model number. 2. Manufacturer's name. 3. Color, pattern, and texture. 4. Material and chemical composition. 5. Reordering information for specially manufactured products. D. Maintenance Procedures: Include manufacturer's written recommendations and the following: 1. Inspection procedures. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 78 00 – CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS Contract No. CAG-25-044 01 78 00 - 7 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 2. Types of cleaning agents to be used and methods of cleaning. 3. List of cleaning agents and methods of cleaning detrimental to product. 4. Schedule for routine cleaning and maintenance. 5. Repair instructions. E. Repair Materials and Sources: Include lists of materials and local sources of materials and related services. F. Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances and conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds. 1. Include procedures to follow and required notifications for warranty claims. 3.7. SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE COMPONENT OF O&M MANUALS A. Content: For each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system, include source information, manufacturers' maintenance documentation, maintenance procedures, maintenance and service schedules, spare parts list and source information, maintenance service contracts, and warranty and bond information, as described below. B. Source Information: List each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment included in manual, identified by product name and arranged to match manual's table of contents. For each product, list name, address, and telephone number of Installer or supplier and maintenance service agent, and cross-reference Specification Section number and title in Project Manual. C. Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances and conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds. 1. Include procedures to follow and required notifications for warranty claims. 3.8. WARRANTIES AND BONDS A. Obtain warranties and bonds, executed in duplicate by responsible Subcontractors, suppliers, and manufacturers, within 10 days after completion of the applicable item of work. Except for items put into use with Owner's permission, leave date of beginning of time of warranty until the Date of Substantial completion is determined. B. Verify that documents are in proper form, contain full information, and are notarized. C. Co-execute submittals when required. D. Retain warranties and bonds until time specified for submittal. E. Manual: Bind in commercial quality 8-1/2 by 11 inch (216 by 279 mm) three D side ring binders with durable plastic no-print-transfer-type covers. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 78 00 – CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS Contract No. CAG-25-044 01 78 00 - 8 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 F. Cover: Identify each binder with typed or printed title WARRANTIES AND BONDS, with title of Project; name, address and telephone number of Contractor and equipment supplier; and name of responsible company principal. G. Table of Contents: Neatly typed, in the sequence of the Table of Contents of the Project Manual, with each item identified with the number and title of the specification section in which specified, and the name of product or work item. H. Separate each warranty or bond with index tab sheets keyed to the Table of Contents listing. Provide full information, using separate typed sheets as necessary. List Subcontractor, supplier, and manufacturer, with name, address, and telephone number of responsible principal. END OF SECTION WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 02 – EXISTING CONDITIONS SECTION 02 41 00 – SITE DEMOLITION Contract No. CAG-25-044 02 41 00 - 1 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 SECTION 02 41 00 – SITE DEMOLITION PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1. SUMMARY A. Furnish all materials, equipment, labor, and related items necessary to complete the work shown on the Contract Drawings and/or Contract Specifications. The items of work to be performed shall include but are not limited to all items shown on Contract Drawings. In summary these include: 1. Selective site clearing & grubbing. 2. Protecting existing utilities, lighting, and services. 3. Protecting existing site elements to remain. 4. Remove select existing trees. 5. Protection of existing trees to remain. 6. Cap and abandon existing utilities per City of Renton standards. 7. Remove existing curbs, asphalt paving, and concrete paving. 8. Remove and salvage of existing site furnishings and light fixture items; and returning to City of Renton. 9. Salvage and store existing metal fencing for reuse. 10. Salvage existing trash can, parking signs, and boulders and store for reuse. 11. Remove existing catch basin and storm drainage lines, cap all lines abandoned in place and not removed, and note the precise location on the record drawings. 12. Remove existing stairs, railings, and concrete seating (including any footings). 13. Salvage and store all existing irrigation heads, vales, and spray bodies for reuse. 14. Cut, cap, and abandon in place or remove existing irrigation lines encountered as required for new construction. 15. Salvage and store existing light poles and junction boxes. 16. Cut, cap and abandon in place or remove existing electrical conduit lines encountered as required for new construction. 1.2. RELATED WORK A. Related work in other sections of these Specifications includes but is not limited to: 1. Specification 01 50 00 – TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS. 2. Specification 01 74 19 – CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 02 – EXISTING CONDITIONS SECTION 02 41 00 – SITE DEMOLITION Contract No. CAG-25-044 02 41 00 - 2 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 3. Specification 31 10 00 – SITE PREPARATION. 4. Specification 31 23 13 – SUBGRADE PREPARATION. 5. Specification 31 23 16 – EXCAVATION. 6. Specification 31 23 23.00 – FILL AND BACKFILL. 7. Specification 31 23 23.15 – TRENCH BACKFILL. 8. Specification 32 90 00 – PLANTING. 1.3. REFERENCES A. This specification section incorporates by reference the latest revisions of the following documents. 1. Specification Appendix C – Building Asbestos and Lead Assessment Report. 2. City of Renton Standard Details for removal, capping, and abandoning underground utility lines; most current version. 1.4. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. For the handling and disposal of Hazardous and/or Dangerous Waste materials the following requirements shall apply: 1. The Contractor’s disposal company and transporter shall have their TSD State and Federal Waste Generation ID’s and shall be currently certified to handle the specified waste substances. 2. The Contractor or disposal sub‐contractor shall be capable of both recycling of usable materials and recovery/disposal of Hazardous/Dangerous Waste substances. 3. Removal of Asbestos Containing Materials (ACM) must be conducted by a State of Washington certified asbestos abatement contractor. 4. Comply with all rules, regulations, and requirements of the State of Washington Occupational Safety and Health (OSHA), Washington State Industrial Safety and Health Act (WISHA), Puget Sound Clean Air Authority (PSCAA), Washington State Department of Ecology (DOE) and the Washington State Department of Labor and Industries (L&I) for asbestos abatement and removal of lead. Refer to Appendix C Building Asbestos and Lead Assessment Report. 1.5. SUBMITTALS A. Submit copy of State of Washington Asbestos Abatement Certification prior to removal of ACM. B. Disposal Certification per section 3.12 B. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 02 – EXISTING CONDITIONS SECTION 02 41 00 – SITE DEMOLITION Contract No. CAG-25-044 02 41 00 - 3 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 1.6. PROTECTION A. Provide protective cover and barriers as necessary to prevent damage and straining to all existing site improvements to remain during construction. B. Install temporary erosion control facilities and tree protection prior to commencing demolition operations in accordance with Specification 01 50 00 and as indicated on the Contract Drawings. C. Provide Tree Protection in accordance as indicated on the Contract Drawings. D. Contact respective utility maintenance agencies to verify location of active utilities prior to excavation. Keep active utilities intact and in continuous operation. Protect active utility pipes and electrical systems encountered, as well as notify persons owning same. E. Protect neighboring property, occupants of said property, customers, visitors, passers‐ by from injury and discomfort caused by dust or debris. F. Maintain street and site drains, catch basins, and sewers open for free drainage. 1.7. STORAGE AND HANDLING OF SALVAGED MATERIAL A. Store and handle salvaged material with sufficient care to prevent scratches and other damage to finishes and materials. B. Store salvaged material to prevent corrosion, deterioration, and damage. C. Bent, dented, scratched, chipped, or otherwise damaged items are not acceptable for reinstallation and must be replaced by items and components in new condition. 1.8. OBJECTIONABLE NOISES A. Limit use of air hammers and all other noise producing equipment as much as possible. B. Conform to local governing noise restrictions and requirements. 1.9. JOB CONDITIONS A. Visit site prior to bidding to determine nature of existing site conditions, materials, and other conditions that may affect work. Drawings of previously existing facilities are available for information only and do not necessarily reflect the actual conditions. The Contractor shall verify locations of existing utilities prior to proceeding with any work. B. Carefully maintain all benchmarks, monuments, and other reference points. If disturbed or destroyed, replace at the Contractor’s expense. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 02 – EXISTING CONDITIONS SECTION 02 41 00 – SITE DEMOLITION Contract No. CAG-25-044 02 41 00 - 4 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 C. Underground utilities and elements: Locate all underground utilities and elements prior to digging and/or driving stakes. Take care, to neither disturb nor damage any existing above ground or underground utilities or elements noted to be protected. The Contractor shall call Utility Notification Center (811) or (800) 424‐5555 or click www.callbeforeyoudig.org for utility location at or near the Public Rights‐of‐Way / Property Lines, and can also call Locating, Inc. (425) 392‐6412, CNI (206) 255‐8650 or Applied Professional Services (425) 313‐1034 for location of utilities within the site, (note: these firms will charge for services rendered). The Contractor must pay for all fees and costs associated with utility disconnect, capping of lines, and meter removals required within the Public Rights‐of‐Way. D. Do not disturb utilities within the Seattle Public Utilities (SPU) Right of Way. Known utilities include SPU water lines. If a conflict arises regarding the utilities, notify Owner (City of Renton), Owner’s Representative, and the SPU Inspector (as applicable) immediately. E. Meet with Owner and the Owner’s Representative on‐site once Contractor has verified the location of utilities with the Contractor’s location services. F. Utility Shutoffs: Coordinate all work with other Division 01 requirements. Do not shut off or cap utilities without prior notice. Keep streets, sidewalks and site clean and free from debris at all times. Keep both street and site drainage systems open for free passage of runoff at all times. Provide siltation control and catch basin protection as required by Best Managements Practices and Drainage Codes as required and/or directed by the Owner’s Representative. G. Submit written verification that all appropriate services have been disconnected. 1.10. PERMITS, CODES, & REGULATIONS A. Obtain and pay for all necessary permits and fees as required by Local Authority and prevailing ordinances and/or codes. B. Keep fully informed and shall comply with all existing laws, codes, ordinances, and regulations, which in any way affect the conduct of the work. C. Comply with environmental agencies, building codes and other local requirements that are more stringent than included in Contract Specifications. 1.11. CONDUCT OF WORK A. Confine operations to the working areas allotted by the Owner for operations, including material and equipment storage. B. Progressively clean the work site of debris and rubbish as the work proceeds. PART 2 – PRODUCTS WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 02 – EXISTING CONDITIONS SECTION 02 41 00 – SITE DEMOLITION Contract No. CAG-25-044 02 41 00 - 5 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 2.1. MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. As required to complete the work as shown on the Contract Drawings and/or as specified in the Contract Specifications. PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.1. PREPARATION A. Review the topographical survey documents included in the Contract Drawings, the geotechnical report (for reference only) in Appendix B, the Archaeological Monitoring in Appendix I, and visit the site in order to make determination of the site improvements to be demolished and removed including above and below‐ grade demolitions. 3.2. CLEARING AND GRUBBING A. In areas shown in the Contract Drawings, clear and grub the vegetation and root layers, obstructions, and debris to a soil depth of 4 inches and disposed of off‐site. This soil layer shall not be acceptable for reuse. 1. Do not remove trees or other vegetation indicated to remain. 2. Use only hand methods for grubbing within drip line of trees to remain. B. Fill depressions caused by clearing and grubbing operations with Lawn Soil and Sod Lawn per specification 32 90 00 – PLANTING and Earthwork specifications in Division 31 unless further excavation or earthwork is indicated in the Contract Drawings. C. Remove debris, rock, and extracted plant life from site and haul to an approved offsite disposal location. Do not burn or bury materials onsite. 3.3. TOPSOIL STRIPPING A. Remove grass before stripping topsoil, and dispose of grass and roots offsite at an approved location. B. Strip topsoil to whatever depths are encountered in a manner to prevent intermingling with underlying non‐organic subsoil. C. Strip surface soil of unsuitable topsoil including trash, debris, weeds, roots, and other waste materials and remove from project site. D. Existing topsoil may be stockpiled for reuse as fill material. Refer to Specification 32 90 00 for requirements for reuse of existing, native topsoil. 3.4. REMOVAL OF TREES A. Removal of trees includes digging out and grinding of stumps, digging out WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 02 – EXISTING CONDITIONS SECTION 02 41 00 – SITE DEMOLITION Contract No. CAG-25-044 02 41 00 - 6 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 obstructions, and grubbing roots. Completely remove stumps, roots, obstructions, and debris to a minimum depth of 18 inches below exposed subgrade. Notify Owner’s Representative in writing for site review prior to filling depressions left by removal activity. B. Do not remove trees, shrubs, and other vegetation indicated to remain in the Contract Drawings. C. Fill depressions caused by tree removal operations with Lawn Soil and Sod Lawn per specification 32 90 00 ‐ PLANTING unless further excavation or earthwork is indicated in the Contract Drawings. 3.5. REMOVAL OF CONCRETE PAVING, CONCRETE CURBS, AND ASPHALT PAVING A. Identify the areas as shown on Contract Drawings of existing concrete paving, concrete curbs, and asphalt paving that is designated to be removed. B. Provide a clean, sawn edge through the material to be removed to protect adjacent paving or curb to remain. Use care to protect paved edges to remain as the saw‐cut edge will remain as the finished edge against new concrete work. C. Completely remove concrete paving, concrete curb, and asphalt paving including base courses to the depth of the existing subgrade. Care must be taken not to undermine adjacent paving to remain. 3.6. REMOVE IRRIGATION EQUIPMENT A. Identify areas as shown on Contract Drawings of existing irrigation system to be removed for approval of the Owner’s Representative prior to commencing this work. B. After approval, remove lateral pipe, mainline, heads, control wires, and other irrigation items as shown on Contract Drawings. C. Use care to not damage equipment and piping to remain in place at connection points. D. Cap and abandon pipe that is to remain as shown on Contract Drawings. E. Salvage and return to Owner the Irrigation Controller (modules and cabinet). 3.7. REPAIR AND REPLACE A. Repair to minor damages to existing work that is to be protected will only be allowed as reviewed and approved by the Owner’s Representative. B. Repair work must be provided in first quality, workmanlike condition and per manufacturer’s written instructions. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 02 – EXISTING CONDITIONS SECTION 02 41 00 – SITE DEMOLITION Contract No. CAG-25-044 02 41 00 - 7 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 C. Remove all damaged components as determined by the Owner’s Representative. D. Irreparable damage to existing items of the park must be replaced in‐kind in a workmanlike manner per original contract drawings for that work. E. Replacement work of and repair work to existing built work that was to be protected is at no cost to the Owner. 3.8. REMOVAL OF EXISTING STRUCTURES AND SITE ELEMENTS A. Remove existing above and below grade structures and site elements as indicated in Contract Drawings and as necessary to facilitate new construction improvements. 3.9. REMOVAL OF UTILITIES A. Trenches, holes, or pits that result from demolition activities shall be filled to existing grade with imported trench backfill per specification 31 23 23.15 – TRENCH BACKFILL or Soil per specification 32 90 00 – PLANTING, whichever applies per the depths shown in the Contract Drawings. All excavated material must be properly disposed of off‐site. B. Remove utilities as indicated on the Contract Drawings. Terminate utilities in accordance with the requirements of the Utility Provider. Where pipe abandonment is noted in Contract Drawings, completely fill abandoned pipe with flowable cement slurry. C. Contractor shall arrange for disconnecting and sealing indicated utilities that serve existing structures before site clearing. Verify that utilities have been disconnected and capped before proceeding with site clearing. D. Coordinate and pay for any utility provider fees associated with disconnecting services. E. Locate, identify, and disconnect utilities indicated to be abandoned in place. F. Provide coordination with all serving utility agencies. G. Protect existing utilities to remain. 3.10. REMOVAL OF ITEMS WITH BELOW GRADE FOUNDATIONS A. Removal of items with buried foundations as noted in the Contract Drawings include the removal of the item, the foundation, and any gravel base material below the foundation. Backfill holes with imported backfill per specification 31 23 23 – FILL AND BACKFILL. 3.11. REMOVAL OF SURFACE MOUNTED ITEMS WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 02 – EXISTING CONDITIONS SECTION 02 41 00 – SITE DEMOLITION Contract No. CAG-25-044 02 41 00 - 8 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 A. Removal of surface mounted items include the removal of all surface mounting hardware, metal chains, and locks. 3.12. CLEAN UP A. All work areas shall be kept clean during progress of work and until completion. Dispose of all surplus materials, waste materials, and rubbish off‐site in accordance with all governmental laws, regulations, and ordinances. B. Provide certification from disposal site operator stating the disposal site complies with all governmental regulations. The Contractor, in a manner consistent with all government regulations, shall dispose of the refuse resulting from demolition. In no case shall refuse material be left on the project site, or be buried in embankments or trenches on the project site. All effort shall be made to recycle materials whenever possible. Maintain hauling routes clean and free of any debris resulting from work of this Section C. No on‐site burning will be permitted. END OF SECTION WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 03 – CONCRETE SECTION 03 10 00 – CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES Contract No. CAG-25-044 03 10 00 - 1 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 SECTION 03 10 00 – CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1. REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this section: 1. American Concrete Institute (ACI): a 117, Specification for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials. b 301, Specifications for Structural Concrete. a. 318, Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete and Commentary. 1.2. DEFINITIONS A. Defective Areas: See definition in Section 03 30 00, Cast-in-Place Concrete. B. Exposed Concrete: See definition in Section 03 30 00, Cast-in-Place Concrete. 1.3. DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Design formwork in accordance with ACI 301 and ACI 318 to provide concrete finishes specified in Section 03 30 00, Cast-in-Place Concrete. B. When high-range water reducer (superplasticizer) is used in concrete mix, form design shall account for increased hydrostatic pressures. C. Joints in forms shall be watertight. D. Limit panel deflection to 1/360th of each component span to achieve tolerances specified. 1.4. SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: 1. Product Data: Form release agent. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 03 – CONCRETE SECTION 03 10 00 – CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES Contract No. CAG-25-044 03 10 00 - 2 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.1. FORM MATERIALS A. General: 1. Materials: a. Plywood, hard plastic finished plywood, overlaid waterproof particle board, or steel in “new and undamaged” condition, of sufficient strength and surface smoothness to produce specified finish. b. Where steel forms are used, treat steel surfaces to prevent rusting using products approved for use on steel forms. 2.2. ACCESSORIES A. Form Release Agent: 1. Material: a. Shall not bond with, stain, or adversely affect concrete surfaces. b. Shall not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces when applied to forms. c. Ready-to-use water-based material formulated to reduce or eliminate surface imperfections. d. Contain no mineral oil or organic solvents. 2. Manufacturers and Products: Not for surfaces exposed to potable water. a. BASF, Shakopee, MN; MBT MasterFinish RL 211. b. Cresset Chemical Company; Crete-Lease 20-VOC-Xtra. B. Rustication Grooves and Beveled Edge Corner Strips: Nonabsorbent material, compatible with form surface, fully sealed on all sides prohibiting loss of paste or water between the two surfaces. PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.1. FORM SURFACE PREPARATION A. Prior to coating surface, thoroughly clean form surfaces that will be in contact with concrete or that have been in contact with previously cast concrete, dirt, and other surface contaminants. B. Exposed Wood Forms in Contact with Concrete: Apply form release agent as recommended by manufacturer. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 03 – CONCRETE SECTION 03 10 00 – CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES Contract No. CAG-25-044 03 10 00 - 3 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 C. Steel Forms: Apply form release agent as soon as they are cleaned to prevent discoloration of concrete from rust. 3.2. ERECTION A. General: In accordance with ACI 301, unless otherwise specified. B. Curb, and Sidewalk Forms: 1. Provide standard steel or wood forms. 2. Set forms to true lines and grades, and securely stake in position. C. Form Tolerances: Provide forms in accordance with ACI 117 and ACI 318, and the following tolerances for finishes specified. 3.3. FORM REMOVAL A. Non-supporting forms, sides of beams, walls, columns, and similar parts of Work, may be removed after cumulatively curing at not less than 50 degrees F for 24 hours from time of concrete placement if: 1. Concrete is sufficiently hard so as not to sustain damage by form removal operations. 2. Curing and protection operations are maintained. END OF SECTION WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 03 – CONCRETE SECTION 03 15 00 – CONCRETE JOINTS AND ACCESSORIES Contract No. CAG-25-044 03 15 00 - 1 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 SECTION 03 15 00 – CONCRETE JOINTS AND ACCESSORIES PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1. REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this section: 1. ASTM International (ASTM): a. A36/A36M, Specification for Carbon Structural Steel. b. A615/A615M, Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon -Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.1. ACCESSORIES A. Steel Reinforcement: As specified in Section 03 21 00, Steel Reinforcement. 2.2. CONSTRUCTION (EXPANSION) JOINT MATERIAL A. Pre-formed expansion joint material for driveways, sidewalks, etc. shall be asphalt impregnated fiber, conforming to ASTM D994, full depth of joint, 3/8-inch-thick. A.P.S. Fiber Board or Engineer-approved equal. PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.1. GENERAL A. Commence concrete placement after joint preparation is complete. B. Time Between Concrete Pours: As specified in Section 03 30 00, Cast-in-Place Concrete. 3.2. SURFACE PREPARATION A. Construction Joints: Prior to placement of abutting concrete, clean contact surface. 1. Remove laitance and spillage from steel reinforcement and dowels. 2. Roughen surface to minimum of 1/4-inch amplitude: a. Sandblast after concrete has fully cured. b. Water blast after concrete has partially cured. c. Green cut fresh concrete with high-pressure water and hand tools. d. Finish per plans. END OF SECTION WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 03 – CONCRETE SECTION 03 21 00 – STEEL REINFORCEMENT Contract No. CAG-25-044 03 21 00 - 1 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 SECTION 03 21 00 – STEEL REINFORCEMENT PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1. REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this section: 1. American Concrete Institute (ACI): a. 318, Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete and Commentary. b. SP-66, Detailing Manual. 2. ASTM International (ASTM): a. A615/A615M, Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon- Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. 3. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI): a. Placing Reinforcing Bars. b. Manual of Standard Practice. 4. International Code Council (ICC): Evaluation Services Report. 1.2. SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: 1. Shop Drawings prepared in accordance with CRSI Manual of Standard Practice and ACI SP-66: a. Bending lists. b. Placing drawings. B. Informational Submittals: 1. Lab test reports for steel reinforcement showing stress -strain curves and ultimate strengths. 2. Test results of field testing. 1.3. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Unload, store, and handle bars in accordance with CRSI publication “Placing Reinforcing Bars.” WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 03 – CONCRETE SECTION 03 21 00 – STEEL REINFORCEMENT Contract No. CAG-25-044 03 21 00 - 2 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.1. MATERIALS A. Reinforcing Bars: 1. Includes stirrups, ties, and spirals. 2. ASTM A615/A615M, Grade 60. 2.2. ACCESSORIES A. Tie Wire: 1. Black, soft-annealed 16-gauge wire. 2. Nylon-, epoxy-, or plastic-coated wire. B. Bar Supports and Spacers: 1. Use precast concrete bar supports and side form spacers, unless noted otherwise. Do not use other types of supports or spacers. 2. Bar supports shall have sufficient strength and stiffness to carry loads without failure, displacement, or significant deformation. Space bar supports so minimum concrete cover is maintained for reinforcing between supports. 3. Use only precast concrete bar supports where concrete surfaces are exposed to weather, earth, water, chloride intrusion, or corrosive chemicals. Bar supports shall be nonconductive and have geometry and bond characteristics that deter movement of moisture from the surface to the reinforcement. 4. Precast concrete supports shall have same minimum strength and shall be made from same materials as that of the concrete in which they are to be embedded. Precast concrete supports shall be cast and properly cured for at least 7 days before use and shall have a wire or other device cast into each block for the purpose of attaching them securely to steel reinforcement. 5. Design and fabricate special bar supports for top reinforcing bars in slabs where standard bar supports do not possess necessary geometry, strength, or stiffness. 6. Precast Concrete Supports: a. Total bond precast, high-performance concrete bar supports as supplied by: (1) Con Sys Inc., Pinawa, MB, Canada. (2) Dayton Superior, Miamisburg, OH, Dobies. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 03 – CONCRETE SECTION 03 21 00 – STEEL REINFORCEMENT Contract No. CAG-25-044 03 21 00 - 3 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 2.3. FABRICATION A. Follow CRSI Manual of Standard Practice. B. Bend bars cold. PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.1. PREPARATION A. Notify independent material testing and special inspections firm when reinforcing is ready for inspection and allow sufficient time for inspection prior to placing concrete. B. Clean reinforcing bars of loose mill scale, oil, earth, and other contaminants. 3.2. INSTALLATION A. Bundle or space bars, instead of field bending where construction access through reinforcing is necessary. B. Spacing and Positioning: Conform to ACI 318. C. Location Tolerances: In accordance with CRSI publication, “Placing Reinforcing Bars”. D. Splicing: 1. Follow ACI 318. 2. Use lap splices, unless otherwise shown or permitted in writing by the Engineer. 3. Stagger splices in adjacent bars where indicated. E. Tying Reinforcing Bars: 1. Tie every other intersection on mats made up of Nos. 3, 4, 5, and 6 bars to hold them firmly at required spacing. 2. Bend tie wire away from concrete surface to provide clearance of 1 inch from surface of concrete to tie wire. F. Reinforcement Around Openings: On each side and above and below pipe or opening, place an equivalent area of steel bars to replace steel bars cut for opening. Extend steel reinforcing a standard lap length beyond opening at each end. G. Straightening and Rebending: Field bending of steel reinforcement bars is not permitted. H. Unless permitted by the Engineer, do not cut reinforcing bars in field. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 03 – CONCRETE SECTION 03 21 00 – STEEL REINFORCEMENT Contract No. CAG-25-044 03 21 00 - 4 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 3.3. FIELD QUALITY ASSURANCE AND QUALITY CONTROL A. Owner-Furnished Quality Assurance, in accordance with IBC Chapter 17 requirements. Contractor responsibilities and related information are included in Section 01 40 00, Quality Requirements. 1. The Owner-Furnished Quality Assurance shall include inspection, observation, and testing of all steel reinforcement. B. Contractor-Furnished Quality Control: Inspection and testing as required in Section 01 40 00, Quality Requirements. END OF SECTION WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 03 – CONCRETE SECTION 03 30 00 – CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Contract No. CAG-25-044 03 30 00 - 1 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 SECTION 03 30 00 – CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1. REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards that may be referenced in this section: 1. American Concrete Institute (ACI): a. 117, Specification for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials. b. 301, Specifications for Structural Concrete. c. 305.1, Specification for Hot Weather Concreting. d. 306.1, Standard Specification for Cold Weather Concreting. e. CP-1, Technical Workbook for ACI Certification of Concrete Field-Testing Technician – Grade 1. 2. ASTM International (ASTM): a. C31/C31M, Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field. b. C33/C33M, Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates. c. C39/C39M, Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens. d. C94/C94M, Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete. e. C109/C109M, Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Hydraulic Cement Mortars (Using 2-in. or [50-mm] Cube Specimens). f. C143/C143M, Standard Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic-Cement Concrete. g. C150/C150M, Standard Specification for Portland Cement. h. C157/C157M, Standard Test Method for Length Change of Hardened Hydraulic-Cement Mortar and Concrete. i. C227, Standard Test Method for Potential Alkali Reactivity of Cement- Aggregate Combinations (Mortar-Bar Method). j. C231/C231M, Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method. k. C260/C260M, Standard Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete. l. C494/C494M, Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete. m. C595/C595M, Standard Specification for Blended Hydraulic Cements. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 03 – CONCRETE SECTION 03 30 00 – CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Contract No. CAG-25-044 03 30 00 - 2 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 n. C618, Standard Specification for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use in Concrete. o. C881/C881M, Standard Specification for Epoxy-Resin-Base Bonding Systems for Concrete. p. C989, Standard Specification for Slag Cement for Use in Concrete and Mortars. q. C1012/C1012M, Standard Test Method for Length Change of Hydraulic- Cement Mortars Exposed to a Sulfate Solution. r. C1017/C1017M, Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Use in Producing Flowing Concrete. s. C1074, Standard Practice for Estimating Concrete Strength by the Maturity Method. t. C1077, Standard Practice for Agencies Testing Concrete and Concrete Aggregates for Use in Construction and Criteria for Testing Agency Evaluation. u. C1218/C1218M, Standard Test Method for Water-Soluble Chloride in Mortar and Concrete. v. C1260, Standard Test Method for Potential Alkali Reactivity of Aggregates (Mortar-Bar Method). w. C1293, Standard Test Method for Determination of Length Change of Concrete Due to Alkali-Silica Reaction. x. C1567, Standard Test Method for Determining the Potential Alkali-Silica Reactivity of Combinations of Cementitious Materials and Aggregate (Accelerated Mortar-Bar Method). y. C1582/C1582M, Standard Specification for Admixtures to Inhibit Chloride - Induced Corrosion of Reinforcing Steel in Concrete. z. C1602/C1602M, Standard Specification for Mixing Water Used in the Production of Hydraulic Cement Concrete. (1) E329, Standard Specification for Agencies Engaged in Construction Inspection, Special Inspection, or Testing Materials Used in Construction. (2) E1155, Standard Test Method for Determining FF Floor Flatness and FL Floor Levelness Numbers. 3. National Ready Mixed Concrete Association (NRMCA). 1.2. DEFINITIONS A. Contractor’s Licensed Design Engineer: Individual representing Contractor who is licensed to practice engineering as defined by statutory requirements of professional licensing laws in state or jurisdiction in which Project is to be constructed. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 03 – CONCRETE SECTION 03 30 00 – CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Contract No. CAG-25-044 03 30 00 - 3 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 B. Defective Area: Surface defects that include honeycomb, rock pockets, indentations, and surface voids greater than 3/16-inch deep, surface voids greater than 3/4 inch in diameter, cracks in liquid containment structures and below grade habitable spaces that are 0.005-inch wide and wider, and cracks in other structures that are 0.010-inch wide and wider, spalls, chips, embedded debris, sand streaks, mortar leakage from form joints, deviations in formed surface that exceed specified tolerances and include but are not limited to fins, form pop-outs, and other projections. At exposed concrete, defective areas also include texture irregularities, stains, and other color variations that cannot be removed by cleaning. C. Exposed Concrete: Concrete surface that can be seen inside or outside of structure regardless of whether concrete is above water, dry at all times, or can be seen when structure is drained. D. Hot Weather: As defined in ACI 305.1. E. New Concrete: Less than 60 days old. 1.3. SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: 1. Mix Designs: a. Contain proportions of materials and admixtures to be used on Project, signed by mix designer. b. Documentation of average strength for each proposed mix design in accordance with ACI 301. c. Manufacturer’s Certificate of Compliance, for the following: (1) Portland cement. (2) Fly ash. (3) Slag cement. (4) Aggregates, including specified class designation for coarse aggregate. (5) Admixtures. (6) Concrete producer has verified compatibility of constituent materials in design mix. d. Test Reports: (1) Supplementary Cementitious Materials: Chemical analysis report and report of other specified test analyses. (2) Water-Soluble Chloride-Ion Content in Hardened Concrete: Unless otherwise permitted, in accordance with ASTM C1218/C1218M at an age between 28 days and 42 days. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 03 – CONCRETE SECTION 03 30 00 – CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Contract No. CAG-25-044 03 30 00 - 4 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 e. Aggregates: (1) Coarse Aggregate Gradation: List gradings and percent passing through each sieve. (2) Fine Aggregate Gradation: List gradings and percent passing through each sieve. (3) Percent of fine aggregate weight to total aggregate weight. (4) Deleterious substances in fine aggregate per ASTM C33/C33M, Table 2. (5) Deleterious substances in coarse aggregate per ASTM C33/C33M, Table 4. (6) Test Reports: (a) Alkali Aggregate Reactivity: Aggregate shall be classified as nonpotentially reactive in accordance with Article Concrete Mix Design. Include documentation of test results per applicable standards. f. Admixtures: Manufacturer’s catalog cut sheets and product data sheets for each admixture used in proposed mix designs. 2. Product Data: Specified ancillary materials. 3. Detailed plan for hot weather placements including curing and protection for concrete placed in ambient temperatures over 80 degrees F. Plan shall include, but not be limited to, the following: a. Procedures for measuring and recording temperatures of reinforcement and other embedded items prior to concrete placement. b. Use of retarding admixture. c. Methods for controlling temperature of reinforcement and other embedded items and concrete materials before and during placement. d. Types of shading and wind protection to be provided. e. Curing methods, including use of evaporation retardant. f. Procedures for measuring and recording concrete temperatures. g. Procedures for preventing drying during dry, windy conditions. 4. Concrete repair techniques. B. Informational Submittals: 1. Manufacturer’s Certificate of Compliance to specified standards: repair materials. 2. Statement of Qualification: a. Batch Plant: Certification as specified herein. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 03 – CONCRETE SECTION 03 30 00 – CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Contract No. CAG-25-044 03 30 00 - 5 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 b. Mix designer. c. Installer. d. Testing agency. 3. Field test reports. 4. Concrete Delivery Tickets: a. For each batch of concrete before unloading at Site. b. In accordance with ASTM C94/C94M, including requirements 14.2.1. through 14.2.10. c. Indicate amount of mixing water withheld and maximum amount that may be permitted to be added at Site. 1.4. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Concrete construction shall conform to requirements of ACI 117 and ACI 301, except as modified herein. B. Qualifications: 1. Batch Plant: NRMCA Program for Certification of Ready-Mixed Concrete Production Facilities or approved equivalent program. 2. Mix Designer: Person responsible for developing concrete mixture proportions certified as NRMCA Concrete Technologist Level 2 or DOT certified mix designer in jurisdiction of the Work. Requirement may be waived if individual is Contractor’s Licensed Design Engineer. 3. Testing Agency: Unless otherwise permitted, an independent agency, qualified according to ASTM C1077 and ASTM E329 for testing indicated. a. Where field testing is required of Contractor, personnel conducting field tests shall be qualified as ACI Concrete Field Testing Technician, Grade 1, according to ACI CP-1 or an equivalent certification program. b. Personnel performing laboratory tests shall be ACI-certified Concrete Strength Testing Technician and Concrete Laboratory Testing Technician - Grade I. Testing Agency laboratory supervisor shall be an ACI-certified Concrete Laboratory Testing Technician - Grade II. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 03 – CONCRETE SECTION 03 30 00 – CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Contract No. CAG-25-044 03 30 00 - 6 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.1. MATERIALS A. Cementitious Materials: 1. Cement: a. Portland Cement: Unless otherwise specified, conform to requirements of ASTM C150/C150M. b. Blended Hydraulic Cement: (1) Unless otherwise specified, conform to requirements of ASTM C595/C595M. (2) Portland cement used in blended hydraulic cement, conform to requirements of ASTM C150/C150M. c. Furnish from one source. 2. Supplementary Cementitious Materials (SCM): a. Fly Ash (Pozzolan): Class F fly ash in accordance with ASTM C618, except as modified herein: b. ASTM C618, Table 1, Loss on Ignition: Unless permitted otherwise, maximum 3 percent. c. Slag Cement: In accordance with ASTM C989, Grade 100 or Grade 120. B. Aggregates: Furnish from one source for each aggregate type used in a mix design. 1. Normal-Weight Aggregates: a. In accordance with ASTM C33/C33M, except as modified herein. 2. Class Designation: 4S unless otherwise specified. a. Free of materials and aggregate types causing popouts, discoloration, staining, or other defects on surface of concrete. b. Alkali Silica Reactivity: See Article Concrete Mix Design. c. Fine Aggregates: d. Clean, sharp, natural sand. e. ASTM C33/C33M. f. Limit deleterious substances in accordance with ASTM C33/C33M, Table 2 and as follows: g. Limit material finer than 75-μm (No. 200) sieve to 5 percent mass of total sample. h. Limit coal and lignite to 0.5 percent. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 03 – CONCRETE SECTION 03 30 00 – CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Contract No. CAG-25-044 03 30 00 - 7 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 3. Coarse Aggregate: a. Natural gravels, combination of gravels and crushed gravels, crushed stone, or combination of these materials containing no more than 15 percent flat or elongated particles (long dimension more than five times the short dimension). b. Limit deleterious substances in accordance with ASTM C33/C33M, Table 4 for specified class designation. C. Admixtures: Unless otherwise permitted, furnish from one manufacturer. 1. Characteristics: a. Compatible with other constituents in mix. b. Contain at most, only trace amount chlorides in solution. c. Furnish type of admixture as recommended by manufacturer for anticipated temperature ranges. 2. Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C494/C494M, Type A or Type D. a. Manufacturers and Products: (1) BASF Admixtures Inc., Shakopee, MN; Pozzolith Series or PolyHeed Series. (2) Euclid Chemical Co., Cleveland, OH; Eucon Series. (3) W. R. Grace & Co., Cambridge, MA; Daracem Series or Mira Series. 3. Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type B. 4. Accelerating Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type C. 5. High-Range, Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C494/C494M, Type F or Type G. 6. Do not use calcium chloride as an admixture. 7. Admixtures with no standard, ASTM or other, designation may be used where permitted. D. Water and Ice: Mixing water for concrete and water used to make ice shall be potable water, unless alternative sources of water are permitted. 1. Water from alternative sources shall comply with requirements of ASTM C1602/C1602M, and concentration of chemicals in combined mixing water shall be less than: a. Chloride Content: 1,000 ppm. b. Sulfate Content as SO4: 3,000 ppm. c. Alkalis as (Na2O + 0.658 K2O): 600 ppm. d. Total Solids by Mass: Less than 50,000 ppm. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 03 – CONCRETE SECTION 03 30 00 – CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Contract No. CAG-25-044 03 30 00 - 8 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 2.2. ANCILLARY MATERIALS A. Bonding Agent: 1. Unless otherwise specified, in accordance with the following: a. ASTM C881/C881M, Type V. b. Two-component, moisture insensitive, 100 percent solids epoxy. c. Consult manufacturer for surface finish, pot life, set time, vertical or horizontal application, and forming restrictions. d. Manufacturers and Products: (1) BASF Building Systems Inc., Shakopee, MN; Concresive Standard LVI. (2) Euclid Chemical Co., Cleveland, OH; Euco # 352 Epoxy System LV. (3) Prime Resins, Conyers, GA; Prime Bond 3000 to 3900 Series. (4) Sika Chemical Corp., Lyndhurst, NJ; Sikadur 32 Hi-Mod. B. Anti-Graffiti Coating: 1. Must be an environmentally-friendly formulation with zero VOC emission and for use on unpainted concrete. 2. Must provide a clear, protective, UV resistant coating where graffiti tagging can be removed without affecting the appearance of the concrete underneath. 3. Must provide a minimum 10-year unlimited warranty. 4. Must not yellow, flake, or create white-chaulking underneath. 5. Must provide a matte finish. Gloss finish is not acceptable. 6. Basis of Design Product: Permashield Premium Graffiti Control System produced by Monopole, Inc. 4661 Alger Street, Los Angeles, CA 90039; Telephone: 818-500-8585; Email: info@monopoleinc.com; Website: www.monopoleinc.com. C. Repair Material: 1. Contain only trace amounts of chlorides and other chemicals that can 2. potentially cause steel to oxidize. 3. Where repairs of exposed concrete are required, prepare mockup using proposed repair materials and methods, for confirmation of appearance compatibility prior to use. 4. Obtain Manufacturer’s Certificate of Compliance that products selected are appropriate for specific applications. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 03 – CONCRETE SECTION 03 30 00 – CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Contract No. CAG-25-044 03 30 00 - 9 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 5. Repair mortar shall be site mixed. 6. Prepare concrete substrate and mix, place, and cure repair material in accordance with manufacturer’s written recommendations. 7. Manufacturers and Products: a. BASF Building Systems Inc., Shakopee, MN; EMACO S-Series products. b. Sika Chemical Corp., Lyndhurst, NJ; SikaTop-Series. 2.3. CONCRETE MIX DESIGN A. General: 1. See Supplement at the end of this section for mix design requirements for each class of concrete used on Project. 2. Prepare design mixtures for each type and strength of concrete, selecting and proportioning ingredients in accordance with requirements of ACI 301, unless otherwise specified. 3. Selection of constituent materials and products in mix design are optional, unless specified otherwise. 4. Unless otherwise permitted, use water-reducing admixture or water-reducing admixture and high-range, water-reducing admixture in pumped concrete, in concrete with a water-cementitious materials ratio below 0.50. 5. Use water-reducing admixture or high-range, water-reducing admixture to achieve fresh properties that facilitate handling, placing, and consolidating of concrete, and specified hardened properties. 6. Use water-reducing and retarding admixture when anticipated high temperatures, low humidity, or other adverse placement conditions can adversely affect fresh properties of concrete. 7. Unless otherwise specified, desired fresh properties of concrete shall be determined by Contractor, and coordinated with concrete producer. Fresh properties of concrete shall remain stable to satisfaction of Contractor, for duration of placement and consolidation, and shall remain in conformance with requirements of Contract Documents. 8. Contractor is encouraged to consider using environmentally sustainable concrete mix design technologies such as use of supplementary cementitious materials and aggregate packing. B. Potential alkali-aggregate reactivity of concrete: 1. Do not use aggregates known to be susceptible to alkali-carbonate reaction (ACR). WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 03 – CONCRETE SECTION 03 30 00 – CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Contract No. CAG-25-044 03 30 00 - 10 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 2. Aggregates shall have been tested to determine potential alkali -aggregate reactivity in concrete in accordance with ASTM C1260 or ASTM C1567. a. Aggregates that indicate expansion greater than 0.10 percent at 16 days after casting shall not be used unless they have been shown to be nondeleteriously reactive in accordance with ASTM C227 or ASTM C1293, with less than 0.04 percent expansion at 1 year for cement-aggregate combinations or less than 0.04 percent expansion at 2 years for combinations with pozzolan or slag. b. Alkali content of cement used in proposed concrete mixture shall not be greater than alkali content of cement used in test for potential alkali - aggregate reactivity. c. Use low-alkali cement or incorporate pozzolans into concrete mixture as necessary to satisfy testing for potential alkali reactivity. C. Proportions: 1. Design mix to meet aesthetic, durability, and strength requirements. 2. Where fly ash is included in mix, minimum fly ash content shall be a minimum of 15 percent of weight of total cementitious materials. D. Slump Range at Site: 1. Prior to submitting mix design, consult with concrete producer and select a target slump value at point of delivery, for each application of each design mix. Unless otherwise permitted, target slump value will then be enforced for duration of Project. Unless otherwise permitted, target slump value is 4 inches at point of delivery, for concrete without high-range, water reducing admixture. 2. Design mixes that include a high-range, water-reducing admixture shall have a minimum slump of 2 inches prior to addition of admixture. Unless otherwise permitted, slump shall be 8 inches maximum at point of delivery, for concrete with a high-range, water-reducing admixture. 3. Slump tolerance shall meet requirements of ACI 117. E. Combined Aggregate: 1. Combined Gradation Limits: Fine aggregate shall be in range of 36 percent to 40 percent of total aggregate weight. 2.4. CONCRETE MIXING A. General: In accordance with ACI 301, except as modified herein. B. Truck Mixers: 1. For every truck, test slump of samples taken per ASTM C94/C94M, paragraph 12.5.1. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 03 – CONCRETE SECTION 03 30 00 – CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Contract No. CAG-25-044 03 30 00 - 11 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 2. Where specified slump is more than 4 inches, and if slump tests differ by more than 2 inches, discontinue use of truck mixer, unless causing condition is corrected and satisfactory performance is verified by additional slump tests. 2.5. SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Source Quality Control Inspection: The independent material testing and special inspections firm shall have access to and have right to inspect batch plants, cement mills, and supply facilities of suppliers, manufacturers, and Subcontractors, providing products included in this section. PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.1. PLACING CONCRETE A. Preparation: Meet requirements ACI 301, except as modified herein. B. Inspection: Notify Owner and Special Inspector at least 1 full working day in advance before starting to place concrete. C. Placement into Formwork: 1. Reinforcement: Secure in position before placing concrete. 2. Place concrete as soon as possible after leaving mixer, without segregation or loss of ingredients, without splashing forms or steel above, and in layers not over 1.5 feet deep, except for slabs which shall be placed full depth. Place and consolidate successive layers prior to initial set of first layer to prevent cold joints. 3. Placement frequency shall be such that lift lines will not be visible in exposed concrete finishes. 4. Use placement devices, for example chutes, pouring spouts, and pumps as required to prevent segregation. 5. Do not use aluminum conveying devices. 6. Provide sufficient illumination in the interior of forms so concrete deposition is visible, permitting confirmation of consolidation quality. 7. Trowel and round off top exposed edges of walls with 1/4-inch radius steel edging tool. 8. Cure concrete as specified in Section 03 39 00, Concrete Curing. D. Conveyor Belts and Chutes: 1. Design and arrange ends of chutes, hopper gates, and other points of concrete discharge throughout conveying, hoisting, and placing system for concrete to pass without becoming segregated. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 03 – CONCRETE SECTION 03 30 00 – CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Contract No. CAG-25-044 03 30 00 - 12 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 2. Do not use chutes longer than 50 feet. 3. Minimum Slopes of Chutes: Angled to allow concrete to readily flow without segregation. 4. Conveyor Belts: a. Approved by Engineer. b. Wipe clean with device that does not allow mortar to adhere to belt. c. Cover conveyor belts and chutes. E. Retempering: Not permitted for concrete where cement has partially hydrated. F. Pumping of Concrete: 1. Provide standby pump, conveyor system, crane and concrete bucket, or other system onsite during pumping, for adequate redundancy to ensure completion of concrete placement without cold joints in case of primary placing equipment breakdown. 2. Minimum Pump Hose (Conduit) Diameter: 4 inches. 3. Replace pumping equipment and hoses (conduits) that are not functioning properly. G. Maximum Size of Concrete Placements: 1. Limit size of each placement to allow for strength gain and volume change as a result of shrinkage. 2. Construction Joints: a. Unless otherwise shown or permitted, locate construction joints as follows: (1) Locate construction joints as shown on Drawings or where approved in joint location submittal required in Section 03 15 00, Concrete Joints and Accessories. H. Minimum Time between Adjacent Placements: 1. Construction or Control Joints: 7 days unless otherwise specified. I. Consolidation and Visual Observation: 1. Consolidation Equipment and Methods: ACI 301. 2. Provide at least one standby vibrator in operable condition at Site prior to placing concrete. 3. Vibrate concrete in vicinity of joints to obtain impervious concrete. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 03 – CONCRETE SECTION 03 30 00 – CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Contract No. CAG-25-044 03 30 00 - 13 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 J. Hot Weather: 1. Prepare ingredients, mix, place, cure, and protect in accordance with ACI 301, ACI 305.1, and as follows: a. Maintain concrete temperature below 95 degrees F at time of placement or furnish test data or other proof that admixtures and mix ingredients do not produce flash set plastic shrinkage, or cracking as a result of heat of hydration. Cool ingredients before mixing to maintain fresh concrete temperatures as specified or less. b. Provide for windbreaks, shading, fog spraying, sprinkling, ice, wet cover, or other means as necessary to maintain concrete at or below specified temperature. 2. Concrete Curing: As specified in Section 03 39 00, Concrete Curing. 3.2. CONCRETE BONDING A. Construction Joints in New Concrete Members: Prepare surface of construction joint as specified in Section 03 15 00, Concrete Joints and Accessories. 3.3. REPAIRING CONCRETE A. General: 1. Repair defective areas of concrete. 2. Repair concrete surfaces using specified materials. Select system, submit for review, and obtain approval from Engineer prior to use. 3. Develop repair techniques with material manufacturer on surface that will not be visible in final construction prior to starting actual repair work and show how finish color will blend with adjacent surfaces. Obtain approval from Engineer. 4. Obtain quantities of repair material and manufacturer’s detailed instructions for use to provide repair with finish to match adjacent surface or apply sufficient repair material adjacent to repair to blend finish appearance. 5. Repair of concrete shall provide structurally sound surface finish, uniform in appearance or upgrade finish by other means until acceptable to the Engineer. B. Exposed Metal Objects: 1. Remove metal objects not intended to be exposed in as -built condition of structure including wire, nails, and bolts, by chipping back concrete to depth of 1 inch and then cutting or removing metal object. 2. Repair area of chipped-out concrete as specified for defective areas. C. Penetrations: Where shown install in accordance with requirements of Drawings. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 03 – CONCRETE SECTION 03 30 00 – CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Contract No. CAG-25-044 03 30 00 - 14 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 3.4. CONCRETE WALL FINISHES A. Type W-1 (Wall Finish with Light Sandblast and Anti-Graffiti Coating): 1. Patch tie holes. 2. Knock off projections. 3. Repair defective areas. 4. Apply Light Sandblast Finish. 5. Apply Anti-Graffiti Coating. 3.5. LIGHT SANDBLAST A. Perform sand blasting at least 72 hours after placement of concrete. Coordinate with formwork construction, concrete placement schedule, and formwork removal to ensure that surfaces to be blast finished are blasted at the same age for uniform results. B. Determine type of nozzle, nozzle pressure, and blasting techniques required to match the control samples. C. Abrasive blast corners carefully, using back-up boards, to maintain uniform corner line. D. Perform sandblast finishing in as continuous an operation as possible, utilizing the same work crew to maintain continuity of finish on each wall surface. E. Use an abrasive grit of proper type and gradation to expose aggregate and surrounding matrix surface to match the submitted control samples as follows: 1. Light Sand Blast Finish: Expose fine aggregate with occasional exposure of coarse aggregate; maximum 1/16 inch reveal. 3.6. ANTI-GRAFFITI COATING A. Prepare concrete wall surface and apply sealer coat, base coats, and top coats according to the most recent written instructions provided by approved product manufacturer. 3.7. CONCRETE SLAB FINISHES A. General: 1. Use manual screeds, vibrating screeds, or roller compacting screeds to place concrete level and smooth. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 03 – CONCRETE SECTION 03 30 00 – CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Contract No. CAG-25-044 03 30 00 - 15 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 2. Do not use “jitterbugs” or other special tools designed for purpose of forcing coarse aggregate away from surface and allowing layer of mortar, which will be weak and cause surface cracks or delamination, to accumulate. 3. Finish slab in accordance with specified slab finish. 4. Do not dust surfaces with dry materials nor add water to surfaces. 5. Cure concrete as specified in Section 03 39 00, Concrete Curing. B. Type S-1 (Steel Troweled Finish): 1. Finish by screeding and floating with straightedges to bring surfaces to required finish elevation. 2. Wood float to true, even plane with no coarse aggregate visible. 3. Use sufficient pressure on wood floats to bring moisture to surface. 4. After surface moisture has disappeared, hand steel trowel concrete to produce smooth, smooth dense surface, free from trowel marks. 5. Provide light steel-troweled finish (two trowelings) at air-entrained slabs. Provide hard steel-troweled finish (ringing sound from the trowel) for nonair - entrained slabs. 6. Do not use dry cement or additional water during troweling, nor will excessive troweling be permitted. 7. Power Finishing: a. Approved power machine may be used in lieu of or in addition to hand finishing in accordance with directions of machine manufacturer. b. Do not use power machine when concrete has not attained necessary set to allow finishing without introducing high and low spots in slab. c. Do first steel troweling for slab S-1 finish by hand. C. Type S-2 (Wood Float Finish): 1. Finish slab to receive fill and mortar setting bed by screeding with straightedges to bring surface to required finish plane. 2. Wood float finish to compact and seal surface. 3. Remove laitance and leave surface clean. 4. Coordinate with other finish procedures. D. Medium Broom Finish: 1. After completion of floating and troweling, when excess moisture or surface sheen has disappeared, complete medium broom surface finishing. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 03 – CONCRETE SECTION 03 30 00 – CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Contract No. CAG-25-044 03 30 00 - 16 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 2. Draw a fiber or wire broom across concrete surface, perpendicular to the line of traffic or as noted on the Drawings. E. Concrete Curbs: 1. Float top surface of curb smooth and finish all discontinuous edges with steel edger. 2. After concrete has taken its initial set, remove front form and give exposed vertical surface an ordinary wall finish, Type S-1. 3.8. CONCRETE SLAB TOLERANCES A. Slab Flatness and Levelness: 1. Floor finish tolerances shall meet requirements specified herein, and as measured in accordance with ASTM E1155. 2. Levelness tolerance, FL, shall not apply to slabs placed on unshored form surfaces or shored form surfaces after removal of shores. 3. Levelness tolerances, FL, shall not apply to cambered or inclined surfaces, and shall be measured within 24 hours after slab concrete placement. Slab Type S-A Minimum Overall F Numbers Minimum Local F Numbers Flatness, FF Levelness, FL Flatness, FF Levelness, FL 35 25 24 17 B. Slab Elevation and Thickness: 1. Finish Slab Elevation: Slope slabs to floor drains and gutter. Slabs shall adequately drain regardless of tolerances. 2. Thickness: Maximum 1/4 inch minus or 1/2 inch plus from thickness shown. Where thickness tolerance will not affect slope, drainage, or slab elevation, thickness tolerance may exceed 1/2 inch plus. 3.9. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. General: 1. Necessary materials testing shall be performed by an independent Contractor testing laboratory and paid for by the Owner, unless noted otherwise. Access to the area necessary to perform such tests and/or to secure the material for testing shall be provided by the Contractor. The Contractor shall be liable for costs to retest materials as the result of any testing that fails to meet the requirements of the contract documents. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 03 – CONCRETE SECTION 03 30 00 – CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Contract No. CAG-25-044 03 30 00 - 17 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 2. The contractor shall pay for any additional testing required as the result of failed tests or non-conforming materials. 3. Contractor shall provide adequate facilities for safe storage and proper curing of concrete test specimens onsite for first 24 hours, and for additional time as may be required before transporting to test lab. 4. Unless otherwise specified, sample concrete for testing for making test specimens, from point of delivery. 5. When concrete is pumped, sample and test air content at point of delivery and at point of placement. a. For Each Concrete Mixture: Provided results of air content tests for first load of the day are within specified limits, testing need only be performed at point of delivery for subsequent loads of that concrete mixture except that testing should be performed at point of placement every 4 hours. 6. Evaluation will be in accordance with ACI 301 and Specifications. 7. Test specimens shall be made, cured, and tested in accordance with ASTM C31/C31M and ASTM C39/C39M. 8. Frequency of testing may be changed at discretion of Owner or Engineer. 9. Pumped Concrete: Take concrete samples for slump, ASTM C143/C143M, and test specimens, ASTM C31/C31M and ASTM C39/C39M. 10. If measured air content at delivery is greater than specified limit, check test of air content will be performed immediately on a new sample from delivery unit. If check test fails, concrete has failed to meet requirements of Contract Documents. If measured air content is less than lower specified limit, adjustments will be permitted in accordance with ASTM C94/C94M, unless otherwise specified. If check test of adjusted mixture fails, concrete has failed to meet requirements of Contract Documents. Concrete that has failed to meet requirements of Contract Documents shall be rejected. B. Concrete Strength Test: 1. Unless otherwise specified, one specimen at age of 7 days for information, and two 6-inch diameter or when permitted three 4-inch diameter test specimens at age of 28 days for acceptance. 2. If result of 7-day concrete strength test is less than 50 percent of specified 28- day strength, extend period of moist curing specified in Section 03 39 00, Concrete Curing, by 7 additional days. 3. Provide a minimum of one spare test specimen per sample. Test spare cylinder as directed by the Engineer. C. High-Range, Water-Reducer (Superplasticizer) Admixture Segregation Test: Test each truck prior to use on Project. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 03 – CONCRETE SECTION 03 30 00 – CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Contract No. CAG-25-044 03 30 00 - 18 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 1. Segregation Test Objective: Concrete with 4-inch to 8-inch slump shall stay together when slumped. Segregation is assumed to cause mortar to flow out of mix even though aggregate may stay piled enough to meet slump test. 2. Test Procedure: Make slump test and check for excessive slump and observe to see if mortar or moisture flows from slumped concrete. 3. Reject concrete if mortar or moisture separates and flows out of mix. D. Tolerances: 1. Slab Finish Tolerances and Slope Tolerances: a. Slab Flatness and Levelness: Make measurements within 24 hours of concrete placement. (1) Flatness measurements are not applicable to unshored form surfaces or shored form surfaces after removal of shores. (2) Levelness measurements are not applicable to cambered or sloped surfaces. b. Slab flatness and levelness shall be determined in accordance with ASTM E1155. 3.10. MANUFACTURER’S SERVICES A. Provide representative at Site for installation assistance, inspection, and certification of proper installation for concrete ingredients, mix design, mixing, and placement. 1. Concrete Producer Representative: a. Assist with concrete mix design, performance, placement, weather problems, and problems as may occur with concrete mix throughout Project, including instructions for redosing. b. Establish control limits on concrete mix designs. c. Provide equipment for control of concrete redosing for air entrainment or high-range, water-reducing admixture, superplasticizers, at Site to maintain proper slump and air content if needed. 2. Admixture Manufacturer’s Representative: Available for consultations as required to ensure proper installation and performance of specified products. 3. Bonding Agent Manufacturer’s Representative: Available for consultations as required to ensure proper installation and performance of specified products. 3.11. PROTECTION OF INSTALLED WORK A. During the curing process it is up to the Contractor to barricade, patrol or otherwise protect newly placed concrete. The Contractor shall remove and replace at their expense all damaged (accidental or otherwise), vandalized and/or unsightly concrete. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 03 – CONCRETE SECTION 03 30 00 – CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Contract No. CAG-25-044 03 30 00 - 19 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 B. After curing as specified in Section 03 39 00, Concrete Curing, and after applying final floor finish, cover slabs with plywood or particle board or plastic sheeting or other material to keep floor clean and protect it from material and damage as a result of other construction work. C. Repair areas damaged by construction, using specified repair materials and approved repair methods. 3.12. SCHEDULE OF CONCRETE FINISHES A. Form Tolerances: As specified in Section 03 10 00, Concrete Forming and Accessories. B. Provide concrete finishes as scheduled: Area Type of Finish Required Form Tolerances Exterior Slabs Top of footing S-2 S-A Interior Slabs Building S-1 S-A 3.13. CONCRETE MIX DESIGN A. Requirements of concrete mix designs in Section 03 30 05 are a part of this Specification and supplement requirements of Part 1 through Part 3 of this section: 1. Concrete Mix Design, Class 4500F2S1P1C1. 2. Concrete Mix Design, Class 4500F3S1P1C2. END OF SECTION WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 03 – CONCRETE SECTION 03 30 05 – CONCRETE MIX DESIGN Contract No. CAG-25-044 03 30 05 - 1 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 SECTION 03 30 05 – CONCRETE MIX DESIGN PART 1 – CONCRETE MIX DESIGN, CLASS 4500F2S1P1C1 A. Mix Locations: All locations except as listed in Part 2. B. Exposure Categories and Classifications: F2S1P1C1. C. Mix Properties: 1. Limit water to cementitious materials ratio (W/Cm) in mix design to maximum value of 0.45. 2. Minimum concrete compressive strength (f’c) shall be 4,000 psi at 28 days and 4,500 psi at 56 days. Where referenced on the drawings, compressive strength shall refer to the minimum f’c at 28 days. a. Designed to conform to shrinkage limits. b. Air‐entraining admixtures are prohibited in concrete mixtures and total air content shall not be greater than 3 percent, for the following: (1) Slabs to receive a hard‐troweled finish. (2) Slabs to receive a dry shake floor hardener. c. Unless otherwise specified, provide air content based on nominal maximum size of aggregate as follows: Nominal Maximum Aggregate Size in. ‡ Air Content (%)* 3/8 7.5 1/2 7.0 3/4 6.0 1 6.0 1‐1/2 5.5 Nominal Maximum Aggregate Size in. ‡ Air Content (%)* 2§ 5.0 3§ 4.5 WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 03 – CONCRETE SECTION 03 30 05 – CONCRETE MIX DESIGN Contract No. CAG-25-044 03 30 05 - 2 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 ‡ See ASTM C33/C33m for tolerance on oversize for various nominal maximum size designations. * Tolerance of air content is +1‐1/2 percent. § Air contents apply to total mixture. When testing concretes, however, aggregate particles larger than 1‐1/2 inches are to be removed by sieving and air content will be measured on sieved fraction (tolerance on air content as delivered applies to this value). Air content of total mixture is computed from value measured on sieved fraction passing 1‐1/2‐inch sieve in accordance with ASTM C231/C231M. 3. Provide cementitious materials in accordance with one of the following: a. ASTM C150/C150M Type II; inclusion of supplementary cementitious materials in design mix is optional. b. ASTM C150/C150M types other than Type II, plus supplementary cementitious materials in accordance with one of the following: (1) Tricalcium Aluminate Content of Total Cementitious Materials: Maximum 8 percent by weight. (2) Provide documentation of test results in accordance with ASTM C1012/C1012M, for combinations of cementitious materials providing sulfate resistance with expansion less than 0.10 percent at 6 months. (3) ASTM C595/C595M Type IP or Type IS (less than 70), tested to comply with moderate sulfate resistance option (MS). 4. Limit water‐soluble, chloride‐ion content in hardened concrete to 0.30 percent, unless otherwise specified. a. Limits are stated in terms of chloride ions in percent by weight of cement. b. Unless otherwise permitted, provide documentation from concrete tested in accordance with ASTM C1218/C1218M at an age between 28 days and 42 days. PART 2 – CONCRETE MIX DESIGN, CLASS 4500F3S1P1C2 A. Mix Locations: Concrete curbs. B. Exposure Categories and Classifications: F3S1P1C2. C. Mix Properties: 1. Limit water to cementitious materials ratio (W/Cm) in mix design to maximum value of 0.42. 2. Minimum concrete compressive strength (f’c) shall be 3,500 psi at 28 days and 4,500 psi at 56 days. 3. Air‐entraining admixtures are prohibited in concrete mixtures and total air WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 03 – CONCRETE SECTION 03 30 05 – CONCRETE MIX DESIGN Contract No. CAG-25-044 03 30 05 - 3 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 content shall not be greater than 3 percent, for the following: a. Slabs to receive hard‐troweled finish. b. Slabs to receive dry shake floor hardener. 4. Unless otherwise specified, provide air content based on nominal maximum size of aggregate as follows: Nominal Maximum Aggregate Size in. ‡ Air Content (%)* 3/8 7.5 1/2 7.0 3/4 6.0 1 6.0 Nominal Maximum Aggregate Size in. ‡ Air Content (%)* 1-1/2§ 5.5 2§ 5.0 3§ 4.5 ‡ See ASTM C33/C33M for tolerance on oversize for various nominal maximum size designations. * Tolerance of air content is +1‐1/2 percent. § Air contents apply to total mixture. When testing concretes, however, aggre- gate particles larger than 1‐1/2 inches are to be removed by sieving and air con- tent will be measured on the sieved fraction (tolerance on air content as deliv- ered applies to this value). Air content of total mixture is computed from value measured on the sieved fraction passing the 1‐1/2‐inch sieve in accordance with ASTM C231/C231M. 5. Limit supplementary cementitious materials measured as a percent of weight of total cementitious materials in a mix design, as follows: a. Fly Ash and other Pozzolans: 25 percent. b. Slag Cement: 50 percent. c. Combined Fly Ash and other Pozzolans and Slag Cement: 50 percent, with fly ash and other pozzolans not exceeding 25 percent. d. Total cementitious materials include ASTM C150/C150M and ASTM C595/C595M cement. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 03 – CONCRETE SECTION 03 30 05 – CONCRETE MIX DESIGN Contract No. CAG-25-044 03 30 05 - 4 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 (1) Fly ash and other pozzolans in Type IP, blended cement, ASTM C595/C595M. (2) Slag used in the manufacture of an IS blended cement, ASTM C595/C595M 6. Provide cementitious materials in accordance with one of the following: a. ASTM C150/C150M Type II. b. ASTM C150/C150M types other than Type II, plus supplementary cementitious materials in accordance with one of the following: (1) Tricalcium Aluminate Content of Total Cementitious Materials: Maximum 8 percent by weight. (2) Provide documentation of test results in accordance with ASTM C1012/C1012M, for combinations of cementitious materials providing sulfate resistance with expansion less than 0.10 percent at 6 months. c. ASTM C595/C595M Type IP or Type IS (less than 70), tested to comply with moderate sulfate resistance option (MS). (1) Provide documentation of test results in accordance with ASTM C1012/C1012M, for combinations of cementitious materials providing sulfate resistance with expansion less than 0.10 percent at 6 months. 7. Limit water‐soluble, chloride‐ion content in hardened concrete to 0.15 percent, unless otherwise specified. a. Limits are stated in terms of chloride ions in percent by weight of cement. b. Unless otherwise permitted, provide documentation from concrete tested in accordance with ASTM C1218/C1218M at an age between 28 days and 42 days. END OF SECTION WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 03 – CONCRETE SECTION 03 39 00 – CONCRETE CURING Contract No. CAG-25-044 03 39 00 - 5 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 SECTION 03 39 00 – CONCRETE CURING PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1. REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this section: 1. ASTM International (ASTM): a. C309, Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete. b. C1315, Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds Having Special Properties for Curing and Sealing Concrete. 1.2. SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: 1. Manufacturers’ data indicating compliance with the requirements specified herein for the following products: Evaporation retardant. 2. Curing methods proposed for each type of element such as slab in each facility. PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.1. MATERIALS A. Evaporation Retardant: 1. Optional: Fluorescent fugitive dye color tint that disappears completely upon drying. 2. Manufacturers and Products: a. Master Builders Co., Cleveland, OH; Confilm. b. Euclid Chemical Co., Cleveland, OH; Eucobar. B. Water: Clean and potable, containing less than 500 ppm of chlorides. PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.1. CONCRETE CURING A. General: 1. Where surfaces are to receive coatings, painting, cementitious material, or other similar finishes, use only water curing procedures. Refer to Interior Finish Schedule for surfaces to receive coatings. 2. Water curing as described below or special methods using moisture shall be WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 03 – CONCRETE SECTION 03 39 00 – CONCRETE CURING Contract No. CAG-25-044 03 39 00 - 6 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 agreed upon by the Engineer prior to placing concrete. 3. As required in Section 03 30 00, Cast-in-Place Concrete, if result of 7-day concrete strength test is less than 50 percent of specified 28-day strength, extend period of moist curing specified below, by 7 additional days. B. Use one of the following methods as approved by the Engineer: 1. Slabs: a. Method 1: Protect surface by water ponding for 7 days. b. Method 2: Cover with burlap or cotton mats and keep continuously wet for 7 days. c. Method 3: Cover with 1-inch layer of wet sand, earth, or sawdust, and keep continuously wet for 7 days. d. Method 4: Continuously sprinkle exposed surface for 7 days. 3.2. EVAPORATION RETARDANT APPLICATION A. Use on flatwork when environmental conditions are anticipated to cause rapid drying of the concrete surface. B. Spray onto surface of fresh flatwork concrete immediately after screeding to react with surface moisture. C. Reapply as needed to ensure a continuous moist surface until final finishing is completed. END OF SECTION WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 03 – CONCRETE SECTION 03 62 00 – GROUT Contract No. CAG-25-044 03 62 00 - 1 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 SECTION 03 62 00 – GROUT PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1. REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this section: 1. ASTM International (ASTM): a. C1107/C1107M, Standard Specification for Packaged Dry, Hydraulic- Cement Grout (Nonshrink). b. D4263, Standard Test Method for Indicating Moisture in Concrete by the Plastic Sheet Method. 1.2. SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: 1. Product data of grouts. 2. Proposed method for keeping existing concrete surfaces wet prior to placing nonshrink grout. 3. Curing method for grout. B. Informational Submittals: 1. Manufacturer’s Written Instructions: Mixing of grout. 2. Manufacturer’s Certificate of Compliance for the following: a. Grout free from chlorides and other corrosion-causing chemicals. b. Nonshrink grout properties of Category II, verifying expansion at 3 days or 14 days will not exceed the 28-day expansion and nonshrink properties are not based on gas or gypsum expansion. 3. Manufacturer’s Certificate of Proper Installation. 4. Test Reports: Test report for 24-hour evaluation of nonshrink grout. 1.3. QUALIFICATIONS A. For grout suppliers not listed herein, provide completed 24-hour Evaluation of Nonshrink Grout Test Form, attached at the end of this section. Provide Independent testing laboratory test results for testing conducted within last 18 months. PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.1. NONSHRINK GROUT SCHEDULE WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 03 – CONCRETE SECTION 03 62 00 – GROUT Contract No. CAG-25-044 03 62 00 - 2 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 A. Furnish nonshrink grout (Category I and II) for applications as indicated in the following schedule: Application Temperature Range Max. Placing Time 40 deg F to 100 deg F 20 Min. Greater Than 20 Min. Column baseplates I or II II 2.2. NONSHRINK GROUT A. Category I: 1. Nonmetallic and nongas-liberating. 2. Prepackaged natural aggregate grout requiring only the addition of water. 3. Test in accordance with ASTM C1107/C1107M: a. Grout shall have flowable consistency. b. Flowable for 15 minutes. 4. Grout shall not bleed at maximum allowed water. 5. Minimum strength of flowable grout, 3,000 psi at 3 days, 5,000 psi at 7 days, and 7,000 psi at 28 days. 6. Manufacturers and Products: a. BASF Building System, Inc., Shakopee, MN; MasterFlow 100. b. Euclid Chemical Co., Cleveland, OH; NS Grout. c. Dayton Superior Corp., Miamisburg, OH; 1107 Advantage Grout. d. US MIX Co., Denver, CO; US Spec MP Grout. e. Five Star Products Inc., Fairfield, CT; Five Star Grout. B. Category II: 1. Nonmetallic, nongas-liberating. 2. Prepackaged natural aggregate grout requiring only the addition of water. 3. Aggregate shall show no segregation or settlement at fluid consistency at specified times or temperatures. 4. Test in accordance with ASTM C1107/C1107M: a. Fluid consistency 20 seconds to 30 seconds in accordance with ASTM C939. b. Temperatures of 40 degrees F, 80 degrees F, and 100 degrees F. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 03 – CONCRETE SECTION 03 62 00 – GROUT Contract No. CAG-25-044 03 62 00 - 3 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 5. 1 hour after mixing, pass fluid grout through flow cone with continuous flow. 6. Minimum strength of fluid grout, 3,500 psi at 1 day, 4,500 psi at 3 days, and 7,500 psi at 28 days. 7. Maintain fluid consistency when mixed in 1-yard to 9-yard loads in ready-mix truck. 8. Manufacturers and Products: a. BASF Building Systems, Inc., Shakopee, MN; MasterFlow 928. b. Five Star Products Inc., Fairfield, CT; Five Star Fluid Grout 100. c. Euclid Chemical Co., Cleveland, OH; Hi Flow Grout. d. Dayton Superior Corp., Miamisburg, OH; Sure Grip High Performance Grout. PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.1. GROUT A. General: Mix, place, and cure grout in accordance with grout manufacturer’s representative’s training instructions. 3.2. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Evaluation and Acceptance of Nonshrink Grout: 1. Consistency: As specified in Article Nonshrink Grout. Grout with consistencies outside range requirements shall be rejected. 2. Segregation: As specified in Article Nonshrink Grout. Grout when aggregate separates shall be rejected. 3. All grout, already placed, which fails to meet the requirements of these specifications, is subject to removal and replacement at no additional cost to the Owner. 3.3. SUPPLEMENTS A. The supplement listed below, following “End of Section,” is part of this Specification. 1. 24-hour Evaluation of Nonshrink Grout Test Form and Grout Testing Procedures. END OF SECTION WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 03 – CONCRETE SECTION 03 62 00 – GROUT (SUPPLEMENT 1) World Cup Legacy Square – Phase 1 Page 1 of 4 Section 03 62 00 – Supplement 1 SUPPLEMENT 1 [Test Lab Name] [Address] [Phone No.] 24-HOUR EVALUATION OF NONSHRINK GROUT TEST FORM OBJECTIVE: Define standard set of test procedures for an independent testing laboratory to perform and complete within a 24-hour period. SCOPE: Utilize test procedures providing 24-hour results to duplicate field grouting demands. Intent of evaluation is to establish grout manufacturer’s qualifica- tions. PRIOR TO TEST: Obtain three bags of each type of grout. 1. From intended grout supplier for Project. 2. Three bags of grout shall be of same lot number. ANSWER THE FOLLOWING QUESTIONS FOR GROUT BEING TESTED FROM LITERATURE, DATA, AND PRINTING ON BAG: A. Product data and warranty information contained in company literature and data? Yes No B. Literature and bag information meet specified requirements? Yes No C. Manufacturer guarantees grout as specified in Article Guaran- tee? Yes No D. Guarantee extends beyond grout replacement value and allows participation with Contractor in replacing and repairing defec- tive areas? Yes No E. Water demands and limits printed on bag? Yes No F. Mixing information printed on the bag? Yes No G. Temperature restrictions printed on bag? Yes No *Rejection of a grout will occur if one or more answers are noted NO. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 03 – CONCRETE SECTION 03 62 00 – GROUT (SUPPLEMENT 1) World Cup Legacy Square – Phase 1 Page 2 of 4 Section 03 62 00 – Supplement 1 GROUT TESTING PROCEDURES A. Bagged Material: 1. List lot numbers. 2. List expiration date. 3. Weigh bags and record weight. The Engineer or independent material testing and special inspections firm will disqualify grout if bag weights have misstated measure plus or minus 2 pounds by more than one out of three bags. (Accuracy of weights is required to regulate amount of water used in mixing since this will affect properties.) B. Mixing and Consistency Determination: 1. Mix full bag of grout in 10 gallon pail. 2. Use electric drill with a paddle device to mix grout (jiffy or jiffler type paddle). 3. Use maximum water allowed per water requirements listed in bag instructions . 4. Mix grout to maximum time listed on bag instructions. 5. In accordance with ASTM C939 (flow cone) determine time of mixed grout through the flow cone seconds. 6. Add water to attain 20 to 30 second flow in accordance with ASTM C939. 7. Record time of grout through cone at new water demand. seconds 8. Record total water needed to attain 20 to 30 second flow. pounds 9. Record percent of water. percent C. When fluid grout is specified and additional water is required beyond grout manufacturer’s listed maximum water, ASTM C1107/C1107M will be run at new water per grout ratio to de- termine whether grout passes using actual water requirements to be fluid. Use n ew water per grout ratio on remaining tests. D. Bleed Test: 1. Fill two gallon cans half full of freshly mixed grout at ambient temperatures for each category and at required consistency for each. 2. Place one can of grout in tub of ice water and leave one can at ambient tempera- ture. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 03 – CONCRETE SECTION 03 62 00 – GROUT (SUPPLEMENT 1) World Cup Legacy Square – Phase 1 Page 3 of 4 Section 03 62 00 – Supplement 1 3. Cover top of both cans with glass or plastic plate preventing evaporation. 4. Maintain 38 degrees F to 42 degrees F temperature with grout placed in ice and maintain ambient temperature for second container for 1 hour. 5. Visually check for bleeding of water at 15-minute intervals for 2 hours. 6. Perform final observation at 24 hours. If grout bleeds a small amount at temperatures specified, grout will be rejected. E. Extended Flow Time and Segregation Test (for Category II and Category III): 1. Divide the remaining grout into two 3 gallon cans. Place the cans into the 40-degree F and 100-degree F containers and leave for 20, 40, and 60 minutes. Every 20 minutes remove and check for segregation or settlement of aggregate. Use a gloved hand to reach to the bottom of the can, if more than 1/4-inch of aggregate has set- tled to the bottom or aggregate has segregated into clumps reject the grout. 2. Right after the settlement test mix the grout with the drill mixer for10 seconds. Take ASTM C939 flow cone test of grout and record flow time. Maintain this process for 1 hour at ambient temperatures of 40 degrees F and 100 degrees F. a. 20 min , sec. @ 40 degrees F. b. 40 min , sec. @ 40 degrees F. c. 60 min , sec. @ 40 degrees F. d. 20 min , sec. @ 100 degrees F. e. 40 min , sec. @ 100 degrees F. f. 60 min , sec. @ 100 degrees F. All Category II and Category III grout that will not go through the flow cone with continuous flow after 60 minutes will be disqualified. Qualified Disqualified F. 24-hour Strength Test: 1. Using grout left in mixing cans in accordance with ASTM C1107/C1107M for mixing and consistency determination test and for extended time flow test, make minimum of nine cube samples. 2. Store cubes at 70 degrees F for 24 hours. 3. Record average compressive strength of nine cubes at 24 hours. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 03 – CONCRETE SECTION 03 62 00 – GROUT (SUPPLEMENT 1) World Cup Legacy Square – Phase 1 Page 4 of 4 Section 03 62 00 – Supplement 1 Grout will be disqualified if 24-hour compressive strengths are less than 2,500 psi for grouts claiming fluid placement capabilities. Grouts that have not been disqualified after these tests are qualified for use on the Project for the application indicated in Nonshrink Grout Schedule. Signature of Independent Testing Laboratory Date Test Conducted End of Supplement 1 WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 5 – METAL SECTION 05 52 00 – METAL RAILINGS Contract No. CAG-25-044 05 52 00 - 1 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 SECTION 05 52 00 – METAL RAILINGS PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1. DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. This Section includes furnishing materials and all labor materials, tools and equipment necessary to furnish and install metal railings as described in the Contract Documents and shown on the Plans. 1.2. RELATED SECTIONS A. SECTION 03 30 00 – CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE. B. SECTION 03 30 05 – CONCRETE MIX DESIGN. C. SECTION 03 39 00 – CONCRETE CURING. 1.3. REFERENCES A. City of Renton Public Works Design and Construction Standard Plans (Current Edition) B. WSDOT Standard Specifications (2025) Standard Specification for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction; and Amendments C. ASTM International (ASTM): 1. A36/A36M, Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel. 2. A276, Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bars and Shapes. 3. A312/A312M, Standard Specification for Seamless, Welded, and Heavily Cold Worked Austenitic Stainless Steel Pipes. 4. A480/A480M, Standard Specification for General Requirements for Flat-Rolled Stainless and Heat-Resisting Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip. 5. B633, Standard Specification for Electrodeposited Coatings of Zinc on Iron and Steel. 6. C1107/C1107M, Standard Specification for Packaged Dry, Hydraulic-Cement Grout (Nonshrink). 7. D1187/D1187M, Standard Specification for Asphalt-Base Emulsions for Use as Protective Coatings for Metal. 1.4. SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 5 – METAL SECTION 05 52 00 – METAL RAILINGS Contract No. CAG-25-044 05 52 00 - 2 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 1. For each type of product, include preparation requirements and application instructions. B. Welders’ Certificates. 1. Show certification of welders employed on the Work, verifying AWS qualification within the previous 12 months. C. Shop Drawings. 1. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. 2. Drawings shall indicate all sizes, connections, fastenings, and accessories. 3. Indicate welded connections using standard AWS A2.4 welding symbols and indicate new weld lengths. 1.5. COORDINATION A. Coordinate selection of shop primers with topcoats to be applied. Comply with paint and coating manufacturer’s written recommendations to ensure that shop primers and topcoats are compatible with one another. B. Coordinate installation of anchorage for railings. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete. Deliver such items to Project site in time installation. C. Schedule installation so wall attachments are made only to completed walls. Do not support railings temporarily by any means that do not satisfy structural performance requirements. 1.6. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable temporary protective covering before shipping. 1.7. FIELD CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Verify actual locations of walls and other construction contiguous with metal fabrication by field measurements before fabrication. PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.1. PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Structural Performance: Railings, including attachment to building construction, shallwithstand the effects of gravity loads and the following loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated: WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 5 – METAL SECTION 05 52 00 – METAL RAILINGS Contract No. CAG-25-044 05 52 00 - 3 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 1. Handrails and Top Rails of Guards: a. Uniform load of 50 lbf/ft applied in any direction. b. Concentrated load of 200 lbf applied in any direction. c. Uniform and concentrated loads need not be assumed to act concurrently. 2. Infill of Guards: a. Concentrated load of 50 lbf (0.22kN) applied horizontally on an area of 1 square foot (0.093 sq.m). b. Infill load and other loads need not be assumed to act concurrently. B. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature changes acting on exterior railings by preventing buckling, opening of joints, overstressing of components, failure of connections, and other detrimental effects. 1. Temperature Change: 120 deg. F (67 deg C), ambient; 180 deg. F (100 deg C), material surfaces. 2.2. MATERIALS GENERAL A. Metal Surfaces, General: Provide materials with smooth surfaces, without seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names, stains, discolorations, or blemishes. B. Brackets, Flanges, and Anchors: Same metal and finish as supported rails unless otherwise indicated. 1. Provide formed‐steel brackets with predrilled holes for bolted anchorage. 2.3. STAINLESS STEEL A. Pipe: ASTM A 312/A 312M: Grade TP 316. B. Bars and Shapes: ASTM A276, Type 316. 2.4. STEEL AND IRON A. Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M. 1. As indicated on drawings. 2.5. FASTENERS A. Fastener Materials: Unless otherwise indicated, provide the following: 1. Uncoated and Galvanized‐Steel Components: Plated‐steel fasteners complying with ASTM B 633, Class Fe/Zn 25 for electrodeposited zinc coating. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 5 – METAL SECTION 05 52 00 – METAL RAILINGS Contract No. CAG-25-044 05 52 00 - 4 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 2. Stainless Steel Components: Type 316 stainless steel fasteners. Flathead, countersunk, tamperproof sex bolts. B. Post‐Installed Anchors: Fastener system with working capacity greater than or equal to the design load, according to an evaluation report acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, based on ICC‐ES AC193. 2.6. MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Shop Primers: Provide primers that comply with Section 09 91 13 “Painting”. B. Bituminous Paint or Nylon Washers: Cold‐applied asphalt emulsion complying with ASTM D 1187/D 1187M, or 0.010 thick nylon washers. Isolate stainless steel components from carbon steel components. C. Nonshrink Nonmetallic Grout: Factory‐packaged, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous grout complying with ASTM C 1107/C 1107M. Provide grout specifically recommended by manufacturer for exterior applications. 2.7. FABRICATION A. General: Fabricate railings to comply with requirements indicated for design, dimensions, member sizes and spacing, detail, finish, and anchorage, but not less than that required to support structural loads. B. Assemble railings in the shop to greatest extent possible to minimize field splicing and assembly. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinate installation. Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces. C. Cut, drill, and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs and ease edges to a radius of approximately 1/32 inch (1 mm) unless otherwise indicated. Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed surfaces. D. Form work true to line and level with accurate angles and surfaces. E. Fabricate connections that will be exposed to weather in a manner to exclude water. Provide weep holes where water may accumulate. Locate weep holes in inconspicuous locations. F. Cut, reinforce, drill and tap as indicated to receive finish hardware, screws, and similar items. G. Connections: Fabricate railings with welded connection unless otherwise indicated. H. Welded Connections: Cope components at connections to provide close fit, or use fittings designed for this purpose. Weld all around at connections, including at fittings. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 5 – METAL SECTION 05 52 00 – METAL RAILINGS Contract No. CAG-25-044 05 52 00 - 5 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 I. Close exposed ends of hollow railing members with prefabricated end fittings. J. Brackets, Flanges, Fittings, and Anchors: Provide brackets, flanges, miscellaneous fittings and anchors to interconnect railing members to other work unless otherwise indicated. K. Provide inserts and other anchorage devices for connecting railings to concrete work. Fabricate anchorage devices capable of withstanding loads imposed by railings. Coordinate anchorage devices with supporting structure. 2.8. STAINLESS STEEL FINISHES A. Surface Preparation: Remove tool and die marks and stretch lines, or blend into finish. B. All welded stainless-steel members to be passivated after welding to restore corrosion resistant properties prior to applying finish treatments. C. Dull Satin Finish: ASTM A 480/A 480 M, No. 6. 2.9. STEEL AND IRON FINISHES A. For nongalvanized‐steel railings, provide nongalvanized ferrous metal fitting, brackets, fasteners, and sleeves, but galvanize anchors to be embedded into exterior concrete. B. Preparing Galvanized Railings for Shop Priming: After galvanizing, thoroughly clean railings of grease, dirt, oil, flux, and other foreign matter, and treat with etching cleaner. C. Primer Application: Apply shop primer to prepared surfaces of railings unless otherwise indicated. Stainless steel components are not to be painted. Comply with requirements of SSPC‐PA 1, “Paint Application Specification No. 1: Shop, Field, and Maintenance Painting of Steel” for shop painting. Primer need not be applied to surfaces to be embedded in concrete. 1. Shop‐Painted Finish: Comply with Section 09 91 13 “Painting”. D. Shop‐Painted Finish: Comply with Section 09 91 13 “Painting”. 1. Color: Tnemec “Briquet” 49GR PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.1. EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates where reinforced to receive anchors, to verify that locations of concealed reinforcements have been clearly marked for Installer. Locate reinforcements and mark location if not already done. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 5 – METAL SECTION 05 52 00 – METAL RAILINGS Contract No. CAG-25-044 05 52 00 - 6 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 3.2. INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Fit exposed connections together to form tight, hairline joints. B. Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing railing. Set railings accurately in location, alignment, and elevation; measured from established lines and levels and free of rack. 1. Do not weld, cut, or abrade surfaces of railing components that have been coated of finished after fabrication and that are intended for field connection by mechanical or other means without further cutting or fitting. 2. Set posts plumb within a tolerance of 1/16th inch in 3 feet (2 mm in 1m). 3. Align rails so variations from level for horizontal members and variations from parallel with rake of steps and ramps for sloping members do not exceed ¼ inch in 12 feet (5 mm in 3 m). C. Control of Corrosion: Prevent galvanic action and other forms of corrosion by insulating metals and other materials from direct contact with incompatible materials. D. Adjust railings before anchoring to ensure matching alignment at abutting joints. E. Fastening to In‐Place Construction: Use anchorage devices and fasteners where necessary for securing railings and for properly transferring loads to in‐place construction. 3.3. RAILING CONNECTIONS A. Nonwelded Connections: Use mechanical or adhesive joints for permanently connecting railings components. Use wood blocks and padding to prevent damage to railing members and fittings. B. Welded Connections: Use fully welded joints for permanently connecting railing components. Comply with requirements for welded connections in “Fabrication” Article whether welding is performed in the shop or in the field. C. Expansion Joints: Install expansion joints at locations indicated but not farther apart than required to accommodate thermal movement. Provide slip‐joint internal sleeve extending 2 inches (50 mm) beyond joint on either side, fasten internal sleeve securely to one side, and locate joint within 6 inches (150 mm) of post. 3.4. ATTACHING RAILINGS A. Secure railing to concrete retaining wall with drilled‐in expansion shields and hanger or lag bolts. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 5 – METAL SECTION 05 52 00 – METAL RAILINGS Contract No. CAG-25-044 05 52 00 - 7 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 3.5. CLEANING A. Clean stainless steel by washing thoroughly with clean water and soap, rinsing with clean water, and wiping dry. B. Touchup Painting: Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint, and pain exposed areas with same material used for shop painting to comply with SSPC‐PA 1 for touching up shop‐painted surfaces. 1. Apply by brush or spray to provide a minimum 2.0 mil (0.05 mm) dry film thickness. 3.6. PROTECTION A. Protect finishes of railings from damage during construction period with temporary protective coverings approved by railing fabricator. Remove protective coverings at time of Substantial Completion. B. Restore finishes damaged during installations and construction period so no evidence remains of correction work. Return items that cannot be refinished in the field to the shop; make required alterations and refinish entire unit, or provide new units. END OF SECTION WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 9 – PAINTING SECTION 09 91 13 – PAINTING Contract No. CAG-25-044 09 91 13 - 1 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 SECTION 09 91 13 – PAINTING PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1. RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2. SUMMARY A. Section includes surface preparation and the application of paint systems on the following substrates: 1. Wood. 2. Structural Steel. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 05 12 00 "Structural Steel Framing" for painting of structural components. 1.3. REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this Section: 1. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). 2. Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA). 3. Research Council of Structural Connections (RCSC: Specifications for Structural Joints using High‐strength Bolts. 4. The Society for Protective Coatings (SSPC): a. PA2, Procedure for Determining Conformance to Dry Coating Thickness Requirements. b. PA 10, Guide to Safety and Health Requirements for Industrial Painting Projects. c. SP 1, Solvent Cleaning. d. SP 2, Hand Tool Cleaning. e. SP 3, Power Tool Cleaning. f. SP 5, White Metal Blast Cleaning. g. SP 6, Commercial Blast Cleaning. h. SP 7, Joint Surface Preparation Standard Brush‐off Blast Cleaning. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 9 – PAINTING SECTION 09 91 13 – PAINTING Contract No. CAG-25-044 09 91 13 - 2 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 i. SP 10, Near‐white Blast Cleaning. j. SP 11, Power Tool Cleaning to Bare Metal. k. SP 16, Brush‐off Blast Cleaning of Coated and Uncoated Galvanized Steel, Stainless Steel, and Non‐ferrous Metals. l. Guide 15, Field Methods for Retrieval and Analysis of Soluble Salts on Steel and Other Nonporous Substrates. 1.4. DEFINITIONS A. Terms that may be use in this section: 1. Coverage: Total minimum dry film thickness in mils or square feet per gallon. 2. Gloss Level 1: Not more than 5 units at 60 degrees and 10 units at 85 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. 3. Gloss Level 2: Not more than 10 units at 60 degrees and 10 to 35 units at 85 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. 4. Gloss Level 3: 10 to 25 units at 60 degrees and 10 to 35 units at 85 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. 5. Gloss Level 4: 20 to 35 units at 60 degrees and not less than 35 units at 85 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. 6. Gloss Level 5: 35 to 70 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. 7. Gloss Level 6: 70 to 85 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. 8. Gloss Level 7: More than 85 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. 9. MDFT: Minimum Dry Film Thickness, mils. 10. MDFTPC: Minimum Dry Film Thickness per Coat, mils. 11. Mil: Thousandth of an inch. 12. PDS: Product Data Sheet. 13. PSDS: Paint System Data Sheet. 14. SFPG: Square Feet per Gallon. 15. SFPGPC: Square Feet per Gallon per Coat. 16. SP: Surface Preparation. 1.5. SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. Include preparation requirements and application instructions. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 9 – PAINTING SECTION 09 91 13 – PAINTING Contract No. CAG-25-044 09 91 13 - 3 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 B. Samples for Verification: For each type of paint system and each color and gloss of topcoat. 1. Submit Samples on rigid backing, 8 inches (200 mm) square. 2. Step coats on Samples to show each coat required for system. 3. Label each coat of each Sample. 4. Label each Sample for location and application area. C. Product List: For each product indicated, include the following: 1. Cross‐reference to paint system and locations of application areas. Use same designations indicated on Drawings and in schedules. 2. Printout of current "MPI Approved Products List" for each product category specified, with the proposed product highlighted. 3. VOC content. 1.6. MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials, from the same product run, that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Paint: 5 percent, but not less than 1 gal. (3.8 L) of each material and color applied. 1.7. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator Qualifications: Engage an experienced applicator who has minimum 5 years’ experience and has completed painting system applications similar in material and extent to that indicated for this project with a record of successful in‐service performance. B. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Meet federal, state, and local requirements limiting the emission of volatile organic compounds. 2. Perform surface preparation and painting in accordance with recommendations of the following: a. Paint manufacturer’s instructions. b. SSPC PA 10. c. Federal, state, and local agencies having jurisdiction. C. Visual Standards: Each distinct area of the finished Work shall be free of variations in WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 9 – PAINTING SECTION 09 91 13 – PAINTING Contract No. CAG-25-044 09 91 13 - 4 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 color and sheen, runs, sags, holidays, blistering, checking, cracking, scratches and other signs of poor workmanship. 1.8. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in well‐ventilated areas with ambient temperatures continuously maintained at not less than 45 deg F (7 deg C). 1. Maintain containers in clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. 2. Remove rags and waste from storage areas daily. 1.9. FIELD CONDITIONS A. Do not apply paint in temperatures or moisture conditions outside of manufacturer’s recommended maximum or minimum allowable. B. Do not perform final abrasive blast cleaning whenever relative humidity exceeds 85 percent, or whenever surface temperature is less than 5 degrees F above dew point of ambient air. PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.1. MANUFACTURERS A. Nationally recognized manufacturers of paints and protective coatings who are regularly engaged in the production of such materials for essentially identical service conditions. B. Minimum of 5 years’ verifiable experience in manufacture of specified product. C. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Benjamin Moore. 2. Carboline. 3. International (including Devoe) 4. PPG Architectural Coatings. 5. Sherwin Williams, 6. Tnemec. 2.2. ABRASIVE MATERIALS A. Select abrasive type and size to produce surface profile that meets coating manufacturer’s recommendations for specific primer and coating system to be applied. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 9 – PAINTING SECTION 09 91 13 – PAINTING Contract No. CAG-25-044 09 91 13 - 5 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 2.3. PAINT, GENERAL A. Only materials (primers, paints, coatings, varnishes, stains, lacquers, fillers, etc.) listing in the latest edition of the MPI Architectural Painting Specification Manual, Approved Product List (APL) are acceptable for use on this project. B. Other materials such as linseed oil, shellac, thinners, solvents, etc. shall be the highest quality product of an MPI listed manufacturer and shall be compatible with paint materials being used as required. C. Material Compatibility: 1. Provide materials for use within each paint system that are compatible with one another and substrates indicated, under conditions of service and application as demonstrated by manufacturer, based on testing and field experience. 2. For each coat in a paint system, provide products recommended in writing by manufacturers of topcoat for use in paint system and on substrate indicated. D. VOC Content: Provide materials that comply with VOC limits of authorities having jurisdiction. E. Products: Product Definition Zinc Rich Primer – Ferrous Metal Moisture cured urethane or converted epoxy zinc rich primer, Tnemec Series 94H20 Hydro‐Zinc, or approved equal. High Build Epoxy High solids, two component polyamide or polyamidoamine cured epoxy, Tnemec Series 27 F.C. Typoxy, or approve equal. Finish Modified Polycarbamide, semi‐gloss finish, Tnemec Series 750 UVX, or approved equal. Organic Zinc Rich Primer Epoxy or moisture cured urethane with 85‐percent zinc content in the dry film. Meeting the requirements of RCSC Specification for Structural Joints using High Strength Bolts, Class A or Class B, as required. Varnish Water‐based clear varnish, gloss level 4, Sherwin Williams Minwax Helmsman Spar Water Based Urethane Satin, or approved equal (MPI #195) 2.4. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 9 – PAINTING SECTION 09 91 13 – PAINTING Contract No. CAG-25-044 09 91 13 - 6 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 2.5. MIXING A. Multiple‐Component Coatings: 1. Prepare using each component as packaged by paint manufacturer. 2. No partial batches will be permitted. 3. Do not use multiple‐component coatings that have been mixed beyond their pot life. 4. Furnish small quantity kits for touchup painting and for painting other small areas. 5. Mix only components specified and furnished by paint manufacturer. 6. Do no intermix additional components for reasons of color or otherwise, even within the same generic type of coating. B. Colors: Formulate paints with colorants free of lead, lead components. 2.6. SHOP FINISHES A. Shop Blast Cleaning: Reference Paragraph, Shop Coating Requirements. B. Surface Preparation: Provide Owner’s Representative minimum 7 days’ advance notice to start of shop surface preparation work and coating application work. C. Shop Coating Requirements: 1. Where manufacturer’s standard coating is not suitable for intended service condition, Owner’s Representative may approve use of a tie‐coat to be used between manufacturer’s standard coating and specified field finish. In such cases, tie‐coat shall be surface tolerant epoxy as recommended by manufacturer of specified field finish coat. PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.1. EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Maximum Moisture Content of Substrates: When measured with an electronic moisture meter as follows: 1. Wood: 15 percent. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 9 – PAINTING SECTION 09 91 13 – PAINTING Contract No. CAG-25-044 09 91 13 - 7 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 C. Verify suitability of substrates, including surface conditions and compatibility with existing finishes and primers. D. Surface Preparation Verification: Inspect and provide substrate surfaces prepared in accordance with these specifications and printed directions and recommendation of paint manufacturer whose product is to be applied. The more stringent requirements shall apply. E. Proceed with coating application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 1. Application of coating indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions. 3.2. PROTECTION OF ITEMS NOT BE PAINTED A. Remove, mask, or otherwise protect hardware, lighting fixtures, switch plates, aluminum surfaces, machined surfaces, couplings, shafts, bearings, nameplates on machinery, and other surfaces not specified elsewhere to be painted. B. Provide drop cloths to prevent paint materials from falling on or marring adjacent surfaces. C. Protect working parts of mechanical and electrical equipment from damage during surface preparation and painting process. D. Mask openings in motors to prevent paint and other materials from entering. E. Protect surfaces adjacent to or downwind of Work area from overspray. 3.3. SURFACE PREPARATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in "MPI Manual" applicable to substrates and paint systems indicated. B. Remove hardware, covers, plates, and similar items already in place that are removable and are not to be painted. If removal is impractical or impossible because of size or weight of item, provide surface‐applied protection before surface preparation and painting. 1. After completing painting operations, use workers skilled in the trades involved to reinstall items that were removed. Remove surface‐applied protection. oil, grease, and incompatible paints and encapsulants. C. Clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of paints, including dust, dirt, oil, grease, and incompatible paints and encapsulants. 1. Remove incompatible primers and reprime substrate with compatible primers or apply tie coat as required to produce paint systems indicated. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 9 – PAINTING SECTION 09 91 13 – PAINTING Contract No. CAG-25-044 09 91 13 - 8 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 D. Field Abrasive Blasting: 1. Perform blasting for items and equipment where specified and as required to restore damaged surfaces previously shop or field blasted and primed or coated. 2. Refer to coating systems for degree of abrasive blasting required, 3. Where the specified degree of surface preparation differs from manufacturer’s recommendations, the more stringent shall apply. E. Surface Contamination Testing: 1. A surface contamination analysis test shall be performed every 500 square feet by means of a Chlor Test CSN Salts or approved equivalent. 2. Surface with chloride level exceeding 3 μg/square centimeter for submerged surfaces and 5 μg/square centimeter for exposed surfaces shall be treated with a liquid soluble salt remover equivalent to CHLOR*RID (CHLOR*RID International, Chandler, AZ). 3. Follow manufacturer’s recommendation and procedures for the use of this product to remove the surface contamination. F. Metal Surface Preparation: 1. Where indicated, meet requirements of SSPC Specifications summarized below: a. SP 1,Solvent Cleaning: Removal of visible oil, grease, soil, drawings and cutting compounds, and other soluble contaminants by cleaning with solvent. b. SP 2, Hand Tool Cleaning: Removal of loose rust, loose mill scale, loose paint, and other loose detrimental foreign matter. Using power‐assisted hand tools. c. SP 3, Power Tool Cleaning: Removal of visible oil, grease, dust, dirt, mill scale, loose paint, and other loose detrimental foreign matter, using power‐assisted hand tools. d. SP 5, White Metal Blasting: Removal of visible oil grease, dust, dirt, mill scale, rust, coatings, oxides, corrosion products, and other foreign matter by blast cleaning. e. SP 6, Commercial Blast Cleaning: Removal of visible oil, grease, dust, dirt, mill scale, rust, coatings, oxides, corrosion products, and other foreign matter, except for random staining limited to no more than 33 percent of each unit area of surface which may consist of light shadows, slight streaks, or minor discolorations caused by stains of rust, stains of mill scale, or stains of previously applied coatings. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 9 – PAINTING SECTION 09 91 13 – PAINTING Contract No. CAG-25-044 09 91 13 - 9 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 f. SP 7, Brush‐Off Blast Coating: Removal of visible oil, grease, soil, dust, loose mill scale, loose rust, and loose coatings. Tightly adherent mill scale, rust, and coating may remain on surface. g. SP 10, Near‐White Blast Cleaning: Removal of visible oil, grease, dust, dirt, mill scale, rust, coatings, oxides, corrosion products, and other foreign matter, except for random staining limited to no more the 5 percent of each unit area of surface which may consist of light shadows, slight streaks, or minor discolorations caused by stains of rust, stains of mill scale, or stains of previously applied coatings. h. SP 11, Power Tool Cleaning to Bare Metal: Removal of visible oil, grease, dirt, dust, mill scale, rust, paint, oxide, corrosion products, and other foreign matter using power‐assisted hand tools capable of producing suitable surface profile. Slight residues of rust and paint may be left in lower portion of pits if original surface is pitted. i. SP 16, Brush Blasting of Non‐Ferrous Metals; A brush‐off blast cleaned non‐ferrous metal surface, when viewed without magnification, shall be free of all visible oil, grease, dirt, dust, metal oxides (corrosion products), and other foreign matter. Intact, tightly adherent coating is permitted to remain. A coating is considered tightly adherent if it cannot be removed by lifting with a dull putty knife. Bare metal substrates shall have a minimum profile of 19 micrometers (0.75 mil). 2. The words “solvent cleaning”, “hand tool cleaning”, “wire brushing”, and “blast cleaning”, or similar works of equal intent in these Specifications or in paint manufacturer’s specifications refer to the applicable SSPC Specification. 3. Where OSHA or EPA regulations preclude standard abrasive blast cleaning, wet or vacu‐blast methods may be required. Coating manufacturer’s recommendations for wet blast additives and first coat application shall apply. 4. Hand tool clean areas that cannot be cleaned by power tool cleaning. 5. Round or chamfer sharp edges and grind smooth burrs, jagged edges, and surface defects. 6. Welds and Adjacent Areas: a. Prepare such that there is: (1) No undercutting or reverse ridges on weld bead. (2) No weld spatter on or adjacent to weld or any areas to be painted. (3) No sharp peaks or ridges along weld bead. b. Grind embedded pieces of electrode or wire flush with adjacent surface of weld bead. 7. Preblast Cleaning Requirements: WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 9 – PAINTING SECTION 09 91 13 – PAINTING Contract No. CAG-25-044 09 91 13 - 10 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 a. Remove oil, grease, welding fluxes, and other surface contaminants prior to blast cleaning. b. Cleaning Methods: Steam, open flame, hot water, or cold water with appropriate detergent additives followed with clean water rinsing. c. Clean small isolated areas as above or solvent clean with suitable solvent and clean cloth. 8. Blast Cleaning Requirements: a. Type of Equipment and Sped of Travel: Design to obtain specified degree of cleanliness. Minimum surface preparation is as specified herein and takes precedence over coating manufacturer’s recommendations. b. Select type and size of abrasive to produce surface profile that meets coating manufacturer’s recommendations for particular primer to be used. c. Use only dry blast cleaning methods. d. Do not reuse abrasive, except for design recyclable systems. e. Meet applicable federal, state, and local air pollution and environmental control regulations for blast cleaning, confined space entry (if required), and disposition of spent aggregate and debris. 9. Post‐Blast Cleaning and Other Cleaning Requirements: a. Clean surfaces of dust and residual particles from cleaning operations by dry (no oil or water vapor) air blast cleaning of other method prior to painting, Vacuum clean enclosed areas and other areas where dust settling is a problem and wipe with a tack cloth. b. Paint surfaces the same day they are blasted. Reblast surfaces that have started to rust before they are painted. G. Galvanized‐Metal Substrates: Remove grease and oil residue from galvanized sheet metal by mechanical methods to produce clean, lightly etched surfaces that promote adhesion of subsequently applied paints. H. Wood Substrates for Transparent Finishes: Clean surfaces to remove all foreign materials and substances, Sand surfaces to make smooth and dust off. 3.4. SURFACE CLEANING A. Solvent Cleaning: 1. Consists of removal of foreign matter such as oil, grease, soil, drawing and cutting compounds, and other surface contaminants by using solvent, emulsions, cleaning compounds, steam cleaning, or similar materials and methods that involve a solvent or cleaning action. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 9 – PAINTING SECTION 09 91 13 – PAINTING Contract No. CAG-25-044 09 91 13 - 11 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 2. Meet requirements of SSPC SP‐1 3.5. APPLICATION A. Apply paints according to manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in "MPI Manual." 1. Use applicators and techniques suited for paint and substrate indicated. 2. Paint surfaces behind movable items same as similar exposed surfaces. Before final installation, paint surfaces behind permanently fixed items with prime coat only, except as directed in this specification. 3. Do not paint over labels of independent testing agencies or equipment name, identification, performance rating, or nomenclature plates. 4. Primers specified in painting schedules may be omitted on items that are factory primed or factory finished if acceptable to topcoat manufacturers. B. Tint undercoats same color as topcoat, but tint each undercoat a lighter shade to facilitate identification of each coat if multiple coats of same material are to be applied. Provide sufficient difference in shade of undercoats to distinguish each separate coat. C. If undercoats or other conditions show through topcoat, apply additional coats until cured film has a uniform paint finish, color, and appearance. D. Apply paints to produce surface films without cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, roller tracking, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections. Cut in sharp lines and color breaks. E. Painting Plumbing, HVAC, Electrical, Communication, and Electronic Safety and Security Work: 1. Paint the following work where exposed to view to public: a. Equipment, including panelboards. b. Uninsulated metal piping. c. Uninsulated plastic piping. d. Pipe hangers and supports. e. Metal conduit. f. Plastic conduit. g. Tanks that do not have factory‐applied final finishes. F. Film Thickness and Coverage: 1. Number of Coats: WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 9 – PAINTING SECTION 09 91 13 – PAINTING Contract No. CAG-25-044 09 91 13 - 12 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 a. Minimum required without regard to coating thickness. b. Additional coasts may be required to obtain minimum required paint thickness, depending on method of application, differences in manufacturer’s products, and atmospheric conditions. 2. Application Thickness: a. Do not exceed coating manufacturer’s recommendations. b. Measure using a wet film thickness gauge to ensure proper coating thickness during application. 3. Give particular attention to edges, angles, flanges, and other similar areas, where insufficient film thicknesses are likely to be present, and ensure proper millage in these areas. 4. Apply additional coats as required to achieve complete hiding of underlying coats. Hiding shall be so complete that additional coats would not increase the hiding. 3.6. PROTECTIVE COATINGS SYSTEMS AND APPLICATION SCHEDULE A. Unless otherwise shown or specified, paint surfaces in accordance with the following application schedule. In event of discrepancies or omissions in the following, request clarification from Owner’s Representative before starting work in question. B. System No. 5 Exposed Metal – Mildly Corrosive: Surface Preparation Paint Material Minimum Coats, Cover SP 10, Near‐White Blast Cleaning Zinc Rich Primer – Ferous Metal 1 coat, 2.5 MDFT High Build Epoxy 1 Coat, 3 MDFT Finish 1 Coat, 3 MDFT 1. Total minimum thickness: a. Non‐stripe coated areas: 8.5 MDFT. b. Stripe coated areas: 11.5 MDFT. 2. Use on the following items or areas: a. All metal surfaces of structural steel components associated with trellis and gazebo structures, including fasteners, but excluding faying surfaces, and decorative metal railings: (1) Stripe coat all fasteners and field welds. Stripe coat shall consist of one coat of high build epoxy, brush applied, 3 MDFT. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 9 – PAINTING SECTION 09 91 13 – PAINTING Contract No. CAG-25-044 09 91 13 - 13 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 C. System No. 11 Faying Surfaces of Slip Critical Bolted Connections: Surface Preparation Paint Material Minimum Coats, Cover SP 10, Near‐White Blast Cleaning Organic Zinc Rich Primer 1 coat, 2.5 MDFT 1. Use on faying surfaces of slip critical joints as specified and as shown on drawings. 2. Provide primer in accordance with RCSC Specification for Structural Joints using High‐Strength Bolts. D. Wood Decking Surface Preparation Paint Material Minimum Coats, Cover Per MPI Exterior Surface Preparation manual, Section 6.2 Varnish, water base clear 1 coat Varnish, water base clear 1 Coat Varnish, water base clear 1 Coat 3.7. COLORS A. Finish Colors: 1. Structural Steel: Tnemec “Briquet” 49GR 2. Decorative Guardrails: Tnemec “Briquet” 49GR 3. Wood: Clear B. Proprietary identification of colors is for identification only. Selected manufacturer may supply matches. 3.8. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Dry Film Thickness Testing: Owner may engage the services of a qualified testing and inspecting agency to inspect and test paint for dry film thickness. 1. Contractor shall touch up and restore painted surfaces damaged by testing. 2. If test results show that dry film thickness of applied paint does not comply with paint manufacturer's written recommendations, Contractor shall pay for testing WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 9 – PAINTING SECTION 09 91 13 – PAINTING Contract No. CAG-25-044 09 91 13 - 14 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 and apply additional coats as needed to provide dry film thickness that complies with paint manufacturer's written recommendations. 3.9. CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. At end of each workday, remove rubbish, empty cans, rags, and other discarded materials from Project site. B. After completing paint application, clean spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paints by washing, scraping, or other methods. Do not scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces. C. Protect work of other trades against damage from paint application. Correct damage to work of other trades by cleaning, repairing, replacing, and refinishing, as approved by Architect, and leave in an undamaged condition. D. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted surfaces. END OF SECTION WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 26 – ELECTRICAL SECTION 26 00 00 – BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS Contract No. CAG-25-044 26 00 00 - 1 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 SECTION 26 00 00 – BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1. DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. This Section includes the following: 1. Supporting devices for electrical components. Electrical identification. 2. Cutting and patching for electrical construction. Touchup painting. 3. Luminaires and lighting fixtures. 1.2. REFERENCES A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.3. SUBMITTALS A. Field Test Reports: Indicate and interpret test results for compliance with performance requirements. B. For each type of raceway, wire, splice kits, fittings, etc., indicated. Include clearly marked manufacturers technical data. C. For each type of luminaire or lighting fixture in the Contract Drawings, provide manufacturer information and data, including Pole Base Covers. 1.4. DEFINITIONS A. EMT: Electrical metallic tubing. B. FMC: Flexible metal conduit. C. IMC: Intermediate metal conduit. D. LFMC: Liquidtight flexible metal conduit. E. RNC: Rigid nonmetallic conduit. 1.5. RECORD DRAWINGS A. Maintain continuously updated redline drawings during progress of the project. Show all changes from the contract documents. Provide detail dimensions for locations of conduit concealed by concrete or earthwork. 1.6. QUALITY ASSURANCE WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 26 – ELECTRICAL SECTION 26 00 00 – BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS Contract No. CAG-25-044 26 00 00 - 2 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. B. Comply with NFPA 70. 1.7. COORDINATION A. Coordinate chases, slots, inserts, sleeves, and openings with general construction work and arrange in structure during progress of construction to facilitate the electrical installations that follow. Set inserts and sleeves in poured‐in‐place concrete, masonry work, and other structural components as they are constructed. B. Sequence, coordinate, and integrate installing electrical materials and equipment for efficient flow of the Work. C. Coordinate location of access panels and doors for electrical items that are concealed by finished surfaces. D. Where electrical identification devices are applied to field‐finished surfaces, coordinate installation of identification devices with completion of finished surface. E. Provide temporary power to the construction site. Coordinate requirements with all trades. F. Furnish support structures – scaffolding, rigging, etc. ‐ necessary to complete the project. Remove structures prior to completion of the project. 1.8. WARRANTY A. Contractor shall warrant entire system for a minimum period of two years. This warranty shall include all installed components under Division 26. Note: the warranty period for other systems may be longer; see other sections of these specifications. PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.1. LUMINAIRE PRODUCTS A. Furnish all luminaires and lighting fixtures in the Contract Drawings, including Pole Base Covers. B. Contractor shall furnish and install all drivers and supporting components for lighting fixtures. C. Pedestrian Luminaires 1. Pedestrian luminaires shall be relocated luminaires as noted on the plans. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 26 – ELECTRICAL SECTION 26 00 00 – BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS Contract No. CAG-25-044 26 00 00 - 3 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 2. Pedestrian luminaires shall be repurposed and relocated from Gateway Park and Pavilion Park with new foundations matching existing anchorbolt pattern. D. Futsal Court Luminaires 1. Futsal court luminaires shall be Evolve EALP Series, EALP-03-0-N4-AF-7-40-N- D-S1-GRAY-L 400W or approved equal. 2. Futsal court luminaire poles shall be Valmont round tapered steel poles, DS210, 30-foot nominal mounting height or approved equal. E. Recessed Tree Lighting Fixtures 1. Recessed tree lighting fixtures shall be Kim Lighting LTV81-RGBW, LTV81-FF-NF- 24L-RGBW-UV-SR or approved equal. 2. Recessed tree lighting fixtures shall have their molded housings set before flexible porous surface treatment (FPST) is installed around them. F. Recessed Stairwell Lighting Fixtures 1. Recessed stairwell lighting fixtures shall be Sistemalux NANOLED S3354-19, S3354-N-REM-19 or approved equal. 2. Recessed stairwell lighting fixture driver shall be Sistemalux or approved equal. G. Recessed Concrete Bench Strip Lighting Fixtures 1. Recessed concrete bench strip lighting fixtures shall be Kelvix RGBW_2_WR_24V LED Strip Tape or approved equal. 2. Recessed concrete bench strip lighting driver shall be Kelvix or approved equal. H. Landscaping Spotlight Fixtures 1. Landscaping spotlight fixtures shall be Kim Lighting LTV81-RGBW, LTV81-EB- NF-24L-RGBW-UV or approved equal. 2.2. SUPPORTING DEVICES A. Metal Items for Use Outdoors: 316 stainless steel. B. Slotted‐Steel Channel Supports: Flange edges turned toward web, and 9/16‐ inch‐ (14‐mm‐) diameter slotted holes at a maximum of 2 inches (50 mm) o.c., in webs. C. Expansion Anchors: Carbon‐steel wedge or sleeve type. D. Toggle Bolts: All‐steel springhead type. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 26 – ELECTRICAL SECTION 26 00 00 – BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS Contract No. CAG-25-044 26 00 00 - 4 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.1. ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION A. Headroom Maintenance: If mounting heights or other location criteria is not indicated, arrange and install components and equipment to provide the maximum possible headroom. B. Materials and Components: Install level, plumb, and parallel and perpendicular to other structural systems and components, unless otherwise indicated. C. Equipment: Install to facilitate service, maintenance, and repair or replacement of components. Connect for ease of disconnecting, with minimum interference with other installations. D. Right of Way: Give to raceways and piping systems installed at a required slope. 3.2. ELECTRICAL SUPPORTING DEVICE APPLICATION A. Damp Locations and Outdoors: stainless steel materials. B. Dry Locations: Steel materials. C. Support Clamps for PVC Raceways: Click‐type clamp system. D. Selection of Supports: Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. E. Strength of Supports: Adequate to carry present and future loads, times a safety factor of at least four; minimum of 200‐lb (90‐kg) design load. 3.3. SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Install support devices to securely and permanently fasten and support electrical components. 3.4. IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS AND DEVICES A. Install at locations for most convenient viewing without interference with operation and maintenance of equipment. B. Coordinate names, abbreviations, colors, and other designations used for electrical identification with corresponding designations indicated in the Contract Documents or required by codes and standards. Use consistent designations throughout Project. C. Self‐Adhesive Identification Products: Clean surfaces before applying. D. Install continuous underground plastic markers during trench backfilling, for exterior underground power, control, signal, and communication lines located directly above power and communication lines. Locate 6 to 8 inches (150 to 200 mm) below finished WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 26 – ELECTRICAL SECTION 26 00 00 – BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS Contract No. CAG-25-044 26 00 00 - 5 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 grade. If width of multiple lines installed in a common trench or concrete envelope does not exceed 16 inches (400 mm), overall, use a single line marker. E. Install warning, caution, and instruction signs where required to comply with 29 CFR, Chapter XVII, Part 1910.145, and where needed to ensure safe operation and maintenance of electrical systems and of items to which they connect. F. Install engraved plastic‐laminated instruction signs with approved legend where instructions are needed for system or equipment operation. Install metal‐ backed butyrate signs for outdoor items. 3.5. DEMOLITION A. Protect existing electrical equipment and installations indicated to remain. If damaged or disturbed in the course of the Work, remove damaged portions and install new products of equal capacity, quality, and functionality. B. Accessible Work: Remove exposed electrical equipment and installations, indicated to be demolished, in their entirety. C. Abandoned Work: Cut and remove buried raceway and wiring, indicated to be abandoned in place, 2 inches (50 mm) below the surface of adjacent construction. Cap raceways and patch surface to match existing finish. D. Remove demolished material from Project site. E. Remove, store, clean, reinstall, reconnect, and make operational components indicated for relocation. 3.6. CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Cut, channel, chase, and drill floors, walls, partitions, ceilings, and other surfaces required to permit electrical installations. Perform cutting by skilled mechanics of trades involved. B. Repair and refinish disturbed finish materials and other surfaces to match adjacent undisturbed surfaces. Install new fireproofing where existing firestopping has been disturbed. Repair and refinish materials and other surfaces by skilled mechanics of trades involved. 3.7. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect installed components for damage and faulty work, including the following: 1. Raceways. 2. Wire and connectors. 3. Supporting devices for electrical components. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 26 – ELECTRICAL SECTION 26 00 00 – BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS Contract No. CAG-25-044 26 00 00 - 6 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 4. Electrical identification. 5. Electrical demolition. 6. Cutting and patching for electrical construction. 7. Touchup painting. 3.8. REFINISHING AND TOUCHUP PAINTING A. Refinish and touch up paint. 1. Clean damaged and disturbed areas and apply primer, intermediate, and finish coats to suit the degree of damage at each location. 2. Follow paint manufacturer's written instructions for surface preparation and for timing and application of successive coats. 3. Repair damage to galvanized finishes with zinc‐rich paint recommended by manufacturer. 4. Repair damage to PVC or paint finishes with matching touchup coating recommended by manufacturer. 3.9. CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. On completion of installation, including outlets, fittings, and devices, inspect exposed finish. Remove burrs, dirt, paint spots, and construction debris. B. Protect equipment and installations and maintain conditions to ensure that coatings, finishes, and cabinets are without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 26 – ELECTRICAL SECTION 26 05 19 – CONDUCTORS AND CABLES Contract No. CAG-25-044 26 05 19 - 1 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 SECTION 26 05 19 – CONDUCTORS AND CABLES PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1. DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. This Section includes building wires and cables and associated connectors, splices, and terminations for wiring systems rated 600 V and less. 1.2. RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 26 00 00 – Basic Electrical Materials and Methods. B. Section 26 05 53 – Electrical Identification. 1.3. REFERENCES A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.4. SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Field Quality‐Control Test Reports: From Contractor. 1.5. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Agency Qualifications: Testing agency as defined by OSHA in 29 CFR 1910.7 or a member company of the International Electrical Testing As‐ sociation and that is acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. C. Comply with NFPA 70. PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.1. MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the manufacturers specified. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 26 – ELECTRICAL SECTION 26 05 19 – CONDUCTORS AND CABLES Contract No. CAG-25-044 26 05 19 - 2 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 2.2. CONDUCTORS AND CABLES A. Available Manufacturers: 1. American Insulated Wire Corp.; a Leviton Company. 2. General Cable Corporation. 3. Southwire Company. B. Refer to Part 3 "Conductor and Insulation Applications" Article for insulation type, cable construction, and ratings. C. Conductor Material: Copper complying with NEMA WC 5 or 7; solid conductor for No. 10 AWG and smaller, stranded for No. 8 AWG and larger. D. Conductor Insulation Types: Type THW or THHN‐THWN; XHHW complying with NEMA WC 5 or 7. 2.3. CONNECTORS AND SPLICES A. Available Manufacturers: 1. AMP Incorporated/Tyco International. Hubbell/Anderson. 2. O‐Z/Gedney; EGS Electrical Group LLC. 3M Company; Electrical Products Division. B. Description: Factory‐fabricated connectors and splices of size, ampacity rating, material, type, and class for application and service indicated. PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.1. CONDUCTOR AND INSULATION APPLICATIONS A. Underground or outside Feeders and Branch Circuits: Type XHHW, single conductors in raceway for feeders and underground branch circuits; Type THHN‐ THWN, single conductors in raceway for indoor branch circuits (#10 and smaller). 3.2. INSTALLATION A. Use manufacturer‐approved pulling compound or lubricant where necessary; compound used must not deteriorate conductor or insulation. Do not exceed manufacturer's recommended maximum pulling tensions and sidewall pressure values. B. Use pulling means, including fish tape, cable, rope, and basket‐weave wire/cable grips that will not damage cables or raceway. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 26 – ELECTRICAL SECTION 26 05 19 – CONDUCTORS AND CABLES Contract No. CAG-25-044 26 05 19 - 3 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 C. Install exposed cables parallel and perpendicular to surfaces of exposed structural members, and follow surface contours where possible. D. Support cables according to Division 26 Section 26 00 00 ‐ Basic Electrical Materials and Methods. E. Identify and color‐code conductors and cables according to Division 26 Section 26 00 00 ‐ Basic Electrical Materials and Methods and Section 26 05 53 ‐ Electrical Identification. 3.3. CONNECTIONS A. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque‐tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B. B. Make splices and taps that are compatible with conductor material and that possess equivalent or better mechanical strength and insulation ratings than un‐ spliced conductors. Splices below grade shall utilize epoxy resin encapsulated or gel type splice kits. C. Wiring at Outlets: Install conductor at each outlet, with at least 12 inches (300 mm) of slack. 3.4. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing: Perform the following field quality‐control testing: 1. After installing conductors and cables and before electrical circuitry has been energized, test for compliance with requirements. 2. Perform each electrical test and visual and mechanical inspection stated in NETA ATS, Section 7.3.1. Certify compliance with test parameters. B. Test Reports: Prepare a written report to record the following: 1. Test procedures used. 2. Test results that comply with requirements. 3. Test results that do not comply with requirements and corrective action taken to achieve compliance with requirements. END OF SECTION WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 26 – ELECTRICAL SECTION 26 05 26 – GROUNDING AND BONDING Contract No. CAG-25-044 26 05 26 - 1 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 SECTION 26 05 26 – GROUNDING AND BONDING PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1. DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. This Section includes grounding of electrical systems and equipment. Grounding requirements specified in this Section may be supplemented by special requirements of systems described in other Sections. 1.2. RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 26 05 19 ‐ Conductors and Cables. B. Section 25 05 43 ‐ Underground Ducts and Handholes. 1.3. REFERENCES A. ASTM B. IEEE C. UL D. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.4. SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Product Data: For the following: 1. Ground rods. C. Field Test Reports: Submit written test reports to include the following: 1. Test procedures used. 2. Test results that comply with requirements. 3. Results of failed tests and corrective action taken to achieve test results that comply with requirements. 1.5. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 26 – ELECTRICAL SECTION 26 05 26 – GROUNDING AND BONDING Contract No. CAG-25-044 26 05 26 - 2 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 1. Comply with UL 467. PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.1. MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Grounding Conductors, Cables, Connectors, and Rods: a. Apache Grounding/Erico Inc. b. Chance/Hubbell. c. Erico Inc.; Electrical Products Group. d. Framatome Connectors/Burndy Electrical. ILSCO. e. Kearney/Cooper Power Systems. f. Korns: C. C. Korns Co.; Division of Robroy Industries. O‐Z/Gedney Co.; a business of the EGS Electrical Group. Raco, Inc.; Division of Hubbell. g. Thomas & Betts, Electrical. 2.2. GROUNDING CONDUCTORS A. For insulated conductors, comply with Division 26 Section 26 05 19 ‐ Conductors and Cables. B. Equipment Grounding Conductors: Insulated with green‐colored insulation. C. Grounding Electrode Conductors: Stranded cable. D. Underground Conductors: Bare, tinned, stranded, unless otherwise indicated. E. Bare Copper Conductors: Comply with the following: 1. Solid Conductors: ASTM B 3. 2. Assembly of Stranded Conductors: ASTM B 8. 3. Tinned Conductors: ASTM B 33. F. Copper Bonding Conductors: As follows: 1. Bonding Cable: 28 kcmil, 14 strands of No. 17 AWG copper conductor, 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) in diameter. 2. Bonding Conductor: No. 4 or No. 6 AWG, stranded copper conductor. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 26 – ELECTRICAL SECTION 26 05 26 – GROUNDING AND BONDING Contract No. CAG-25-044 26 05 26 - 3 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 3. Bonding Jumper: Bare copper tape, braided bare copper conductors, terminated with copper ferrules; 1‐5/8 inches (42 mm) wide and 1/16 inch (1.5 mm) thick. 4. Tinned Bonding Jumper: Tinned‐copper tape, braided copper conductors, terminated with copper ferrules; 1‐5/8 inches (42 mm) wide and 1/16 inch (1.5 mm) thick. 2.3. CONNECTOR PRODUCTS A. Comply with IEEE 837 and UL 467; listed for use for specific types, sizes, and combinations of conductors and connected items. B. Bolted Connectors: Bolted‐pressure‐type connectors, or compression type. C. Welded Connectors: Exothermic‐welded types, in kit form, and selected per manufacturer's written instructions. 2.4. GROUNDING ELECTRODES A. Ground Rods: Copper‐clad steel. 1. Size: 3/4 by 120 inches (19 by 3000 mm) in diameter. B. Test Wells: Provide handholes as specified in Division 26 Section 26 05 43 Underground Ducts and Handholes. PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.1. APPLICATION A. In raceways, use insulated equipment grounding conductors. B. Exothermic‐Welded Connections: Use for connections to structural steel and for underground connections, except those at test wells. C. Equipment Grounding Conductor Terminations: Use bolted pressure clamps. D. Ground Rod Clamps at Test Wells: Use bolted pressure clamps with at least two bolts. 3.2. EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTORS A. Comply with NFPA 70, Article 250, for types, sizes, and quantities of equipment grounding conductors, unless specific types, larger sizes, or more conductors than required by NFPA 70 are indicated. B. Install equipment grounding conductors in all feeders and circuits. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 26 – ELECTRICAL SECTION 26 05 26 – GROUNDING AND BONDING Contract No. CAG-25-044 26 05 26 - 4 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 C. Nonmetallic Raceways: Install an equipment grounding conductor in nonmetallic raceways unless they are designated for telephone or data cables. D. Metal Poles Supporting Outdoor Lighting Fixtures: Provide a grounding electrode in addition to installing a separate equipment grounding conductor with supply branch‐ circuit conductors. 3.3. INSTALLATION A. Ground Rods: Install at least three rods spaced at least one‐rod length from each other and located at least the same distance from other grounding electrodes. 1. Drive ground rods until tops are 2 inches (50 mm) below finished floor or final grade, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Interconnect ground rods with grounding electrode conductors. Use exothermic welds, except at test wells and as otherwise indicated. Make connections without exposing steel or damaging copper coating. B. Grounding Conductors: Route along shortest and straightest paths possible, unless otherwise indicated. Avoid obstructing access or placing conductors where they may be subjected to strain, impact, or damage. C. Bonding Straps and Jumpers: Install so vibration by equipment mounted on vibration isolation hangers and supports is not transmitted to rigidly mounted equipment. Use exothermic‐welded connectors for outdoor locations, unless a disconnect ‐type connection is required; then, use a bolted clamp. Bond straps directly to the basic structure taking care not to penetrate any adjacent parts. Install straps only in locations accessible for maintenance. D. Install one test well for each service at the ground rod electrically closest to the service entrance. Set top of well flush with finished grade or floor. 3.4. CONNECTIONS A. General: Make connections so galvanic action or electrolysis possibility is minimized. Select connectors, connection hardware, conductors, and connection methods so metals in direct contact will be galvanically compatible. 1. Use electroplated or hot‐tin‐coated materials to ensure high conductivity and to make contact points closer to order of galvanic series. 2. Make connections with clean, bare metal at points of contact. 3. Make aluminum‐to‐steel connections with stainless‐steel separators and mechanical clamps. 4. Make aluminum‐to‐galvanized steel connections with tin‐plated copper jumpers and mechanical clamps. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 26 – ELECTRICAL SECTION 26 05 26 – GROUNDING AND BONDING Contract No. CAG-25-044 26 05 26 - 5 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 5. Coat and seal connections having dissimilar metals with inert material to prevent future penetration of moisture to contact surfaces. B. Exothermic‐Welded Connections: Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. Welds that are puffed up or that show convex surfaces indicating improper cleaning are not acceptable. C. Equipment Grounding Conductor Terminations: For No. 8 AWG and larger, use pressure‐type grounding lugs. No. 10 AWG and smaller grounding conductors may be terminated with winged pressure‐type connectors. D. Noncontact Metal Raceway Terminations: If metallic raceways terminate at metal housings without mechanical and electrical connection to housing, terminate each conduit with a grounding bushing. Connect grounding bushings with a bare grounding conductor to grounding bus or terminal in housing. Bond electrically noncontinuous conduits at entrances and exits with grounding bushings and bare gro unding conductors, unless otherwise indicated. E. Connections at Test Wells: Use compression‐type connectors on conductors and make bolted‐ and clamped‐type connections between conductors and ground rods. F. Tighten screws and bolts for grounding and bonding connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque‐tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A. G. Compression‐Type Connections: Use hydraulic compression tools to provide correct circumferential pressure for compression connectors. Use tools and dies recommended by connector manufacturer. Provide embossing die code or other standard method to make a visible indication that a connector has been adequately compressed on grounding conductor. H. Moisture Protection: If insulated grounding conductors are connected to ground rods or grounding buses, insulate entire area of connection and seal against moisture penetration of insulation and cable. 3.5. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing: Perform the following field quality‐control testing: 1. After installing grounding system but before permanent electrical circuitry has been energized, test for compliance with requirements. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 26 – ELECTRICAL SECTION 26 05 26 – GROUNDING AND BONDING Contract No. CAG-25-044 26 05 26 - 6 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 2. Test completed grounding system at each location where a maximum ground ‐ resistance level is specified, at service disconnect enclosure grounding terminal, and at ground test wells. Measure ground resistance not less than two full days after the last trace of precipitation, and without the soil being moistened by any means other than natural drainage or seepage and without chemical treatment or other artificial means of reducing natural ground resistance. Perform tests, by the fall‐ of‐potential method according to IEEE 81. 3. Provide drawings locating each ground rod and ground rod assembly and other grounding electrodes, identify each by letter in alphabetical order, and key to the record of tests and observations. Include the number of rods driven and their depth at each location and include observations of weather and other phenomena that may affect test results. Describe measures taken to improve test results. a. Equipment Rated 500 kVA and Less: 10 ohms. b. Equipment Rated 500 to 1000 kVA: 5 ohms. 4. Excessive Ground Resistance: If resistance to ground exceeds specified values, notify Architect/Engineer promptly and include recommendations to reduce ground resistance. END OF SECTION WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 26 – ELECTRICAL SECTION 26 05 33 – RACEWAYS AND BOXES Contract No. CAG-25-044 26 05 33 - 1 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 SECTION 26 05 33 – RACEWAYS AND BOXES PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1. DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Section Includes: 1. Metal conduits, tubing, and fittings. 2. Nonmetal conduits, tubing, and fittings. 3. Surface raceways. 4. Boxes, enclosures, and cabinets. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 26 05 43 ‐ Underground Ducts and Handholes for exterior duct‐ banks, boxes, manholes, and underground utility construction. 1.2. RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 26 05 43 ‐ Underground Ducts and Handholes 1.3. REFERENCES A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.4. SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For surface raceways, wireways and fittings, floor boxes, hinged ‐ cover enclosures, and cabinets. B. Shop Drawings: For custom enclosures and cabinets. Include plans, elevations, sections, and attachment details. 1.5. DEFINITIONS A. GRC: Galvanized rigid steel conduit. PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.1. METAL CONDUITS, TUBING, AND FITTINGS A. Listing and Labeling: Metal conduits, tubing, and fittings shall be listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for in‐ tended location and application. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 26 – ELECTRICAL SECTION 26 05 33 – RACEWAYS AND BOXES Contract No. CAG-25-044 26 05 33 - 2 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 B. GRC: Comply with ANSI C80.1 and UL 6. C. EMT: Comply with ANSI C80.3 and UL 797. D. FMC: Comply with UL 1; zinc‐coated steel. E. LFMC: Flexible steel conduit with PVC jacket and complying with UL 360. F. Fittings for Metal Conduit: Comply with NEMA FB 1 and UL 514B. 1. Fittings for EMT: a. Material: Steel. b. Type: compression. 2. Expansion Fittings: PVC or steel to match conduit type, complying with UL 651, rated for environmental conditions where installed, and including flexible external bonding jumper. 2.2. NONMETALLIC CONDUITS AND FITTINGS A. Listing and Labeling: Nonmetallic conduits, tubing, and fittings shall be listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for in ‐ tended location and application. B. RNC: Type EPC‐80‐PVC, complying with NEMA TC 2 and UL 651 unless otherwise indicated. C. Fittings for RNC: Comply with NEMA TC 3; match to conduit or tubing type and material. D. Solvents and Adhesives: As recommended by conduit manufacturer. 2.3. SURFACE RACEWAYS A. Listing and Labeling: Surface raceways shall be listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and ap ‐ plication. 2.4. BOXES, ENCLOSURES, AND CABINETS A. General Requirements for Boxes, Enclosures, and Cabinets: Boxes, enclosures, and cabinets installed in wet locations shall be listed for use in wet locations. B. Cast‐Metal Outlet and Device Boxes: Comply with NEMA FB 1, Type FD, with gasketed cover. C. Small Sheet Metal Pull and Junction Boxes: NEMA OS 1. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 26 – ELECTRICAL SECTION 26 05 33 – RACEWAYS AND BOXES Contract No. CAG-25-044 26 05 33 - 3 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 D. Cast‐Metal Access, Pull, and Junction Boxes: Comply with NEMA FB 1 and UL 1773, with gasketed cover. E. Box extensions used to accommodate new building finishes shall be of same material as recessed box. F. Gangable boxes are prohibited. G. Enclosures: Comply with UL 50 and NEMA 250 with continuous‐hinge cover with flush latch unless otherwise indicated. 1. Exterior enclosures: NEMA Type 4X. 316 stainless steel or powder coated 304 stainless steel/marine grade aluminum. 2. Interior Panels: NEMA Type 12. 3. Enclosures larger than 12” x 12” x 6”d in any dimension: a. Hinged door in front cover with flush latch and concealed hinge. b. Key latch to match panelboards. c. Metal barriers to separate wiring of different systems and voltage. d. Accessory feet where required for freestanding equipment. PART 3 – EXECUTION RACEWAY 3.1. APPLICATION A. Outdoors: Apply raceway products as specified below unless otherwise indicated: 1. Exposed Conduit: GRC, RNC. 2. Concealed Conduit, Aboveground: GRC. 3. Underground Conduit: RNC, Type EPC‐80‐PVC. 4. Connection to Vibrating Equipment (Including Transformers and Hydraulic, Pneumatic, Electric Solenoid, or Motor‐Driven Equipment): LFMC. 5. Boxes and Enclosures, Aboveground: NEMA 250, Type 4X. B. Minimum Raceway Size: 3/4‐inch (21‐mm) trade size, except when specifically noted otherwise. C. Raceway Fittings: Compatible with raceways and suitable for use and location. 1. Rigid Steel Conduit: Use threaded rigid steel conduit fittings unless other ‐ wise indicated. Comply with NEMA FB 2.10. 2. Flexible Conduit: Use only fittings listed for use with flexible conduit. Comply with NEMA FB 2.20. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 26 – ELECTRICAL SECTION 26 05 33 – RACEWAYS AND BOXES Contract No. CAG-25-044 26 05 33 - 4 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 D. Do not install aluminum conduits, boxes, or fittings in contact with concrete or earth. E. Install surface raceways only where indicated on Drawings. 3.2. INSTALLATION A. Comply with NECA 1 and NECA 101 for installation requirements except where requirements on Drawings or in this article are stricter. B. Keep raceways at least 6 inches (150 mm) away from other utilities. Install horizontal raceway runs above water piping. C. Complete raceway installation before starting conductor installation. D. Arrange stub‐ups so curved portions of bends are not visible above finished slab. E. Install no more than the equivalent of three 90‐degree bends in any conduit run except for control wiring conduits, for which fewer bends are allowed. Support within 12 inches (300 mm) of changes in direction. F. Conceal conduit unless otherwise indicated. Install conduits parallel or perpendicular to construction features and/or building lines. Hold conduit tight to structure. Paint to match adjacent surfaces. G. Support conduit within 12 inches ((300 mm)) of enclosures to which attached. H. Raceways Embedded in Slabs: 1. Run conduit larger than 1‐inch (27‐mm) trade size, parallel or at right angles to main reinforcement. Where at right angles to reinforcement, place conduit close to slab support. Secure raceways to reinforcement at maximum 10‐foot (3‐m) intervals. 2. Arrange raceways to keep a minimum of 2 inches (50 mm) of concrete cover in all directions. 3. Do not embed threadless fittings in concrete unless specifically approved by owners representative for each specific location. I. Threaded Conduit Joints, Exposed to Wet, Damp, Corrosive, or Outdoor Conditions: Apply listed compound to threads of raceway and fittings before making up joints. Follow compound manufacturer's written instructions. J. Install raceways square to the enclosure and terminate at enclosures with lock ‐ nuts. Install locknuts hand tight plus 1/4 turn more. K. Do not rely on locknuts to penetrate nonconductive coatings on enclosures. Re ‐ move coatings in the locknut area prior to assembling conduit to enclosure to as ‐ sure a continuous ground path. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 26 – ELECTRICAL SECTION 26 05 33 – RACEWAYS AND BOXES Contract No. CAG-25-044 26 05 33 - 5 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 L. Cut conduit perpendicular to the length. For conduits 2‐inch (53‐mm) trade size and larger, use roll cutter or a guide to make cut straight and perpendicular to the length. M. Install pull wires in empty raceways. Use polypropylene or monofilament plastic line with not less than 200‐lb (90‐kg) tensile strength. Leave at least 12 inches (300 mm) of slack at each end of pull wire. Cap underground raceways designated as spare above grade alongside raceways in use. N. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for solvent welding RNC and fit‐ tings. O. Expansion‐Joint Fittings: 1. Install in each run of aboveground RNC that is located where environ‐ mental temperature change may exceed 30 deg F (17 deg C) and that has straight ‐run length that exceeds 25 feet (7.6 m). Install in each run of aboveground RNC conduit that is located where environmental temperature change may exceed 100 deg F (55 deg C) and that has straight‐run length that exceeds 100 feet (30 m). 2. Install fitting(s) that provide expansion and contraction for at least 0.00041 inch per foot of length of straight run per deg F (0.06 mm per meter of length of straight run per deg C) of temperature change for PVC conduits. Install fitting(s) that provide expansion and contraction for at least 0.000078 inch per foot of length of straight run per deg F (0.0115 mm per meter of length of straight run per deg C) of temperature change for metal conduits. 3. Install expansion fittings at all locations where conduits cross building or structure expansion joints. 4. Install each expansion‐joint fitting with position, mounting, and piston setting selected according to manufacturer's written instructions for conditions at specific location at time of installation. Install conduit supports to allow for expansion movement. P. Mount boxes at heights indicated on Drawings. If mounting heights of boxes are not individually indicated, give priority to ADA requirements. Install boxes with height measured to center of box unless otherwise indicated. Q. Recessed Boxes in Masonry Walls: Install box flush with surface of wall. Prepare surfaces to provide a flat surface for a watertight connection between box and cover plate or supported equipment and box. R. Horizontally separate boxes mounted on opposite sides of walls so they are not in the same vertical channel. S. Locate boxes so that cover or plate will not span different finishes. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 26 – ELECTRICAL SECTION 26 05 33 – RACEWAYS AND BOXES Contract No. CAG-25-044 26 05 33 - 6 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 T. Fasten junction and pull boxes to or support from building structure. Do not sup ‐ port boxes by conduits. 3.3. PROTECTION A. Protect coatings, finishes, and cabinets from damage and deterio ration. 1. Repair damage to galvanized finishes with zinc‐rich paint recommended by manufacturer. 2. Repair damage to PVC coatings or paint finishes with matching touchup coating recommended by manufacturer. END OF SECTION WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 26 – ELECTRICAL SECTION 26 05 43 – UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND HANDHOLES Contract No. CAG-25-044 26 05 43 - 1 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 SECTION 26 05 43 – UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND HANDHOLES PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1. DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. This Section includes the requirements for trenching, backfilling and installation of underground conduits, ducts and duct banks, and the design, fabrication, delivery and installation of handholes. B. Related Documents: The provisions and intent of the Contract, the General and Supplementary Conditions, and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to the Work as if specified in this Section. 1.2. RELATED SECTIONS A. Division 2, Section “Earthwork” for general requirements for excavat ion, backfill and items related to ducts, manholes, and handholes. B. Division 3, Section “Cast‐In‐Place Concrete” for cast‐in‐place concrete requirements. C. Division 26, Section 26 05 26 ‐ Grounding and Bonding. 1.3. RELATED A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. ASTM (American Society for Testing and Materials). C. NFPA 70 (National Fire Protection Association) – National Electrical Code. D. WSDOT/APWA Specifications, Section 6‐02.3. 1.4. SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections: 1. Product data for metal accessories handholes, conduit and duct, duct bank materials, and miscellaneous components. 2. Shop drawings showing details and design calculations for precast hand‐ holes, including reinforcing steel. Stamp drawings with seal of registered professional structural engineer. 3. Certificate for concrete and steel used in underground precast concrete utility structures, according to ASTM C 858. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 26 – ELECTRICAL SECTION 26 05 43 – UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND HANDHOLES Contract No. CAG-25-044 26 05 43 - 2 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 4. Inspection report for factory inspections, according to ASTM C 1037. 5. Record Documents: Show dimensioned locations of underground ducts, and handholes, from nearest building or permanent structure. 1.5. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Listing and Labeling: Provide products that are Listed and Labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to the Authority Having Jurisdiction, and marked for intended use for the location and environment in which they are installed. B. Comply with NFPA 70, as adopted and administered by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. C. ANSI C2 “National Electrical Safety Code” for components and installation. 1.6. DEFINITIONS A. Duct: Electrical conduit and other raceway, either metallic or nonmetallic, used underground, embedded in earth or concrete. B. Ductbank: 2 or more conduits or other raceway installed underground in the same trench or concrete envelope. C. Handhole, Pull‐box, or Vault: An underground junction box in a duct or duct bank. Handhole, pull‐box, and vault, is used interchangeably. 1.7. COORDINATION A. Coordinate layout and installation of ducts, and handholes with final arrangement of other utilities as determined by field verification. Revise locations and elevations from those indicated as required to suit field conditions and ensure that duct runs drain to handholes. 1.8. SAFETY REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with safety and protection requirements of Division 26, Section 26 00 00 “Basic Electrical Materials and Methods.” B. Perform work in accordance with the safety requirements of the Department of Labor Occupational Safety and Health Administration, Volume 36, Number 75, Part II, Subpart P, “Excavations, Trenching, and Shoring,” and with Section 7 of the Manual of Accident Prevention in Construction as published by the Association General Contractors of America, Inc. C. Educate supervisors and employees on safety requirements and practices to be followed during the course of the work. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 26 – ELECTRICAL SECTION 26 05 43 – UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND HANDHOLES Contract No. CAG-25-044 26 05 43 - 3 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 1.9. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver ducts to site with ends capped. Store nonmetallic ducts with supports to prevent bending, warping, and deforming. B. Store precast concrete units at site as recommended by manufacturer to prevent physical damage. Arrange so identification markings are visible. C. Lift and support precast concrete units only at designated lifting or supporting points. PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.1. MANUFACTURERS A. Handholes: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Puget Sound Precast 2. Oldcastle 3. Columbia Precast 2.2. CONDUIT AND DUCTS A. Nonmetallic conduit: 1. Rigid Plastic Conduit: NEMA TC 2, UL 651A, Schedule 80 PVC, rated for use with 90°C conductors under all installation conditions and labeled for underground use. 2.3. CONDUIT FITTINGS A. PVC Conduit and Tubing Fittings: NEMA TC 3. B. Seal Bushings: O.Z. compound bushing on each conduit entering a building from outside underground and on each conduit passing from one space into another, which is normally at a lower temperature. 2.4. DUCT SUPPORTS A. Rigid PVC spacers selected to provide minimum duct spacings (see drawings). 2.5. HANDHOLES, VAULTS, & PULL‐BOXES A. General: Precast concrete, as indicated on Drawings, with the following standard features: 1. Cover with insert or other device to facilitate lifting. 2. Cover with locking devices similar to REA or FARGO. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 26 – ELECTRICAL SECTION 26 05 43 – UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND HANDHOLES Contract No. CAG-25-044 26 05 43 - 4 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 3. Drain hole in base, 2‐inch minimum diameter. 4. Knockouts in sides of adequate number and spacing to accommodate duct‐ bank shown. B. Design structure per Washington State Department of transportation (WSDOT) for Type 1 and Type 2 underground pull boxes. C. Covers: 1. Galvanized diamond plate lids. 2. Access lids shall be provided with a permanent non‐slip surface having a static coefficient of friction between 0.60 and 1.00 as determined by ASTM Designation. C 1028‐89. Access lids on inclines greater than 4% shall have a coefficient of friction between 0.80 and. 1.00. 3. Cast‐in legend “ELECTRIC”, “TELEPHONE” or “COMMUNICATIONS” as ap‐ propriate. 4. Machine cover‐to‐frame bearing surfaces. 5. Covers per City of Renton standards. 2.6. ACCESSORIES A. Duct Supports: Rigid PVC spacers selected to provide 3 1/2” minimum duct spacings and concrete cover depths indicated, while supporting ducts during concrete pour. 2.7. BACKFILL MATERIAL A. Coordinate trenching and backfill with division 31 sections. B. Select Backfill. Unsaturated excavated earth free of rocks, broken concrete and debris, and compacted in 12” lifts to prevent settlement. Provide 3” sand base below bottom of deepest raceway(s). 1. Provide plastic warning tape, 4‐mil thickness reading “Caution – Buried Electrical Line Below” in trench at 12” below grade. PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.1. EXAMINATION A. Examine site to receive ducts and handholes for compliance with installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the underground ducts and handholes. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. B. Existing Utilities: Locate all existing utilities in the area prior to performing any excavation. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 26 – ELECTRICAL SECTION 26 05 43 – UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND HANDHOLES Contract No. CAG-25-044 26 05 43 - 5 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 3.2. EARTHWORK A. Comply with Division 31 sections. B. Trenching: 1. Comply with OSHA/WISHA safety standards for trenching, including stable slope and shoring requirements. 2. Depth: Refer to Drawings for trench depth requirements. Depths per code and utility company standards; refer to civil documents for fina l grades. Correct points of over‐excavation using mechanically‐compacted backfill to form a smooth trench bottom. 3. Width: Excavate to minimum width consistent with stability of sides. 4. Slope: Slope trenches so that conduit and ducts drain toward handholes. 5. Muck Excavation: Where muck or unstable material is encountered, over‐ excavate and backfill to attain proper grade with coarse sand, gravel, or Controlled Density Fill. 6. Pile backfill material in an orderly manner; a sufficient distance from the trench to avoid overloading trench banks. 7. Bedding: The entire bottom of the excavation is to be firm, stable, and at uniform density. C. Excavating for Handholes: Provide 12” minimum clearance between outer sur‐ faces of unit and embankment or timber used for shoring. 3.3. RACEWAY APPLICATIONS A. Nonmetallic conduit: Use underground only. 1. Underground Ductbanks: For low‐voltage applications. Use Schedule 80 Rigid Plastic Conduit as standard. B. Use PVC fittings for PVC conduit and suitable water‐tight connections. 3.4. CONDUIT AND DUCT INSTALLATION A. Install conduit and ducts as indicated on Drawings and according to manufacturer’s written instructions. B. Contractor shall provide all shoring and false work as required for construction of duct banks. C. Slope: Pitch ducts minimum of 4 inches per 100 feet to drain toward handholes. Slope ducts from a high point in runs between 2 handholes to drain in both directions. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 26 – ELECTRICAL SECTION 26 05 43 – UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND HANDHOLES Contract No. CAG-25-044 26 05 43 - 6 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 D. Curves and Bends: Use manufactured long sweep bends. Do not exceed 20 degrees for field bends. E. Make joints in ducts and fittings watertight according to manufacturer’s instructions. Stagger couplings so those of adjacent ducts do not lie in the same plane. F. Duct Entrances to Handholes: Provide bell ends for conduits entering handholes. Grout end bells into concrete walls from both sides to provide watertight entrances. G. Separation Between Direct‐Buried, Non‐Encased Ducts: Provide 3 inches mini‐ mum separation for like services, and 12 inches minimum between power and signal ducts. 3.5. BACKFILLING A. Backfill only after all necessary inspections and tests have been performed. B. Remove all debris, rocks, broken concrete, and formwork before backfilling trenches. C. Deposit backfill in layers with materials described in Article 2.07, “Backfill Mate‐ rial.” Uniformly spread and compact backfill with suitable power tampers to the density of the adjacent soil and in such a manner so as not to disturb the alignment of the conduit. If settlement occurs, refill, compact and smooth off to con‐ form to the surface of the ground. D. Restore surface features at areas disturbed by excavation, and reestablish grades. 1. Replace removed sod as soon as possible after backfilling is completed. 2. Restore all areas disturbed by trenching, storing of dirt, cable laying, and other work. 3. Restore vegetation and provide necessary topsoil, fertilizer, lime, seed, sod, sprigging, or mulching. 4. Replace disturbed paving. 3.6. HANDHOLE INSTALLATION A. Install as indicated on Drawings according to manufacturer’s written instructions and ASTM C 891. 1. Install with orientation and depth coordinated with arrangement of connecting ducts to minimize bends and deflections required for proper entrances. 2. Support units on a bed of crushed stone or gravel, graded from the 1‐inch sieve to the No. 4 sieve and compacted to the same density as the adjacent undisturbed earth. 3. Drainage: Provide one foot minimum of gravel below the drain hole. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 26 – ELECTRICAL SECTION 26 05 43 – UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND HANDHOLES Contract No. CAG-25-044 26 05 43 - 7 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 B. Grounding: 1. Provide opening for ground rod through floor in handholes. 3.7. IDENTIFICATION A. Provide warning and caution signs as required by the Authority Having Jurisdiction and these specifications. B. Label raceways entering concealed locations from exposed locations as to the destination via the concealed area. 3.8. TESTING AND CLEANING A. Pull brush through full length of ducts. Use round bristle brush with a diameter 1/2 ‐ inch greater than internal diameter of duct. Clean internal surfaces of hand ‐ holes. B. Duct Integrity: Swab out ducts with a mandrel 1/4 inch smaller in diameter than internal diameter of ducts. END OF SECTION WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 26 – ELECTRICAL SECTION 26 05 53 – ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION Contract No. CAG-25-044 26 05 53 - 1 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 SECTION 26 05 53 – ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1. DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. This Section includes the following: 1. Conductor and communication and control cable identification materials. 2. Identification for conductors and cables. 3. Underground‐line warning tape. 4. Warning labels and signs. 5. Instruction signs. 6. Equipment identification labels. 7. Miscellaneous identification products. 1.2. REFERENCES A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.3. SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each electrical identification product indicated. B. Identification Schedule: An index of nomenclature of electrical equipment and system components used in identification signs and labels. C. Samples: For each type of label and sign to illustrate size, colors, lettering style, mounting provisions, and graphic features of identification products. 1.4. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with ANSI A13.1 and ANSI C2. B. Comply with NFPA 70. C. Comply with 29 CFR 1910.145. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 26 – ELECTRICAL SECTION 26 05 53 – ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION Contract No. CAG-25-044 26 05 53 - 2 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 1.5. COORDINATION A. Coordinate identification names, abbreviations, colors, and other features with requirements in the Contract Documents, Shop Drawings, manufacturer's wiring diagrams, and the Operation and Maintenance Manual, and with those required by codes, standards, and 29 CFR 1910.145. Use consistent designations throughout Project. B. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with completion of covering and painting of surfaces where devices are to be applied. C. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with location of access panels and doors. D. Install identifying devices before installing acoustical ceilings and similar concealment. PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.1. CONDUCTOR AND COMMUNICATION‐ AND CONTROL‐CABLE IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS A. Color‐Coding Conductor Tape: Colored, self‐adhesive vinyl tape not less than 3 mils (0.08 mm) thick by 1 to 2 inches (25 to 50 mm) wide. B. Sleeve‐type, permanent, PVC, yellow or white, with legible machine‐printed black markings. C. Manufacturer and Products: Raychem; Type D‐SCE or ZH‐SCE. 2.2. UNDERGROUND‐LINE WARNING TAPE A. Description: Permanent, bright‐colored, continuous‐printed, polyethylene tape. 1. Not less than 6 inches (150 mm) wide by 4 mils (0.102 mm) thick. 2. Compounded for permanent direct‐burial service. 3. Embedded continuous metallic strip or core. 4. Printed legend shall indicate type of underground line. 2.3. WARNING LABELS AND SIGNS A. Comply with NFPA 70 and 29 CFR 1910.145. B. Self‐Adhesive Warning Labels: Factory printed, multicolor, pressure‐sensitive adhesive labels, configured for display on front cover, door, or other access to equipment, unless otherwise indicated. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 26 – ELECTRICAL SECTION 26 05 53 – ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION Contract No. CAG-25-044 26 05 53 - 3 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 C. Baked‐Enamel Warning Signs: Preprinted aluminum signs, punched or drilled for fasteners, with colors, legend, and size required for application. 1/4‐inch (6.4‐ mm) grommets in corners for mounting. Nominal size, 7 by 10 inches (180 by 250 mm). D. Metal‐Backed, Butyrate Warning Signs: Weather‐resistant, nonfading, preprinted, cellulose‐acetate butyrate signs with 0.0396‐inch (1‐mm) galvanized‐ steel backing; and with colors, legend, and size required for application. 1/4‐inch (6.4‐mm) grommets in corners for mounting. Nominal size, 10 by 14 inches (250 by 360 mm). E. Warning label and sign shall include, but are not limited to, the following legends: 1. Multiple Power Source Warning: "DANGER ‐ ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD EQUIPMENT HAS MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES." 2. Workspace Clearance Warning: "WARNING ‐ OSHA REGULATION ‐ AREA IN FRONT OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT MUST BE KEPT CLEAR FOR 36 INCHES (915 MM)." 2.4. INSTRUCTION SIGNS A. Coordinate this Article with Drawings. B. Engraved, laminated acrylic or melamine plastic, minimum 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) thick for signs up to 20 sq. in. (129 sq. cm) and 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) thick for larger sizes. 1. Engraved legend with black letters on white face. 2. Punched or drilled for mechanical fasteners. 3. Framed with mitered acrylic molding and arranged for attachment at applicable equipment. 2.5. EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION LABELS A. Self‐Adhesive, Engraved, Laminated Acrylic or Melamine Label: Adhesive backed, with white letters on a dark‐gray background. Minimum letter height shall be 3/8 inch (10 mm). 2.6. MISCELLANEOUS IDENTIFICATION PRODUCTS A. Cable Ties: Fungus‐inert, self‐extinguishing, 1‐piece, self‐locking, Type 6/6 nylon cable ties. 1. Minimum Width: 3/16 inch (5 mm). 2. Tensile Strength: 50 lb (22.6 kg), minimum. 3. Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 185 deg F (Minus 40 to plus 85 deg C). 4. Color: Black, except where used for color‐coding. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 26 – ELECTRICAL SECTION 26 05 53 – ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION Contract No. CAG-25-044 26 05 53 - 4 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 B. Fasteners for Labels and Signs: Self‐tapping, stainless‐steel screws or stainless‐ steel machine screws with nuts and flat and lock washers. PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.1. APPLICATION A. Branch‐Circuit Conductor Identification: Where there are conductors for more than three branch circuits in same junction or pull box, use color‐coding conductor tape. Identify each ungrounded conductor according to source and circuit number. B. Locations of Underground Lines: Identify with underground‐line warning tape for power, lighting, communication, and control wiring and optical fiber cable. Install underground‐line warning tape for cables in raceway. C. Instruction Signs: 1. Operating Instructions: Install instruction signs to facilitate proper operation and maintenance of electrical systems and items to which they connect. Install instruction signs with approved legend where instructions are needed for system or equipment operation. D. Equipment Identification Labels: On each unit of equipment, install unique designation label that is consistent with wiring diagrams, schedules, and Operation and Maintenance Manual. Apply labels to disconnect switches and protection equipment, central or master units, control panels, control stations, terminal cabinets, and racks of each system. Systems include power, lighting, control, communication, signal, monitoring, and alarm systems unless equipment is provided with its own identification. 1. Labeling Instructions: a. Indoor Equipment: Engraved, laminated acrylic or melamine label. Unless otherwise indicated, provide a single line of text with 1/2‐inch‐ (13‐mm‐) high letters on 1‐1/2‐inch‐ (38‐mm‐) high label; where 2 lines of text are required, use labels 2 inches (50 mm) high. b. Outdoor Equipment: Engraved, laminated acrylic or melamine label. c. Elevated Components: Increase sizes of labels and lette rs to those appropriate for viewing from the floor. 2. Equipment to Be Labeled: a. Identification labeling of some items listed below may be required by individual Sections or by NFPA 70. b. Panelboards, electrical cabinets, and enclosures. c. Access doors and panels for concealed electrical items. d. Disconnect switches. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 26 – ELECTRICAL SECTION 26 05 53 – ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION Contract No. CAG-25-044 26 05 53 - 5 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 e. Contactors. f. Lighting controls. g. Remote‐controlled switches, dimmer modules, and control devices. h. Voice and data cable terminal equipment. 3.2. INSTALLATION A. Verify identity of each item before installing identification products. B. Location: Install identification materials and devices at locations for most convenient viewing without interference with operation and maintenance of equipment. C. Apply identification devices to surfaces that require finish after completing finish work. D. Self‐Adhesive Identification Products: Clean surfaces before application, using materials and methods recommended by manufacturer of identification device. E. Attach non‐adhesive signs and plastic labels with screws and auxiliary hardware appropriate to the location and substrate. F. System Identification Color Banding for Raceways an d Cables: Each color band shall completely encircle cable or conduit. Place adjacent bands of two‐color markings in contact, side by side. Locate bands at changes in direction, at penetrations of walls and floors, at 50‐foot (15‐m) maximum intervals in straight runs, and at 25‐foot (7.6‐ m) maximum intervals in congested areas. G. Color‐Coding for Phase and Voltage Level Identification, 600 V and Less: Use the colors listed below for ungrounded service, feeder, and branch‐circuit conductors. 1. Color shall be factory applied or, for sizes larger than No. 10 AWG if authorities having jurisdiction permit, field applied. 2. Colors for 208/120‐V Circuits: a. Phase A: Black. b. Phase B: Red. c. Phase C: Blue. 3. Field‐Applied, Color‐Coding Conductor Tape: Apply in half‐lapped turns for a minimum distance of 6 inches (150 mm) from terminal points and in boxes where splices or taps are made. Apply last two turns of tape with no tension to prevent possible unwinding. Locate bands to avoid obscuring factory cable markings. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 26 – ELECTRICAL SECTION 26 05 53 – ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION Contract No. CAG-25-044 26 05 53 - 6 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 H. Underground‐Line Warning Tape: During backfilling of trenches install continuous underground‐line warning tape directly above line at 6 to 8 inches (150 to 200 mm) below finished grade. Use multiple tapes where width of multiple lines installed in a common trench exceeds 36 inches. END OF SECTION WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 26 – ELECTRICAL SECTION 26 27 26 – WIRING DEVICES Contract No. CAG-25-044 26 27 26 - 1 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 SECTION 26 27 26 – WIRING DEVICES PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1. DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. This Section includes the following: 1. Single and duplex receptacles, ground‐fault circuit interrupters. 2. Device Plates. 1.2. RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 26 05 26 – Grounding and Bonding B. Section 26 05 53 – Electrical Identification C. Section 26 05 19 – Conductors and Cables 1.3. REFERENCES A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.4. SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: List of legends and description of materials and process used for pre ‐ marking wall plates. C. Include sample review below if products may have critical features needing hands‐on appraisal. D. Samples: One for each type of device and wall plate specified, in each color specified. E. Field quality‐control test reports. 1.5. DEFINITIONS A. GFCI: Ground‐fault circuit interrupter. B. PVC: Polyvinyl chloride. 1.6. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of wiring device through one source from a WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 26 – ELECTRICAL SECTION 26 27 26 – WIRING DEVICES Contract No. CAG-25-044 26 27 26 - 2 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 single manufacturer. B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as def ined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. C. Comply with NFPA 70. PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.1. MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Wiring Devices: a. Bryant Electric, Inc./Hubbell Subsidiary. b. Hubbell Incorporated; Wiring Device‐Kellems. c. Leviton Mfg. Company Inc. d. Pass & Seymour/Legrand; Wiring Devices Div. 2.2. RECEPTACLES A. Straight‐Blade‐Type Receptacles: Comply with NEMA WD 1, NEMA WD 6, DSCC W‐C‐ 596G, and UL 498. B. Straight‐Blade and Locking Receptacles: Heavy‐Duty grade. C. Provide non‐feed‐through GFCI receptacles. GFCI protection of downstream devices is not permitted. D. Covers and housings: metallic, lockable, and secured with tamper resistant screws. E. GFCI Receptacles: Straight blade, feed‐through type, Hospital grade, with integral NEMA WD 6, Configuration 5‐20R duplex receptacle; complying with UL 498 and UL 943. Design units for installation in a 2‐3/4‐inch‐ (70‐mm‐) deep outlet box without an adapter. 2.3. WALL PLATES, COVERS, AND HOUSINGS A. Single and combination types to match corresponding wiring devices. B. Plate‐Securing Screws: Metal with head color to match plate finish. Fasteners to be vandal resistant. C. Material for Finished and Unfinished Spaces: Stainless steel. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 26 – ELECTRICAL SECTION 26 27 26 – WIRING DEVICES Contract No. CAG-25-044 26 27 26 - 3 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 D. Material for Wet Locations: Cast aluminum with ‘while in use’ lift cover , listed and labeled for use in "wet locations.” Metallic, lockable, and secured with tamper resistant screws. 2.4. FINISHES A. Color: 1. Wiring Devices: As selected by the owner, unless otherwise indicated or required by NFPA 70. PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.1. INSTALLATION A. Install devices and assemblies level, plumb, and square with construction lines. B. Arrangement of Devices: Unless otherwise indicated, mount flush, with long dimension vertical, and with grounding terminal of receptacles on top. Group adjacent switches under single, multi‐gang wall plates. C. Remove wall plates and protect devices and assemblies during painting. 3.2. IDENTIFICATION A. Comply with Division 26 Section 26 05 53 ‐ Electrical Identification. 1. Receptacles: Identify panelboard and circuit number from which served. Use hot, stamped or engraved machine printing with black‐filled lettering on face of plate, and durable wire markers or tags inside outlet boxes. 3.3. CONNECTIONS A. Ground equipment according to Division 26 Section 26 05 26 ‐ Grounding and Bonding. B. Connect wiring according to Division 26 Section 26 05 19 ‐ Conductors and Cables. C. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque‐tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B. 3.4. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports: 1. After installing wiring devices and after electrical circuitry has been energized, test for proper polarity, ground continuity, and compliance with requirements. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 26 – ELECTRICAL SECTION 26 27 26 – WIRING DEVICES Contract No. CAG-25-044 26 27 26 - 4 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 2. Test GFCI operation with both local and remote fault simulations according to manufacturer's written instructions. B. Remove malfunctioning units, replace with new units, and retest as specified above. END OF SECTION WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 31 – EARTHWORK SECTION 31 10 00 – SITE PREPARATION Contract No. CAG-25-044 31 10 00 - 1 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 SECTION 31 10 00 – SITE PREPARATION PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1. SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment, and related items required to complete the work shown on the Contract Drawings and/or as specified in the Contract Specifications. The items of work shall include, but not be limited to: 1. Removal and disposal of unwanted vegetation. 2. Removal and disposal of miscellaneous debris, rubbish, and garbage. 3. The installation, maintenance, and removal of Temporary Erosion Sedimentation Control (TESC) facilities. 4. Protect from harm all items to remain. Install and maintain protection fencing. 5. Providing staging and stockpile areas. 1.2. RELATED WORK DESCRIBED ELSEWHERE A. Related work in other sections of these Contract Specifications include but is not limited to: 1. Section 01 57 13 Temporary Sediment and Erosion Control 2. Section 02 41 00 Demolition 3. Section 32 33 00 Site Furnishings 4. Section 31 23 16 Excavation 5. Section 32 90 00 Planting 1.3. EXISTING CONDITIONS A. Site Survey documenting previously existing site conditions has been provided in Contract Drawings. B. It is understood that there will be interfering utilities, service laterals, and other underground pipes, drains or structures encountered that are not shown, or areas shown incorrectly on the plans, or have not been previously discovered in the field. Contractor agrees this is a normal and usual occurrence in the construction of underground improvements. Furthermore, Contractor understands and agrees that work in some cases must be done in close proximity to said utilities and underground pipes, drains and structures not shown or shown incorrectly on the plans, which may require a change in operations and may cause sloughing of the trench, additional traffic control, additional pavement and backfill costs and time. The Contractor agrees that these occurrences are usual and ordinary, and are reflected in the bid and plan of operation. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 31 – EARTHWORK SECTION 31 10 00 – SITE PREPARATION Contract No. CAG-25-044 31 10 00 - 2 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 C. Contractor agrees to provide for these conflicts and interferences and agrees to provide for a reasonable amount of time for design changes and/or utility relocations due to said interferences. D. Repair and or replacement of damaged facilities to the Owner satisfaction, will be accomplished at the Contractor's expense. 1.4. SUBMITTALS A. Submit for review and acceptance a complete site access, staging, and stockpiling plan using a copy of the basic site layout. Identify all areas to be used for access, staging, and stockpiling throughout the various stages of the construction. B. Contractor shall provide a traffic control plan for all Work along S 3rd St. No work shall commence on S 3rd St until the traffic control plan has been reviewed and approved by the City. Refer to the City of Renton website, https://www.rentonwa.gov/City- Services/Permit-Services/Traffic-Control-Plan, for Traffic Control Plan Application and submittal requirements. C. The Contractor shall submit written certification that disposal site complies with all governmental regulations. 1.5. JOB CONDITIONS A. Visit site prior to bidding to determine nature of existing site materials, materials and other conditions that may affect work. B. Contact respective utility maintenance agencies to verify location of active utilities prior to excavation. Keep active utilities intact and in continuous operation. C. Protect neighboring property, occupants of said property, customers, visitors, passers- by from injury and discomfort caused by dust or debris. D. Remove no utilities unless shown on the Contract Drawings or as specified in the Contract Specifications. If unexpected conditions arise, stop work and immediately notify Owner. Damage caused by Contractor to any existing utilities shall be repaired by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. E. Safety, Monitoring, & Response Products and Equipment: The Contractor shall provide barricades, safety guards, temporary fencing, signage and/or other methods to secure trenches, open excavations, and other unsafe conditions resulting from this construction. Undertake work in full compliance with all applicable regulatory requirements. 1.6. MONUMENTS A. Carefully maintain all benchmarks, monuments, and other reference points. If disturbed or destroyed, replace at the Contractor's expense. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 31 – EARTHWORK SECTION 31 10 00 – SITE PREPARATION Contract No. CAG-25-044 31 10 00 - 3 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.1. MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. As required to complete the work as shown on the Contract Drawings and/or as specified in the Contract Specifications. 2.2. TEMPORARY CHAIN LINK FENCE A. Prefabricated portable galvanized chain link fence panels including fabric, posts, top and bottom rails, and driven posts with rolled fabric and wire ties for area of uneven terrain. B. Prefabricated portable fence panels shall be a minimum of six (6) feet high by a maximum twelve (12) feet wide. Post bases shall be minimum sixteen (16) inches by eight (8) inches high concrete pier with sleeve for post, or as approved. Posts shall be minimum one and one half (1-1/2) inch out-side-diameter (OD) Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe. Fabric shall be minimum eleven (11) gauge galvanized two (2) inch diamond mesh steel wire interwoven. Knuckled or twisted selvage is acceptable. Wire ties shall be minimum nine (9) gauge aluminum wire. C. Provide additional panels or outriggers as necessary to provide a rigid, stable run of fence. D. Gates shall be twenty (20) feet wide, two (2) prefabricated panels with double padlocks to allow Contractor and Owner entry. Hinged sides or each operating panel shall include double bracketing. Owner will provide one (1) lock keyed for personnel for each entry. Contractor shall provide a lock keyed for Owner and Subcontractor entry. E. Provide warning signage every thirty (30) feet of running fence line. Signage shall be a minimum of eighteen (18) inches square, brightly colored with contracting lettering as follows: WARNING CONSTRUCTION KEEP OUT Or as accepted by the Owner. F. Barbed and/or razor wire are not allowed. G. Contractor to provide all Project Signage as required by the Owner in Specification Section 01 58 13. 2.3. TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION ACCESS A. Construction entrance shall be per City of Renton Standard Plan 215.10. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 31 – EARTHWORK SECTION 31 10 00 – SITE PREPARATION Contract No. CAG-25-044 31 10 00 - 4 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 B. No vehicle and equipment access or parking shall be allowed within Seattle Public Utilities (SPU) right of way. 2.4. TEMPORARY FACILITIES A. Contractor shall provide a temporary enclosed workspace (“Job Shack” or Trailer) suitable for storage of Project Documentation and use as meeting space, minimum interior space shall be six (6) feet by twenty (20) feet. Furnish the interior with a working surface sufficient to accommodate the Contract Documents, minimum three (3) feet by four (4) feet. Provide a minimum of four (4) chairs and a table of sufficient size to conduct weekly Project Meetings. B. Contractor shall engage the services of a licensed, commercial provider of portable temporary sanitary facilities. Provide sufficient capacity and maintenance for no less than one hundred twenty-five (125) percent of the anticipated peak workforce. C. Provide facilities for health and safety per King County Health Department and State of Washington for COVID protection. PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.1. DOCUMENTATION OF UTILITIES AND CONTROLS A. Maintain a separate Contract Drawing, to be stored on-site, for identifying key utilities and controls. Identify and apply color-coded markings identifying shut-offs for domestic water, irrigation water, power, and gas. Identify sanitary sewerage, stormwater discharge, gas, fiber optics, and telephone (all as appropriate) lines, which are to be maintained in service during the work. B. Color-code emergency contact information for each of the above utilities directly on the Contract Drawing. 3.2. TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION FENCE A. Secure the project site from trespass or unintentional entrance by unauthorized personnel. B. All disturbed ground stockpiles, staging and on-site transport routes shall be fully enclosed by a perimeter security fence. Areas either under construction or completed but not specifically accepted by the Owner shall be completed enclosed. C. Temporary chain link fence panels shall be connected mechanically by means of pre - fabricated, bolted bracket manufactured specifically for the purpose. Fencing shall not be wired together. Where long straight runs result in an unstable condition, sufficient out-rigging shall be incorporated to maintain fencing upright. Use only pre - manufactured outriggers or additional fence panels. Out -riggers shall be placed on the interior side of the fence unless accepted by the Owner. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 31 – EARTHWORK SECTION 31 10 00 – SITE PREPARATION Contract No. CAG-25-044 31 10 00 - 5 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 3.3. TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL (TESC) A. See Contract Drawings and TESC Specification herein. 3.4. PROJECT SIGNAGE A. Contractor to provide project signage as required by Owner per Section 01 58 13 Temporary Project Signage. 3.5. TREE PROTECTION FENCING A. To protect the Critical Root Zone (CRZ) from negative impacts, signage should be placed every 50’ feet on Tree Protection Zone fencing (to be installed at the start of the project and immediately replaced if moved temporarily during demolition) stipulating the following activities are prohibited or must avoided wherever possible during demolition: 1. Stockpiling construction materials or demolition debris 2. Parking vehicles or equipment 3. Piling soil and/or mulch 4. Trenching for utilities installation or repair, or for irrigation system installation 5. Changing soil grade by cutting or filling 6. Damaging roots by grading, tearing, or grubbing 7. Compacting soil with equipment, vehicles, material storage, and/or foot traffic 8. Contaminating soil from washing out equipment (especially concrete) and vehicle maintenance 9. Installing impervious parking lots, driveways, and walkways 10. Attaching anything to trees using nails, screws, or spikes 11. Wounding or breaking tree trunks or branches through contact with vehicles and heavy equipment 12. Wounding trunks with string weed trimmers and lawn mowers 13. Causing injury by fire or excessive heat 3.6. TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION ACCESS / SEE CONTRACT DRAWINGS A. The Contractor shall submit layout and design of stabilized construction entrances for acceptance by the Owner. The entrances shall be installed at the beginning of construction and maintained to meet applicable standards for the duration of the project. Additional measures may be required to ensure that all paved areas are kept clean for the duration of the project. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 31 – EARTHWORK SECTION 31 10 00 – SITE PREPARATION Contract No. CAG-25-044 31 10 00 - 6 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 3.7. REMOVAL A. All materials and debris associated with this work shall be removed at the appropriate time. 1. Removal and restoration of Temporary Access Pads shall be undertaken as quickly as possible following the conclusion of transport of bulk materials and demobilization of heavy equipment. 2. Removal of Trailer and Sanitary Facilities shall not be undertaken until the Owner has established that the project work is acceptable. 3. Removal of temporary siltation control fencing shall in no case be prior to project acceptance. The Owner reserves the right to take ownership and control of temporary siltation control facilities. 4. Prior to project acceptance, the Contractor shall remove accumulated sediment from all manholes, catch basins, and inlets. 3.8. CLEARING AND GRUBBING OF IMPERISHABLE DEBRIS A. Remove all imperishable debris that would be unsuitable for bearing including, but not limited to rocks, concrete pipe, abandoned pipes, and existing construction debris. 3.9. PROTECTION A. Protect bench marks and existing work from damage or displacement. B. Maintain designated site access for vehicle and pedestrian traffic. 3.10. CLEAN-UP A. All work areas shall be kept clean during progress of work and until completion. Dispose of all surplus, waste materials and rubbish off-site in accordance with all governmental laws, regulations, and ordinances. B. Provide certification from disposal site operator stating the disposal site complies with all governmental regulations. C. All effort shall be made to recycle materials whenever possible. END OF SECTION WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 31 – EARTHWORK SECTION 31 23 13 – SUBGRADE PREPARATION Contract No. CAG-25-044 31 23 13 - 1 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 SECTION 31 23 13 – SUBGRADE PREPARATION PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1. REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this section: 1. Standard Specifications: When referenced in this section, shall mean the Washington State Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction, latest 2025 amendment and as amended by this section. 1.2. DEFINITIONS A. Optimum Moisture Content: As defined in Section 31 23 23, Fill and Backfill. B. Prepared Ground Surface: Ground surface after completion of clearing and grubbing, scalping of sod, stripping of topsoil, excavation to grade, and scarification and compaction of subgrade. C. Maximum Density: As defined in Section 31 23 23, Fill and Backfill. D. Subgrade: Layer of existing soil after completion of clearing, grubbing, scalping of topsoil prior to placement of fill, roadway structure or base for floor slab. E. Proof-Rolling: Testing of subgrade by compactive effort to identify areas that will not support the future loading without excessive settlement. 1.3. SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Complete applicable Work specified in Section 31 23 16, Excavation, prior to subgrade preparation. 1.4. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Contractor shall employ an independent material testing and special inspections firm, as required by Owner. B. Notify the independent material testing and inspections firm when subgrade is ready for compaction or proof-rolling or whenever compaction or proof-rolling is resumed after a period of extended inactivity. 1.5. ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Prepare subgrade when unfrozen and free of ice and snow. PART 2 – PRODUCTS (NOT USED) WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 31 – EARTHWORK SECTION 31 23 13 – SUBGRADE PREPARATION Contract No. CAG-25-044 31 23 13 - 2 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.1. GENERAL A. In accordance with Section 2-06.3 of the Standard Specifications. B. Keep subgrade free of water, debris, and foreign matter during compaction or proof - rolling. C. Bring subgrade to proper grade and cross-section and uniformly compact surface. D. Do not use sections of prepared ground surface as haul roads. Protect prepared subgrade from traffic. E. Maintain prepared ground surface in finished condition until next course is placed. 3.2. COMPACTION A. Under Earthfill: Compact upper 6 inches to minimum of 95 percent of the maximum density in accordance with Section 2-06.3(1) of the Standard Specifications. Planting areas to be compacted to 85 percent of the maximum density. B. Under Pavement Structure, Floor Slabs On Grade, or Granular Fill Under Structures: Compact the upper 6 inches to minimum of 95 percent of the maximum density in accordance with Sections 2-06.3(1) and 5-05.3(6) of the Standard Specifications. 3.3. MOISTURE CONDITIONING A. Dry Subgrade: Add water, then mix to make moisture content uniform throughout. B. Wet Subgrade: Aerate material by blading, discing, harrowing, or other methods, to hasten drying process. 3.4. TESTING A. Proof-roll subgrade with equipment specified in Article Compaction to detect soft or loose subgrade or unsuitable material, as determined by the Owner’s Representative or independent material testing and inspection firm. B. Contractor shall employ an independent material testing and special inspections firm, as required by Owner. 3.5. CORRECTION A. Soft or Loose Subgrade: In accordance with Section 2-06.3(1) of the Standard Specifications. B. Unsuitable Material: WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 31 – EARTHWORK SECTION 31 23 13 – SUBGRADE PREPARATION Contract No. CAG-25-044 31 23 13 - 3 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 1. Over excavate as specified in Section 31 23 16, Excavation, and replace with suitable material from the excavation, as specified in Section 31 23 23, Fill and Backfill. 2. In accordance with Section 2-09.3(1)C of the Standard Specifications for unstable base material underneath a structure. END OF SECTION WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 31 – EARTHWORK SECTION 31 23 16 – EXCAVATION Contract No. CAG-25-044 31 23 16 - 1 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 SECTION 31 23 16 – EXCAVATION PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1. REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this section: 1. Standard Specifications: When referenced in this section, shall mean the Washington State Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction, latest 2025 amendment and as amended by this section. 1.2. SUBMITTALS A. Informational Submittals: 1. Excavation Plan, Detailing: a. Methods and sequencing of excavation. b. Proposed locations of stockpiled excavated material. c. Proposed onsite and offsite spoil disposal sites. d. Numbers, types, and sizes of equipment proposed to perform excavations. e. Anticipated difficulties and proposed resolutions. f. Reclamation of onsite spoil disposal areas. 1.3. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide adequate survey control to avoid unauthorized overexcavation. 1.4. WEATHER LIMITATIONS A. Material excavated when frozen or when air temperature is less than 32 degrees F shall not be used as fill or backfill until material completely thaws. B. Material excavated during inclement weather shall not be used as fill or backfill until after material drains and dries sufficiently for proper compaction. 1.5. SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Excavation Support: Install and maintain shoring as necessary to support sides of excavations and prevent detrimental settlement and lateral movement of existing facilities, adjacent property, and completed Work. 1.6. NOTIFICATIONS WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 31 – EARTHWORK SECTION 31 23 16 – EXCAVATION Contract No. CAG-25-044 31 23 16 - 2 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 A. The Contractor shall contact the Puget Sound Energy (PSE) inspector for the City of Renton regarding issues with the gas line or electrical service on-site. B. The Contractor shall contact the Seattle Public Utilities (SPU) inspector for the City of Renton prior to excavation within SPU right of way. PART 2 – PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.1. GENERAL A. In accordance with Section 2-03.3 of the Standard Specifications for roadway excavation, as defined in referenced section and supplemented by adding the following: 1. Roadway excavation shall include the removal of all materials excavated from within the limits shown on the plans including but not limited to maintenance pathways and walkways. Suitable excavated material shall be used for embankments, while surplus excavated material or unsuitable material shall be disposed of by the Contractor. 2. Any excavation or embankment beyond the limits indicated in the Plans, unless ordered by the Owner or Engineer, shall not be paid for. All work and material required to return these areas to their original conditions, as directed by the Owner or Engineer, shall be provided by the Contractor at their sole expense. 3. All areas shall be excavated, filled, and/or backfilled as necessary to comply with the grades shown on the Plans. In filled and backfilled areas, fine grading shall begin during the placement and the compaction of the final layer. In cut sections, fine grading shall begin within the final six (6) inches of cut. Final grading shall produce a surface which is smooth and even, without abrupt changes in grade. 4. Following removal of topsoil or excavation to grade and before placement of fills or base course, the subgrade under the pathways shall be proof -rolled to identify any soft or loose areas which may warrant additional compaction or excavation and replacement. 5. The Contractor shall provide temporary drainage or protection to keep the subgrade free from standing water. 6. Acceptable excavated native soils shall be used for fill in the area requiring fills. Care shall be taken to place excavated material at the optimum moisture content to achieve the specified compaction. Any native material used for fill shall be free of organics and debris and have a maximum particle size of 6 inches. 7. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to prevent the native materials from becoming saturated with water. The measures may include sloping to WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 31 – EARTHWORK SECTION 31 23 16 – EXCAVATION Contract No. CAG-25-044 31 23 16 - 3 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 drain, covering with plastic, compacting the native materials, and diverting runoff away from the materials. If the Contractor fails to take such preventative measures, any costs or delay related to drying the materials shall be at his own expense. 8. If the native materials become saturated, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to dry the materials, to the optimum moisture content. If sufficient acceptable native soils are not available to complete construction of the roadway embankment, Gravel Borrow shall be used. B. In accordance with Section 7-08.3(1) of the Standard Specifications for pipe trenching. C. Excavate to lines, grades, and dimensions shown and as necessary to accomplish Work. Excavate to within tolerance of plus or minus 0.1 foot, except where dimensions or grades are shown or specified as maximum or minimum. Allow for forms, working space, granular base, topsoil, and similar items, wherever applicable. Trim to neat lines where concrete is to be deposited against earth. D. Do not over excavate without written authorization of Owner or Engineer. 3.2. UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION A. Excavation is unclassified. Complete all excavation regardless of the type, nature, or condition of the materials encountered. 3.3. TRENCH WIDTH A. Minimum Width of Trenches: 1. Single Pipes, Conduits, Direct-Buried Cables, and Duct Banks: a. Less than 4-inch Outside Diameter or Width: 18 inches. b. Greater than 4-inch Outside Diameter or Width: 18 inches greater than outside diameter or width of pipe, conduit, direct-buried cable, or duct bank. 2. Multiple Pipes, Conduits, Cables, or Duct Banks in Single Trench: 18 inches greater than aggregate width of pipes, conduits, cables, duct banks, plus space between. 3. Increase trench widths by thicknesses of sheeting. B. Maximum Trench Width: Unlimited, unless otherwise shown or specified, or unless excess width will cause damage to existing facilities, adjacent property, or completed Work. 3.4. EMBANKMENT AND CUT SLOPES A. Shape, trim, and finish cut slopes to conform with lines, grades, and cross -sections WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 31 – EARTHWORK SECTION 31 23 16 – EXCAVATION Contract No. CAG-25-044 31 23 16 - 4 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 shown, with proper allowance for topsoil or slope protection, where shown. B. Remove stones and rock that exceed 3-inch diameter and that are loose and may roll down slope. Remove exposed roots from cut slopes. C. Round tops of cut slopes in soil to not less than a 6 -foot radius, provided such rounding does not extend offsite or outside easements and rights-of-way, or adversely impacts existing facilities, adjacent property, or completed Work. 3.5. STOCKPILING EXCAVATED MATERIAL A. Stockpile excavated material that is suitable for use as fill or backfill until material is needed. Cover with plastic and/or protect from excess moisture as required to maintain optimum moisture content. B. Post signs indicating proposed use of material stockpiled. Post signs that are readable from all directions of approach to each stockpile. Signs should be clearly worded and readable by equipment operators from their normal seated position. C. Confine stockpiles to within project site and approved work areas. Do not obstruct roads or streets. D. Do not stockpile excavated material adjacent to trenches and other excavations, unless excavation side slopes and excavation support systems are designed, constructed, and maintained for stockpile loads. E. Do not stockpile excavated materials near or over existing facilities, adjacent property, or completed Work, if weight of stockpiled material could induce excessive settlement. 3.6. DISPOSAL OF SPOIL A. Dispose of excavated materials, which are unsuitable or exceed quantity needed for fill or backfill, offsite in an approved facility. END OF SECTION WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 31 – EARTHWORK SECTION 31 23 23.00 – FILL AND BACKFILL Contract No. CAG-25-044 31 23 23.00 - 1 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 SECTION 31 23 23.00 – FILL AND BACKFILL PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1. REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this section: 1. Standard Specifications: When referenced in this section, shall mean the Washington State Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction, latest 2025 amendment and as amended by this section. 1.2. DEFINITIONS A. Maximum Density: 1. Determined in accordance with Section 2-03.3(14)D of the Standard Specifications. Apply corrections for oversize material to either as-compacted field dry density or maximum dry density, as determined by Owner’s Representative. B. Optimum Moisture Content: 1. Determined in accordance with Section 2-03.3(14)D of the Standard Specifications 2. Determine field moisture content on basis of fraction passing 3/4 -inch sieve. C. Prepared Ground Surface: Ground surface after completion of required, clearing and grubbing, scalping of sod, stripping of topsoil, excavation to grade, and subgrade preparation. D. Completed Course: A course or layer that is ready for next layer or next phase of Work. E. Lift: Loose (uncompacted) layer of material. F. Geosynthetics: Geotextiles, geogrids, or geomembranes. G. Well-Graded: 1. A mixture of particle sizes with no specific concentration or lack thereof of one or more sizes. 2. Does not define numerical value that must be placed on coefficient of uniformity, coefficient of curvature, or other specific grain size distribution parameters. 3. Used to define material type that, when compacted, produces a strong and relatively incompressible soil mass free from detrimental voids. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 31 – EARTHWORK SECTION 31 23 23.00 – FILL AND BACKFILL Contract No. CAG-25-044 31 23 23.00 - 2 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 H. Influence Area: Area within planes sloped downward and outward at 60-degree angle from horizontal measured from: 1. 1 foot outside outermost edge at base of foundations or slabs. 2. 1 foot outside outermost edge at surface of roadways or shoulder. 3. 0.5 foot outside exterior at spring line of pipes or culverts. I. Borrow Material: Material from required excavations. J. Selected Backfill Material: Materials available onsite that Project Representative determines to be suitable for specific use. K. Imported Material: Materials obtained from sources offsite, suitable for specified use. L. Structural Fill: Fill materials as required under structures, pavements, and other facilities. M. Embankment Material: Fill materials required to raise existing grade in areas other than under structures. 1.3. SUBMITTALS A. Informational Submittals: 1. Manufacturer’s data sheets for compaction equipment. 2. Certified test results from independent testing agency. 1.4. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Contractor shall employ an independent material testing and special inspections firm, as required by Owner. B. Notify independent material testing and inspections firm when: 1. Structure is ready for backfilling, and whenever backfilling operations are resumed after a period of inactivity. 2. Soft or loose subgrade materials are encountered wherever embankment or site fill is to be placed. 3. Fill material appears to be deviating from Specifications. 1.5. SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Complete applicable Work specified in Section 31 23 16, Excavation, and Section 31 23 13, Subgrade Preparation, prior to placing fill or backfill. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 31 – EARTHWORK SECTION 31 23 23.00 – FILL AND BACKFILL Contract No. CAG-25-044 31 23 23.00 - 3 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 B. Backfill against concrete structures in accordance with Section 2-09.3(1)E of the Standard Specifications. Obtain Owner acceptance of concrete work and attained strength prior to placing backfill. C. Do not place granular base, subbase, or surfacing until after subgrade has been prepared as specified in Section 31 23 13, Subgrade Preparation. PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.1. EARTHFILL A. Excavated material from required excavations and designated borrow sites, free from rocks larger than 3 inches, from roots and other organic matter, ashes, cinders, trash, debris, and other deleterious materials. B. Provide imported material of equivalent quality in accordance with Section 2-09.3(1)E of the Standard Specifications if required to accomplish Work. 2.2. SUITABLE BASE A. Useable material that is clean sand, gravel, quarry spalls, and riprap, free of deleterious or organic material, including excessive silt or clay, or other unsuitable material that is excavated within the project limits as determined by the Owner’s Representative. Suitable base material shall be stockpiled on-site in the construction limits or in the CONCTACTOR’s staging area for re -use as required. 2.3. CONTROLLED DENSITY FILL OR CONTROLLED LOW-STRENGTH MATERIAL A. In accordance with Section 2-09.3(1)E of the Standard Specifications. B. Free from clay, organic matter, or other deleterious material. C. Gradation in accordance with Section 9-03.13 of the Standard Specifications. 2.4. GRANULAR DRAIN MATERIAL A. In accordance with Section 9-03.12(4) of the Standard Specifications. 2.5. WATER FOR MOISTURE CONDITIONING A. Free of hazardous or toxic contaminates, or contaminants deleterious to proper compaction. 2.6. BASE COURSE ROCK A. As specified in Section 32 11 23, Aggregate Base Courses. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 31 – EARTHWORK SECTION 31 23 23.00 – FILL AND BACKFILL Contract No. CAG-25-044 31 23 23.00 - 4 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 2.7. FOUNDATION STABILIZATION ROCK A. Crushed rock or pit run rock. B. Uniformly graded from coarse to fine. C. Free from excessive dirt and other organic material. D. Maximum 2-1/2-inch particle size. PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.1. GENERAL A. Keep placement surfaces free of water, debris, and foreign material during placement and compaction of fill and backfill materials. B. Place and spread fill and backfill materials in horizontal lifts of uniform thickness, in a manner that avoids segregation, and compact each lift to specified densities prior to placing succeeding lifts. Slope lifts only where necessary to conform to final grades or as necessary to keep placement surfaces drained of water. C. During filling and backfilling, keep level of fill and backfill around each structure even. D. Do not place fill or backfill, if fill or backfill material is frozen, or if surface upon which fill or backfill is to be placed is frozen. E. If pipe, conduit, duct bank, or cable is to be laid within fill or backfill: 1. Fill or backfill to an elevation 2 feet above top of item to be laid. 2. Excavate trench for installation of item. 3. Install bedding, if applicable, as specified in Section 31 23 23.15, Trench Backfill. 4. Install item. 5. Backfill envelope zone and remaining trench, as specified in Section 31 23 23.15, Trench Backfill, before resuming filling or backfilling specified in this section. F. Tolerances: 1. Final Lines and Grades: Within a tolerance of 0.1 foot unless dimensions or grades are shown or specified otherwise. 2. Grade to establish and maintain slopes and drainage as shown. Reverse slopes are not permitted. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 31 – EARTHWORK SECTION 31 23 23.00 – FILL AND BACKFILL Contract No. CAG-25-044 31 23 23.00 - 5 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 G. Settlement: Correct and repair any subsequent damage to structures, pavements, curbs, slabs, piping, and other facilities, caused by settlement of fill or backfill material. 3.2. BACKFILL UNDER AND AROUND STRUCTURES A. Within area of influenced, in accordance with Section 2-09.3(1)E of the Standard Specifications. B. Levelling Course: Minimum 4 inches of Crushed Surfacing Top Course material in accordance with Section 9-03.9(3) should be placed beneath structural slabs, foundations, pervious pavement, and sidewalks and compacted in accordance with Section 2-03.3(14)C Method C of the Standard Specifications. 3.3. FILL A. Outside Influence Areas beneath Structures, Pavements, Curbs, Slabs, Piping, and Other Facilities: in accordance with Section 2-09.3(1)E of the Standard Specifications. 1. Dress completed embankment with allowance for topsoil, crest surfacing, and slope protection, where applicable. 3.4. SAND BLANKET OVER VAPOR RETARDER A. Place sand in manner that avoids damage to underlying vapor retarder. B. Moisten sand and thoroughly compact it with a vibratory plate compactor. 3.5. GRANULAR BASE, SUBBASE, AND SURFACING A. Place and Compact in accordance with Section 2-09.3(1)E of the Standard Specifications or as shown on the Contract Drawings. 3.6. REPLACING OVEREXCAVATED MATERIAL A. Replace excavation carried below grade lines shown or established by Project Representative as follows: 1. Beneath Footings: Granular fill in accordance with Section 2-09.3(3)B of the Standard Specifications. 2. Beneath Fill or Backfill: Same material as specified for overlying fill or backfill. 3. Beneath Slabs-On-Grade: Granular fill in accordance with Section 2-09.3(3)B of the Standard Specifications. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 31 – EARTHWORK SECTION 31 23 23.00 – FILL AND BACKFILL Contract No. CAG-25-044 31 23 23.00 - 6 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 4. Trenches: a. Unauthorized Over excavation: Either trench stabilization material or granular pipe base material, as specified in Section 31 23 23.15, Trench Backfill. b. Authorized Over excavation: Trench stabilization material, as specified in Section 31 23 23.15, Trench Backfill. 5. Permanent Cut Slopes (Where Overlying Area is Not to Receive Fill or Backfill): a. Flat to Moderate Steep Slopes (3:1, Horizontal Run: Vertical Rise or Flatter): Earthfill. b. Steep Slopes (Steeper than 3:1): (1) Correct over excavation by transitioning between overcut areas and designed slope adjoining areas, provided such cutting does not extend offsite or outside easements and right-of-ways, or adversely impacts existing facilities, adjacent property, or completed Work. (2) Backfilling over excavated areas is prohibited, unless in Project Representative’s opinion, backfill will remain stable, and over excavated material is replaced as compacted earthfill. END OF SECTION WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 31 – EARTHWORK SECTION 31 23 23.15 – TRENCH BACKFILL Contract No. CAG-25-044 31 23 23.15 - 1 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 SECTION 31 23 23.15 – TRENCH BACKFILL PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1. REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this section: 1. American Public Works Association (APWA): Uniform Color Code. 2. ASTM International (ASTM): a. C33/C33M, Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates. b. C94/C94M, Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete. c. C117, Standard Test Method for Materials Finer than 75 Micrometer (No. 200) Sieve in Mineral Aggregates by Washing. d. C136, Standard Test Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates. e. C150/C150M, Standard Specification for Portland Cement. f. C618, Standard Specification for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use in Concrete. g. C1012/C1012M, Standard Test Method for Length Change of Hydraulic- Cement Mortars Exposed to a Sulfate Solution. h. D698, Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort (12,400 ft-lbf/ft3 (600 kN-m/m3)). i. D1140, Standard Test Methods for Amount of Material in Soils Finer than No. 200 (75 micrometer) Sieve. j. D1557, Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil using Modified Effort (56,000 ft -lbf/ft3 (2,700 kN- m/m3)). k. D2487, Standard Practice for Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes (Unified Soil Classification System). l. D4253, Standard Test Methods for Maximum Index Density and Unit Weight of Soils Using a Vibratory Table. m. D4254, Standard Test Methods for Minimum Index Density and Unit Weight of Soils and Calculation of Relative Density. n. D4318, Standard Test Methods for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils. o. D4832, Standard Test Method for Preparation and Testing of Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM) Test Cylinders. 3. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA): Z535.1, Safety Colors. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 31 – EARTHWORK SECTION 31 23 23.15 – TRENCH BACKFILL Contract No. CAG-25-044 31 23 23.15 - 2 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 4. Standard Specifications: When referenced in this section, shall mean the Washington State Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction, latest 2025 amendment and as amended by this section. 1.2. DEFINITIONS A. Base Rock: Granular material upon which manhole bases and other structures are placed. B. Bedding Material: Granular material upon which pipes, conduits, cables, or duct banks are placed. C. Imported Material: Material obtained by Contractor from source(s) offsite. D. Lift: Loose (uncompacted) layer of material. E. Pipe Zone: Backfill zone that includes full trench width and extends from prepared trench bottom to an upper limit above top outside surface of pipe, conduit, cable or duct bank. F. Prepared Trench Bottom: Graded trench bottom after excavation and installation of stabilization material, if required, but before installation of bedding material. G. Relative Compaction: The ratio, in percent, of the as-compacted field dry density to the laboratory maximum dry density as determined by ASTM D1557. Corrections for oversize material may be applied to either as-compacted field dry density or maximum dry density, as determined by the independent material testing and special inspections firm. H. Relative Density: As defined by ASTM D4253 and ASTM D4254. I. Selected Backfill Material: Material available onsite that the independent material testing and special inspections firm determines to be suitable for a specific use. J. Well-Graded: A mixture of particle sizes that has no specific concentration or lack thereof of one or more sizes producing a material type that, when compacted, produces a strong and relatively incompressible soil mass free from detrimental voids. Satisfying both of the following requirements, as defined in ASTM D2487: 1. Coefficient of Curvature: Greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to 3. 2. Coefficient of Uniformity: Greater than or equal to 4 for materials classified as gravel, and greater than or equal to 6 for materials classified as sand. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 31 – EARTHWORK SECTION 31 23 23.15 – TRENCH BACKFILL Contract No. CAG-25-044 31 23 23.15 - 3 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 1.3. SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: 1. Shop Drawings: Manufacturer’s descriptive literature for marking tapes. B. Informational Submittals: 1. Certified Gradation Analysis: Submit not less than 30 days prior to delivery for imported materials or anticipated use for excavated materials, except for trench stabilization material that will be submitted prior to material delivery to Site. PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.1. MARKING TAPE A. Nondetectable: 1. Inert polyethylene, impervious to known alkalis, acids, chemical reagents, and solvents likely to be encountered in soil. 2. Thickness: Minimum 5 mils. 3. Width: As recommended by manufacturer for depth of installation. 4. Identifying Lettering: Minimum 1-inch high, permanent black lettering imprinted continuously over entire length. 5. Manufacturers and Products: a. Reef Industries; Terra Tape. b. Mutual Industries; Non-detectable Tape. c. Presco; Non-detectable Tape. B. Detectable: 1. In accordance with Section 9-15.18 of the Standard Specifications. 2. Solid aluminum foil, visible on unprinted side, encased in protective high visibility, inert polyethylene plastic jacket. 3. Foil Thickness: Minimum 0.35 mils. 4. Laminate Thickness: Minimum 5 mils. 5. Identifying Lettering: Minimum 1-inch high, permanent black lettering imprinted continuously over entire length. 6. Joining Clips: Tin or nickel-coated furnished by tape manufacturer. 7. Manufacturers and Products: a. Reef Industries; Terra Tape, Sentry Line Detectable. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 31 – EARTHWORK SECTION 31 23 23.15 – TRENCH BACKFILL Contract No. CAG-25-044 31 23 23.15 - 4 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 b. Mutual Industries; Detectable Tape. c. Presco; Detectable Tape. 2.2. TRACER WIRE A. Material: Minimum 12-gauge solid copper or copper jacket with a steel core, with high-density polyethylene (HDPE) or high-molecular weight polyethylene (HMWPE) insulation suitable for direct bury. B. Splices: Use wire nut or lug suitable for direct burial as recommended by tracer wire manufacturer. C. Manufacturers: 1. Copperhead Industries, LLC. 2. Performance Wire & Cable Inc. 3. Pro-line Safety Products Company. 2.3. TRENCH STABILIZATION MATERIAL A. Gravel backfill, in accordance with Section 9-03.12 of the Standard Specifications. 2.4. BEDDING MATERIAL AND PIPE ZONE MATERIAL A. In accordance with Sections 7-08.3(3) and 9-03.12(3) of the Standard Specifications, with the following amendments: 1. Section 7-08.3(3) is supplemented with the following: a. Initial backfilling shall be performed only after inspection and approval of the installed pipe. Backfill shall be accomplished in such a manner that the pipe shall not be damaged by impact or overloading. b. All backfill for pipe trenches shall be mechanically compacted by a power operated mechanical tamper(s) as specified in Sections 7-08.3(3) of the Standard Specifications or other mechanical compaction device approved by the independent material testing and special inspections firm. c. If there is an excess of acceptable backfill material obtained from trench excavation at one location on the project, it shall be used at other locations on the project as directed by the independent material testing and special inspections firm. The cost of transporting the excess backfill material shall be considered incidental to the pipe or structure backfilled. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 31 – EARTHWORK SECTION 31 23 23.15 – TRENCH BACKFILL Contract No. CAG-25-044 31 23 23.15 - 5 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 2. Section 7-08.3(2)E is supplemented as follows: a. Care shall be taken by the Contractor to avoid over pushing the pipe and damaging the pipe or joint system. Any damaged pipe shall be replaced by the Contractor at his expense. 2.5. GRAVEL BACKFILL FOR DRAINS A. In accordance with Section 9-03.12(4) of the Standard Specifications. 2.6. EARTH BACKFILL A. In accordance with Section 9-03.15 of the Standard Specifications. B. Soil, loam, or other excavated material suitable for use as backfill. 2.7. LAWN AREA SOIL AND PLANTING SOIL A. In accordance with Section 32 90 00, Planting. 2.8. SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform gradation analysis in accordance with ASTM C136 for: 1. Earth backfill, including specified class. 2. Trench stabilization material. 3. Bedding and pipe zone material. PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.1. TRENCH PREPARATION A. Water Control: 1. In accordance with Section 7-08.3(1)A of the Standard Specifications. 2. Promptly remove and dispose of water entering trench as necessary to grade trench bottom and to compact backfill and install manholes, pipe, conduit, direct-buried cable, or duct bank. Do not place concrete, lay pipe, conduit, direct-buried cable, or duct bank in water. 3. Remove water in a manner that minimizes soil erosion from trench sides and bottom. 4. Provide continuous water control until trench backfill is complete. B. Remove foreign material and backfill contaminated with foreign material that falls into trench. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 31 – EARTHWORK SECTION 31 23 23.15 – TRENCH BACKFILL Contract No. CAG-25-044 31 23 23.15 - 6 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 3.2. TRENCH BOTTOM A. Firm Subgrade: Grade with hand tools, remove loose and disturbed material, and trim off high areas and ridges left by excavating bucket teeth. Allow space for bedding material if shown or specified. B. Soft Subgrade: If subgrade is encountered that may require removal to prevent pipe settlement, notify the independent material testing and special inspections firm in accordance with Sections 7-08.3(1)A and 7-09.3(8) of the Standard Specifications. The independent material testing and special inspections firm will determine depth of over excavation, if any required. 3.3. TRENCH STABILIZATION MATERIAL INSTALLATION A. In accordance with Section 7-08.3(1)A of the Standard Specifications. B. Rebuild trench bottom with trench stabilization material. C. Place material over full width of trench in 6-inch lifts to required grade, providing allowance for bedding thickness. D. Compact each lift so as to provide a firm, unyielding support for the bedding material prior to placing succeeding lifts. 3.4. BEDDING A. Furnish imported bedding material where, in the opinion of the independent material testing and special inspections firm, excavated material is unsuitable for bedding or insufficient in quantity. B. In accordance with Sections 7-08.3(1)C and 7-09.3(9) of the Standard Specifications. C. Hand grade and compact each lift to provide a firm, unyielding surface. D. Check grade and correct irregularities in bedding material. Loosen top 1 inch to 2 inches of compacted bedding material with a rake or by other means to provide a cushion before laying each section of pipe, conduit, direct-buried cable, or duct bank. E. Install to form continuous and uniform support except at bell holes, if applicable, or minor disturbances resulting from removal of lifting tackle. F. Bell or Coupling Holes: Excavate in bedding at each joint to permit proper assembly and inspection of joint and to provide uniform bearing along barrel of pipe or conduit. 3.5. BACKFILL PIPE ZONE A. In accordance with Section 7-08.3(1)C of the Standard Specifications. B. Upper limit of pipe zone shall not be less than following: WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 31 – EARTHWORK SECTION 31 23 23.15 – TRENCH BACKFILL Contract No. CAG-25-044 31 23 23.15 - 7 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 1. Pipe: 12 inches, unless shown otherwise. 2. Conduit: 3 inches, unless shown otherwise. 3. Direct-Buried Cable: 3 inches, unless shown otherwise. 4. Duct Bank: 3 inches, unless shown otherwise. C. Restrain pipe, conduit, cables, and duct banks as necessary to prevent their movement during backfill operations. D. Thoroughly tamp each lift, including area under haunches, with handheld tamping bars supplemented by “walking in” and slicing material under haunches with a shovel to ensure voids are completely filled before placing each succeeding lift. E. Do not use power-driven impact compactors to compact pipe zone material. After full depth of pipe zone material has been placed as specified, compact material by a minimum of three passes with a vibratory plate compactor or motive sheepsfoot roller only over area between sides of pipe and trench walls. Take care to avoid damaging pipe and pipe coating. 3.6. MARKING TAPE INSTALLATION A. Continuously install marking tape along centerline of buried piping, at depth of 1 foot. Coordinate with piping installation drawings. 1. Detectable Marking Tape: Install with nonmetallic piping and waterlines in accordance with Section 7-09.3(20) of the Standard Specifications. 2. Nondetectable Marking Tape: Install with metallic piping. 3.7. BACKFILL ABOVE PIPE ZONE A. General: 1. In accordance with Section 7-09.3(10), and compacted in accordance with Section 7-09.3(11) of the Standard Specifications. 2. Process excavated material to meet specified gradation requirements. 3. Adjust moisture content as necessary to obtain specified compaction. 4. Do not allow backfill to free fall into trench or allow heavy, sharp pieces of material to be placed as backfill until after at least 2 feet of backfill has been provided over top of pipe. 5. Do not use power driven impact type compactors for compaction until at least 4 feet of backfill is placed over top of pipe. 6. Backfill to grade with proper allowances for topsoil, crushed rock surfacing, and pavement thicknesses, wherever applicable. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 31 – EARTHWORK SECTION 31 23 23.15 – TRENCH BACKFILL Contract No. CAG-25-044 31 23 23.15 - 8 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 7. Backfill around structures with same class backfill as specified for adjacent trench, unless otherwise shown or specified. 3.8. REPLACEMENT OF TOPSOIL A. Where trench is within planting area, replace topsoil in top 12 inches of backfilled trench. See Section 32 90 00, Planting, for soil. B. Maintain finished grade of topsoil even with adjacent area and grade as necessary to restore drainage. 3.9. MAINTENANCE OF TRENCH BACKFILL A. After each section of trench is backfilled, maintain surface of backfilled trench even with adjacent ground surface until final surface restoration is completed. B. Gravel Surfacing Rock: Add gravel surfacing rock where applicable and as necessary to keep surface of backfilled trench even with adjacent ground surface, and grade and compact as necessary to keep surface of backfilled trenches smooth, free from ruts and potholes, and suitable for normal traffic flow. C. Topsoil: Add topsoil where applicable and as necessary to maintain surface of backfilled trench level with adjacent ground surface. D. Concrete Pavement: Replace settled slabs as specified in Section 32 13 13, Concrete Paving. E. Other Areas: Add excavated material where applicable and keep surface of backfilled trench level with adjacent ground surface. 3.10. SETTLEMENT OF BACKFILL A. Settlement of trench backfill, or of fill, or facilities constructed over trench backfill will be considered a result of defective compaction of trench backfill. END OF SECTION WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 32 11 23 – AGGREGATE BASE COURSES Contract No. CAG-25-044 32 11 23 - 1 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 SECTION 32 11 23 – AGGREGATE BASE COURSES PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1. REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this section: 1. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO): a. T11, Standard Method of Test for Materials Finer Than 75 m (No. 200) Sieve in Mineral Aggregates by Washing. b. T27, Standard Method of Test for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates. c. T89, Standard Specification for Determining the Liquid Limit of Soils. d. T90, Standard Specification for Determining the Plastic Limit and Plasticity Index of Soils. e. T96, Standard Specification for Resistance to Degradation of Small -Size Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angeles Machine. f. T99, Standard Specification for the Moisture-Density Relations of Soils Using a 2.5 kg (5.5 pound) Rammer and a 305 mm (12 in) Drop. g. T180, Standard Specification for Moisture-Density Relations of Soils Using a 4.54 kg (10-lb) Rammer and a 457 mm (18-in) Drop. h. T190, Standard Specification for Resistance R-Value and Expansion Pressure of Compacted Soils. i. T265, Standard Method of Test for Laboratory Determination of Moisture Content of Soils. j. T310, Standard Specification for In-Place Density and Moisture Content of Soil and Soil-Aggregate by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth). 2. ASTM International (ASTM): a. C88, Test Method for Soundness of Aggregates by Use of Sodium Sulfate or Magnesium Sulfate. b. D1883, Test Method for CBR (California Bearing Ratio) of Laboratory Compacted Soils. c. D2419, Test Method for Sand Equivalent Value of Soils and Fine Aggregate. d. D4791, Test Method for Flat Particles, Elongated Particles, or Flat and Elongated Particles in Coarse Aggregate. 3. Standard Specifications: When referenced in this section, shall mean the Washington State Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction, latest 2025 amendment and as amended by this section. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 32 11 23 – AGGREGATE BASE COURSES Contract No. CAG-25-044 32 11 23 - 2 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 1.2. DEFINITIONS A. Completed Course: Compacted, unyielding, free from irregularities, with smooth, tight, even surface, true to grade, line, and cross-section. B. Completed Lift: Compacted with uniform cross-section thickness. 1.3. SUBMITTALS A. Informational Submittals: 1. Certified Test Results on Source Materials: Submit copies from commercial testing laboratory 20 days prior to delivery of materials to Project showing materials meeting the physical qualities specified. PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.1. BASE COURSE A. In accordance with Section 9-03.9(1) of the Standard Specifications. 2.2. CRUSHED SURFACING BASE COURSE A. In accordance with Section 9-03.9(3) of the Standard Specifications. 2.3. CRUSHED SURFACING TOP COURSE A. In accordance with Section 9-03.9(3) of the Standard Specifications. 2.4. SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests necessary to locate acceptable source of materials meeting specified requirements. B. Final approval of aggregate material will be based on test results of installed materials. C. Should separation of coarse from fine materials occur during processing or stockpiling, immediately change methods of handling materials to correct uniformity in grading. PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.1. GENERAL A. In accordance with Section 4-04.3 of the Standard Specifications. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 32 11 23 – AGGREGATE BASE COURSES Contract No. CAG-25-044 32 11 23 - 3 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 3.2. SUBGRADE PREPARATION A. As specified in Section 31 23 13, Subgrade Preparation. B. Obtain Engineer acceptance of subgrade before placing base course or surfacing material. C. Do not place base course or surfacing materials in snow or on soft, muddy, or frozen subgrade. 3.3. EQUIPMENT A. In accordance with Section 4-04.3(1) of the Standard Specifications. B. Compaction Equipment: Adequate in design and number to provide compaction and to obtain specified density for each layer. 3.4. HAULING AND SPREADING A. In accordance with Sections 4-04.3(4) and 4-04.3(9) of the Standard Specifications. B. Hauling Materials: 1. Do not haul over surfacing in process of construction. 2. Loads: Of uniform capacity. 3. Maintain consistent gradation of material delivered; loads of widely varying gradations will be cause for rejection. C. Spreading Materials: 1. Distribute material to provide required density, depth, grade, and dimensions with allowance for subsequent lifts. 2. Produce even distribution of material upon roadway or prepared surface without segregation. 3. Should segregation of coarse from fine materials occur during placing, immediately change methods of handling materials to correct uniformity in grading. 3.5. CONSTRUCTION OF COURSES A. Construction of Courses: In accordance with Sections 4-04.3(4) and 4-04.3(5) of the Standard Specifications. B. Add keystone to achieve compaction if shown in Drawings and as required when aggregate does not compact readily due to lack of fines or natural cementing properties, in accordance with Section 4-04.3(6) of the Standard Specifications. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 32 11 23 – AGGREGATE BASE COURSES Contract No. CAG-25-044 32 11 23 - 4 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 3.6. ROLLING AND COMPACTION A. In accordance with Section 4-04.3(5) of the Standard Specifications. 3.7. SURFACE TOLERANCES A. Blade or otherwise work surfacing as necessary to maintain grade and cross- section at all times, and to keep surface smooth and thoroughly compacted. B. Finished Surface of Untreated Aggregate Base and Leveling Course: Within plus or minus 0.04 foot of grade shown at any individual point. C. Gravel Surfacing: Within 0.04 foot from lower edge of 10-foot straightedge placed on finished surface, parallel to centerline. D. Overall Average: Within plus or minus 0.01 foot from crown and grade specified. 3.8. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Contractor shall employ an independent material testing and special inspections firm, as required by Owner. B. In-Place Density Tests: 1. Determine via Nuclear gauge, in accordance with Section 4-04.3(5) of the Standard Specifications. 2. Show proof that areas meet specified requirements before identifying density test locations. 3.9. CLEANING A. Remove excess material from the Work area. Clean stockpile and staging areas of all excess aggregate. END OF SECTION WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 32 12 16– PAVING Contract No. CAG-25-044 32 12 16- 1 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 SECTION 32 12 16 – ASPHALT PAVING PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1. DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The work in this section shall include all labor, materials, tools and equipment necessary to furnish materials and perform the related WORK in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents and as shown on the Plans. 1. HMA paving for curb installation, parking lot asphalt replacement and futsal court surfacing. 2. Soil sterilization. 3. Base courses. 4. Hot mix asphalt. 1.2. RELATED SECTIONS A. SECTION 31 10 00 – SITE PREPARATION B. SECTION 31 23 13 – SUBGRADE PREPARATION C. SECTION 31 23 16 – EXCAVATION D. SECTION 31 23 23.00 – FILL AND BACKFILL 1.3. REFERENCES A. ASTM International (ASTM) B. ASTM C136 (2014) Standard Test Methods for Sieve Analysis for Fine and Course Aggregates C. ASTM D1557 (2012) Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics for Soil Using Modified Effort D. ASTM D6938 (2015) Standard Test Methods for In-Place Density and Water Content of Soil and Soil-Aggregate by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth) E. City of Renton Public Works Design and Construction Standard Plans (Current Edition) F. Washington Department of Transportation (WSDOT) (2025 Standard Specifications – Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 32 12 16– PAVING Contract No. CAG-25-044 32 12 16- 2 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 1.4. SUBMITTALS A. Product Data Submittals: 1. Soil residual herbicide, including hazardous waste data sheet. 2. Tack coat. 3. Joint sealant. 4. Mix design. B. Quality Assurance/Control Submittals: 1. Design Data: Asphalt concrete mix. 2. Samples: Submit minimum 10-pound sample for each material five business days prior to delivering material to site. 3. Sieve analysis. 4. Modified proctor results for materials to be compacted. 5. WSDOT pit certifications for each pit. 6. Test Reports: Sieve analysis for each aggregate. 7. Certifications: a. Asphalt Concrete: Letter of certification from Supplier. b. Disposal site: Operator certification that disposal site complies with all Local, State and Federal regulations. C. Contractor experience list. 1.5. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications: Paving Contractor and Crew Foreman to each have a minimum of eight (8) years’ experience with projects of this type. 1.6. REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with WSDOT Standard Specifications. B. Comply with City of Renton Standards. 1.7. ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with Section 5-04.3 (1) of WSDOT Standard Specifications. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 32 12 16– PAVING Contract No. CAG-25-044 32 12 16- 3 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.1. GENERAL A. Comply with City of Renton Standards. B. Comply with WSDOT Standard Specifications. 2.2. MATERIAL A. Top Course: Conforming to WSDOT Standards, Section 9-03.9(3). Restrict fines to maximum 5 percent passing Number 200 sieve. B. Base Course: Conforming to WSDOT Standards, Section 9-03.9(3). Restrict fines to maximum 5 percent passing Number 200 sieve. C. Soil Residual Herbicide: Comply with WSDOT Standard Specifications Section 5- 04.3(4)B. D. Parking Lot and Roadway HMA: Comply with WSDOT Standard Specifications Section 5-04.2, Class HMA as specified on the drawings. E. Pedestrian Asphalt: Comply with WSDOT Standard Specifications Section 5-04.2, Class 3/8” HMA PG58H-22. Liquid Asphalt Bitumen shall be a minimum 5.5% by weight. 1. Aggregate type shall be crushed stone, gravel, shale, or limestone. Foreign materials such as pyrite, clay, ferrous compounds, dirt and organic material are not acceptable. 2. Voids content shall not exceed 7%. F. Tack Coat: Cationic Emulsified Asphalt per WSDOT Standard Specifications Section 9- 02.1(6). G. Joint Sealant: AR4000. 2.3. SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Submit proposed mix design prior to commencement of Work. B. Submit sieve analysis for Top Course and Base Course per ASTM C136. C. Certified test results for all materials per Section 1.04 of this specification. D. Tests and analyses of aggregate material: per WSDOT Standard Specifications. E. Certification: Letter for Supplier certifying asphalt concrete mix complies with the Specifications. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 32 12 16– PAVING Contract No. CAG-25-044 32 12 16- 4 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 F. If tests indicate materials do not meet specified requirements, change material and re- test. PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.1. EXAMINATION A. Site Verification of Conditions: 1. Verify compacted sub grade is dry, ready to support paving and imposed loads and is approved by the Engineer. 2. Verify base gradients and elevations are correct prior to start of paving. 3. Verify subsurface Work is completed and no further excavation will be required within limits of Work. 4. Verify demolition Work within or adjacent to the Work is complete. 5. To the extent possible, verify heavy construction traffic is as complete as possible and traffic remaining will not damage or degrade the Work. Do not drive any track equipment over completed asphalt surface. 6. Verify weather forecast during planned time of placement is within weather limitations. The asphalt concrete mixture shall not be placed on a surface with standing water, on an unstable roadbed when the base material is frozen, or when weather conditions prevent the proper handling or finishing of the mixture. No asphalt concrete, Type II mixture shall be placed unless the surface temperature is 40°F or warmer. 3.2. EQUIPMENT A. All equipment shall be in good working order and free of asphalt concrete mix buildup. All equipment shall be available for inspection and demonstration 72 hours prior to placement of asphalt concrete. B. Bituminous Mixing Plants: 1. Mixing plants shall conform to AASHTO M 156. 2. Proportioning (batch) scales shall not be used for weighing material for payment. Weigh scales used in conjunction with a storage silo may be used to weigh the final product for payment, provided the scales are certified. C. Hauling Equipment: 1. Trucks used for hauling asphalt mixtures shall have tight, clean, smooth metal beds which have been thinly coated with a minimum amount of either paraffin oil, lime water solution approved by the Engineer. Diesel or fuel oil shall not be used. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 32 12 16– PAVING Contract No. CAG-25-044 32 12 16- 5 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 2. Each truck shall have a watertight canvas cover of such size as to extend at least one foot over the sides and end of the truck bed and be adequately secured to protect the asphalt concrete mixture. The use of the canvas cover shall be at the independent material testing and special inspections firm direction. D. Asphalt Pavers: 1. Asphalt pavers shall be self-propelled units, provided with a heated vibratory screed. Grade and cross slope shall be controlled through the use of automatic grade and slope control devices. The paver screed control system shall be automatically actuated by the use of a string line, or minimum 30-foot-long ski. The length of the string line shall be adjusted to produce the required surface smoothness. 2. The paver shall be equipped with a receiving hopper having sufficient capacity for a uniform spreading operation. The hopper shall be equipped with a distribution system to place the mixture uniformly in front of the screed. 3. The screed assembly shall produce a finished surface of the required smoothness, thickness, and texture without tearing, shoving, or displacing the asphalt concrete mixture. Screed extensions used for paving a constant width shall be heated and vibrated. Auger extensions shall be the same length as the rigid screed extensions. 4. The use of a pickup machine to transfer the asphalt mixture from a windrow to the paver hopper will be permitted, provided the pickup machine is capable of collection of the windrowed material without damage to the underlying course. The Engineer will not allow the continued use of the pickup machine if segregation, excessive temperature loss, or any detrimental effects are observed. 5. Paver hopper wings shall either be left in the top or down position throughout the paving operation. If the Contractor wishes to dump the wings during paving, the material on the wings and in the hopper shall not be incorporated into the finish mat or included in the quantity for payment. 6. The screed assembly shall have a joint compaction device and a joint edge restrainer. E. Rollers: 1. The Contractor shall supply a sufficient number and weight of rollers to compact the mixture to the required density while maintaining the pace of the paving operations. Rollers shall be of the static steel wheel, vibratory steel wheel, and pneumatic tire type, self-propelled and capable of reversing without backlash. They shall be specifically designated to compact hot asphalt concrete mixtures. The use of equipment which results in crushing of the aggregate will not be permitted. Pneumatic tire rollers shall be fully skirted; shall be at least six (6) feet wide; and shall be configured so that the rear group WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 32 12 16– PAVING Contract No. CAG-25-044 32 12 16- 6 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 of tires align to cover the spaces between the front group of tires. The roller shall have an operating weight per tire of at least 3,000 pounds. Tires shall be of equal size, a minimum of 20 inches in diameter, shall be inflated to at least 80 psi and maintained so that tire pressures do not vary more than 5 psi between any two tires. 3.3. PREPARATION A. Protection: 1. Do not allow vehicular traffic on newly paved areas until surface has cooled to atmospheric temperature. 2. Protect pavements from heavy construction traffic and loads. B. Subgrade Preparation: 1. Prepare and compact subgrade per Section 2-06 of the WSDOT Standard Specifications 2. Remove from the Roadbed, immediately before placing surfacing materials, all brush, weeds, vegetation, grass, and other debris. 3. Drain water from all low spots or ruts 4. Shape the entire Subgrade to a uniform surface running reasonably true to the line, grade, and cross-section as staked. 5. If necessary, the Contractor shall process the Subgrade in cut areas to remove materials too coarse for mechanical trimming and recompaction. 6. Compact the subgrade to a depth of 6 inches. Compaction shall achieve 95 percent of the maximum density determined under the tests described as follows. Maximum density and optimum moisture content shall be determined by one of the following methods: a. Materials with less than 30 percent by weight retained on the No. 4 sieve shall be determined using FOP for AASHTO T 99 Method A. b. Materials with 30 percent or more by weight retained on the No. 4 sieve and less than 30 percent retained on the 3/4-inch sieve shall be determined by WSDOT Test Method No. T 606 or FOP for AASHTO T 180 Method D. The determination of which test procedure to use will be made solely by the Contracting Agency. c. Materials with 30 percent or more retained on the 3/4-inch sieve shall be determined by WSDOT Test Method No. T 606. 7. If the underlying material is too soft to permit proper compaction of the Subgrade, the Contractor shall loosen, aerate (or excavate and remove), and compact the Subgrade until the top layer can be compacted as required. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 32 12 16– PAVING Contract No. CAG-25-044 32 12 16- 7 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 8. Remove excess material that does not drift to low spots during grading and spacing. The Contractor shall dispose of this excess by placing it where the Subgrade lacks material or by wasting it, as the Engineer directs. 9. Add materials as the Engineer directs where the Subgrade needs more to bring it up to grade. The Contractor shall water and compact these added materials as needed to produce a true finished Subgrade. C. Conditioning of Existing Surface 1. Prepare surface per WSDOT Standard Specifications Section 5-04.3(4). 2. When the surface of the existing pavement or old base is irregular, the Contractor shall bring it to a uniform grade and cross -section as shown on the Plans or approved by the Engineer. 3. Pre-leveling of uneven or broken surfaces over which HMA is to be placed may be accomplished by using an asphalt paver, a motor patrol grader, or by hand raking, as approved by the Engineer. D. Saw-cut existing pavement at match lines with new pavement to form neat straight edges. Field-adjust saw-cut edge to remove existing pavement that is damaged or cracked. E. Water and mix sub grade thoroughly until optimum moisture content is obtained when deficiency of moisture content exists. When excess moisture exists, re-work and aerate sub grade until optimum moisture content is obtained. F. Adjust storm drainage frames and grates to grade immediately before paving. Adjust tops of other manhole covers, valve boxes, and other structures to grade either immediately before paving or after paving is complete. 3.4. CONSTRUCTION A. Base Courses 1. Place base courses per WSDOT Standard Specifications Division 4 - Bases 2. Spread aggregate over prepared substrate to a total compacted thickness as indicated on Drawings. 3. Place aggregate in maximum 6-inch layers and compact to 95 percent of maximum density per ASTM D1557. 4. Level and contour surfaces to elevations and gradients indicated. 5. Add small quantities of fine aggregate to coarse aggregate as appropriate to achieve compaction. 6. Add water as necessary to achieve compaction. If excess water is apparent, remove aggregate and aerate to reduce moisture content. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 32 12 16– PAVING Contract No. CAG-25-044 32 12 16- 8 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 7. Use mechanical tamping equipment in areas inaccessible to compaction equipment. B. Soil Sterilization: 1. Apply Soil Residual Herbicide per WSDOT Standard Specification Section 5- 04.3(4)B. 2. Protect surrounding area from effects of soil sterilization. 3. Do not allow toxic material to run off onto adjacent vegetation, to storm system or to adjacent receiving waters. C. Asphalt Concrete Pavement: 1. Construct per the requirements of Section 5-04 WSDOT Standard Specifications. Where thickness of finished pavement will be 3 inches or less, place in one lift. 2. Apply tack to contact surfaces of curbs, catch basins, gutters and cold pavement joints. 3. Perform hand tamping in areas not accessible to rolling equipment. 4. Ensure joints made during paving operations are straight, clean, vertical and free of broken or loose material. 5. At joint between new and exist AC, saw-cut exist AC full depth in neat continuous line. Match existing AC elevation along joint unless noted otherwise on drawing. 6. Seal contact joints between asphalt pavement joints, curbs, walls, bollard foundations, and drains with AR4000. D. Asphalt Concrete Pavement Patching: 1. Before patch is constructed, trim pavement cuts so marginal patch lines will form straight edges and vertical faces. 2. Prepare sub grade per the requirements of Section 3.03B of this Specification Section 3. When roadway is needed for vehicular traffic and permanent pavement cannot be promptly placed or when weather and availability of materials does not allow for prompt pavement repair, place and maintain a 6-inch thick crushed surfacing base course (CSBC). Remove temporary base and asphalt at such time as the permanent pavement repair can be completed. 4. Adjust utility structures and castings to grade. 5. Place bases and asphalt pavement per this section. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 32 12 16– PAVING Contract No. CAG-25-044 32 12 16- 9 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 3.5. SITE TOLERANCES A. Surface smoothness – Per WSDOT Standard Specification Section 5-04.3(13) B. At abutting existing surfaces to be matched: Within 1/8 inches. C. Variation from True Elevation: Within 0.5 inch, provided any such variation does not result in a level or reverse slope or ponding. D. For Pedestrian Asphalt Placement, the finished surface of the court shall not vary from planned grade more than 1/8-inch in 10-feet measured in any direction. 3.6. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Comply with City of Renton Requirements. B. Site Tests: 1. The Owner’s Representative may request the following tests: a. Subgrade density before placing bases and before paving. b. Base Course density. c. Asphalt density. d. Asphalt treated base density. C. Inspection: 1. The Owner’s Representative will observe the Work at the following milestones: a. After completion of sub grade and before placing base course. b. After placing base course and before placing asphalt. c. After placing asphalt base and before placing additional lift of asphalt. 3.7. CLEANING A. Clean surfaces within five days of substantial completion. B. Dispose of all surplus, unsuitable or waste material according to laws, regulations and ordinances at an upland disposal site provided by Contractor. C. Provide certification letter from disposal site operator stating that disposal site complies with local, state and federal regulations. END OF SECTION WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 32 13 13 – CONCRETE PAVING Contract No. CAG-25-044 32 13 13 - 1 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 SECTION 32 13 13 – CONCRETE PAVING PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1. REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this section: 1. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO). a. M6, Standard Specification for Fine Aggregate for Portland Cement Concrete. b. M80, Standard Specification for Coarse Aggregate for Portland Cement Concrete. c. M157, Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete. d. M213, Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction (Nonextruding and Resilient Bituminous Types). e. M227/M227M, Standard Specification for Steel Bars, Carbon, Merchant Quality, Mechanical Properties. 2. American Concrete Institute (ACI): a. 211.1 Standard Practice for Selecting Proportion for Normal, Heavyweight, and Mass Concrete. b. 305R, Hot Weather Concreting. c. 308, Standard Practice for Curing Concrete. d. 318/318R, Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete and Commentary. e. 325.9R, Guide for Construction of Concrete Pavements and Concrete Bases. f. 522.1-13, Specification for Pervious Concrete Pavement. 3. ASTM International (ASTM): a. A615/A615M, Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet -Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. b. C31/C31M, Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field. c. C33, Specification for Concrete Aggregates. d. C39/C39M, Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens. e. C78, Test Method for Flexural Strength of Concrete (Using Simple Beam with Third-Point Loading). WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 32 13 13 – CONCRETE PAVING Contract No. CAG-25-044 32 13 13 - 2 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 f. C88, Standard Test Method for Soundness of Aggregates by Use of Sodium Sulfate or Magnesium Sulfate. g. C94/C94M, Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete. h. C143/C143M, Standard Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic Cement Concrete. i. C150, Specification for Portland Cement. j. C172, Standard Practice for Sampling Freshly Mixed Concrete. k. C231, Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method. l. C260, Standard Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete. m. C309, Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete. n. C494/C494M, Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete. o. C618, Standard Specification for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use as a Mineral Admixture in Concrete. p. C803/C803M, Test Method for Penetration Resistance of Hardened Concrete. q. C1330, Specification for Cylindrical Seal Backing for Use With Cold Liquid Applied Sealants. r. C805, Test Method for Rebound Number of Hardened Concrete. s. D920, Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Seals. t. D994, Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete (Bituminous Type). u. D1751, Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction (Nonextruding and Resilient Bituminous Types). v. D2628, Specification for Preformed Polychloroprene Elastomeric Joint Seals for Concrete. w. D3406, Specification for Joint Sealant, Hot-Applied, Elastomeric-Type, for Portland Cement Concrete Pavements. (1) D5249, Specification for Backer Material for Use With Cold- and Hot- Applied Joint Sealants in Portland Cement Concrete and Asphalt Joints. (2) E329, Specification for Agencies Engaged in the Testing and/or Inspection of Materials Used in Construction. 4. National Ready Mixed Concrete Association (NRMCA). WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 32 13 13 – CONCRETE PAVING Contract No. CAG-25-044 32 13 13 - 3 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 5. Standard Specifications: When referenced in this section, shall mean the Washington State Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction, latest 2025 amendment and as amended by this section. 1.2. SUBMITTALS A. Provide as required in Section 5-05.3(1) of the Standard Specifications for concrete pavement and pervious cement concrete sidewalk. B. Action Submittals: 1. Product Data: Admixtures. 2. Design Data: a. Concrete mix design signed by concrete mix designer. b. Minimum Information: (1) Name of ready-mix plant. (2) Project. (3) Engineer. (4) Contractor. (5) Mix design number. (6) Specified concrete strength. (7) Water-cement-fly ash ratio. (8) Maximum aggregate size. (9) Cement content. (10) Fly ash content. (11) Water content. (12) Type, name, and amount of admixtures. (13) Unit weight. (14) Slump. (15) Ingredient proportions corrected for average moisture content for particular times of year. 3. Jointing Drawings: See construction Drawing. 4. Gradation for coarse and fine aggregates, and combined gradation. List percent passing each sieve size. 5. Detailed plans for hot weather placements, including curing and protection. 6. Mock-up panel of concrete paving. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 32 13 13 – CONCRETE PAVING Contract No. CAG-25-044 32 13 13 - 4 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 a. Provide a mock-up of concrete paving showing medium broom finish, score joints, and expansion joints minimum 6 feet by 6 feet square. Provide up to 2 additional mock-up panels at no additional cost, for review in the case that the quality of the first and subsequent mock- panels are rejected. b. Concrete mock-up panel shall be provided for the Owner’s review a minimum of 2 weeks in advance of concrete delivery. c. Construct mock-up panel using processes, technique, methods, and materials proposed for use on permanent work, including curing procedures, joints, and finishes. d. Mock-up panel(s) shall be produced by the same personnel who will perform the work for the project. The accepted mock-up panel shall serve as a minimum standard of appearance for the final work. e. Upon acceptance, maintain accepted mock-up panel on site in a secure location as the approved minimum standard of acceptance. Accepted mock-up panel shall not be demolished or removed from the site until the work has been completed and approved. f. Remove and replace mock-up panels that are not accepted. C. Informational Submittals: 1. Manufacturers’ Certificate of Compliance: a. Portland cement. b. Admixtures. c. Fly ash. d. Aggregates. 2. Statements of Qualifications: a. Mix designer. b. Batch plant. c. Testing laboratory. 3. Test Reports: a. Admixtures: Chemical ingredients and percentage of chloride in each admixture and fly ash. b. Fly Ash: Source test analysis and amount used in accordance with ASTM C94/C94M, Section 16. c. Mix Design: For each trial, signed by qualified mix designer. d. Laboratory Mixes: Cylinder test results. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 32 13 13 – CONCRETE PAVING Contract No. CAG-25-044 32 13 13 - 5 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 4. Concrete Delivery Tickets: a. For each batch of concrete before unloading at Site. b. Minimum Delivery Ticket Information: (1) Name of ready-mix plant. (2) Serial number of ticket. (3) Date and truck number. (4) Name of Contractor. (5) Job name and location. (6) Mix design number. (7) Amount of concrete (cubic yards). (8) Type and amount of admixtures. (9) Amount of water added at batch plant. (10) Time of loading, arriving at Site, and unloading. (11) Volume of water added by receiver of concrete and their initials. c. Record of drum revolution counter, type, and brand. 1.3. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide as required in Section 03 30 00, Cast-in-Place Concrete. B. Hot Weather Concreting: Conform to ACI 305R. 1.4. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Transporting of ready-mix concrete shall be in accordance with ASTM C94/C94M. PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.1. CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Cement: 1. Furnish cement for Project from one source. 2. Provide as required in Section 03 30 00, Cast-in-Place Concrete. 3. In accordance with ASTM C150; normal type II. B. Aggregates: 1. General: a. As specified in Section 9-03 of the Standard Specifications. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 32 13 13 – CONCRETE PAVING Contract No. CAG-25-044 32 13 13 - 6 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 b. Aggregate for portland cement concrete mixture shall be 1-1/2-inch maximum size stone meeting requirements of Section 9-03.1 of the Standard Specification. c. Material: Natural aggregates, free from deleterious coatings. d. Aggregates shall not be potentially reactive as defined in ASTM C33. e. Aggregates not in compliance with soundness and durability requirements of ASTM C33 may be used with prior approval of the Engineer; provided it can be shown by special testing or record of past performance that these aggregates produce concrete of adequate strength and durability. Aggregate soundness testing for fine and coarse aggregates shall be in accordance with ASTM C33 and ASTM C88. 2. Fine Aggregates: Grading Class 1 meeting requirements of Section 9-03.1(2) of the Standard Specifications. 3. Coarse Aggregate: Grading meeting requirements of Section 9-03.1(4) of the Standard Specifications. C. Water: ASTM C94/C94M. D. Admixtures: 1. Add admixtures to mix at batch plant. 2. Air Entraining: ASTM C260. 3. Water Reducing: a. ASTM C494/C494M, Type A, normal, or Type D, retarding type, containing no chlorides and compatible with air-entraining admixtures. b. Do not use calcium chloride, salt, or antifreeze agents. E. Coarse Aggregate for Concrete Sidewalk: 1. Acceptance of grading and quality of the aggregate will be based on samples taken from stockpiles at the concrete plant. The exact point of acceptance will be determined at the project site by the independent material testing and inspections firm. 2.2. ANCILLARY MATERIALS A. Tie Bars: Grade 40 deformed steel bars conforming to Section 03 21 00, Reinforcing Steel. B. Welded Wire Fabric: Steel Wire Fabric: Plain type, ASTM A185; plain finish 4”x4” w2.9x2.9. C. Dowels: Conform to requirements of AASHTO M227/M227M, Grade 70. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 32 13 13 – CONCRETE PAVING Contract No. CAG-25-044 32 13 13 - 7 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 D. Joint Filler: 1. Preformed expansion joint filler conforming to AASHTO M153 or AASHTO M213. 2. Fillers furnished under AASHTO M213 shall be tested in accordance with ASTM D1751. E. Curing Compound: ASTM C309, Type 2, suitable for spray application. F. Curing Membranes: 1. White polyethylene sheeting. 2. Waterproof paper. 3. Cotton or jute mats. G. Evaporation Retardant: Confilm as manufactured by Master Builders Company. H. Skate Deterrents: 1. Skate deterrents to be Model FA902.5 as manufactured by SkateStoppers or approved equal. 2. Contractor to install product per manufacturer requirements including but not limited to spacing and anchoring requirements. 2.3. EQUIPMENT A. Ready-Mix Concrete Batch Plants: Certified by NRMCA. B. Batch Plants: Conform to requirements of Section 5-05.3(3)A of the Standard Specifications. C. Ready-Mix Concrete Trucks: As specified in Section 5-05.3(3)B of the Standard Specifications. D. Hauling Equipment: As specified in Section 5-04.3(3)B of the Standard Specifications. E. Paving Equipment: As specified in Section 5-04.3(3)C of the Standard Specifications. F. Smoothness Testing Equipment: Supply two 12-foot straightedges for determining smoothness. 2.4. CONCRETE MIX DESIGN A. Compressive strength of 4,000 psi minimum at 28 days with five to seven percent air entrainment, ASTM C94 and ASTM C260. Slump range 2-1/2 to 5-1/2 inches maximum. B. If the 650 psi flexural strength specification requires a compressive WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 32 13 13 – CONCRETE PAVING Contract No. CAG-25-044 32 13 13 - 8 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 C. Concrete target strengths shall be in accordance with ACI 318/318R. D. Maximum water-cement ratio or water-cement plus pozzolan ratio, if applicable, shall not exceed 0.48. E. Replacement of cement with pozzolan shall not exceed 20 percent. F. Maximum Aggregate Size: 1-1/2 inch(es) minus. G. Allowable Slump: 3 inches, plus or minus 1 inch. H. Allowable Air Entrainment: 5 percent, plus or minus 1 percent by volume. I. Concrete shall contain water reducer. Amount of admixture added to concrete shall be in accordance with manufacturer’s written instructions. J. Use of set-retarding admixtures shall be subject to prior approval the Engineer. K. Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow. L. Concrete temperature as delivered to site ready for placement shall be above 50 degrees F and below 90 degrees F. M. If Contractor proposes to use a current mix design that meets these Specifications, has been used on previous City of Renton project, and less than 1 year has elapsed since it was last used; Contractor shall submit documentation of production of concrete produced from that mix design to the Engineer for review. If review verifies concrete produced meets these Specifications and strength requirements, and establishes a correlation between compressive strength and flexural strength, no trial batches for proposed mix design will be required. PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.1. WEATHER LIMITATIONS A. Concrete shall not be placed: 1. Until the air temperature in the shade is 35 degrees F and rising and is forecast to remain above 35 degrees F. 2. On frozen ground. 3. During periods of rain or snow. B. Concrete placement shall not continue when air temperature drops below 40 degrees F. C. Protect concrete pavement from inclement weather for 7 days after it has been placed, when rain is imminent, and when air temperature drops or is forecast to drop below 35 degrees F. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 32 13 13 – CONCRETE PAVING Contract No. CAG-25-044 32 13 13 - 9 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 3.2. PREPARATION A. Prepare base as specified in Section 32 11 23, Aggregate Base Courses. B. Dampen base thoroughly prior to concrete placement; standing water will not be permitted. C. Formwork shall be complete prior to placement of concrete. Area in which concrete is to be placed, shall be smooth and free of ruts, projections, debris, spilled concrete, mud, sloughed soil, standing water, organic and other objectionable materials. D. Construction Joints: Inspect prior to placement of concrete. E. Prior to placing paving equipment in position, full width and length of the area on which the tracks of the paving equipment is to operate shall be brought to density and surface tolerances required. F. Protect existing exposed surfaces such as grates, catch basins, air valves, manholes, and cleanout lids from splattered and spilled concrete during concrete placement by use of durable waterproof paper. G. Furnish operable backup vibrator on Site prior to concrete placement. 3.3. SLIP FORM PAVING A. Deliver from hauling vehicles to paving machine hopper. B. Contractor’s equipment hauling portland cement concrete or reinforcement will not be permitted on subgrade, but will be allowed on base, with turns or other maneuvering kept to a minimum. Damage to subgrade or base shall be corrected to satisfaction of the Engineer. C. Place in final position uniformly in one layer, so a minimum of finishing will be necessary to provide a dense, homogenous pavement conforming to true grade and cross section. 1. Spreader shall receive portland cement concrete mixture in its hopper and uniformly spread and strike it off at proper thickness for full width of area being paved. 2. Paver shall vibrate, consolidate, and finish slab to proper grade and cross section. D. Paver: 1. Operated with as continuous forward movement as possible. 2. Coordinate mixing, delivering, and spreading portland cement concrete to provide uniform progress. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 32 13 13 – CONCRETE PAVING Contract No. CAG-25-044 32 13 13 - 10 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 3. Stopping and starting paver shall be held to a minimum. If, for any reason, it is necessary to stop forward motion of paver, vibratory and tamping elements shall also be stopped immediately. 4. No external force shall be applied to paver, except with approval of the Engineer. E. While placing Portland cement concrete, provisions shall be made for constructing joints, placing dowels, tie bars, and other devices as called for by Drawings and as provided in Article Joints. F. Portland cement concrete shall be rejected if it: 1. Is not in place within 1 hour after being mixed. 2. Has begun to take an initial set prior to placement. 3. Has been retempered with water. G. If necessary, supplemental hand spreading and distributing shall be with shovels. Rakes will not be permitted. H. Portland cement concrete shall not be fouled with foreign matter. I. Use vibrators to consolidate portland cement concrete pavement at least 6 feet each side of construction joints and expansion joints. 3.4. STATIONARY SIDE FORM CONSTRUCTION A. Where width of pavement is narrow, tapering, or of irregular pattern not lending itself to being constructed by prescribed machine methods, Contractor shall be permitted to place concrete as specified in Section 03 30 00, Cast-in-Place Concrete. B. Defects: 1. Fill areas of minor honeycomb or other minor defect in composition of portland cement concrete along exposed edges of portland cement concrete with a stiff mortar of cement and fine aggregate. Apply to moistened portland cement concrete to satisfaction of the Engineer. 2. Area showing serious defects in composition of concrete shall be removed and replaced with pavement of specified quality for full width of strip between longitudinal joints or edges and for a length not less than between the nearest transverse joints. 3.5. JOINTS A. General: 1. Referred to as construction, either of which may be transverse or longitudinal, as called for by Drawings or as approved by the Engineer. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 32 13 13 – CONCRETE PAVING Contract No. CAG-25-044 32 13 13 - 11 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 2. Joints, and joint filler shall extend to pavement edges or to each other, as the case may be, and shall be constructed perpendicular to surface of pavement. 3. Joints shall not vary from specified or indicated line by more than 1/4 inch. 4. Contractor shall submit jointing plan and details to Project Representative for approval. Take into consideration placement of joints in curb and gutter, at catch basins, and position of manholes and other large structures, as well as other limitations herein mentioned. 5. Place manhole or similar large structure in line of joint, or if impractical, isolate structure from pavement with premolded joint filler, 1/2-inch wide, conforming to AASHTO M213 and ASTM D1751. B. Expansion Joints: 1. Dowels: as shown in the Drawings. 2. Install coated and lubricated bars parallel to slab surface and in true horizontal position perpendicular to joint in both plan and section view, so as to permit joint to expand or contract without bending dowels. 3. Secure dowels tightly in forms with rigid ties, 4. Install steel reinforcement in concrete as shown. C. Construction Joints: 1. Construct when there is an interruption of longer 45 minutes in portland cement concrete placing operations or where specified. 2. Tool both free edges of joints with 1/8 inch radius rounder to remove laitance and mortar resulting from finishing operations and to provide clean rounded edge. Tooling shall not form ridges on surface of concrete. 3. New portland cement concrete placed contiguous to joint shall conform to proportions and consistency of previously placed concrete. 4. Longitudinal Construction Joint: a. Tied type using No. 5 by 36-inch deformed tie bars at 12-inch centers. b. Tie Bars: (1) Not required at construction joint between portland cement concrete pavement and gutter, except where shown on Drawings and mentioned above. (2) Placement: (a) Plastic Portland Cement Concrete: Insert before vibrating and finishing portland cement concrete; or (b) Hardened Concrete: WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 32 13 13 – CONCRETE PAVING Contract No. CAG-25-044 32 13 13 - 12 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 (i) Drill hole, insert, and grout tie bars into place. (ii) Drill holes large and deep enough to allow tie bars to be inserted with grout. (iii) Perform any time after portland cement concrete has attained enough strength to resist any damage caused by drilling. (iv) Tie bars shall be grouted a maximum of 3 hours prior to placement of adjacent portland cement concrete. (3) Replace loose tie bars by drilling and grouting as described. D. Sawcut Joints: 1. Configuration: 1/4-inch wide by 3/4-inch deep at locations indicated on Drawings. 2. Do not fill or seal. 3. Layout of joints shall be straight and true and shall not vary from indicated line by more than 1/4 inch. 4. Contractor shall sawcut joints per the timing requirements of ACI 360. 3.6. SURFACE FINISHING A. Cement Concrete Sidewalk sawcut scoring shall be in perpendicular to the back of curb and scored joints shall be parallel and perpendicular to the roadway centerline, as detailed on the Plans. Contractor shall physically lay out scoring with non- permanent markings for Engineer’s approval prior to saw cut scoring installation. Finish areas shall be as shown per Plans. B. Cement concrete sidewalk thickness shall be as shown on the Plans. C. Full Depth expansion joints for cement concrete sidewalk shall be constructed with a maximum spacing of approximately 10 feet, and as detailed on the Plans. Score joints shall be constructed at a maximum distance of 6 feet from each full depth expansion joint, except where specific dimensions are detailed on the Plans. Asphalt mastic joint fillers in the sidewalk shall be 3/8” x 4” and of the same material as that used in the curb shall be placed in the same location as that in the curb. D. Contractor shall provide layout of sidewalk scoring and expansion joints for the Engineer’s approval in the field prior to installation. E. No concrete for sidewalk shall be poured against dry forms or dry subgrade. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 32 13 13 – CONCRETE PAVING Contract No. CAG-25-044 32 13 13 - 13 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 F. The Contractor may provide suitable vibrating finishers for the use in finishing the concrete sidewalks. The type of vibrator and its methods of use shall be subject to the approval of the City. G. All completed work shall be so barricaded as to prevent damage by unauthorized use. Any damage sections shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor’s expense. Existing building facades disturbed during construction shall be restored to original condition. Cement Concrete Sidewalk saw cut scoring shall be perpendicular to the back of curb and scored joints shall be parallel and perpendicular to the roadway centerline, as detailed on the Plans. Finish areas shall be as shown per Plans. H. Surface Retardant Operations and Requirements 1. Apply surface retardant wherever medium-light sandblast finish is indicated on Plans to expose concrete surfaces. 2. Apply surface retardant after placement of properly prepared concrete, during dry weather at a duration per manufacture’s recommendations. Coordinate with formwork construction, concrete placement schedule, and formwork removal to ensure that surfaces to receive surface retardant provides uniform results throughout the concrete surfaces. 3. When using the surface retardant, it is generally better to remove the retarder the same day for best results or generally within 8-12 hours of finishing in warm weather. Surface retarders shall be installed per manufacture’s recommendations. I. Applicator Qualifications: Medium-light sandblast finish shall be applied by qualified surface retardant applicator(s) as appropriate for the system scheduled and acceptable to the Resident Engineer. Applicators shall have experience in the concrete surface preparation, application and removal for the application of the surface retardant for medium-light sandblast finish on cement concrete sidewalk projects similar in extent to this Contract. J. Mock-Ups: Prior to start of installation of cement concrete sidewalks with sawcut scoring and medium light sandblast finish the Contractor shall provide a minimum thirty-six (36) square foot sample, 6’x6’ of cement concrete with sawcut scoring and medium-light sandblast finish to be reviewed and approved by the Engineer. This sample shall be the standard for the balance of the rest of the work installed, for both the cement sidewalk and the cement concrete driveway entrance sawcut scoring and medium-light sandblast finish and shall be protected from damage until final acceptance and approval. K. Submittal: Submit product information (technical specifications) and proposed procedure and methods for concrete preparations and product installation for surface retardant for Engineer’s approval prior to mock-up sample installation. L. The contractor shall request a pre-construction meeting with the Engineer to be held two to five working days before any work can start on cement concrete sidewalks, WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 32 13 13 – CONCRETE PAVING Contract No. CAG-25-044 32 13 13 - 14 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 curb ramps or other pedestrian access routes to discuss construction requirements. Those attending shall include: 1. The Contractor and subcontractor in charge of constructing forms, and placing, and finishing the cement concrete. 2. Engineer (or representative) ad Project Inspectors for the cement concrete sidewalk, curb ramp or pedestrian access route Work. M. Items to be discussed in this meeting shall include, at a minimum, the following” 1. Slopes shown on the Plans 2. Inspection 3. Traffic control 4. Pedestrian control, access routes and delineation 5. Accommodating utilities 6. Form work 7. Installation of detectable waring surfaces 8. Contractor ADA survey and ADA Feature as-built requirements 9. Cold Weather Protection 3.7. CURING OF PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE A. Immediately after the final floating, surface finishing, and edging has been completed, and while portland cement concrete surface is still moist, cover and cure entire exposed surface for at least 72 hours in accordance with one of the following provisions: 1. Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds: Apply compound uniformly to portland cement concrete by pressure spray methods at a rate which will form an impervious membrane, but at least at a rate of 1 gallon per 150 square feet. 2. Other Membranes: a. Apply to damp portland cement concrete as soon as it can be placed without marring surface. b. Place in contact with surface, extend beyond sides or edges of slabs or forms, and fasten down to hold it in position as a waterproof and moisture proof covering. c. Laps shall be sufficient to maintain tightness equivalent to sheeting. d. Transverse laps for waterproof paper shall be at least 18 inches, and longitudinal seams shall be cemented. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 32 13 13 – CONCRETE PAVING Contract No. CAG-25-044 32 13 13 - 15 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 e. Cotton or jute mats shall be saturated with water prior to placing and kept fully wetted during curing period. B. Concrete shall be cured by use of curing compound, for minimum of 7 days after concrete placement, in accordance with ACI 308. Curing compounds shall be applied in accordance with manufacturer’s written instructions. C. Exposed surfaces shall be sprayed with curing compound immediately after free surface water has disappeared from finished surface. D. Concrete temperature shall be maintained in accordance with ACI 306R. E. Curing compounds shall not come in contact with hardened concrete that is to be concreted against. 3.8. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Contractor shall employ an independent material testing and special inspection agency to perform inspection, sampling, and testing , as required by Owner. B. Concrete Sampling: In accordance with ASTM C172. Take sample not less than every 5,000 square feet or fraction thereof of concrete placed each day. C. Perform following tests on each sampling: 1. Slump: ASTM C143/C143M. 2. Air Content: ASTM C231. 3. Compressive Strength: ASTM C39/C39M. 4. Flexural Strength: ASTM C78. D. Strength Tests: 1. Make and cure cylinders and beams in accordance with ASTM C31/C31M. 2. Cylinders: Make four, standard 6-inch diameter by 12 inches high. Cure one in field and three in laboratory. 3. Compressive: Test one field-cured cylinder at 7 days and two laboratory-cured cylinders at 28 days. Test last cylinder at 56 days if 28-day cylinder is below specified strength. E. Acceptance of concrete shall be in accordance with ACI 318/318R. 3.9. CLEANING A. Clean concrete splatter from exposed surfaces. B. Thoroughly broom and wash concrete surfaces before opening to traffic. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 32 13 13 – CONCRETE PAVING Contract No. CAG-25-044 32 13 13 - 16 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 3.10. PROTECTION OF CONCRETE A. Do not operate construction equipment or allow traffic on newly placed portland cement concrete until the following requirements are met: 1. Joints have been filled as per Article Joints. 2. Concrete has attained a compressive strength of at least 4,000 pounds per square inch. B. Protect new concrete from construction operations, mechanical disturbances, water flow, and soiling until open for traffic. C. Erect and maintain suitable barriers to protect concrete from traffic or other detrimental trespass until pavement is opened to traffic. D. Protect new concrete from dirt, asphalt, and other deleterious substances that may be tracked onto new pavement from construction activities. E. Pavement damaged by traffic or damaged from any other cause, prior to its official acceptance, shall be repaired or replaced to the satisfaction of the Engineer. F. Skate deterrents to be installed following acceptance of concrete cure and contractor has been granted approval by Engineer. END OF SECTION WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 32 17 23 – PAVING MARKINGS Contract No. CAG-25-044 32 17 23 - 1 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 SECTION 32 17 23 – PAVEMENT MARKING PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1. DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The Work in this section shall furnish materials and all labor materials, tools and equipment necessary to furnish and install all pavement markings as described in the Contract Documents and shown on the Plans. 1. Paint all pavement markings shown on Drawings. 2. Paint all insignias and disabled parking symbols shown on Drawings. 1.2. RELATED SECTIONS A. SECTION 32 12 16 – ASPHALT PAVING. 1.3. REFERENCES A. City of Renton Public Works Design and Construction Standard Plans (Current Edition) B. WSDOT Standard Specifications (2025) Standard Specification for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction; and Amendments 1.4. SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Pavement marking materials. 1.5. ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Pavement must be clean and dry. B. Comply with Manufacturer’s recommendations for pavement markings. PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.1. PAINT A. Non-reflectorized traffic line paint per WSDOT Standard Specifications Section 8- 22.2. B. Color: As noted in the Drawings. PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.1. EXAMINATION A. Site Verification of Conditions, Contractor shall: WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 32 17 23 – PAVING MARKINGS Contract No. CAG-25-044 32 17 23 - 2 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 1. Verify paving and curbing is complete and surface is ready to receive striping. 2. Verify distance between curbs to insure adequate width for the indicated number on stalls. 3. Verify weather forecast during planned time of placement is within weather limitations. 4. Verify surfaces are complete and surface is ready to receive paint. 5. Verify location of existing utilities and location of signs. 3.2. PREPARATION A. Protection: 1. Protect painted surfaces until dry. B. Clean and prepare surface for receiving paint per WSDOT Standard Specification Section 8-22.3(2). C. Layout lines and symbols to spacing and locations shown on Drawings. D. Where painting replaces or matches into existing pavement marking: 1. Match existing layout. E. Protect existing utilities from any damage from sign installation. 3.3. CONSTRUCTION A. Provide new paint striping for striping and markings damaged or removed during construction. Provide new signage as shown on the drawings. B. Painting: Per Section 8-22-.3(3) WSDOT Standard Specifications. C. Handicap Parking Striping: 1. Comply with City, State and Federal requirements. 2. Size and location as shown on Drawings. D. Install all signs according to the dimensions and locations required on Plans. END OF SECTION WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 32 31 13 – CHAIN LINK FENCES Contract No. CAG-25-044 32 31 13 - 1 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 SECTION 32 31 13 – CHAIN LINK FENCES PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1. DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. This Section includes furnishing materials and all labor materials, tools and equipment necessary to furnish and install chain link fences as described in the Contract Documents and shown on the Plans. This includes the following: 1. Playscape Fencing. 2. Futsal Court Fencing. 1.2. RELATED SECTIONS A. SECTION 03 30 00 – CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE. B. SECTION 03 30 05 – CONCRETE MIX DESIGN. C. SECTION 03 39 00 – CONCRETE CURING. D. SECTION 31 23 16 – EXCAVATION. 1.3. REFERENCES A. City of Renton Public Works Design and Construction Standard Plans (Current Edition) B. WSDOT Standard Specifications (2025) Standard Specification for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction; and Amendments C. ASTM International (ASTM): 1. F626, Standard Specification for Fence Fittings. 2. F1043, Standard Specification for Strength and Protective Coatings on Steel Industrial Fence Framework. 3. F1083, Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Hot-Dipped Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Welded, for Fence Structures. 1.4. SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer’s product data for all components (posts, rails, fittings, chain link fabric, reinforcements, attachments, etc.) including: 1. Preparation instructions and recommendations. 2. Storage and handling requirements and recommendations. 3. Manufacturer’s written assembly and installation instructions. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 32 31 13 – CHAIN LINK FENCES Contract No. CAG-25-044 32 31 13 - 2 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 4. Maintenance instructions. 5. Manufacturer warranties. 1.5. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Before proceeding with any work, inspect the site, carefully check all grades, and verify all dimensions and conditions affecting the work. Notify the Owner’s Representative of any discrepancy on line and level. B. Fencing work must be performed by a company with experience in work of similar scope and quality. C. Adhere to manufacturer’s instructions for product storage and handling, assembly, installation, and maintenance. D. Site Reviews will be made by the Owner’s Representative. 1. Request Owner’s Representative site review at least 48 hours in advance of the time review is required. Reviews for the following is required: a. Review of temporarily marked/staked locations and alignments of fencing prior to installation. b. Substantial Completion of all work (development of physical punch list items). c. Physical Completion of all work (physical punch list items satisfactorily completed). PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.1. CHAIN LINK FABRIC A. Steel Chain link Fabric: Provide fabric fabricated in one-piece widths. Comply with Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute “Product Manual” and with requirements indicated below: 1. Mesh and Wire Size: a. 2” mesh and 9 gauge (0.148 inch diameter). 2. Knuckle selvage: a. Top and bottom. 3. Fabric galvanizing thickness: a. 0.30 oz per SF on vinyl coated wire. 2.2. FRAMEWORK A. Round Steel Pipe: Standard weight, Schedule 40, galvanized steel pipe complying WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 32 31 13 – CHAIN LINK FENCES Contract No. CAG-25-044 32 31 13 - 3 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 with ASTM F1083. Comply with ASTM F1043, Material Design Group IA, external and internal coating Type A, consisting of not less than 1.8-oz./sq. ft. zinc; and the following strength and stiffness requirements: 1. Posts: a. All posts shall be standard hot-dip galvanized steel pipe; straight, true as to section and unspliced. b. Line posts shall be 2 3/8 inch outside diameter; Schedule 40 pipe, and 3.65 pounds per linear foot or larger if sleeved over existing posts. c. Terminal and corner posts shall be 3” (2.875” OD) 5.79 lbs/in. Ft, Schedule 40 pipe. d. All post finials shall be standard moisture proof, heavily galvanized, malleable iron securely fastened to posts. 2. Rails: a. Fences shall have top, mid, and bottom rails. See details for rail height. b. Rails shall be 1.66 inch outside diameter, Schedule 40 pipes, and 2.27 pounds per linear foot. c. Top rail shall be securely fastened to terminal posts and pass through tops of line post fittings, forming a continuous rail for the full length of fence. Top rail shall be furnished in random lengths from 18 to 20 feet long and with standard hot-dip galvanized steel expansion couplings not less than 6" in length. Short lengths shall not be used adjacent to terminal posts. Couplings shall not be further than 12" from a post. No exceptions. 3. Brace Assembly: a. All terminal pull posts, corner posts, and gate posts shall be furnished with double adjustable brace assembly as specified by the fence manufacturer. 4. Tension Bars & Wire Ties: a. Tension bars shall be used at all terminal posts and both sides of pull posts, corner posts, and gates. Tension bars shall be of full height of fabric 3/16" x ¾". b. Wire ties shall be 11-gauge steel with a minimum of 0.9 oz per sf of zinc coating. 5. Tension Wire: a. Galvanized steel wire, 7 gauge (0.177 inch diameter) core. 6. Swing Gate: a. Gate shall be provided where shown on plans and hinged to swing 90º each way. Frames shall be 1.9 inch outside diameter, Schedule 40 pipe, and 2.72 pounds per linear foot. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 32 31 13 – CHAIN LINK FENCES Contract No. CAG-25-044 32 31 13 - 4 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 b. All joints shall have welded corner fittings to make a rigid frame. Welded frames shall be galvanized after welding. Gate, hinges, latches, keepers, brace, and all other fittings shall be heavy duty as specified by the fence manufacturer and approved. c. Provision shall be made for padlocking all gates in an open (full open to the inside) and closed position. The device shall be subject to approval. 2.3. COATING A. Vinyl Coating: 1. Fabric shall be hot dipped galvanized prior to vinyl coating. 2. Vinyl coating shall be thermally fused and bonded, Class 2B. 3. Thickness of vinyl coating fabric shall be 6-10 mil. 4. Color: Black. B. TGIC Polyester Coating: 1. All fencing components other than fabric shall also be vinyl -coated or be polymer coating, PVC, or polyolefin elastomer 10-mils (0.254-mm) minimum or polyester 3-mils (0.0076-mm) minimum coating can be applied to the exterior surface of tubular shapes. Color of the coating shall be in accordance with ASTM F934 and match fabric. C. Paint: 1. All welds, nuts, bolts, and washers not coated shall be painted to match vinyl coating. PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.1. SEQUENCING A. Layout all fence lines and gates for approval by Owner’s Representative prior to beginning any work. 3.2. CHAIN LINK FENCE A. Posts: 1. Splice line posts uniformly as shown. B. Top Rails: 1. Install alignment. Run rail continuously on top of posts. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 32 31 13 – CHAIN LINK FENCES Contract No. CAG-25-044 32 31 13 - 5 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 C. Bottom Rails: 1. Install, spanning between posts, attaching at posts. D. Chain Link Fabric: 1. Apply fabric to inside of framework. 2. Leave the space showing on the Drawings between finish grade or surface and bottom selvage. 3. Pull fabric taut and tie to posts, rails, and stretcher rod. 4. Anchor to framework so fabric remains under tension after pulling force is released. E. Tension or Stretcher Rod: 1. Thread through fabric and secure. F. Tie Wires: 1. Use wire of proper length to double wrap both ends and firmly secure fabric to line posts and rails as follows: a. Attach wire at one end to chain-link fabric, wrap wire around post a minimum of 180 degrees, and attach other end to chain-link fabric per ASTM F626 using standard round wire ties with either a preformed hook or pigtail at one end, designed to engage on picket of the chain link fabric at the preformed end. b. Wrap around the rail and wrap around one picket of the chain link fabric at least two full turns at the other end in a manner that will draw up tightly around the rail or post. c. Both ends shall be double wrapped with at least two full turns. d. Bend ends of wire to minimize hazard to individuals and clothing. e. Maximum Spacing: Tie fabric to line posts, rails and stretcher rod 12" inches o.c. G. Fasteners: 1. Install nuts for tension bands and carriage bolts on the side of the fence opposite the fabric side. 3.3. CLEANUP A. Contractor shall leave grounds in good condition, remove all sand, gravel, debris, dirt, and leave fence complete and workable in all details. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 32 31 13 – CHAIN LINK FENCES Contract No. CAG-25-044 32 31 13 - 6 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 3.4. GUARANTEE A. Contractor shall guarantee in every detail the material and construction against defects. Any defects which develop within one (1) year from date of final acceptance shall be replaced at the expense of the Contractor. END OF SECTION WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 32 84 00 – PLANTING IRRIGATION Contract No. CAG-25-044 32 84 00 - 1 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 SECTION 32 84 00 – PLANTING IRRIGATION PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1. SUMMARY A. Furnish and install an automatically-controlled, underground irrigation system and associated equipment including connections to existing equipment to remain, labor, and materials as indicated. B. This Section also includes the Guarantee of the irrigation system during the planting Guarantee Period of one (1) year duration to ensure the health and establishment of plant materials. Refer to Section 32 90 00 Planting. C. This Section includes the maintenance of the irrigation system during the one (1) year Guarantee Period. 1.2. EXISTING IRRIGATION SYSTEM A. Prior to beginning construction, the Contractor and Owner’s Representative must meet on site to test and document the working order and condition of the existing irrigation system. B. Protect and maintain existing irrigation system service to areas indicated in contract drawings during the entire construction period. All interruptions to existing irrigation water service must be approved by Owner prior to periodic shutdowns. All new pip e and fittings are subject to hydrostatic testing per specifications. C. Repair all damage to existing irrigation system caused by construction, and return existing irrigation system items to remain to a fully operational, pre -construction condition at no additional cost to Owner. D. Coordinate existing underground sprinkler irrigation to remain with new irrigation. Portions of existing irrigation system must be abandoned (capped) or removed as shown in contract drawings. Existing irrigation “As -Built”/Record Drawings are available from Owner. 1.3. SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish and install a complete underground sprinkler irrigation system to provide efficient and even irrigation with head-to-head coverage of all planting areas shown on the Contract Drawings. Irrigation system must have minimum overspray onto signs, paved or non-planted areas and no overspray onto buildings and as specified in the Specifications and be complete and ready for operation. B. The work included in this Specification must consist of all tools, materials, tests, permits and other related items necessary for the installation and operation of the irrigation system. Included must be all labor necessary for installation, including WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 32 84 00 – PLANTING IRRIGATION Contract No. CAG-25-044 32 84 00 - 2 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 trenching, plumbing, back-filling, electrical wiring, adjustments, and all other items of labor necessary for a satisfactory operating system. C. Irrigation piping layout is schematic. Locate piping in planting areas unless shown in sleeves between planting areas. Avoid conflicts with plant materials, lighting fixtures, signs, structures, above and below ground utilities, and drainage systems. D. Any item of labor, material or equipment not specified or shown in detail, but incidental to or necessary for the complete installation and proper operation of the system, must be furnished by the Contractor without additional cost to the Owner. E. All sleeving required for the execution of the work is to be provided as specified. Coordinate locations and installation of pipe sleeving with the general contractor prior to paving operations. 1.4. RELATED WORK A. Related work in other sections of these Specifications includes but is not limited to: 1. Specification 31 23 13 – SUBGRADE PREPARATION. 2. Specification 32 90 00 – PLANTING. 3. Specification 33 11 00 – WATER UTILITY. 1.5. QUALIFICATIONS OF INSTALLER A. Contractor must be a bonded irrigation contractor. The sprinkler irrigation system must be installed by an experienced irrigation mechanic, Certified Irrigation Technician, or Journeyman Plumber. B. All electrical service connection work must be completed by a licensed Electrical Contractor. 1.6. VERIFICATION A. Before proceeding with any work, inspect the site, carefully checking grades and verify all dimensions and conditions affecting the work in order to proceed safely. Changes or alterations to the system to meet actual conditions must be made at no additional cost to the Owner. B. Report to the Owner’s Representative all deviation and/or conflicts between Drawings, Specifications and site conditions. Extra work, or corrective work, arising from failure to report deviations or conflicts must be completed at the Contractor's expense. C. Prior to the start of any work, (1) verify available static water pressure (PSI) and gallons per minute (GPM) at the point-of-connection and (2) verify the dynamic pressure (PSI) downstream of the existing pump. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 32 84 00 – PLANTING IRRIGATION Contract No. CAG-25-044 32 84 00 - 3 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 1. Submit written verifications of the PSIs and the GPM to the Owner’s Representative prior to beginning the work. 2. Any replacement, relocation, or additional labor and materials required as a failure to check and provide the PSIs and GPM, must be completed at the Contractor’s expense. 1.7. CHANGE ORDERS AND SUBSTITUTIONS A. Do no work for extra compensation without prior written approval of the Owner in the form of a Change Order. B. The intent of the Contract Drawings and Specifications is to provide a totally integrated irrigation system. Substitutions will be accepted only if they are proven to be wholly compatible with this system. City of Renton standard irrigation products are included; no substitutions will be permitted unless noted herein. 1.8. PERMITS, CODES AND REGULATIONS A. Apply for and pay for all necessary permits and fees as required by Local Authority and prevailing ordinances and/or codes. B. Keep fully informed and shall comply with all existing laws, codes, ordinances, and regulations which in any way affect the conduct of the work. 1.9. INTERPRETATION OF THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS A. Irrigation Drawings are diagrammatic and are not intended to show exact location of such items as piping, valves, controllers, and other equipment. Locate these items as closely as possible or as per related details to curbs or edges of paving. Locate such items as piping, valves, controllers and other equipment inside property line unless otherwise noted on the Contract Drawings. B. Pipe lines shown parallel on the Contract Drawings may be placed in a common trench. Sprinkler heads are shown accurately and must be installed as indicated by center of symbol. C. Trenching that may potentially disturb root systems of existing trees is to be brought to the attention of the Owner’s Representative before proceeding. 1.10. PROTECTION OF WORK, PROPERTY AND PERSONS A. Take all necessary precautions to protect work in progress, all property, persons, utilities, walks, curbs, pavement and buildings from any damage that might be incurred arising from this Contract. Repair to the satisfaction of the Owner, at Contractor's expense, any damage to the above and existing landscape. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 32 84 00 – PLANTING IRRIGATION Contract No. CAG-25-044 32 84 00 - 4 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 1.11. CONDUCT OF WORK A. Continuously maintain a competent superintendent or foreman during progress of the work, with the authority to act in all matters pertaining to the work. The Contractor must give personal attention to the fulfillment of the contact and must keep the work under control. B. Confine operations to the working areas allotted by the Owner, including material and equipment storage. C. Progressively clean the work site of debris and rubbish as the work proceeds. Keep streets, sidewalks and site clean, free from debris and affected drains open and free flowing at all times. D. Locate and identify all underground utilities (on or near Public Rights -of-Way / Property Lines) prior to digging and/or driving stakes. E. Repair to the satisfaction of the Owner any damage to existing utilities. Existing known utilities have been shown on the Architectural/Engineering and/or Survey Drawings and will be made available from the Owner and/or Utility Companies. It will be the Contractor's responsibility to verify utility locations on the ground with a pipe -finder or by other means. Contact Utility Locate at 1-800-424-5555 in advance of any digging to have existing utilities located and marked on-site. The Contractor must be responsible for the protection of existing known utilities. Should the ditching intercept and damage any existing utilities, all further work within said area must stop until the Owner is advised and the Owner can review a repair method and schedule. F. Provide barricades and safety guards, and any other structures or improvements necessary for the complete protection of the public. G. The Contractor must bear sole responsibility for damage to and/or water leaks on the Owner’s property and any property located outside of the project site, which is caused by the Contractor’s negligence during construction of the project. The Contractor must also bear sole responsibility for any pollution of rivers, streams, groundwater or other waters that may occur as a result of construction operations. The Contractor must replace, repair and pay for all damages caused by his/her negligence to the satisfaction of the Owner prior to final payment. H. During the installation of the new irrigation system, if underground utilities are encountered, including (but not limited to) existing irrigation system(s), notify the Owner’s Representative 2 working days in advance and perform repairs to that system as specified and/or as directed by the Owner’s Representative. This must also apply to the connection of new irrigation systems to existing, older systems. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 32 84 00 – PLANTING IRRIGATION Contract No. CAG-25-044 32 84 00 - 5 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 1.12. SYSTEM PROTECTION A. As a part of the guarantee under this contract, the Contractor is responsible for the deactivating and draining of the system prior to the onset of the freezing season and for reactivating the system at the onset of the spring growing season; each task must be accomplished once during the one (1) year Guarantee Period. B. In the event the system is completed in a season when the system will not be in use, the Contractor will winterize the system, including new and existing components and the pump, upon acceptance and will reactivate the system in the spring. The Contractor must, upon completion of the winterizing phase, submit a letter to the Owner and the Owner’s Representative certifying that the system was winterized and drained, and indicates the date when such action was accomplished. The Contractor is liable for any damage resulting from failure to comply. The Contractor must notify both the Owner and the Owner’s Representative 48 hours prior to the work so that the Owner’s Representative can be present during the winterizing and reactivating phases of work. 1.13. GUARANTEE A. Guarantee the irrigation system for all workmanship and material for a period of one (1) year, coinciding with planting Guarantee Period. Repair and/or replace defective irrigation equipment as determined by the Owner for the duration of the guarantee period. Repairs and/or replacements must be made in the same manner as specified for the original irrigation system and must be completed at no cost to the Owner. B. Should any trouble develop within one (1) year which, in the opinion of the Owner, is due to inferior or faulty material and/or workmanship, the trouble must be corrected, without delay, to the satisfaction of the Owner and at the Contractor's expense. C. Any settling of backfilled trenches must be repaired by the Contractor at the Contractor's expense, including but not limited to, restoration of pavement, seeded areas, sodded lawn, and/or planted areas. 1.14. MAINTENANCE A. It is expressly understood the Owner will be responsible during the one (1) year Guarantee Period for normal maintenance of the project. 1.15. TESTS & SITE REVIEWS A. Site Reviews will be made by the Owner Representative. 1. Request Owner Representative site reviews at least 48 hours in advance of the time review is required. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 32 84 00 – PLANTING IRRIGATION Contract No. CAG-25-044 32 84 00 - 6 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 2. Site Reviews for the following critical path items are required: a. Pre-construction meeting: contractor to activate and inventory working order of ex irrigation system. b. Irrigation Pressure Test. c. Irrigation Coverage Test. d. For Substantial Completion of all work (development of physical punch list items). e. For Physical Completion of all work (physical punch list items satisfactorily completed). f. For Final Acceptance of all work at the conclusion of the Guarantee Period. B. Pre-test for Pressure Test and Coverage Test prior to the Owner’s Representative's review of said tests to confirm that the irrigation system will meet the requirements of the specified tests. C. Once pre-tests are completed and acceptable results are confirmed by the Contractor, tests must be witnessed by the Owner’s Representative. The Contractor must give at least 48 hours advance notice of tests. D. Should additional test reviews be required due to conditions found to be the Contractors responsibility, reimburse the Owner for billed costs for the participation of the Owner’s Representative in repeated test reviews. Billed costs may include time and travel expenses as a direct consequence of the additional activities. 1.16. SUBMITTALS A. Irrigation Material Documentation 1. Submit manufacturer's "Catalog Cuts" of all material as noted in Specifications. Failure to do so may result in non-acceptance of materials already used or hauled to the site. Any removal or delays incurred will be at the expense of the Contractor. B. Manufacturer’s Instruction / Maintenance / Operation Information: 1. The Contractor must provide the following, with sections indexed in .pdf file format: a. List of authorized distributers and service representatives for each item of equipment used, including names, addresses and phone numbers. b. Instruction manuals for all equipment installed. c. Parts list with specifications numbers for each item installed. d. Winterization and start up procedures. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 32 84 00 – PLANTING IRRIGATION Contract No. CAG-25-044 32 84 00 - 7 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 e. Controller wire color code chart. 2. Controller Charts: a. The Chart must be a bond copy print with a different pastel transparent color to show each separate zone. Verify that the zone number as shown on the Controller Chart matches the number on the actual control valve identification tag. b. Provide one (1) controller chart per controller. Controller chart must fit in behind controller door. c. When completed and approved, hermetically seal (laminate) the chart between 2 pieces of plastic. d. The charts must be completed before the project can obtain Physical Completion. C. Watering Schedule Submittal: Contractor must cooperate with Landscape Contractor in providing Owner with a written “watering schedule” to ensure adequate watering of all plant materials during the Warranty Period of this Contract. D. As-Built Drawings: See As-Built Drawing Section herein. E. Written documentation of the date the irrigation system was winterized. F. Written documentation of existing static and working water pressure (PSI) and flow (GPM). G. Spare Parts 1. The Contractor must provide to the Owners Representative the following items as spare parts at no additional cost. a. 2 sets of Quick Coupler keys with hose swivels. b. 2 of each type and size of head and nozzle used on this project. 1.17. AS-BUILT DRAWINGS A. The Contractor must be responsible for maintaining a current and accurate record of all equipment installed and record any deviations to the plans (all deviations to the plans must be approved by the Owners Representative). As-Built records must be updated daily on site and must be available for review by Owners Representative at any time. All mainline, sleeves, quick coupler valves, automatic control valves, manual gate valves, electrical splice boxes, controllers, must be dimensioned on As- Built drawings to 2 permanent monuments. Upon completion of the system and prior to acceptance, the Contractor must provide the Owner’s Representative with a neat and clean reproducible hard copy set of As-Built drawings. The contractor must also provide the As-Built drawings as a scanned PDF. Coordinates must be based upon Washington State grid. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 32 84 00 – PLANTING IRRIGATION Contract No. CAG-25-044 32 84 00 - 8 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 B. After acceptance of the As-Built drawings, the Contractor must place a reduced, non- fading, laminated copy inside the controller cabinet door. 1.18. PIPE SLEEVES A. Provide and install pipe sleeves as shown on the Contract Drawings and as specified in these Specifications. Coordinate location and installation of pipe sleeves with general contractor prior to paving operations. PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.1. GENERAL A. All materials and equipment must be new and of the best quality. All items of equipment or material must be as specified or approved equal. 2.2. PLASTIC PIPE AND FITTINGS A. PVC pipe upstream and downstream of the control valves must be Schedule 40 complying with ASTM D1785. B. PVC pipe sleeving: Schedule 40 and conform to all requirements of ASTM D1785. C. All glued and threaded fittings for lateral lines must conform to the requirements of ASTM D2466 Schedule 40 PVC. All fittings must be of the solvent weld type except where risers, valves, etc. require threaded transition fittings. D. All pipe must be marked with manufacturer's name, class of pipe and NSF seal. Pipe must bear no evidence of interior or exterior extrusion marks. Pipe walls must be uniform, smooth and glossy. Pipe may be pre-belled or with individual solvent-weld couplings. E. All threaded fittings for mainlines must conform to requirements of ASTM D2464 Schedule 80 PVC. All glued fittings for mainlines must conform to the requirements of ASTM D2466, Schedule 40 PVC. F. Threaded fittings for triple swing joints must be Marlex Street Ell sized to match inlets per Contract Drawings. G. PVC Threaded Nipples: Schedule 80, complying with ASTM D1785. H. All pipe must be delivered in at least 20 foot lengths. I. All PVC pipe and fittings must conform to the following minimums: 1. Tensile strength 78F 5,000 psi 2. Izod impact strength (notched)0.65 ft. lb./in. 3. Modulus of elasticity 300,000 psi WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 32 84 00 – PLANTING IRRIGATION Contract No. CAG-25-044 32 84 00 - 9 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 4. Compressive strength 8,500 psi 5. Flexural strength 10,000 psi 2.3. PVC PIPE JOINT COMPOUND AND PRIMER A. Joint compound: Slow drying, heavy-duty PVC solvent cement type. B. Primer: Tinted, compatible with joint compound. 2.4. POP-UP SPRAY HEADS & POP-UP ROTOR HEADS A. Must be of the type, manufacturer and size shown on the Contract Drawings or approved equal. 2.5. TREE WELL RISERS Must be of the type, manufacturer and size shown on the Contract Drawings or approved equal. 2.6. CONTROL WIRE FOR PUMP CONTROL WIRE A. Control wire must be insulated single strand copper designated for 24 to 50 volts and UL approved as Type U.F. (Underground Feeder). UL and U.F. designations must be clearly marked on insulation jacket of wire. B. Copper conductor must meet or exceed ASTM B-3 requirements. C. Minimum wire size must be No. 12 AWG. 2.7. CONTROL WIRE FOR EXISTING AUTOMATIC CONTROL VALVE OPERATIONS A. Control wire must be insulated single strand copper designed for 24 to 50 volts and UL approved as Type U.F. (Underground Feeder). UL and U.F. designations must be clearly marked on insulation jacket of wire. B. Copper conductor must meet or exceed ASTM B-3 requirements. C. Minimum wire size must be No. 14 AWG. Size wire to control valve per valve manufacturer’s recommendations. D. The control wires shall be color coded as follows: 1. Ground Wire – White 2. Lead (Hot) Wire – Red 3. Spare Wire – Yellow E. Wire Splice Connections: 3M, DBY, Rainbird Penn-Tite, Scotchlok or approved equal. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 32 84 00 – PLANTING IRRIGATION Contract No. CAG-25-044 32 84 00 - 10 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 2.8. CONTROL WIRE FOR 2-WIRE PATH A. Control wire must be accomplished by a polyethylene double-jacketed or UF-B UL PVC double-jacketed two-conductor solid core for direct burial with insulation 3/16 inch (0.060") thick, high density, sunlight resistant incased in an outer jacket of polyethylene or PVC conforming to ICEA S-GL-402 or NEMA WC5, having a minimum wall thickness of .045 inches. B. All splices shall be made in accordance with national electrical code articles 300.5 (underground installations) using 3M DBYR-6 connectors, which are UL listed under 'UL 486D-direct burial', for wet or damp locations, 600 volts. C. Decoder communication cables shall be installed in a separate trench a minimum of 12" per 100 volts away from power cable. D. Copper conductor must meet or exceed ASTM b-3 requirements. E. Minimum wire size must be No. 14 AWG. Size wire to decoder. F. 2-wire path wire color shall be orange. G. Contractor to propose 2-wire path layout for review by Owner’s Representative prior to installation. 2.9. AUTOMATIC CONTROLLER A. Must be of the type, manufacturer and size shown on the Contract Drawings or approved equal. B. Controller wiring that is above ground shall be installed in Schedule 80 grey electric conduit. 2.10. AUTOMATIC CONTROL VALVES WITH BALL VALVES A. Must be of the type, manufacturer and size shown on the Contract Drawings or approved equal. Ball valve shall be upstream of the automatic control valve as shown on the Contract Drawings. 2.11. QUICK COUPLING VALVES A. Must be of the type, manufacturer and size shown on the Contract Drawings or approved equal. B. Provide 2 matching valve keys, 2 cap keys and 2 hose swivels to the Owner. 2.12. MANUAL DRAIN VALVE A. Must be of the type, manufacturer and size shown on the Contract Drawings or approved equal. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 32 84 00 – PLANTING IRRIGATION Contract No. CAG-25-044 32 84 00 - 11 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 2.13. MANUAL BALL VALVE A. Must be of the type, manufacturer and size shown on the Contract Drawings or approved equal. 2.14. FLOW SENSOR A. Must be of the type, manufacturer and size shown on the Contract Drawings or approved equal. 2.15. MASTER CONTROL VALVE A. Must be of the type, manufacturer and size shown on the Contract Drawings or approved equal. 2.16. ROOT WATERING SYSTEM A. Must be of the type, manufacturer and size shown on the Contract Drawings or approved equal. 2.17. VALVE BOXES A. Unless otherwise specified, all automatic valves and manual ball valves must be enclosed in Carson Industries with locking lid or approved equal. B. Manual drain and quick coupler valves must be enclosed in a Carsons industries 910- 128, 10-inch round box with green bolt down cover or approved equal. C. Provide 2 lid keys and 2 valve keys per Valve Box type to the Owner. D. Size valve boxes as required to provide approximately 3 inches clear between valve box and valve on all sides. Provide and install valve box extensions as required. 2.18. BACKFLOW PREVENTER A. Must be of the type, manufacturer and size shown on the Contract Drawings or approved equal. 2.19. IRRIGATION WATER METER A. Must be of the type, manufacturer and size shown on the Contract Drawings or approved equal. 2.20. BACKFILL MATERIALS A. Gravel Backfill (for use under valve boxes only): 1. Three-quarter minus round, water worn, washed gravel. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 32 84 00 – PLANTING IRRIGATION Contract No. CAG-25-044 32 84 00 - 12 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 B. Native Material (backfill soil around PVC pipe): 1. Soil native to project site free of wood and other deleterious materials and rocks over one (1) inch diameter. 2.21. TRIPLE SWING JOINT A. All PVC triple swing joint risers must be "Rainbird TSJ triple Swing Joint"; "Hunter HSJ triple Swing Joint" or approved equal. 2.22. OTHER SUPPLIES A. Electrical tape must be black plastic, three-quarters inch wide and a minimum of 0.007 inches thick and the all-weather type. B. Detectable Marking Tape shall be 2” width; 5-mil tape with aluminum backing for finding underground assets using a non-ferrous locator. Substrate type to be 2 mil film laminated to 1/2 mil Aluminum Foil Center Core. Color shall be blue and tape shall be imprinted with black ink indicating “Caution - Buried Water Line Below”, or approved equal. C. All quick coupling valve pipe joints must be "Triple Swing Joint" or approved equal. D. All electrical wire splices must be made watertight with sealing 3M Direct Burial Splice Kit or approved equal. E. Thrust blocking must be on 3 inch and larger mainline only. PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.1. TRENCHING A. The contractor must use a sod cutter machine and save / maintain any sod from the trenches within existing lawn areas to remain, and replace this sod after system installation. Sod must not be displaced for more than 72 hours. Survival of the sod must be warranted as specified. B. Trenches must allow for 12 inches of cover over lateral lines and 18 inches of cover for irrigation main lines as noted on the Contract Drawings. Maintain a minimum clearance of 3 inches between irrigation lines within a common trench. Trenches for sleeves must allow for a minimum of 18 inches of cover. Excavate no wider at any point than is necessary to lay pipe or install equipment. Excavate with vertical sides and provide bracing and shoring as required. C. All trenches must be straight and not have abrupt changes in grade. Trenching that may potentially disturb root systems of existing trees must be brought to the attention of the Owner’s Representative before proceeding with work. D. The trench bottoms and bedding material surrounding all pipes must be free of rocks WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 32 84 00 – PLANTING IRRIGATION Contract No. CAG-25-044 32 84 00 - 13 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 greater than one (1) inch in diameter and all sharp-edged objects. Bed and surround all pipe with Backfill Material as specified in these Specifications. 3.2. INSTALLATION A. PVC Pipe and Fittings (Includes Pipe Sleeves): 1. Due to the nature of PVC pipe and fittings, the Contractor must exercise care in handling, loading, unloading and storing to avoid damage. Any pipe that has been dented or damaged must be discarded until such damage has been cut out and the pipe is rejoined with a coupling. 2. PVC pipe ends must be cut to 90 degrees to the pipe length and cleaned of all cutting burrs prior to cementing. Use approved reaming tool. Pipe ends must be wiped clean with a rag lightly wetted with PVC thinner. Cement must be applied with a light coat on the inside of the fitting and a heavier coat on the outside of the pipe. Pipe must be inserted into the fitting and given a quarter turn to seat the cement. Excessive use of cement is not permitted. Pipe will be tested as indicated elsewhere in these specifications. No backfilling will be permitted other than at the centers of pipe lengths until the pressure test is completed. 3. Backfilling must be completed when pipe is not in an expanded condition due to heat or pressure. Cooling of the pipe can be accomplished by operating the system for a short time before backfill or by backfilling in the early part of the morning before the heat of the day. 4. No PVC pipe may be threaded or connected to a threaded fitting without an adapter. 5. Great care must be taken to ensure that the inside of the pipe is absolutely clean. Any pipe ends not being worked on must be protected and not left open. 6. All threaded joints must have Teflon tape installed per manufacturer recommendations. B. Pipe Sleeves: 1. All sleeves must extend a minimum of 6 inches beyond the edges of pavement. 2. Pipe for irrigation mains and laterals may be installed with sleeves but must not include any pipes with couplers whenever possible. 3. Plug all ends of sleeves and irrigation mains and laterals to prevent soil from entering. C. Head Locations 1. Heads immediately adjacent to walks, curbs, pavement, shrub/groundcover planting bed edge, etc. must have one (1) inch clearance between head and walks, curbs, pavement, shrub/groundcover planting bed edge etc. unless otherwise noted on the Contract Drawings. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 32 84 00 – PLANTING IRRIGATION Contract No. CAG-25-044 32 84 00 - 14 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 D. Conventional Control Wire 1. Control wires are to be taped together at 5 foot intervals; then this bundle is to be taped to the bottom of the supply line at 10 foot intervals with at least 3 wraps of electrical tape. 2. All wire splices must be made watertight with sealing 3M Direct Burial Splice Kit and contained in valve boxes. 3. Splices will be permitted only at the valves and never between valves or valve and controller unless in a separate valve box. There must be a separate lead (hot) wire to each automatic valve. One (1) ground wire will be acceptable. 4. Arrange valve stations to operate in sequence and show this on the “As-Built” Drawings. 5. One (1) or more spare wire(s) must be provided to all control valves. The spare wire(s) must be shared by all the valves and must complete the circuit back to the controller. Wire sizes must be the same as the sizing chart provided by the control valve manufacturer. E. 2-Wire Control Wire 1. Submit the 2-wire path layout for review by Owner’s Representative prior to installation. 2. Tape 2-Wire control wires together at 5-foot intervals; then tape this bundle to the bottom of the supply line at 10-foot intervals with at least 3 wraps of electrical tape. Install 2-Wire control wires a minimum 12” from conventional wire paths when parallel to each other. 3. All wire splices must be made watertight with sealing 3M Direct Burial Splice Kit and contained in valve boxes. 4. Splices will be permitted only at the valve and decoder assembly and never between valves or valve and controller unless in a separate valve box. 5. Arrange decoder-controlled valves to operate in sequence and show this on the ‘As-Built’ Drawings. Coordinate decoder-controlled valves sequence with the conventionally-operated valves’ numbering on the ‘As-Built’ Drawing. 6. Install one (1) or more continuous spare wire(s) along entire 2-wire path length, originating and terminating at the irrigation controller. Spare wire to be green in color. Wire sizes must be the same as the sizing chart provided by the irrigation controller manufacturer. F. Pump control wire 1. Pump control wire shall be installed inside schedule 40 PVC conduit. 2. Connect the irrigation controller with new pump control wire, to the existing pump’s electrical control unit. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 32 84 00 – PLANTING IRRIGATION Contract No. CAG-25-044 32 84 00 - 15 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 3. Coordinate the pump control wire connections between pump and the existing pump’s electrical control unit, with Electrical Contractor. G. Automatic Controller(s): 1. Electrical wiring must be installed according to local code requirements. The cost of all electrical work necessary to make the automatic equipment operate properly at the electrical service stub-out to the controller(s) must be included in this contract. Electrical service from an approved source to the controller location(s) must be provided by the General Contractor or by Puget Sound Energy (PSE) per the Contract Drawings. 2. Controller location(s) and type of mounting of controller(s) must be as specified and as shown on the Contract Drawings. Contractor must coordinate location and installation of the Automatic Controller(s) with the General Contractor prior to installing the irrigation system. H. Automatic Control Valves with Ball Valves: 1. Install per detail shown on the Contract Drawings. 2. Before installation of any automatic valves, the supply line must be thoroughly flushed. 3. All automatic valves must be enclosed in valve boxes set above finish grade as shown on details. Valve box extension may be required. Locate valve boxes in shrub and groundcover planting beds wherever possible and at points of easy access from paved and/or lawn areas. 4. Locate outside of paved areas and grouped together where possible. Where valves occur adjacent to paved areas, install valves so that valve boxes will not be closer than 12 inches to paving. Valve boxes must be perpendicular or parallel to pavement and grouped to provide a neat appearance. I. Quick Coupling Valves: 1. Install per detail show on the Contract Drawings. Locate all quick couplers in shrub and/or groundcover planting beds when possible and at points of easy access from paved and/or sod lawn areas. J. Manual Drain Valve: 1. Install per detail shown on the Contract Drawings. K. Manual Ball Valve: 1. Install per detail shown on the Contract Drawings. L. Flow Sensor: 1. Install per detail shown on the Contract Drawings. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 32 84 00 – PLANTING IRRIGATION Contract No. CAG-25-044 32 84 00 - 16 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 M. Master Control Valve: 1. Install per detail shown on the Contract Drawings. N. Root Watering System: 1. Install per detail shown on the Contract Drawings. O. Backfilling: 1. In refilling trenches, the bedding around the pipe and fittings must be approved “Backfill Materials” and must be well tamped. If necessary, provide suitable imported backfill. Trenches must be thoroughly compacted and water-settled. Trenches must be backfilled uniform with the surrounding grade, raked to a slight mound, then rolled with a 250 pound roller, or compact with a vibrator. 2. All roots, rocks and surplus excavation must be removed from the site unless otherwise directed. 3. Trenches and pipe sleeves under roads or paved areas must be backfilled and tamped with a mechanical tamper in successive 6 inch lifts to at least 95% density as determined by ASTM D1557. Paving must be replaced to the satisfaction of the Owner. 4. Before backfilling, all underground appurtenances including risers, valves, backflow preventers, drain valves, etc., must remain exposed so that they can be viewed during testing. Leave all joints exposed; then complete backfilling after flushing, pressure testing, review and preparation of "As-Built Drawings". The location, review and testing provisions of these specifications will be strictly adhered to. If, for any reason, any part of the sprinkler system is backfilled before approved location, testing, or review is authorized by Owner’s Representative, it must be completely uncovered and exposed until approved for backfilling by the Owner’s Representative. P. Risers: 1. All sprinklers and quick coupler head risers must be installed per details shown on Contract Drawings. The pipe risers must have the same inlet size as the sprinkler and quick coupler heads. 2. Minimum riser size must be the pipe size of the sprinkler head. 3. Risers are to be capped after installation to keep inside of pipe clean. 4. Care must be taken not to over-tighten the threaded pipe into the PVC fittings. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 32 84 00 – PLANTING IRRIGATION Contract No. CAG-25-044 32 84 00 - 17 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 3.3. PRESSURE TESTING A. For PVC components of irrigation system: 1. All PVC system joints, connections, couplings, valves, and all other junction points must be left exposed until completion and acceptance of the pressure test. All leaks, however minor, must be repaired and corrected. 2. Before any testing, all piping must be thoroughly flushed. No automatic control valves must be connected to the main line prior to testing. All pipe, fittings, gate valves, and automatic control valve stubouts must be exposed for reviews during pressure tests. Center load pipe with a small amount of backfill to prevent arching or movement under pressure. 3. Mainlines must be purged of air and tested with a minimum static water pressure of 150 psi for 60 minutes without the introduction of additional water service or pumping pressure. The maximum allowable pressure loss must be 5 psi within 30 minutes. Pressure gauge must be installed on the mainline at a point approved by Owners Representative. B. The Owner’s Representative must be present during all tests. The total irrigation system must be pressure tested for acceptance. C. Rejected systems or portions thereof must be repaired and re-tested as specified. D. Contractor must furnish all equipment, gauges, pumps, materials, and labor for all testing. 3.4. COVERAGE TESTING A. Before acceptance of the sprinkler system, the Contractor, in the presence of the Owner’s Representative, must perform an irrigation water "Coverage Test" to determine if the water coverage and operation of the entire irrigation system is complete and satisfactory. If any part of the system is inadequate, it must be repaired or replaced at the Contractor's expense and the test repeated until accepted. The Contractor must give 48 hours written notice to the Owner’s Representative prior to the field review. B. The Contractor must also adjust and balance sprinkler heads for optimum and uniform coverage without excessive fogging or overthrow on to signage, pavement(s), structure(s) and building(s); adjust all sprinkler head heights and set all valve boxes to proper grade prior to final review by Owner’s Representative. 3.5. COMPLETE SYSTEM FUNCTIONALITY TEST (PUNCH LIST) A. Prior to complete system functionality test, remove temporary irrigation mainline and other temporary components when permanent system has been connected and prior to Substantial Completion. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 32 84 00 – PLANTING IRRIGATION Contract No. CAG-25-044 32 84 00 - 18 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 B. Upon approved completion of the Coverage Test, trenching and installation of all equipment, the Contractor must request a Complete System Functionality Test of the entire irrigation system including: backfilling, irrigation heads, valves, valve boxes, controller and all other equipment. C. From this review, a punch list must be prepared by the Owner’s Representative and presented to the Contractor for completion. The Owner’s Representative must give a date for completion of the punch list, not to exceed 10 working days. 3.6. CLEAN-UP A. Clean and remove all debris from work areas including paving, curbs, catch basins, manholes and planting areas, etc. caused by the Contractor’s work on this project prior to watering. All hard surfaced areas must be washed clean. Daily clean -up is required on all areas used for circulation, parking, or other daily use. 3.7. SYSTEM FAMILIARIZATION A. Upon acceptance of the system by the Owner, the Contractor must provide the Owner necessary keys and/or other tools necessary to operate/drain/activate the system and spend sufficient time with the Owner to ensure that the system operation/maintenance/winterizing can continue after the departure of the Contractor. The Contractor will be liable for all damages or losses resulting from failure to comply with the provisions of this paragraph. B. The Contractor must cooperate with Landscape Contractor in providing the Owner with a written “watering schedule” to ensure adequate watering of all plant materials during the Guarantee Period of this Contract. END OF SECTION WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 32 90 00– PLANTING Contract No. CAG-25-044 32 90 00 - 1 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 SECTION 32 90 00 – PLANTING PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1. SUMMARY A. Install landscaping using the materials as shown in the Contract Drawings and/or as specified in the Specifications. Install landscape to grades and conform to areas as shown in the Contract Drawings. B. The location of work must include all areas within the limits of clearing and grading and all areas outside of the limits which are disturbed in the course of construction activities. Restore all landscape areas impacted by construction to existing or improved conditions. Confine operations to the working areas allotted by the Owner for operations, including material and equipment storage. 1.2. SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish all materials, equipment, labor and related items necessary to complete the work shown in the Contract Drawings and/or as specified in the Specifications. The work included in this section consists of all labor, tools, materials, tests, permits and other related items necessary for the provision and installation of all plant materials in a first quality workmanlike manner. B. Coordinate the layout and installation of plant materials with the installation of the irrigation system to ensure complete and full irrigation coverage of the planted areas. C. This section includes a Guarantee Period of one (1) year duration from Physical Completion to ensure the health and establishment of plant materials. 1.3. REFERENCES A. This specification section incorporates by reference the latest revisions of the following documents. 1. American Nursery & Landscape Association/American National Standards Institute (ANSI): Z60.1, American Standard for Nursery Stock (ASNS). 2. International Society of Arboriculture Best Management Practice Series. 3. Tree Care Industry Association (TCIA): Standards for Tree Care Operations ANSI A300, Latest Edition. 4. United States Department of Agriculture (USDA): Federal Seed Act and Soil Classification. B. In case of conflict between the requirements of this specification section and the listed documents, the requirements of the contract specification sections must prevail. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 32 90 00– PLANTING Contract No. CAG-25-044 32 90 00 - 2 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 C. All standards must include the latest additions and amendments as of the date of advertisement for bids. 1.4. RELATED WORK A. Related work in other sections of these Specifications includes but is not limited to: 1. Specification 31 10 00 – SITE PREPARATION. 2. Specification 31 23 13 – SUBGRADE PREPARATION. 3. Specification 32 84 00 – PLANTING IRRIGATION. 1.5. DEFINITIONS A. Nomenclature for plants and varieties must be in accordance with the Current edition of: 1. Hortus Third, The Staff of the L. H. Bailey Hortorium. 1976. MacMillan Publishing Co., New York, or 2. Flora of the Pacific Northwest, Hitchcock and Chronquist, University of Washington Press, 1998, or 3. PLANTS Database Website, as published and maintained by the United States Department of Agriculture, Natural Resources Conservation Service, (http://plants.usda.gov/). B. The term "Contractor" as used in this Specification section must refer to the Landscape Contractor. C. Trees, shrubs, and groundcovers will hereinafter be collectively referred to as, “plants” or “plant material.” 1.6. PERMITS, CODES, AND REGULATIONS A. Obtain and pay for all necessary permits and fees as required by the Local Authority and prevailing ordinances and/or codes. B. Keep fully informed and comply with all existing laws, codes, ordinances and regulations that in any way affect the conduct of the work as drawn and specified. If the Contractor observes that a conflict exists between permit requirements and the work outlined in the contract documents, the Contractor must promptly notify the Owner’s Representative in writing including a description of any necessary changes and changes to the contract price resulting from changes in the work. C. Wherever references are made to standards or codes in accordance with which work is to be performed or tested, the edition or revision of the standards and codes current on the effective date of this contract must apply, unless otherwise expressly set forth. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 32 90 00– PLANTING Contract No. CAG-25-044 32 90 00 - 3 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 D. In case of conflict among any referenced standards or codes or among any referenced standards and codes and the specifications, the more restrictive standard must apply or Owner’s Representative will determine which must govern. 1.7. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All work must be performed by a licensed and bonded Contractor registered in the State of Washington and must be qualified for landscaping work through certification by the Washington Association of Landscape Professionals (WALP) or by the Washington State Nursery and Landscape Association (WSNLA). B. Contractor must have 5 years of documented experience in performing landscape work of comparable size, scope, and quality. C. Contractor must be familiar and comply with “American Standard for Nursery Stock” (ANSI Z60.1) published by the American Nursery & Landscape Association. D. The Contractor must continuously maintain a competent superintendent or foreman during the progress of the work, with the authority to act for the Contractor in all matters pertaining to the landscape work. That individual, who must direct the work, must be thoroughly familiar with the types of materials being installed and the proper methods for their installation. E. The Contractor must progressively clean the work site of debris and rubbish as the landscape work proceeds. F. Furnish evidence to the Owner’s Representative that each pesticide and/or herbicide applicator is licensed for the specific class of chemical being applied. Also, furnish evidence that any chemical is registered for the proposed use by the Washington Department of Agriculture according to the Washington Control Act (RCW 15.58.050 through 130) and the General Pesticide Rules (WAC 16-228-1400 through 1460). G. Pruning of trees (existing or new) will be performed by the Owner’s arborist. H. Site Reviews will be made by the Owner Representative. 1. Request Owner Representative reviews at least 48 hours in advance of the time review is required. 2. Reviews for the following critical path items are required: Preconstruction meeting prior to start of landscape work. a. When subgrade has been established. b. Observance of the subgrade percolation tests. c. Observance of scarified subgrade. Finish grading prior to any planting. d. Review of plant materials before planting. Layout of plant material. e. Tree planting and proper staking. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 32 90 00– PLANTING Contract No. CAG-25-044 32 90 00 - 4 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 f. Installation of mulch. g. Installation of sod. h. For Substantial Completion of all work (development of physical punch list items). i. For Physical Completion of all work (physical punch list items satisfactorily completed). j. Guarantee Period: quarterly site reviews up to Final Acceptance. 1.8. SUBMITTALS A. Plant Material Documentation: 1. Within 30 calendar days after award of a Contract, submit written documentation to the Owner’s Representative that all specified plant materials have been ordered or procured. 2. List plant suppliers’ names, addresses, and phone numbers and list respective growing or storage locations with addresses. 3. Submit color photographs of representative specimens of each type of tree and shrub on the plant list from the respective nursery. Photos must be minimum 300 DPI digital *.jpg format, taken from an angle that depicts the size and condition of the typical plant to be furnished. Photos will show foliage, form, rootball, and trunk conditions. A scale rod or other measuring devise must be included in the photograph. For species where more than 20 plants are required, include a minimum of 3 photos that show the average plant, the best quality plant, and the worst quality plant to be provided. Label each photograph with the plant name, plant size, and name of the growing nursery. 4. Approval of plant material documentation must not be considered as final acceptance of the plant material itself. B. 3” Caliper Deciduous Tree Submittal. 1. Provide the following for Owner’s Representative review and selection: a. Provide a list of available tree species as noted in the contract drawings and include growing location & contact information of suppliers for Owner’s Representative selection. Owner’s Representative will select 3 trees from the list submitted. b. For each tree selected by the Owner’s Representative, submit at least 3 photographs with a person standing in the image for scale. Each photograph to show entire canopy, trunk, and root crown from 3 different angles. C. Soil Tests 1. Submit Soil Test Reports for: WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 32 90 00– PLANTING Contract No. CAG-25-044 32 90 00 - 5 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 a. Native Topsoil. b. Subgrade Soil. c. Planting Soil. d. Lawn Area Soil. D. Soil Component Submittals 1. Submit a copy of the sales receipt for the purchase and a copy of the product labels and/or manufacturer data sheets for: a. Fertilizer and Soil Amendments. 2. Supplier Certifications and test reports for: a. Compost. b. Sand. c. Sandy Loam. d. Mulch. E. Watering Schedule: Prior to final acceptance of the Landscaping, the Contractor must submit a written "watering schedule" to the Owner’s Representative, coordinated with the Irrigation Contractor, to ensure adequate watering (summer, fall, winter & spring) of all plant materials during the Guarantee Period of this Contract. F. Temporary Storage: 10 working days prior to delivery of plant material to the project site, submit proposed on-site temporary storage location, water source, and proposed protection measures during various seasonal conditions. G. Weed and Pest Control Plan (including Invasive Species Removal Plan). H. Suppliers, Sources, and Catalogue Cutsheets 1. Submit suppliers and catalogue cutsheets for planting accessories a. Root Barrier. b. Tree Staking I. Sod Analysis: See Lawn Sod as specified herein. J. Seed Analysis: See Restoration Seed Lawn as specified herein. K. Substitutions 1. The manufacturers, products, and suppliers are acceptable as specified herein. Substitutions may be allowed if proof of equivalent quality, suitable product specifications, manufacturer’s literature, and other detailed information is provided to the Owner’s Representative for review and approval. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 32 90 00– PLANTING Contract No. CAG-25-044 32 90 00 - 6 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 2. No substitution of plant material, species, size, grade, or variety, will be permitted unless evidence is submitted in writing to the Owner’s Representative that a specified plant cannot be obtained and has been unobtainable since the Award of the Contract. Provide the names and telephone numbers of at least 5 nursery suppliers that the Contractor has contacted. If substitution is permitted, it can be made only with written approval by the Owner’s Representative. The nearest variety, size, and grade as approved by the Owner must then be furnished. 3. Should at any time, the procured nursery stock is lost or compromised due to weather or other natural occurrences, notify the Owner’s Representative immediately of the need to locate new material. 1.9. PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Inspect the site before proceeding with any work, carefully check all grades, elevations, service and utility locations, irrigation system components, and verify all dimensions and conditions affecting the work. Any discrepancies, conflicts, or deviations between the Contract Drawings, Specifications, and site conditions must be immediately communicated to the Owner in writing for clarification. Work done after discovery, unless authorized by the Owner’s Representative and extra work arising from failure to notify the Owner is at the Contractor’s risk and expense. B. Existing known utilities have been shown in the Contract Drawings and additional information will be made available from the Owner or the Utility Companies. Verify, locate, and protect all known underground and above-ground utilities prior to digging or other earthwork activities. Promptly notify the Owner’s Representative of any conflict between proposed work and obstruction(s). Failure to follow this procedure places upon the Contractor the responsibility and expense of making any and all repairs for damage from work therefrom. C. Underground Obstructions 1. In the event that undisclosed rock, concrete, crushed rock, boulders, gravel, soils contaminated with toxic substances, hardpan, or other underground obstructions are encountered in the subgrade, alternate planting locations may be selected by the Owner’s Representative. 2. Where alternate planting locations are not accepted, the obstruction must be removed to a depth of not less than 3 feet below the bottom of root balls of plant material, when plants are properly set at the required finished grade. Alternately, other solutions to the problem will be reviewed with the Owner. 3. Work required to resolve the problem, such as removal of such underground obstructions will be as a unit price basis and agreed upon by a Change Order prior to commencement of work. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 32 90 00– PLANTING Contract No. CAG-25-044 32 90 00 - 7 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 D. Confine work to designated areas. Do not disturb existing vegetation outside project limits and protect all plant materials within project limits not designated to be removed, unless approved by the Owner’s Representative prior to construction. Do not permit vehicular traffic or materials storage under or around new or existing trees. 1.10. PROTECTION OF WORK, PROPERTY, AND PERSONS A. Take all necessary precautions to protect work in progress, all property, persons, walks, curbs, rooftop membranes and structures, utilities, pavement, and buildings from any damage that might be incurred arising from this Contract. The Contractor must pay for any damage incurred by failure to take precautions at the Contractor's expense. B. Protect all paved surfaces (permeable and impermeable) from staining or clogging by planting soil and mulch. Do not remove protection until after initial acceptance of all work. C. Contractor is responsible for protection of landscaping work from theft and vandalism until physical completion of work in whole or in part. 1.11. MAINTENANCE PRIOR TO PHYSICAL COMPLETION A. Begin maintenance immediately after each plant is planted. Water, mulch, weed, spray, fertilize, cultivate, and otherwise maintain and protect plants and landscape work on a regular basis (at least weekly) until Physical Completion. Tighten and repair tree ties and stakes as required. B. Correct defective work as soon as possible after it becomes apparent and weather and season permit. Reset settled plants to proper grade and position, remove and replace dead plant material, and restore sod lawn or seed lawn areas and/or finish grade conditions. C. Maintain mulch in planting beds at required compacted depths indicated in Contract Drawings. D. Upon completion of landscape work and prior to receipt of certificate of Physical Completion, remove excess soil and debris from the site and repair all damage resulting from construction operations. E. Do no pruning without approval of the Owner’s Representative. 1.12. WEED AND PEST CONTROL PLAN A. Submit a Weed and Pest Control Plan for review and approval to the Owner’s Representative prior to starting any landscape work. 1. The Weed and Pest Control Plan must include: a. methods of removal and scheduling of removal of weeds and pests WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 32 90 00– PLANTING Contract No. CAG-25-044 32 90 00 - 8 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 located inside the tree and plant protection fencing where shown on Contract Drawings. b. methods of removal and scheduling of removal of weeds that occur in newly planted areas. c. methods of removal and scheduling of removal of invasive species and/or noxious weeds that occur within the project limit of work. 2. The plan must be prepared and signed by a licensed commercial operator with a Washington State Department of Agriculture (WSDA) Commercial Applicator pesticide license. 3. The plan must include methods of weed and pest control, timing and scheduling of control operations, and the name, application rate, and Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) of all proposed herbicides and pesticides. a. Furnish the Owner’s Representative with a copy of the current product label and MSDS for each herbicide / pesticide and spray adjuvant to be used. b. Identify and list the target weeds and unwanted vegetation to be removed specific to the project site. B. Herbicides and pesticides must be stored in an offsite location. C. Consider herbicide and pesticide applications only as a last resort and only after other methods of control have proven ineffective. Preferred methods of weed control include mechanically or hand pulled weeds, reapply bark mulch after weed removal, and adjust watering schedule to avoid overwatering. D. Use extreme care to ensure confinement of chemicals within the areas designated. The use of spray chemicals must require the use of anti-drift and activating agents, and a spray pattern indicator, unless otherwise allowed by the Owner’s Representative. E. All applications of post-emergent herbicides must be made while green and growing tissue is present. Should unwanted vegetation reach the seed stage in violation of these Specifications, the Contractor must physically remove and bag the seed heads. All physically removed vegetation and seed heads must be disposed of off-site at no cost to the Owner. F. All noxious weeds (Class A, B & C) as defined by the County Weed Control Board and invasive weeds, including but not limited to Horsetail (Equisetum sp.), reed canary grass, English Ivy, Himalayan blackberry, evergreen blackberry, policeman’s helmet, bamboo, yellow flag iris, and Japanese knotweed must be completely removed from the project site. 1. Where noxious or invasive weeds exist, the weed’s foliage and roots, planting soil and subgrade soils must be removed and replaced to a depth necessary to completely remove all viable weed seeds, roots, corms, and rhizomes. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 32 90 00– PLANTING Contract No. CAG-25-044 32 90 00 - 9 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 2. In areas where existing trees are to remain, all invasive species removal must be done with hand tools. Use of heavy mechanical equipment under the drip lines of existing trees to remain must be prohibited. Avoid damaging existing tree roots during invasive species removal. If existing tree roots are exposed outside of the tree’s drip line, invasive species roots must be removed with hand tools to avoid further damage to the tree roots. 3. Cost to remove weeds, remove, and replace existing soil, and replant must be at the Contractors expense. G. Timing of chemical treatment for weed removal must be in late summer or early fall unless the project construction working days fall outside of this time period and must be determined in consultation with Owner’s Representative, but should occur within a minimum of 3 weeks prior to excavation activities including clearing, grubbing, and mechanical removal of invasive plants. H. The approved Weed and Pest Control Plan will be subject to revision dependent on results of the implemented Plan. I. The Contractor must assume all responsibility for rendering any area unsatisfactory for planting by reasons of herbicide or pesticide application. The Contractor must replace, repair and pay for all damages caused by his/her negligence to the satisfaction of the Owner prior to final payment. 1.13. GUARANTEE PERIOD A. The Guarantee Period will begin when: 1. All landscape items on the list of items to be completed or corrected have been resolved. 2. All planting is alive, healthy, growing and installed as specified. 3. The landscape work is deemed Physically Complete. B. Guarantee Period will be 365 calendar days after the Physical Completion date of the landscape, including irrigation system(s), to ensure healthy, vigorous growth and establishment of plant material and will end with Final Acceptance. C. Guarantee the work of this specification section against all defects of materials and workmanship, and plant material is established, remains alive, and is in a healthy, vigorous condition. D. Plant Replacement during the Guarantee Period 1. The Contractor is responsible for providing enough plants for replacement of unacceptable plant material through the Guarantee Period. Unacceptable plant material includes trees, shrubs, groundcovers, sod, or seed areas that have died, been damaged, are missing, or that are, in the opinion of the Owner in unhealthy or unsightly condition, or that have lost their natural shape and WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 32 90 00– PLANTING Contract No. CAG-25-044 32 90 00 - 10 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 symmetry due to dead branches, excessive and unnecessary pruning, incorrect staking, or excessive defoliation. 2. Any plant material that is 25% or more dead or disfigured is considered dead and must be replaced at no charge. A tree is considered dead when the main leader has died back or when 25% of the canopy is dead. 3. All plants are subject to one (1) replacement per item during the Guarantee Period. This includes dead plants, missing plants (theft),). Replace dead, damaged, or missing plants with the same species, caliper, and/or equal size as the plants they replace, unless the Owner determines a substitute species plant of equal value may be provided. Repair all lawn areas that is not healthy, full, and vigorously growing before the end of the Guarantee Period. Replacements and lawn repairs must be in accordance with original Specifications. 4. Plant material replacements made by the Contractor must be completed during the spring (March 15 to May 15) or autumn planting periods (Sept 20 to Nov 15) unless otherwise approved by Owner’s Representative. Plant material replacement and lawn repair must be subject to the same conditions and must be made in the same manner as specified for the original planting and must be done at no extra cost to the Owner. 5. After each replacement, the Contractor must submit a marked planting plan showing the exact location of each item replaced and the date when the replacement was made. Guarantee all replaced material during the Guarantee Period for an additional 365 calendar days from the date of replacement. E. Site Access: Owner is to be notified in advance of any review, corrective treatment measures, or curative treatment measures so as to arrange for approved and convenient access to the area. F. The guarantee is applicable to any growing conditions through which plants of like kind could be expected to survive and any deformity or cause of death which could be attributed to, or affected by, the physiological condition of the plant must be deemed replaceable cause. However, this would not apply to plant losses due to: 1. Extreme weather conditions such as wildfires, floods, freezing rain, wind storms (with recorded wind speeds greater than 60 MPH), drought, winter kill caused by extreme cold and severe winter conditions not typical of the project location, or abnormal rains, as determined by the National Weather Service. 2. Acts of vandalism by the public or direct negligence on the part of the Owner. G. Review: Plants and lawn areas will be inspected quarterly by the Owner during the Guarantee Period. 1. The Owner will provide Written Notice to the Contractor to correct and remedy unacceptable work. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 32 90 00– PLANTING Contract No. CAG-25-044 32 90 00 - 11 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 2. The Contractor must reply to the Owner within 5 working days of the date of the Written Notice with proposed corrections. Such corrective measures must occur within 14 days after the date of the Written Notice unless the Owner agrees otherwise. Notify the Owner when the corrective work is complete. 3. Approximately 21 working days before the end of the Guarantee Period, the Contractor must request a final site review by the Owner. Conditions found unacceptable by the Owner must be corrected by the Contractor within 14 working days immediately following the review. After correction, the Contractor must notify the Owner for a re-review. Necessary replanting must be arranged by the Owner in accordance with the best planting time of the year. H. If the Contractor does not perform the corrective work within the 14 working days after the date of the Written Notice, the Owner may have the corrective work done by others and deduct the entire cost of the corrective work from monies due or to become due the Contractor under the Contract. I. Final Transfer of Landscape to the Owner: When all guarantee items are completed and at Final Acceptance by the Owner, the Contractor must provide a memorandum to the Owner formally transferring the landscape to the Owner. J. Final Acceptance 1. Acceptance of lawn. Acceptance of lawn areas as specified herein is based on a healthy, full, and vigorously growing stand of grass at the end of the Guarantee Period. Areas that are bare, have a poor stand of grass, are dead or dying, have weeds, or have a spotty or non-uniform grade due to any cause must be remedied by regrading, reseeding, removing and resodding, and watering, as appropriate. 2. Acceptance of Plant Material. Final Acceptance of all planting work described in this Specification section, with the exclusion of possible replacements of plant materials under the Guarantee, will be made by the Owner to determine 100% completion of the Contract work as specified herein. 3. Final Acceptance of the landscaping will be provided in writing by the Owner at the end of the Guarantee Period. 1.14. LANDSCAPE MAINTENANCE DURING GUARANTEE PERIOD A. It is expressly understood that the Owner will be responsible, during the Guarantee Period, for normal establishment and maintenance of the project landscape. PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.1. MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. Provide all materials and equipment as required to complete the work as shown on the Contract Drawings and/or as described in the Specifications. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 32 90 00– PLANTING Contract No. CAG-25-044 32 90 00 - 12 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 2.2. SOIL TEST REPORTS A. Provide soil analysis and test reports from an approved soil testing laboratory. Soil amendments must not be incorporated in the planting work until the Soil Test Reports are approved by the Owner’s Representative. Provide Soil Test Reports for: 1. One (1) representative sample of each soil mix specified. 2. One (1) representative sample of stockpiled native topsoil if used. B. The cost for all soil testing must be borne by the Contractor. C. The Contractor must be paid for the soil amendments that may be required to improve the subgrade soils, as recommended by the soil testing laboratory. Costs must be determined on a unit price basis and agreed upon by a Change Order prior to commencement of subgrade soil amendment work. D. The Contractor is responsible for cost of the soil amendments that may be required for the planting soil mix and lawn soil mix, as recommended by the soil testing laboratory. E. Testing must be performed in accordance with the most current edition of Methods of Soil Analysis published by the Soil Science Society of America, Inc. The Soil Test Reports must include the following: 1. Fertility Analysis: a. Extractable analytes: nitrate, nitrogen, ammoniacal nitrogen, phosphorous, potassium, calcium, magnesium, copper, zinc, manganese and iron. b. Saturation extract values: calcium, magnesium, potassium, sodium, boron, sulfate, pH, lime content, salinity and sodium adsorption ratio. 2. Mechanical Analysis: a. Organic percent by over-dried weight. b. USDA particle size and gradation. 3. Cation Exchange Capacity (CEC). 4. The Soil Test Report must make recommendations for fertilizers and soil amendments to effectively amend and develop a productive soil. 5. The Soil Test Report must include a written statement from the soil testing laboratory that the laboratory has reviewed the planting plan and this planting specification, and that its recommendations respond to the specific needs of the Contract. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 32 90 00– PLANTING Contract No. CAG-25-044 32 90 00 - 13 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 2.3. NATIVE TOPSOIL A. Native topsoil from site excavations may be used in lieu of Sandy Loam as described herein. B. Furnish topsoil that is the fertile part of the soil profile commonly referred to as the “A Horizon,” typically ranging in depth from 3 inches to 12 inches. Do not take material for topsoil from a depth greater than 12 inches below the existing ground, unless approved. C. Select only source areas that are well-drained and, before clearing and grubbing, have a healthy crop of vegetative growth with no evidence of noxious weeds. Remove and dispose of all vegetation and top 4 inches of soil (seed bank horizon) before taking topsoil material from the source areas. D. Native Topsoil must not contain any viable seeds, roots, or rhizomes capable of sprouting any State-listed noxious weeds or invasive root propagating plants including but not limited to horsetail, English ivy, clematis, knotweed, etc. Soil found to contain these prohibited viable plant materials must be removed and replaced at the Contractor’s expense. E. Stockpile native topsoil at locations that do not interfere with construction activities. Take precautions to avoid disturbing the existing ground beyond the project site or other areas as designated by the Owner’s Representative. F. Test stockpiled native topsoil per Soil Test Reports as specified herein. Soil classification of Native Soil shall be Sandy Loam as defined by the United States Department of Agriculture Classification system and the requirements as described in Subsection 2.06, C herein. 2.4. IMPORTED PLANTING SOILS A. Soil Mixes 1. Lawn Soil must be a 2-way mix soil consisting of 60% compost and 40% sand by volume thoroughly mixed together with the soil amendments as required by the Soil Test Report. Lawn Soil must have pH range of 5.0 to 7.0 and an organic content between 4% and 10% by weight as tested by the Loss on Ignitions method. 2. Planting Soil must be a 3-way mix soil consisting of 40% compost, 20% sand and 40% sandy loam by volume thoroughly mixed together with the soil amendments as required by the Soil Test Report. Planting Soil must have pH range of 5.0 to 7.0 and an organic content between 8% and 15% by weight as tested by the Loss on Ignitions method. B. All soil mixes must be thoroughly blended off site. C. Compost, Sandy Loam, and Sand must be as specified herein. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 32 90 00– PLANTING Contract No. CAG-25-044 32 90 00 - 14 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 D. Soil Test Reports for each soil mix must be as specified herein. E. All soil mixes must be free of pests, toxic substances and other undesirable material harmful or detrimental to ornamental plant growth. Soil mixes must not contain any viable seeds, roots, or rhizomes capable of sprouting any State-listed noxious weeds or invasive root propagating plants including but not limited to horsetail, English ivy, clematis, knotweed, etc. Soil found to contain these prohibited viable plant materials must be removed and replaced at the Contractor’s expense. 2.5. SOIL COMPONENTS A. General 1. Submit planting soil supplier’s certification of sand, sandy loam, and compost, as applicable for Owner’s Representative’s review and acceptance prior to use on project site. 2. Certification tests must be dated within 90 days of proposed installation of soil on the project site. B. Compost 1. Compost must be Fine Compost and comply with the requirements of Washington State Department of Transportation Standard Specification 9- 14.5(8). 2. The compost must be tested within 90 calendar days of proposed use. 3. The compost must have a Solvita Compost Maturity Test of 6 or above. Solvita Compost Maturity Test is available from Woods End Research Laboratory, phone (207) 293-2457, or 1(800)451-0337, or. The cost for testing must be borne by the Contractor. 4. Compost sources must be submitted to the Owner’s Representative for review and approval prior to use on the project site. Approved sources: a. Red-E Topsoil; Redmond, WA; (425) 868-6500. b. Cedar Grove Compost; Maple Valley, WA; (425) 432-2395. c. Pacific Topsoils Inc; Everett, WA (425) 337-2700. 5. Contractor shall provide certificates, or sufficient documentation, to the City 2 weeks prior to ordering any compost products for approval by Engineer showing that the supplier sources meet the following criteria: a. Produce compost products locally. b. Are certified by the US Composting Council or an equivalent nationally recognized organization. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 32 90 00– PLANTING Contract No. CAG-25-044 32 90 00 - 15 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 c. Produce compost products that are derived from the City’s solid waste programs and meet quality standards comparable to standards adopted by the Washington state Department of Transportation or adopted by rule by the Washington state Department of Ecology. C. Sand 1. Sand must be “Washed Building Sand” and meet the following analysis: Size Sieve Percent Passing 1/4” & 3/8” ASTM E-11 100 #4 & #6 ASTM E-11 95 – 100 #10 ASTM E-11 65 – 75 #18% ASTM E-11 35 – 50 #20% ASTM E-11 < 30 #40 ASTM E-11 < 20 #100 ASTM E-11 2 – 10 #200 ASTM E-11 1 – 5 2. Permissible Chemical Ranges: a. Salinity (millionhms per centimeter of saturation extract @ 25 C) Nil – 3.0 b. Boron (saturation extract concentration) Nil – 1.0ppm c. Sodium (sodium absorption ratio – SAR) Nil – 6.0 D. Sandy Loam 1. Sandy Loam must be topsoil as defined by the United States Department of Agriculture Classification system and the requirements as described herein. 2. Sandy Loam must consist of loose, moderately well-drained, and friable soil. And be free of stones, debris, and/or similar objects. Sandy Loam should be fertile and free-flowing (pulverized). 3. Sandy Loam must be free of pests, toxic substances and other undesirable material harmful or detrimental to ornamental plant growth. Planting Soil must not contain any viable seeds, roots, or rhizomes capable of sprouting any State- listed noxious weeds or invasive root propagating plants including but not limited to horsetail, English ivy, clematis, knotweed, etc. Soil found to contain these prohibited viable plant materials must be removed and replaced at the Contractor’s expense. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 32 90 00– PLANTING Contract No. CAG-25-044 32 90 00 - 16 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 4. Sandy Loam must have a pH between 5.0 to 7.0 and organic matter percentage of 2% min. – 10% max. (by weight). Drainage must be a minimum of 1.5 inches per hour. Assume a relative compaction of 85% of modified maximum dry density (ASTM D 1557). Particle Size must meet the following sieve requirements: Sieve Size Percent Passing 1” 100 ½” >90 #10 >70 2.6. MULCH A. Bark Mulch shall be derived from Douglas Fir and Western Hemlock tree species. Bark is defined as the outermost coarse protective layer of the tree, located outside of the cambium layer. It shall be ground so that a minimum of 95%, by volume, of the material will pass through a one (1) inch sieve. Ground bark shall not contain elements in quantities that would be detrimental to plant life. 2.7. FERTILIZER AND SOIL AMENDMENTS A. Furnish soil amendments that are free of materials detrimental to plant life. Furnish manufacturer or supplier quality compliance certification. Ensure that material testing methods meet the requirements of the Washington Department of Agriculture appropriate to that material. Obtain approval for use of soil amendments before beginning work. Soil amendments may include the following: lime, dolomite lime, gypsum, rock, diammonia, or other phosphate, calcium or potassium nitrate, boron, and iron sulfate. B. Fertilizer and soil amendments application rates must meet Soil Test Report recommendations. C. Fertilizer and soil amendments must be packaged in new, unopened, waterproof, containers or non-overlaid bags clearly labeled as to weight, chemical analysis, manufacturer and content in accordance with State and Federal Law. Store fertilizer and soil amendments in such a manner as to prevent wetting and deterioration. Do not store fertilizer and soil amendments with plant materials. D. Agricultural lime must be dolomitic limestone containing not less than 85% of total carbonates. Limestone must be ground to such fineness that 100% will pass a No. 20 sieve. E. Iron sulfate must be granulated ferrous sulfate containing a minimum of 20% iron and 10% sulfur. F. Fertilizers must be according to the following: WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 32 90 00– PLANTING Contract No. CAG-25-044 32 90 00 - 17 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 1. Lawn Starter Fertilizer must be ‘Starter Feed’ (7-7-2) 100% Organic Fertilizer, as manufactured by Walt’s Organic Fertilizer Co. or approved equal. 2. Lawn Follow-Up Fertilizer must be ‘Regular Feed’ (9-3-5), and must be 100% Organic Fertilizer as manufactured by Walt’s Organic Fertilizer Co., or approved equal. 3. Fertilizers must be a complete commercial brand with chemical analysis shown on unopened and undamaged container when delivered. 4. A minimum of 50% of any nitrogen fertilizer must be applied in a slow-release form such as sulfur-coated or polymer-coated urea, IBDU, trinitromethane (Nitroform), or organic forms. 2.8. WATER A. Contractor must make, at Contractor expense, whatever arrangements are necessary to ensure an adequate supply of water to meet the needs of this Contract. B. Contractor must also furnish necessary hose, equipment, attachments, and accessories for the adequate irrigation of planted areas as required to complete the work specified. C. All costs for water incurred during the contract period must be borne by the Contractor unless other arrangements are made with the Owner. D. Portions of the existing irrigation system in Gateway Park will be demolished during construction. While this system is down, landscaping areas not reached by a live irrigation system shall be manually watered by the Contractor during the dry season (May 1 through September 30). Contractor to coordinate the necessary frequency of watering with City Parks maintenance staff during the dry season. 2.9. PLANT MATERIAL A. The Contractor has 2 options to secure approval of plant materials: 1. Have plant material available at the project site for review during scheduled site visits. 2. Have Owner’s Representative review plants at the place of growth at the Contractor's expense. B. Owner reserves the right to reject any or all plant material at any time until final review and acceptance. Remove rejected plants immediately from the site. C. All plant material furnished by the Contractor must conform to the requirements of the current issue of “American Standard for Nursery Stock” (ASNS) and in addition, must comply with the following provisions: WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 32 90 00– PLANTING Contract No. CAG-25-044 32 90 00 - 18 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 1. No less than 10% of each variety and/or species of plant delivered to the project must be accurately labeled with a securely attached, waterproof tag bearing the legible designation of the common name and full scientific name and size of plant. Include the nomenclature for hybrid, variety, or cultivar. Whether or not labeled, any plants, which do not conform to the Plant Schedule and/or Contract Drawings, must be replaced immediately with plants that conform to specifications. 2. All plant material must meet State and Federal requirements with respect to plant health and absence of diseases and insect infestation. 3. All plant material must be nursery grown stock that has been held in a nursery for at least one (1) year. 4. All plant material specified must be first-class representatives of their normal species or varieties in healthy growing condition with normal well -developed branch system and vigorous root systems. a. They must be free from disease and insect infestation, disfiguring knots, sun-scalds, abrasions of the bark, broken tops, broken branches, torn roots, and any other objectionable features. b. Plants, which have suffered damage as the result of girdling of the roots, stem, or a major branch; have deformities of the stem or major branches; have a lack of symmetry; have dead or defoliated tops or branches; or have any defect, injury, or condition which renders the plant unsuitable for its intended use, will be rejected. 5. Large plants cut back to meet specified sizes will be rejected. Plants must not have cuts or pruning wounds over 3/4-inch diameter that are not satisfactorily callusing over. 6. Plant material must not have weeds at the tops of rootballs. 7. Root balls of all plant materials must be solidly held together by a fibrous root system and must be composed only of the soil in which the plant has been actually growing. The ball must be securely wrapped with non-treated, jute burlap, or other packing material that is not injurious to the plant’s life. 8. Provide the number of plants shown on the Plant Schedule in Contract Drawings, or to cover at specified spacing’s whichever is greater. 9. Trees a. Trees must have been grown with sufficient spacing to allow for symmetrical branch development and full canopy which reflects the natural characteristics of the species. Tree trunks must not be noticeably imperfect in vertical alignment, have straight leaders, and there must be no “included bark” in the crotches between the trunk and side branches. b. Trees with multiple leaders, unless specified, must be rejected. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 32 90 00– PLANTING Contract No. CAG-25-044 32 90 00 - 19 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 c. Trees with a damaged or crooked leader, “Y” crotches, missing leaders, bark abrasions, sunscald, disfiguring knots, insect damage, or cuts of limbs over 3/4 inch in diameter that are not completely closed will be rejected. d. Evergreen and deciduous trees must be furnished balled and burlapped (B&B) unless otherwise specified in the Contract. Broken or “made” root balls will not be accepted. e. Trees grown in fabric bags must have a well-established root system reaching the sides of the fabric bag to maintain a firm ball when the fabric is removed, but must not have excessive root growth encircling the fabric bag. Fabric bags must be entirely removed prior to planting. f. No pruning wounds must be present with a diameter of more than one (1) inch and such wounds must show vigorous callous on all edges. Trees must not be pruned within 6 months prior to delivery. g. Provide tree root ball sizes complying with the latest edition of the ASNS. Cracked or mushroomed tree root balls are not acceptable. 10. Container-grown Stock: a. Plants grown in a pot or container must have been given a sufficient length of time for new fibrous root system to have developed to hold its soil together and keep the root mass firm and whole when removed from the container. b. Plants must not be loose in the container. c. Container stock must not be pot or root bound. d. Plants furnished in pots or other containers must be acclimated to outside conditions and equal to field grown stock. To acclimate plants to Northwest conditions, all plants used on the project must be grown continuously outdoors north of the 42nd Latitude (Oregon-California border) from not later than April 1 of the year prior to the time of planting. 2.10. PLANTING ACCESSORIES A. Tree Staking Materials 1. Tree stakes must be installed as shown on Contract Drawings. Stakes must be 8- foot long 2-inch diameter pressure-treated lodgepole pine wood stakes, with chamfered tops and 6-inch long conical points. a. Fastening must be webbed fabric tape, ½” – 1” wide, “Arbor Tie”. 2. Or approved equal. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 32 90 00– PLANTING Contract No. CAG-25-044 32 90 00 - 20 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 B. Root Barrier 1. Root barrier must be made of copolymer polypropylene, containing 50% postconsumer, recycled plastic with ultraviolet light inhibitors. Panels must be interlocking. 2. Root barrier panels must be .08” thick, the color black, and at the height/depth indicated in the Contract Drawings. 3. Recommended sources for root barriers are as follows: a. “RP” Series - Root Barrier Panels, as manufactured by NDS, and distributed locally by Frank J. Martin Company, Lynnwood, WA, Ph. 206- 523-7665, toll free 1-800-654-1786 or www.fjmartin.com. b. “DeepRoot”, as manufactured by Deep Root, Inc., and distributed locally by Berkey Supply, Inc., Bellevue, WA, Ph. 800-959-8353 or www.berkeysupply.com. c. “Biobarrier”, as manufactured by BBA Nonwovens Reemay, Inc., and distributed locally by Wilbur-Ellis, Auburn, WA, Ph. 253-351-6591 or www.wilburellis.com. 2.11. SOD LAWN A. Sod must be “Country Green Perfect Blend Mix” or acceptable equal. B. Sod must be comprised of 60% Perennial Turf Type Ryegrass, 20% Hybrid Kentucky Bluegrass, 20% Hard Fescue and contain no more than 1% other grasses. C. Sod must be premium quality, free of all weeds, pests, diseases, Poa annua, and other undesirable material. It must not be less than 12 months old nor more than 24 months old, grown in fumigated soil, healthy, and have a dense, vigorous well- developed root structure. D. Plastic netting is not allowed. If netting is required, it must be biodegradable. E. Sod must not be cut from the field more than one (1) day prior to delivery to the project site. F. Sod must be grown in Western Washington or Oregon. Sod shipments must have a certificate of origin and certification of approved treatment if the shipment originates in a known area containing grass infections. Sod available from the following sources: 1. Country Green Turf Farms, Arlington, Wa; (306) 657-2175. 2. JB Instant Lawn, Redmond, Wa; (425) 821-0444. 3. Lefeber Turf Farm, Mt. Vernon, Wa; (360) 428-4054. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 32 90 00– PLANTING Contract No. CAG-25-044 32 90 00 - 21 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 2.12. RESTORATION SEED LAWN A. Lawn Seed mixture must be composed of 60% Perennial Ryegrass and 40% Hard Fescue. B. A complete analysis of the seed must be submitted to the Owner’s Representative, including percent of pure seed, germination, other crop seed, inert and weeds, and the germination test data. The seed mixture must be no less than 98% pure, have a minimum germination rate of 90%, contain more than 1/2% weed seed, and contain less than 1.5% inert material. All crop seed in excess of one (1) percent must be itemized. Provide a complete copy of manufacturer’s container label or seed technical data with the seed analysis for each seed mix specified. C. Seed of the type specified must conform to the standards for “Certified grade seed or better as outlined by the State of Washington Department of Agriculture “Rules for Seed Certification.” D. All seed mixes must be free of weed seed listed as primary noxious by the Washington State Seed Law singly or collectively in excess of the labeling tolerance specified by the Washington State Seed Law. Reference Specification; Chapter 15.49, Washington State Seed Act. E. Seed must be packed in clean, sound containers of uniform weight. Deliver mixed seed to the project site in the original, unopened containers bearing the manufacturer’s guaranteed analysis, manufacturer’s name, trademark, and conformance with law. 1. Containers must so the following information clearly marked for each kind of seed in accordance with applicable state and federal law: a. Common name of seed and it’s strain. b. Lot number. Net weight. c. Percentage of purity. d. Percentage of germination. e. Percentage of weed seed content and inert material. f. Place of origin. g. Amount of Pure Live Seed per bag. 2.13. HERBICIDE AND PESTICIDE A. All chemical herbicides pesticides must be labeled and used in accordance with governing agencies defined in the Weed and Pest Control Plan. The Contractor must use extreme care to ensure confinement of the chemicals within the areas designated. The use of chemical herbicides and pesticides must require the use of anti-drift and activating agents and a spray pattern indicator, unless otherwise allowed by the Owner. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 32 90 00– PLANTING Contract No. CAG-25-044 32 90 00 - 22 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 B. All chemical herbicide and pesticides must be carefully selected in accordance with Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), Washington State Department of Ecology, Washington State Department of Agriculture, King County Noxious Weed Control Board, and local sensitive area ordinances and regulations. 2.14. FLEXIBLE POROUS SURFACE TREATMENT (FPST) A. Flexible porous surface treatment (FPST) shall be KBI Flexipave, or approved equal. Color shall be Bark Brown or an approved equivalent. Mix shall have 25 to 30 percent void ratio and be comprised of 50 to 52 percent recycled rubber chips and 50 percent kiln-dried aggregate. B. For approval of equal material, the Contractor shall submit product information, including limitations related to weather conditions or site -specific conditions, to the Engineer for approval. Submittal shall also include a minimum of three examples of product installations within the last five years at a project location within 75 miles of the work site. 2.15. TREE GRATE A. This work shall consist of providing and installing tree grate, grate frames, mounting attachments, and pea gravel at new street tree locations as shown on the plans and as specified herein. B. Pea gravel under tree grate as noted on plans shall be in accordance with WSDOT 9- 03.12(4) gravel backfill for drains of the Standard Specifications. C. Tree grate shall be approximately 4’x8’ as detailed on Plans. Tree grate shall be rectangular grate with a 24” diameter single tree opening, cast in 8 pieces, pattern as shown in the Plans. Materials shall be case ductile iron, ASTM A53 6 Grade 65-45-12 with baked on oil finish. D. Tree grate and mounting attachments shall be steel angle frames and bolts by same manufacturer as the tree grate, size frame to accommodate tree grate as shown in the Plans. PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.1. GENERAL A. All areas as indicated in Contract Drawings must be finish graded and approved by the Owner’s Representative before commencement of planting. All grades must flow smoothly into each other and produce positive drainage. The Contractor is responsible for any adverse drainage conditions that may affect plant growth unless the Contractor contacts the Owner’s Representative immediately indicating any possible problem. Verify all grades with Owner’s Representative before commencement of planting. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 32 90 00– PLANTING Contract No. CAG-25-044 32 90 00 - 23 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 B. The Contractor must protect soil and provide adequate and proper care of all plant material (both retained and newly installed) and landscape work, including irrigation, done on the project from the time of installation to the end of the Guarantee Period. C. Care should be taken to avoid damage to existing trees and their roots. Where excavating for new construction is required within tree root zones, excavate by hand to minimize damage to roots and perform as follows: 1. Use narrow tine spading forks and comb soil to expose roots. 2. If main lateral roots are immediately adjacent to location of new construction, the contractor must notify the Owner prior to any excavation. 3. Do not allow exposed roots to dry out. 4. Provide temporary minimum 4-inch depth of mulch and/or plastic covering, or equivalent. 5. Maintain in moist condition until covered with planting soil or mulch. 3.2. SUBGRADE PREPARATION A. Verify the existence of proper rough grading and subgrade elevations prior to beginning soil preparation work. All planting area excavation must allow for planting soil, sod, seed, and mulch depths as indicated in Contract Drawings. B. Areas to receive plant material must be cleared, grubbed, cultivated and graded to accommodate the Work prior to planting and to provide the optimum conditions for plant and lawn establishment and growth. C. Subgrade must be cleaned of all debris including concrete, stumps, sticks, roots, and rocks or lumps larger than one (1) inch. Subgrade elevations must be as shown in the Contract Drawings. D. Percolation Test 1. After the subgrade has been prepared, 3 percolation tests must be performed. This must be accomplished by excavating 3 pits that are 2 feet in depth and minimum 2 feet in diameter. Location of all 3 pits must be per Owner’s Representative field directive. Fill each pit with water and allow the pit to drain for 24 hours. After 24 hours, re-fill the pit with water. If the time required for the pit to drain completely after being filled the second time is greater than 24 hours, the Contractor must notify the Owner’s Representative immediately. 2. The Contractor must be paid for work required to solve the drainage problem, such as, installation of french drains or drainage sumps at a unit price basis and agreed upon by a Change Order prior to commencement of work. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 32 90 00– PLANTING Contract No. CAG-25-044 32 90 00 - 24 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 E. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to verify a weed and pest free subgrade prior to beginning subgrade preparation work. If required, the Contractor must be paid for weed and pest removal based upon an Owner approved Weed and Pest Control Plan. F. Subgrade preparation and percolation tests must be reviewed and approved by Owner’s Representative prior to proceeding with the placing of planting soil. G. Placing of planting soil constitutes acceptance of subgrade conditions by Contractor. 3.3. SOIL PREPARATION A. General 1. Soil must not be placed, disked, rototilled, or worked when the ground or planting soil is frozen, excessively wet, there is ponding water, or, in the opinion of the Owner’s Representative, in a condition detrimental to the Work. 2. Incorporation of amendments in response to soil test recommendations and placing of soils must result in a homogeneous blend to a minimum depth as shown on the Contract Drawings. The Contractor must apply and shape the lifts in such a manner that the planting area has a continuously sloped final surface allowing for drainage from higher elevations to lower outer edges of the planting area. Where possible, ridges and ridge lines must be the approximate center point, or centerline(s), of the planting area. B. Subgrade Scarification 1. Scarify to depths as shown in Contract Drawings. If additional scarification is required to eliminate surface water ponding, notify Owner’s Representative of problem areas. 2. After scarification, remove all debris or rocks over one (1) inch in size and establish proper grades. 3. The scarification process must be observed and approved by Owner’s Representative prior to installing planting soil. C. Placing Soil and Soil Amendments: 1. For Lawns Areas: a. See soil preparation details. Owner’s Representative must review and approve soil preparation work between steps as noted in Contract Drawings. b. Incorporate soil amendments by broadcasting over lawn area soil at an even distribution and rate prior to placement of sod. Then, rake the amendments into the top 2 inches of lawn area soil. (1) Apply soil amendments for lawn areas per soil testing laboratory recommendations. Apply into top surface of soil. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 32 90 00– PLANTING Contract No. CAG-25-044 32 90 00 - 25 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 (2) Thoroughly mix soil amendments with soils to produce a uniform blend at rates per soil laboratory recommendations. c. Dolomite Lime. Recommended application rate: Incorporate 50 pounds of Dolomite Lime per 1,000 square feet in direct broadcast application. d. Starter Fertilizer (7-7-2). Recommended application rate: Incorporate one pound of starter fertilizer per 1,000 square feet in direct broadcast application. Do not apply fertilizer to lawn areas that drain directly into sensitive water bodies unless approved by governing agency. 2. For Planting Areas: a. See soil preparation details. Owner’s Rep must review and approve soil preparation work between steps as noted in Contract Drawings. b. Incorporate soil amendments by broadcasting over planting soil at an even distribution and rate prior to installation of plants. Then, mix the amendments into the top 6 inches of planting soil. (1) Apply and mix amendments with a small excavator; do not use a rototiller. (2) Soil amendments for planting areas must be applied per soil testing laboratory recommendations. (3) The soil amendments must be thoroughly mixed with soils to produce a broadly-mixed blend at rates per soil laboratory recommendations. (4) All amendments must be delivered to the site in the original, unopened containers bearing the manufacturer’s name and guaranteed components analysis. In lieu of containers, amendments may be furnished in bulk, with a Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance indicating the components analysis complies with the Contract. D. Finish Grading 1. Establish a finish grade with the compacted depths of planting soil and amendments as shown on the Contract Drawings and a specified herein. After installing soils and amendments, drag to an even grade, remove debris and rocks larger than one (1) inch in diameter that appear at the surface, and then roll for firmness prior to planting. 2. Finish grade is defined as the top surface of soil prior to the installation of mulch, sod lawn, and restoration seed lawns unless otherwise noted in the Contract Drawings. 3. Finish grading must consist of placing, grading and lightly rolling soil, providing for surface drainage, cutting all necessary drainage swales and generally conforming to finish grades shown in the Contract Drawings and as directed by the Owner’s Representative. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 32 90 00– PLANTING Contract No. CAG-25-044 32 90 00 - 26 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 4. Compact finish grade of planting, sod lawn, and seed lawn areas to 85% of maximum dry density as determined by ASTM: D 1557. Grades after compaction must have a flat, continuous, and smooth surface and approved by the Owner’s Representative prior to seeding or sodding. 5. After settling, finish grades in sod lawn areas must be one (1) inch below all walks, curbs and/or other hard surfaces. 6. After settling, finish grades in restoration seed lawn areas must be 1/2 inch below all walks, curbs and/or other hard surfaces. 7. After settling, finish grades in planting areas must be 3 inches below all walks, curbs, and/or other hard surface edges. 8. All planting areas must be finish graded and accepted by the Owner’s Representative before commencement of plant staking and plant layout. 9. The top of the mulch must be flush with the top of any adjacent paved surface improvement such as sidewalk, curb, and other pedestrian walking area. 3.4. TRANSPORT AND MOVING PLANT MATERIAL A. Plant material transported in enclosed vehicles must receive adequate ventilation. Plant material transported in open vehicles must be protected by suitable cover material such as tarpaulins. B. Large trees must be totally wrapped to prevent damage and windburn. Provide adequate protection so that trunks are not scarred in transport and branches are not broken. Tree trunks must be wrapped with protective covering prior to handling and loading. Remove covering at the time of plant materials review at the job site. C. Pack and ship plant material in accordance with prevailing nursery industry standard practice for the type of plant being shipped, and protect at all times against drying sun, wind, heat, freezing, and similar detrimental conditions both during shipment and during related handling. D. Move all plants carefully. Exercise care in handling, loading, unloading, and storing of plant materials. Prevent damage to all plant materials. Do not drag plant material without proper root and branch protection. 1. Trees must be handled by rootball only, not the trunks, stems, or tops. 2. Container grown plants must be handled by container only, not the stems or tops. E. Tie branches on trees and large shrubs as necessary. Use burlap bags to protect tree bark from rope chafing. No plant must be bound with rope or wire in a manner that could damage or break the branches. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 32 90 00– PLANTING Contract No. CAG-25-044 32 90 00 - 27 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 F. Plant material damaged in any way from transport and moving activities must be rejected, discardeds and replaced with undamaged materials at no cost to Owner. 3.5. TEMPORARY STORAGE OF PLANT MATERIAL A. Plants that cannot be planted within 24 hours after arrival to the project site must be “heeled-in” in accordance with accepted horticultural practice and the following requirements: 1. Protect rootball of balled and burlapped or fabric-grow bag plants with moist earth, sawdust, bark mulch, or other acceptable material and the material must be kept continuously moist. Do not use straw or hay to retain moisture. 2. Protect plant materials at all times from mechanical damage, excessive wet conditions, drying out, and extreme weather including drying winds and direct sun. 3. The root system of all plants must not be permitted to dry out at any time. Set plants in shade and keep roots moist by covering with mulch, soil or other acceptable means of retaining moisture. 4. Foliage on plants may be sprayed with an anti-desiccant during drought and/or excessively hot periods. Anti-desiccant must be specifically formulated for species of plants it will be applied to. 3.6. PLANT LAYOUT: A. Plants must be placed at the spacing and locations as indicated in the Contract Drawings. Plant layout and staking (or otherwise marking the location of each plant) must be the responsibility of the Contractor. B. The Contractor must sequence the installation of plants to minimize disturbance to new plants and existing landscaping. C. No work must start on the installation of plant material until plant layout and staking has been verified and approved by the Owner’s Representative. 3.7. PLANT INSTALLATION: A. General 1. All plant material must be inspected and determined by the Owner’s Representative to be acceptable for planting, prior to installing. 2. Do not install plants in weather conditions detrimental to plant material. a. Do not plant during freezing weather, when the ground is frozen, or when ground is excessively wet. b. Do not install plants when ambient temperatures drop below 40°F or rise above 80°F. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 32 90 00– PLANTING Contract No. CAG-25-044 32 90 00 - 28 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 c. Do not install plants when wind velocity exceeds 25 MPH. d. Plants must not be installed in areas that are below finish grade. 3. For work performed during unacceptable and/or weather conditions detrimental to plant material, the Contractor may be required to provide the following services at no additional cost: a. Expert consultations with an ISA certified Arborist (for trees) or other expert as approved (for other plant material) to determine what plant care measures are required to maintain the plants installed in a healthy and vigorous condition during the unacceptable weather conditions. b. Replacement of all work performed during unacceptable weather conditions. c. Additional watering and maintenance of the plant materials installed during the unacceptable weather conditions and responsibility for all additional costs incurred. 4. Perform planting during the period between September 1 and May 15. Planting at other times must only by done by written permission by the Owner’s Representative and only if an automatic irrigation system is available through the summer. 5. Soak all tree rootballs and container plants which have become dry prior to planting. 6. If groundwater is encountered upon excavation of planting holes, the Contractor must promptly notify the Owner. 7. Plants must be removed from containers in a manner that prevents damage to the root system. Containers may require vertical cuts down the full depth of the container to accommodate removal. All circling roots must be loosened to ensure natural directional growth after planting. 8. Dig pits or planting holes for plant material as indicated on Contract Drawings and consistent with good horticultural practice. The inside surfaces of all planting pits are to be rough, not smooth. If the Contractor encounters clay soil or any unusual condition which may be detrimental to the new planting, the Contractor must notify the Owner’s Representative immediately. Unsuitable material, if encountered, must be removed from the site and planting soil distributed to replace the unsuitable material as Extra Work in accordance with the Specification. Unsuitable material removal will be paid for as a Change Order in accordance with the Specifications. B. Trees 1. The Contractor must provide the Owner a minimum 4 working days advance notice of the first tree(s) to be planted. The Owner must be present to approve the planting method of the first tree(s). The approved method must be consistently applied for all remaining planting of trees. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 32 90 00– PLANTING Contract No. CAG-25-044 32 90 00 - 29 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 2. Tree pit excavation near a curb or sidewalk must allow a horizontal clearance of at least 3 inches from the curb or sidewalk without undermining foundation support of adjacent improvements. 3. Before planting, completely remove all twine, wrapping material, fabric grow bags, and wire baskets and completely remove material from the planting hole. 4. Remove burlap from top 1/3 of rootball and remove cut burlap from planting hole. All containers must be removed from rootballs before planting. Containers may require vertical cuts down the full depth of the container to accommodate removal. For ball and burlap and container trees, roots showing at the edge of the root ball must be loosened without tearing. The rootball must be placed in the planting pit in a manner that ensures the roots are properly spread for lateral directional growth. 5. Set trees in the planting pit to proper grade and alignment. Set trees upright, plumb, and faced to give the best appearance or relationship to each other or adjacent structure. Set crown of rootball up to one (1) inch above the finish grade elevation, unless otherwise noted in the Contract Drawings. 6. Backfill must be carefully placed and compacted by water settling. When planting hole is 3/4 backfilled, apply water to water-settle the backfill and remove voids. After settling occurs, the Contractor must add enough soil to cover the roots but must not rework the soil. Do not use frozen or muddy mixtures for backfilling. No soil filling will be permitted against trunks or stems or above grafts on grafted trees. Form a watering ring of soil around the edge of each planting pit to retain water. C. Shrubs and Groundcovers: 1. Plants supplied in containers must be kept moist at all times and must be removed from the container in a manner that prevents damage to the root system. The plants must not be removed from the container by pulling on the stem. 2. All plastic, ties, and other container material must be removed from the plant prior to planting. Containers may require vertical cuts down the full depth of the container to accommodate removal. a. Space groundcover plants using triangular spacing in accordance with indicated dimensions and offsets. Adjust spacing as necessary to evenly fill planting bed with indicated quantity of plants. Always plant groundcovers to within 18” of the trunks of trees and shrubs within planting bed. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 32 90 00– PLANTING Contract No. CAG-25-044 32 90 00 - 30 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 b. Set shrub and groundcover in the planting pit to proper grade and alignment. Set upright. Install plants so that top of rootball is flush with the finished grade after settlement. Check top of root ball for root flare. If root flare is not found, carefully scrape away excess soil until root flare is exposed. This level must be the top of the rootball and installed flush to the finished grade. c. Backfill must be firmly tamped or compacted without voids around the roots, then covered with mulch, and watered immediately after planting. D. Pruning and Staking 1. Pruning a. Pruning of trees must be performed at the nursery by the nurseryman and only to remove small or minor broken or damaged branches, or for aesthetic purposes unless otherwise directed by the Owner’s Representative. b. Branches must be pruned at the branch collar. Neither stubs nor flush cuts will be acceptable. c. At the time of planting, pruning must only occur to remove minor broken or damaged twigs and branches. No trees or plants must be headed or pruned without reason or prior approval. No pruning must be allowed to new plant material that impacts a tree’s central leader, removes more than 5% of the foliage, or if foliage has not developed, more than 5% of the foliage buds, or significantly alters the natural form of the plant material being pruned. d. Pruning must be done in such a manner as to retain or to encourage the natural growth characteristics and proper form of the particular plant. Pruning must be done with a sharp tool to produce a clean cut without bruising or tearing the bark. All completed pruning cuts must be in the living wood where callous tissue can develop properly. 2. Staking and Fastening a. All trees must be staked at the time of planting as indicated on Contract Drawings. Each tree must be staked as indicated and tied to the stake with Webbed Fabric Tape to allow for trunk growth. b. Staking must be in a workmanlike operation. Damaged stakes must be promptly removed and replaced. c. Trees and shrubs found out of plumb by wind or other causes must be re- set by loosening the soil around the root system and re -plumbing the tree or shrub, and backfilling and compacting as necessary. Adjustment must not be made by pushing, pulling or restraining the trunk or stem. If, in the opinion of the Owner, damage to the root system has occurred as a result of resetting a tree or shrub, the tree or shrub must be replaced by the Contractor. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 32 90 00– PLANTING Contract No. CAG-25-044 32 90 00 - 31 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 d. Alternate methods of staking may be proposed by the Contractor and require approval of the Owner. e. Tree stakes must be removed at the end of the Guarantee Period. E. Apply fertilizer per soil laboratory test recommendations to all trees, shrubs, and groundcovers. As necessary, a follow-up fertilizer application for all planting beds must be in accordance with recommendations from soil testing laboratory. F. Mulch planting areas with required mulch material at least 3 inches deep immediately after planting. Top dress the entire tree pit including the watering ring, with the mulch depth tapered at the tree trunk to prevent contact at the trunk. Soil surface int erface should be damp prior to application of mulch. Do not install wood chip mulch on top of dry planting soil. The 3-inch depth is measured after settling and/or compaction has occurred. Thoroughly water mulched areas. After watering, lightly rake mulch to provide a uniform finished surface. 3.8. SOD INSTALLATION: A. Installation: 1. Sod must be brought onto lawn area by hand-operated wheeled equipment with proper protection of sod soil beds from heavy compaction. Sod layers must be experienced, or if inexperienced, must be constantly supervised by an experienced foreman. Sod layers must kneel on plywood or some other platform during laying process. 2. Moisten prepared surface immediately prior to laying sod. 3. Do not lay sod or install sod on saturated or frozen soil. 4. Lay sod immediately upon delivery to site, to prevent deterioration or drying. All sod must be installed within 12 hours after delivery to the project site. 5. Lay sod tight with no open joints or gaps visible, with no overlapping edges and with an allowance for shrinkage. Stagger end joints 12” minimum. Lay sod with long edges perpendicular to primary slope. Do not stretch sod pieces. Spread lawn area soil over any exposed edges. Keep edges moistened as required or as directed. The Contractor must ensure that the soil base immediately ahead of each sod layer is moist. 6. When piecing sod, use pieces no smaller than 1 square foot. 7. Sod must be rolled with a 200 pound roller after installation to ensure proper contact between soil and sod. On slopes 5:1 or less, roll with light lawn roller to ensure contact with subgrade. Final rolling must provide a uniform surface. After final rolling, the sod lawn must be mowed if necessary. B. Water sod thoroughly with a fine spray immediately after laying. Sod lawn area must be heavily watered, flooded, and saturated for a period of 7 days to trigger active root growth. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 32 90 00– PLANTING Contract No. CAG-25-044 32 90 00 - 32 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 C. Flagging, fencing, and warning signs or other appropriate method of sod lawn protection must be installed and remain for a minimum of 4 weeks. Do not remove flagging and warning signs until sod is firm to walk on and sod is not in a saturated condition. D. Water: Watering must be accomplished once a week from March through September. At a minimum, a uniform application of one (1) inch of water must be required over all lawn areas each week. The Contractor must be prepared to water more frequently should very dry conditions persist and based on input from Owner. E. Mowing: 1. The Contractor must be responsible for mowing all sod lawn areas during construction and through the Guarantee Period. a. Mow whenever lawn reaches an average height of 3 inches. The cutting height must be 2 inches with all cuttings retained using mulching mower equipment. b. Mowing must be done by an acceptable “reel” type mower. Power driven equipment must not cause ruts or deformation of improved areas. Sickle type grass cutters will be permitted only on slopes of drainage ditches, berms, or other rough areas. The equipment and tools must be in good repair at all times and maintained so that a clean, sharp cut of the grass results. Each mowing must be considered as one (1), complete coverage of all lawn grass areas to be mowed within a defined area. c. Trimming around traffic facilities, structures, curbs, tree pits, planting areas, or other features extending above ground must be accomplished by use of tools that achieve a neat and uniform appearance. Edging along curb and sidewalk interfaces must be incidental to mowing and must be provided by the Contractor to control encroachment of grass. d. Grass cutting equipment must be operated in such a manner and equipped with suitable guards as to avoid throwing rocks or debris onto the pedestrian and vehicular traffic areas or onto permeable pavement areas. Equipment that pulls or rips the grass or damages the turf in any manner will not be allowed. The Owner will be the sole judge of the adequacy of the equipment and methods of use. The Contractor must return and disperse all lawn clippings to the lawn from all pedestrian and vehicular traffic areas, and from any other improvement. F. Follow-up Fertilizing: After the first mowing or approximately 30 days after the initial installation (whichever comes first) broadcast ‘Regular Feed’- Broadcast at a rate recommended by manufacturer for lawn areas. Apply once a month for the first 4 months of the growing season. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 32 90 00– PLANTING Contract No. CAG-25-044 32 90 00 - 33 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 G. Sod Lawn must be deemed physically complete when uniform, healthy, green, and vigorous growth is evident, with no dry or dead spots larger than 3 inch square, and after the third mowing has occurred. Upon physical completion, temporary flagging, warning signs, and other lawn protection measures must be removed. 3.9. RESTORATION SEED LAWN INSTALLATION A. Installation 1. Seeding must be accomplished in the spring (March 15 to May 15) or autumn planting periods (Sept 20 to Nov 15) of the year and/or when weather conditions are favorable for proper working of the soil and seed germination as determined by Owner’s Representative. Application of pre-germinated seed, moisture retention agents, and provisions for supplemental watering may be required by the Owner’s Representative should the Contractor schedule seeding outside of allowable time frames. 2. Seed must be spread by an acceptable hand-mechanical (hopper or culti- packer) method. a. Rake seed and fertilizer into top 1/4 to 1/2 inch of soil. After raking, roll the finished grade one (1) direction for a flat, uniform surface and water thoroughly. 3. Seeding must be done only after finish grading and adjacent construction and plantings have been completed. 4. Finish grades must be rolled with a standard, water filled, 200 pounds per square foot ground pressure roller. If soil is dry, lightly sprinkle with water prior to rolling. The seed area must be rolled in two directions, the second rolling at right angles to the first. Grades after rolling must be flat and approved by the Owner’s Representative prior to seeding. B. Any seeded areas that have become compacted prior to seeding must be scarified to a depth of four (4) inches by acceptable means, then finish graded as herein before described. C. The application rate for Lawn Seed Mix must be 6-8 pounds of seed per 1000 square feet. D. Water seeded area thoroughly with a fine spray immediately after seeding. Provide one (1) inch average application of water without uncovering seed, washing seed away, and without causing erosion or sedimentation. E. Flagging, fencing, and warning signs or other appropriate method of seed lawn protection must be installed and remain until the seeded lawn has become established. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 32 90 00– PLANTING Contract No. CAG-25-044 32 90 00 - 34 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 F. Water: Watering must be accomplished once a week from March through September. At a minimum, a uniform application of one (1) inch of water must be required over all lawn areas each week. The Contractor must be prepared to water more frequently should very dry conditions persist and based on input from Owner. G. Mowing: 1. The Contractor is responsible for mowing all seed lawn areas during construction and through the Guarantee Period. a. For the first 3 mowings, mow whenever lawn reaches an average height of 2 inches. For the first 3 mowings, the cutting height must be one and 1.5 inches with all cuttings retained using mulching mower equipment. b. For the fourth and all subsequent mowings, mow whenever lawn reaches an average height of 3 inches and set the cutting height at 2 inches with all cuttings retained using mulching mower equipment. c. Mowing must be done by an acceptable “reel” type mower. Power driven equipment must not cause ruts or deformation of improved areas. Sickle type grass cutters will be permitted only on slopes of drainage ditches, berms, or other rough areas. The equipment and tools must be in good repair at all times and maintained so that a clean, sharp cut of the grass results. Each mowing must be considered as one (1), complete coverage of all lawn grass areas to be mowed within a defined area. d. Trimming around structures or other features extending above ground must be accomplished by use of tools that achieve a neat and uniform appearance. Edging along paving interfaces must be incidental to mowing and must be provided by the Contractor to control encroachment of grass. Grass cutting equipment must be operated in such a manner and equipped with suitable guards as to avoid throwing rocks or debris onto the pedestrian and vehicular traffic areas or onto permeable pavement areas. e. Equipment that pulls or rips the grass or damages the turf in any manner will not be allowed. The Owner will be the sole judge of the adequacy of the equipment and methods of use. The Contractor must return and disperse all lawn clippings to the lawn from all pedestrian and vehicular traffic areas, and from any other improvement. 2. Follow-up Fertilizing: After the first mowing or approximately 30 days after the initial installation (whichever comes first) broadcast ‘Regular Feed’- Broadcast at a rate recommended by manufacturer for lawn areas. Apply once a month for the first four months of the growing season. 3. Watering: To encourage deep rooting, each watering must be thorough enough to provide soil moisture a minimum of 6 inches below soil surface. Permit soil to dry sufficiently between watering, but not so dry as to damage the planting. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 32 90 00– PLANTING Contract No. CAG-25-044 32 90 00 - 35 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 4. Review: Check for barren areas, maximum 3 inches square, in seed bed approximately 21 days after seeding and over-seed as originally specified and at such time as weather and season permit for proper seed germination or as accepted by the Owner’s Representative. 5. Seed Lawn must be deemed physically complete when uniform, healthy, green, and vigorous growth is evident, with no dry or dead spots larger than 3 inch square, and after the fifth mowing has occurred. Upon physical completion, temporary flagging, warning signs, and other lawn protection measures must be removed. 3.10. PLANTING ACCESSORIES INSTALLATION A. Root Barrier Installation 1. Install root barrier panel per manufacturer’s recommendations and specifications in locations as shown on the Contract Drawings. 2. Install root barrier in locations shown in the Contract Drawings. 3. Install panels immediately adjacent to paving with ribs facing towards the tree roots. Trenches must be deep enough so that top of root barrier is 1 inch below the top of sod or mulch. 3.11. FLEXIBLE POROUS SURFACE TREATMENT (FPST) INSTALLATION A. Flexible porous surface treatment (FPST) shall be designed, mixed, and installed per the manufacturer’s recommendations. See Plans for location and installation details. Contact City of Renton City Arborist to coordinate installation, confirm limits of FPST, and to observe work of installation of FPST around the first tree pit installed. B. Prepare subgrade to create a firm unyielding surface. Excavate soil next to adjacent concrete sidewalk and curb edge, as needed, to provide installation of min. 1 ½” FPST to achieve tight/flush connection between FPST and concrete edge. Add and compact soil to create smooth uniform surface that drains away from tree trunk onto the sidewalk and curb. Lightly compact soil to prevent settling of subbase material. Install FPST over existing tree surface roots, mounding as needed up to and around tree trunk flare. C. The finished surface of the FPST shall be uniform and flush with adjacent surfaces. Uniform and flush surface conditions shall be maintained throughout the landscape establishment period. D. Flexible porous surface treatment is subject to inspection and repair at the time of project acceptance and for the Guarantee Period. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 32 90 00– PLANTING Contract No. CAG-25-044 32 90 00 - 36 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 3.12. CLEAN UP A. Perform cleaning during installation of the landscape work. Water, dirt, debris, and rubbish to be kept off of all paved areas, pathways, and permeable pavements. Wash clean all paved areas. B. Upon completion of landscape work, all excess materials, soil, debris, and equipment must be removed from the site. C. Repair any damage resulting from landscape work at Contractor’s expense. D. Planting areas immediately adjacent to walks, curbs, pavements, driveways, and other improvement must be compacted and raked to accommodate the depth of mulch cover, with the mulch surface flush with the surface of adjacent improvement. Planting beds must have a fine, even grade around all plants. E. Remove all metal, wood, and concrete debris, protective wrappings and coverings, and shipping materials from the project site. Remove all residues, repair all stains, scuffs, abrasions, and marks from boulders. F. Leave project in first quality condition. 3.13. SUBSTANTIAL AND PHYSICAL COMPLETION A. Review to determine Substantial and Physical Completion of planted areas will be made by the Owner’s Representative, upon the Contractor's request. Planted areas will be accepted provided all requirements have been complied with and plant materials are alive and in a healthy, vigorous condition. 3.14. FINAL ACCEPTANCE A. Final acceptance of all landscaping work described in this Specification section, with the exclusion of possible replacements of plant materials under the Guarantee Period, will be made by the Owner’s Representative and/or approved representative of the Owner to determine 100% completion and acceptance of the Contract work. This review must be made upon written request to the Owner’s Representative no less than 48 hours prior to the anticipated date of review. B. Should additional final acceptance review(s) be required by the Owner’s Representative due to the failure of the contractor to have the entire project landscape work ready for final acceptance, the contractor must pay to the Owner’s Representative the actual hourly cost and expenses for each additional review. END OF SECTION WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 33 – UTILITIES SECTION 33 11 00– WATER UTILITY DISTRIBUTION Contract No. CAG-25-044 33 11 00 - 1 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 SECTION 33 11 00 – WATER UTILITY DISTRIBUTION PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1. DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The Work under this Section includes providing all labor, materials, tools and equipment necessary for furnishing and installing buried water pipe, water pipe fittings, water spigot assembly, water service meter, connection to the existing water main, electrical continuity, disinfection and testing. The Contractor shall install the water pipe and fittings to the horizontal and vertical alignment shown on the Plans and shall complete all associated Work described in this Section. 1.2. RELATED SECTIONS A. SECTION 31 10 00 – SITE PREPARATION B. SECTION 31 23 16 – EXCAVATION C. SECTION 31 23 23.15 – TRENCH BACKFILL 1.3. REFERENCES A. American National Standards Institute /American Society of Safety Engineers (ANSI/ASSE) 1. ANSI/ASSE A10.6 (2006) Safety Requirements for Demolition for Construction and Demolition Operations B. ASTM International (ASTM) 1. ASTM D2657 (2007) Standard Practice for Heat Fusion Joining of Polyolefin Pipe Fittings 2. ASTM D3261 – Standard Specification for Butt Heat Fusion Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Fittings for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe and Tubing. C. American Water Works Association (AWWA) 1. AWWA C150 (2009) Ductile Iron Pipe, Centrifigually Cast 2. AWWA C151 (2009) Ductile Iron Pipe, Centrifigually Cast (3 in. – 64 in.) 3. AWWA C104 Cement-Mortar Lining for Ductile-Iron Pipe and Fittings for Water. AWWA C105 Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile-Iron Pipe Systems. 4. AWWA C111 Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings. 5. AWWA C151 Ductile Iron Pipe. 6. AWWA C153 Ductile-Iron Compact Fittings. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 33 – UTILITIES SECTION 33 11 00– WATER UTILITY DISTRIBUTION Contract No. CAG-25-044 33 11 00 - 2 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 7. AWWA C509 Resilient-Seated Gate Valves for Water and Sewerage Systems. AWWA C550 Protective Epoxy Interior Coatings for Valves and Hydrants. 8. AWWA C651 Disinfecting Water Mains. D. NSF International (NSF) 1. NSF 61 (2013) Drinking Water System Components – Health Effects City of Renton Public Works Design and Construction Standards E. Public Works Design and Construction Standards Plans (Current Edition) F. Washington Department of Transportation (WSDOT) 1. (2025) Standard Specifications – Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction. 1.4. SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: All products in this section. B. Quality Assurance / Control Submittals: 1. Company work experience list. 2. Superintendent work experience list. C. Operation and maintenance data for gate valves and check valves. D. Certification: Certification of accuracy for test gage. E. Closeout Submittals: Record drawings. 1. Record actual locations of piping mains, valves, connections, and invert elevations. 2. Record location of utilities and structures encountered and not shown or not in agreement with Drawings. 3. Record changes in soil conditions not noted on Drawings. 4. Prepare Record Drawings per City of Renton requirements. F. Testing and Disinfection Methods G. Sequencing and planned outages H. Maintenance and Operations manual for all pumping and booster pump systems. Contractor shall schedule a walkthrough with the City maintenance staff to review operation of the system and maintenance schedules. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 33 – UTILITIES SECTION 33 11 00– WATER UTILITY DISTRIBUTION Contract No. CAG-25-044 33 11 00 - 3 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 1.5. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications: 1. Surveyor: Land Surveyor licensed in state of Washington with experience surveying underground utilities. 2. Crew Foreman: a. Minimum ten years’ working experience and six years’ experience as foreman performing similar work. B. Pre-Installation Meetings: 1. Schedule and attend meeting prior to beginning work. 2. Meeting to comply with City of Renton requirements. C. Post Installation Meeting 1. Schedule and attend a meeting after the booster pump has been installed. Demonstrate the pump and tank performing a minimum of one operating cycle. 1.6. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Handle pipe, fittings, and specials to ensure delivery to site and final installation in undamaged condition. Do not damage pipe coating and lining. Keep pipe clean. Load and unload pipe and fittings using hoists in a manner to avoid shock or damage. Do not drop, skid, or roll pipe against another pipe. Repair any part of damaged coating or lining. Separate rejected pipe immediately from undamaged pipe. Remove rejected pipe from site within 24 hours. 1.7. SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Provide the City with proposed work schedule prior to commencing construction. B. Notify City and Engineer 72 hours prior to making connections to existing mains. C. Notify the City 48 hours prior to making connections to existing service line. D. Notify City of service shutdown. Provide notification at least 48 hours prior to discontinuation of service, including estimated duration of shutdown. E. Advise Fire Marshal and the City of proposed water shutoff that will affect hydrants, fire sprinkler systems, float fire protection systems, and alarm systems. F. Maintain water systems in areas of site to be occupied and remain in operation during construction. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 33 – UTILITIES SECTION 33 11 00– WATER UTILITY DISTRIBUTION Contract No. CAG-25-044 33 11 00 - 4 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.1. GENERAL A. Comply with City of Renton Standards. B. Comply with WSDOT Standard Specifications. C. All water pipe shall be clearly marked with the manufacturer's name, type, class, and/or thickness as applicable. Lettering shall be legible and permanent under normal conditions of handling and storage. 2.2. PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Copper Pipe 1. Copper Pipe, soft copper tubing type K 2-inch diameter per City of Renton standards and AWWA C800-89. 2. Copper Pipe, soft copper tubing type K 1-1/2-inch diameter per City of Renton standards and AWWA C800-89. 2.3. CONNECTIONS A. Per City of Renton standards and AWWA C800-89. 2.4. UNDERGROUND LOCATOR TAPE A. Underground locator tape shall be blue, 6-inch-wide, 4-mil-thick, polyethylene tape with black lettering with the following wording: "Caution: Water Line Buried Below". Locator tape shall be installed 12 inches above the top of all water pipe. 2.5. VALVES AND APPURTENANCES A. General: conform to AWWA and City of Renton Standards. 2.6. POLYETHYLENE (PE) FILM A. AWWA C105. 2.7. CONCRETE A. Type III cement, minimum compressive strength of 3,000-psi. Design mix to achieve strength prior to pressure testing. 2.8. MARKER TAPE A. Detectable marking tape per Section 9-15.18 WSDOT Standard Specifications. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 33 – UTILITIES SECTION 33 11 00– WATER UTILITY DISTRIBUTION Contract No. CAG-25-044 33 11 00 - 5 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 2.9. TRACER WIRE A. TWHN or TWHH #10. 2.10. BOOSTER PUMP A. Pump shall be a horizontal multistage centrifugal electric pump, Gould sTM e-HM Series or approved equal. B. NSF/ANSI 61 compliant. C. For outdoor installation, pump shall be capable of operating in ambient temperatures from 10-110 degrees Fahrenheit. D. Pump shall be capable of being operated by an automatic pressure control switch. Pump minimum recommended run time shall be 1 minute or less. E. Motor: 0.75 Horsepower, 60 Hertz, 230V. F. Maximum inlet pressure of 50 psi. G. Inlet and outlet connections: 1” NPT threaded. H. Minimum working pressure: 140 psi. I. Flow rate: Pump shall provide a minimum of 10 GPM with a total head of 56 feet. J. Pump shall be designed for operation at a maximum total head of 65 feet of head. 2.11. PRESSURE TANK A. Pressure tank shall be rated for use in commercial booster pump systems. Pressure tank shall be a Well-X-Trol WX-440C series or approved equal. B. Tank material: ASME approved steel. C. Bladder: butyl. D. Operating temperature: 32-150 degrees Fahrenheit. E. Minimum drawdown volume: 8 gallons. F. Minimum pressure rating: 125 psi. G. Tank shall be sized such that the minimum pump run time shall be 1 minute or greater when tank is configured with a cut-in pressure of 55 psi and cut-out pressure of 70 psi. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 33 – UTILITIES SECTION 33 11 00– WATER UTILITY DISTRIBUTION Contract No. CAG-25-044 33 11 00 - 6 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 2.12. DIGITAL PUMP CONTROL A. Pump controls shall be compatible with selected pump and pressure tank. B. Pump control switch shall be rated for outdoor use. C. Pressure controls shall be adjustable in one PSI increments with a maximum pressure of 75 psi or greater and a minimum of 30 psi or less. D. Maximum pressure differential between cut-in and cut-out pressures of 20 psi or greater and minimum pressure differential of 10 psi or less. PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.1. GENERAL A. Comply with WSDOT Standard Specifications B. Comply with City of Renton Standards C. Contractor shall preserve and protect all existing utilities and other facilities including but not limited to: telephone, television, electrical, water and sewer utilities, surface or storm drainage, highway or street signs, mail boxes, or survey monuments. The Contractor shall immediately repair or replace utilities or other facilities damaged during construction. The Contractor shall support and protect any underground utility conduits, pipes, or service lines where they cross the trench. D. The Contractor shall give at least 48 hours’ notice to the Owner prior to: 1. Needing water or sewer main line locates; 2. Interruption of water service in any area; or 3. Use of water from any fire hydrant. E. Any water service disruption shall be restored as soon as possible. The Contractor shall notify all local radio stations and any major customers that will be affected of a planned water service disruption. F. Contractor and Fabricator shall verify all fit-ups prior to order. G. Contractor shall perform bent strap tests accordance with the PPI bent strap test by cutting a 1-inch-wide section of the joint for at least 6 inches either side of the joint, ASTM D2657. The joint will be bent until the ends meet per Performance Pipe Join t Procedures of PPI. If a strap test fails, the problem in the processes shall be identified and the operator will be retrained and required to make an additional set of test joints. This process will be continued until a set of test joints passes the test. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 33 – UTILITIES SECTION 33 11 00– WATER UTILITY DISTRIBUTION Contract No. CAG-25-044 33 11 00 - 7 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 3.2. EXAMINATION A. Site Verification of Conditions: 1. Verify surfaces are ready to receive work. 2. Verify grades are at sub grade elevation. 3. Verify erosion control is installed and functioning. 4. Verify field measurements are as shown on drawings. 5. Verify location, size, and type of existing utilities at point of connection and at points of crossing other utilities. Pothole, expose pipes, determine invert elevations, verify with design, and inform Engineer of deviations affecting design prior to mobilizing crews and beginning construction. 3.3. PREPARATION A. Protection: 1. Protect surrounding Work from damage or disfiguration. Protect adjacent pavement remaining in service from damage. 2. Protect existing utilities from damage and disturbance. Provide shoring to support existing utilities and their support prism or remove and replace utilities where shoring is not practical. Removing and replacing utilities to be performed per utility owner’s standards. 3. Erect barriers and barricades to direct and protect adjacent traffic. 4. Maintain water service to existing buildings and occupied building on site and for services off site. Coordinate with City Inspectors and Owner to determine time and duration of required water system shutdowns. 5. Field-locate and mark existing utilities, whether shown or not, prior to construction, avoid damage or disturbance. Protect, maintain, and repair, where damaged. For aid in utility location call 1-800-424-555, 48 hours (two working days) prior to beginning construction. 6. Field stake alignment and grade. Comply with City requirements. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 33 – UTILITIES SECTION 33 11 00– WATER UTILITY DISTRIBUTION Contract No. CAG-25-044 33 11 00 - 8 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 3.4. EXECUTION A. Excavation and Backfill: 1. Comply with Section 31 23 16 Excavation. Provide extra width trench as necessary where deflecting pipe. Excavate to depths required to provide minimum cover as indicated on drawings. Excavate deeper as required to accommodate changes in grade, vaults, connections, or to install pipe under existing pipelines or other utilities. Adjust pipe profile to pass below conflicting utilities. Provide minimum 12-inch clearance. Depth Adjustments: 2 feet or less at no adjustment in cost. B. Installation of Pipe and Fittings: 1. Inspect pipe for structural defects and defects in coating and lining before it is placed in trench. Clean pipe fittings and valves of dirt and foreign material as they are placed. Plug open ends of pipe and fittings with temporary watertight plug whenever Work is stopped or when water in trench threatens to enter pipe. Keep groundwater from entering pipe at all times. Lay and maintain pipe to required lines with fittings and valves at required locations and valve stems plumb. 2. Construct pipelines to provide cover shown on Drawings. Slope need not be constant, but install pipelines so no high or low points exist in finished line except at locations of fire hydrants, blow offs, air / vacuum valves, or future pipe extensions. 3. Alignment of Pipe: At conflicts with other utilities, such as telephone and existing water mains, realign pipe subject to approval of Engineer. 4. Cutting Pipe: Cut pipe smooth, even, and square. Remove chips and cuttings from interior of pipe. Bevel cut pipe ends to prevent damage to gaskets during installation. 5. Contractor shall install water pipe in accordance with the manufacturer's printed specifications and instructions, and in conformance with AWWA C151 and NSF 61. 6. Contractor shall handle water pipe carefully to prevent damage to the pipe, pipe lining, or coating. Water pipe and fittings shall be loaded and unloaded using hoists and slings to avoid shock or damage, and under no circumstances shall they be dropped, skidded, or rolled. If any part of the coating or lining is damaged, repair thereof shall be made in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer at the Contractor's expense. All water pipe and fittings shall be inspected for defects. 7. Damaged pipe will be rejected and the Contractor shall immediately place all damaged pipe apart from the undamaged and shall remove the damaged pipe from the site within 24 hours. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 33 – UTILITIES SECTION 33 11 00– WATER UTILITY DISTRIBUTION Contract No. CAG-25-044 33 11 00 - 9 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 8. Whenever it becomes necessary to cut a length of water pipe, the Contractor shall cut the pipe with abrasive saw or by special pipe cutter. 9. All pipe ends shall be square with the longitudinal axis of the water pipe and shall be reamed and smoothed to assure a good connection. 10. The Contractor shall lay water pipe to the horizontal and vertical alignment shown on the plans. A minimum four (4) foot cover shall be maintained from finish grade to top of water pipe 12 inches in diameter or greater. For pipe diameters less than 12 inches a minimum 3 feet of cover shall be maintained. Fittings shall be installed at the location shown on the plans, or as required. 11. Contractor shall remove and/or control any water encountered during trenching operations to prevent entry of water and other deleterious material into the pipe and fittings. 12. To prevent dirt and other foreign material from entering the pipe and fittings during handling and installation, Contractor shall protect the open end of the pipe with a water tight plug at all times, except when jointing the next section of pipe. 13. Under no circumstances shall pipe deflections, either horizontal or vertical, exceed the manufacturer's printed recommendations. Where deflections would exceed the manufacturer's recommendations, Contractor shall use fittings. 14. Vertical deflections to avoid obstructions that exceed allowable water pipe joint deflections shall be accomplished by the use of fittings, and either joint restraints or vertical thrust blocking conforming to the plans. Additional fittings to those indicated on the plans will be required to accomplish these vertical deflections. 15. All joints within 50 feet of tees, or bends greater than, or equal to 45 degrees, shall be restrained. 16. Continuous water service shall be provided for all structures, except for interruptions necessary for connection of temporary or new piping to the existing service or mainline piping. 17. Interruption of water services, disconnected or interrupted as a part of this Project, shall be limited to four (4) hours. Notification of the residents and building managers affected by any water service interruptions shall be made a minimum of 24 hours in advance of the interruption of service. 18. The Contractor shall maintain continuous water service at a volume and pressure to match existing, to all structures, with either existing, temporary or new piping, except as provided in this Section. 19. Installation of copper pipe shall comply with manufacturer printed specifications. The Contractor shall ensure appropriate and proper fit up prior to installation. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 33 – UTILITIES SECTION 33 11 00– WATER UTILITY DISTRIBUTION Contract No. CAG-25-044 33 11 00 - 10 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 C. Marker Tape and Tracer Wire: 1. Provide marker tape and tracer wire continuously along length of the pipe. 2. Tracer wire shall be continuous, unbroken wire without joints. Bring wire to surface at valve box risers. Provide 3 feet extra wire in riser. 3.5. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Contractor shall employ an independent material testing and special inspections firm, as required by Owner. B. Comply with City of Renton Requirements. C. Compaction Testing: Per SECTION 31 23 23.15 – TRENCH BACKFILL. D. Engineer Inspection: After completion of pipe, valves, fittings and bedding, but before backfilling. 3.6. PRESSURE TESTS A. Comply with City of Renton requirements. 3.7. FLUSHING, TESTING, AND DISINFECTING A. Comply with all City of Renton standards B. Comply with the following WSDOT procedures: C. Disinfection of Water Mains 1. Before being placed into service, new water mains and repaired portions of, or extensions to, existing mains shall be chlorinated, and a satisfactory bacteriological report obtained. In the event two unsatisfactory bacteriological reports are obtained on 2. a section of pipe, the Contractor shall revise his method of disinfection and the form of applied chlorine. END OF SECTION WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 33 – UTILITIES SECTION 33 31 00– SANITARY SEWER UTILITY Contract No. CAG-25-044 33 31 00- 1 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 SECTION 33 31 00 – SANITARY SEWER UTILITY PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1. DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The work in this section shall include all labor, materials, tools and equipment necessary to furnish and install the following items and all other related WORK in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents and as shown on the Plans. 1. Sanitary side sewers (gravity). 2. Sanitary sewer clean-outs (for gravity lines). 3. Sanitary sewer manholes. 4. Sanitary sewer stubs with end caps for future connection. 5. Connection to existing sanitary sewer system. B. This Work includes furnishings and installing connecting bands, branch connections, or other fittings, testing and all appurtenances required to complete the sanitary sewer. 1.2. RELATED SECTIONS A. SECTION 31 23 16 – EXCAVATION B. SECTION 03 23 23.15 – TRENCH BACKFILL C. SECTION 33 40 00 – STORM DRAINAGE UTILITY. 1.3. REFERENCES A. ASTM International (ASTM) 1. ASTM C1773 (2013) Standard Test Method for Monotonic Axial Tensile Behavior of Continuous Fiber-Reinforced Advanced Ceramic Tubular Test Specimens at Ambient Temperature 2. ASTM D3034 (Er. 2006, 2014a) Standard Specification for Type PSM Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings 3. ASTM D3212 (Er. 2007, 2013) Standard Specification for Joints for Drain and Sewer Plastic Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 33 – UTILITIES SECTION 33 31 00– SANITARY SEWER UTILITY Contract No. CAG-25-044 33 31 00- 2 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 4. ASTM D5926 (2011) Standard Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Gaskets for Drain, Waste, and Vent (DWV), Sewer, Sanitary, and Storm Plumbing Systems 5. ASTM F477 (2014) Standard Specification for Elastomeric Seals (Gaskets) for Joining Plastic Pipe 6. ASTM F679 (2016) Standard Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Large-Diameter Plastic Gravity Sewer Pipe and Fittings 7. ASTM D2657 Practice for Heart Fusion Joining of Polyethylene Pipe and Fittings. 8. ASTM D3261 Standard Specification for Butt Heat Fusion Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Fittings for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe and Tubing. B. City of Renton Public Works Design and Construction Standards Plans (Current Edition) C. Washington Department of Transportation (WSDOT) (2025) Standard Specifications – Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction. 1.4. SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer’s literature and specifications for pipe, fittings, castings, check valves, and manholes. B. Manhole structures are to be designed in accordance with the live load factor requirements in the most current version of AASHTO standard Specifications for Highway Bridges. C. Record Drawings: 1. Accurately record actual locations of pipe runs, connections, and invert elevations. 2. Identify and describe unexpected variations to subsoil conditions or discovery of uncharted utilities. 3. Prepare Record Drawings per City of Renton requirements. 1.5. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with the WSDOT Standard Specifications and City of Renton Standards. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 33 – UTILITIES SECTION 33 31 00– SANITARY SEWER UTILITY Contract No. CAG-25-044 33 31 00- 3 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 1.6. DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Handle pipe, fittings, and appurtenances in such a manner as to ensure delivery to the project site and final installation in a sound, undamaged condition. Keep the pipe clean. Load and unload pipe using hoists in a manner to avoid shock or damage, and under no circumstances shall they be dropped, skidded, or rolled against other pipe. Damaged items shall be rejected and removed from the site within 24 hours. 1.7. SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Notify City of services shutdown. Provide notification at least one week prior to discontinuation of service, including estimated duration of shutdown. B. Outages must be scheduled in advance and be limited to no more than three, 48 -hour periods. PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.1. GENERAL A. Comply with City of Renton Standards B. Comply with WSDOT Standard Specifications 2.2. PVC PIPE: A. Bell-and-spigot type with rubber gasket joints conforming to the requirements of Section 9-05.12(1) of the WSDOT Standard Specifications. Schedule: SDR 35. B. Lengths 1. Manufactured and provided in nominal lengths of not less than 10 feet or more than 20 feet. Use shorter pipe lengths to meet special conditions where shown on the Drawings or as approved. C. Pipe Condition: 1. No sun-yellowed pipe will be allowed. D. Fittings compatible with pipe, injection molded, gasket type, and manufactured in accordance with ASTM D3034. Do not use solvent welded joints. 2.3. NONPRESSURE-TYPE TRANSITION COUPLINGS A. Comply with ASTM C1773, elastomeric, sleeve-type, reducing or transition coupling, for joining underground non-pressure piping. Include ends of same sizes as piping to be joined and corrosion-resistant-metal tension band and tightening mechanism on each end. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 33 – UTILITIES SECTION 33 31 00– SANITARY SEWER UTILITY Contract No. CAG-25-044 33 31 00- 4 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 B. Sleeve materials for plastic pipes shall be ASTM F477, elastomeric seal or ASTM D5926, PVC. C. Coupling for dissimilar sanitary sewer pipes shall be ROMAC INDUSTRIES SS1 sewer clamp or approved equal. Gaskets shall be VIRGIN SBR compounded for water and sewer service. Bolts, washers, nuts, lug and shell shall be stainless steel. Connected pipes shall be cut perpendicular and inserted into coupling so that ends are flush. 2.4. CONCRETE A. Concrete shall conform to WSDOT Standard Specification Section 6-02.3(27). 2.5. FRAMES AND GRATES A. Comply with City of Renton Standards. B. Castings are to be load rated as indicated on the drawings. If not indicated, load ratings shall be HS-20. 2.6. WET TAP A. Saddle type connection shall conform to City of Renton Standard Sewer Details. 2.7. CLEAN-OUT FRAME AND COVER A. Frame and cover shall be locking type, Olympic Foundry #M 1025 or Engineer- approved equal. 2.8. UNDERGROUND LOCATOR TAPE A. Underground locator tape shall be green, at least 4 inches wide, four mil thick, polyethylene tape, with a metallic backing capable of being traced with locators. The tape shall have black letters with the following wording: “Caution: Sewer Line Buried Below.” The locator tape shall be installed 12 inches above the top of all sewer mains and services. B. Tracer wire shall be TWHN or TWHH #10. Tape shall be sewer tracer tape or magnetic sewer tracer tape. PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.1. EXAMINATION A. Site Verification of Conditions: 1. Verify excavation is ready to receive Work and excavations, dimensions, and elevations as indicated on Drawings. 2. Verify existing utilities have been marked. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 33 – UTILITIES SECTION 33 31 00– SANITARY SEWER UTILITY Contract No. CAG-25-044 33 31 00- 5 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 3. Verify erosion control is in place and operating properly. 4. Verify inverts at points of connection and verify minimum grade can be maintained. Pothole, expose pipes, determine invert elevations, verify dimensions, and inform the Engineer of deviations affecting design prior to mobilizing crews and beginning construction. 5. Verify and coordinate location of existing pressure sewer on float and adjust locations to match. 3.2. PREPARATION A. Protection: 1. Protect elements surrounding Work of this section from damage or disfiguration. 2. Protect existing utilities from damage and disturbance. Provide shoring to support existing utilities and their support prism or remove and replace utilities where shoring is not practical. Removing and replacing to be performed per utility owner’s standards. 3. Keep excavation free of standing water. 4. Protect finished Work, pipe, and bedding from damage or displacement until backfilling operation is in progress. 5. Protect finished and backfilled work from damage. 3.3. INSTALLATION A. Excavation, Foundation, and Bedding: In accordance with Sections: 1. SECTION 31 23 16 – EXCAVATION 2. SECTION 03 23 23.15 – TRENCH BACKFILL B. Connection to Existing System: 1. Comply with City of Renton Standards. 2. Remove debris by screening flushing water prior to discharge to existing sewer system. C. Pipe Installation (Gravity Pipe): 1. Comply with City of Renton and WSDOT Standards. 2. Follow manufacturer’s installation procedures. 3. Lay pipe to line and grade indicated in Drawings. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 33 – UTILITIES SECTION 33 31 00– SANITARY SEWER UTILITY Contract No. CAG-25-044 33 31 00- 6 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 4. Maintain line and grade for straight sections with laser beam operated by qualified personnel. Check line and grade constantly. If they do not meet specified limits, stop work immediately and remedy the cause before proceeding. 5. Provide equipment required to control flow and conveyance of sewage at connections to existing manholes and at locations where construction disrupts existing sewer mains. 6. All PVC and concrete pipe, including side sewer stubs, shall have tracer wire and sewer tracer tape. Tracer shall be 18 inches below ground level. 3.4. SITE TOLERANCES A. Variance from established line and grade for gravity sewers shall not be greater than 1/32 of an inch per inch of pipe diameter and or not to exceed ½-inch, provided that such variation does not result in a level or reverse sloping invert. B. Allowable deviation shall not be accumulative. C. Sewer shall be constructed to provide the cover and direction of slope as shown. D. The slope need not be constant but no high or low points shall exist in finished installation except as shown. 3.5. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Tests: 1. Comply with City of Renton requirements. 2. Provide all test equipment and personnel to prepare for and perform test. 3. Perform test after backfilling is complete. 4. Plug wyes, tees, and stubs with flexible jointed plugs or acceptable alternate. Fasten securely to withstand internal test pressure. 5. Perform pump station test with water and check pumping rate. B. Inspection: 1. Comply with City of Renton requirements. 2. Provide for inspection by Engineer after completion of pipe, and bedding, and prior to backfilling. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 33 – UTILITIES SECTION 33 31 00– SANITARY SEWER UTILITY Contract No. CAG-25-044 33 31 00- 7 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 3.6. CLEANING A. Comply with City of Renton and WSDOT requirements. B. Prevent debris and foreign matter from entering sewer system. Provide screen at downstream end of cleaning to trap debris. Remove and dispose of debris. END OF SECTION WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 33 – UTILITIES SECTION 33 40 00– STORM DRAINAGE UTILITY Contract No. CAG-25-044 33 40 00- 1 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 SECTION 33 40 00 – STORM DRAINAGE UTILITY PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1. DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The work in this section shall include all labor, materials, tools and equipment necessary to furnish and install the following storm drainage components and all other related Work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents and as shown on the Plans. 1. Storm Drain Pipe 2. Catch Basins, Manholes and Area Drains 3. Perforated Underdrain Pipe 4. Clean Outs 5. Trench Drains 1.2. RELATED SECTIONS A. SECTION 31 23 16 – EXCAVATION B. SECTION 03 30 00 – CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE C. SECTION 03 21 00 – STEEL REINFORCEMENT D. SECTION 31 23 23.15 – TRENCH BACKFILL 1.3. REFERENCES A. ASTM International (ASTM) – ASTM D1557 (2012) Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort B. City of Renton Public Works Design and Construction Standards Plans (Current Edition) C. Washington State Department of Transportation (WSDOT) – (2025) Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction. Standard Plans for Road and Bridge Construction 1.4. SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Catalog cut sheets and specifications for pipe, fittings, manholes, catch basins, trench drains, castings, treatment systems and accessories. B. Manufacturer’s Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures required to install products specified. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 33 – UTILITIES SECTION 33 40 00– STORM DRAINAGE UTILITY Contract No. CAG-25-044 33 40 00- 2 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 C. Manholes and drainage structures to be designed in accordance with the live load factor requirements in the most current version of ASHTO Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges. D. Where indicated on the drawings, the contractor shall provide information on the location, elevation, size, and type of existing utilities and provide to the engineer. E. Record Documents: 1. Provide field survey of all inverts and structure lid elevations. 2. Identify and describe unexpected variations to subsoil conditions not noted on Drawings. 3. Identify and describe discovery of uncharted utilities not noted on drawings. 4. Prepare Record Drawings per City of Renton requirements. 1.5. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications: 1. Surveyor: Land Surveyor licensed in state of Washington with experience surveying underground utilities. 2. Crew Foreman: a. Minimum ten years’ working experience and six years’ experience as foreman performing similar work. B. Pre-Installation Meetings: 1. Schedule and attend meeting prior to beginning work. 2. Meeting to comply with City of Renton requirements. C. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with City of Renton Standards. PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.1. GENERAL A. Comply with City of Renton Standards. B. Comply with WSDOT Standard Specifications. 2.2. AGGREGATE A. Bedding: per SECTION 31 23 23.15 – TRENCH BACKFILL. B. Gravel Backfill for Drains: WSDOT 9-03.12(4). WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 33 – UTILITIES SECTION 33 40 00– STORM DRAINAGE UTILITY Contract No. CAG-25-044 33 40 00- 3 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 2.3. STORM DRAIN PIPE A. Pipe, Fittings and Coupling Bands: Per WSDOT Standard Specifications Section 9-05; use water tight couplings for all pipes. B. Acceptable Pipe Materials: 1. PVC: WSDOT Section 9-05.12 2. Polypropylene Storm Sewer Pipe: WSDOT Section 9-05.24 2.4. PERFORATED UNDERAIN PIPE A. Pipe, Fittings and Coupling Bands: Per WSDOT Standard Specifications Section 9-05; use water tight couplings for all pipes. B. Acceptable Pipe Materials: 1. Perforated PVC Underdrain Pipe: WSDOT Section 9-05.2(6) 2. Perforated Corrugated Polyethylene Underdrain Pipe: WSDOT 9-05.2(7) 2.5. CATCH BASINS AND INLETS A. Comply with City of Renton Standards. B. Load rating: Structures to be load rated as indicated on drawings, if not indicated minimum load rating shall be HS-20. C. Catch Basins: 1. Catch Basin Type 1: City of Renton Standard Plan 200. 2.6. METAL CASTINGS A. Comply with City of Renton Standards. B. Load rating: Castings to be load rated as indicated on drawings, if not indicated minimum load rating shall be HS-20. C. Frame and Cover: Lettering “STORM”. D. Locking type. E. Grates in pedestrian access areas comply with ADA requirements. F. Lids for catch basins shall be rectangular solid metal covers per City of Renton Standard Plan 204.10. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 33 – UTILITIES SECTION 33 40 00– STORM DRAINAGE UTILITY Contract No. CAG-25-044 33 40 00- 4 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 2.7. CONCRETE A. Minimum f’c of 3,000 psi. 2.8. LEAN CONCRETE A. WSDOT Standard Specifications Section 6-02.3(2)D. B. Concrete Reinforcement: Per SECTION 03 21 00 – STEEL REINFORCEMENT. 2.9. AREA DRAINS A. Manufacturer and model as indicated on the drawings. 2.10. CLEAN OUTS A. Per City of Renton standards. 2.11. TRENCH DRAINS A. Concrete: Per SECTION 03 30 00 – CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE. B. Concrete Reinforcement: Per SECTION 03 20 00 – CONCRETE REINFORCEING. C. STRAIGHT TRENCH DRAIN 1. Trench Drain Channel and Frame Product: 4” Wide Precast Trench Drain by Dura Trench®, or approved equal shall be used. a. Channel shall be compatible with frame and grate. b. Frame shall be HS20 load rated (heavy duty), black powder coated steel. 2. Grate Product: 5” Wide ADA Heel-Proof Ductile Iron Trench Drain Grate | Heavy Duty by Dura Trench®, or approved equal shall be used. a. Grate shall be HS20 load rated (heavy duty) and black powder coated. b. Grate shall be non‐slip and ADA compliant. D. RADIAL TRENCH DRAIN 1. Trench Drain Channel and Frame Product: 4” Wide TrueRadius Trench Drain by Dura Trench®, or approved equal shall be used. a. Channel shall be compatible with frame and grate. b. Frame shall be HS20 load rated (heavy duty), black powder coated steel. c. Channel and frame shall match radius shown in Plans. 2. Grate Product: 5” Wide ADA Heel-Proof Ductile Iron TrueRadius Trench Drain Grate | Heavy Duty by Dura Trench®, or approved equal shall be used. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 33 – UTILITIES SECTION 33 40 00– STORM DRAINAGE UTILITY Contract No. CAG-25-044 33 40 00- 5 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 a. Grate shall be HS20 load rated (heavy duty) and black powder coated. b. Grate shall be non‐slip and ADA compliant. c. Grate shall match radius shown in Plans. PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.1. EXAMINATION A. Site Verification of Conditions, Contractor shall: 1. Verify excavation is ready to receive Work; and excavations, dimensions, and elevations are as indicated on Drawings. 2. Verify existing utilities are marked. 3. Verify erosion control is in place and operating as specified. 3.2. PROTECTION A. Protection, Contractor shall: 1. Protect elements surrounding Work from damage or disfiguration. 2. Protect existing utilities from damage and disturbance. Provide shoring to support existing utilities and their support prism or remove and replace utilities where shoring is practical. 3. Field locate and mark existing utilities, whether shown or not, before construction and avoid damage or disturbance. Protect, maintain, and repair, where damaged. For aid in utility location call 811, 48 hours (two working days) before beginning construction. 4. Field stake alignment and grade. 5. Maintain existing drainage during construction. Provide temporary ditches, drains, pipe, sumps, and pumps as required. 3.3. CONSTRUCTION A. Excavation, Contractor shall: 1. Comply with SECTION 31 23 16 – EXCAVATION 2. Remove stones larger than 2 inches or other hard matter which could damage piping or impede consistent backfilling or compaction. B. Pipe, Contractor shall: 1. Install per manufacturer’s recommended procedures, ASTM standards, and WSDOT Standard Specifications. 2. Maintain line and grade per Drawings. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 33 – UTILITIES SECTION 33 40 00– STORM DRAINAGE UTILITY Contract No. CAG-25-044 33 40 00- 6 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 3. Join pipe per Manufacturer’s recommended procedures and WSDOT Standard Specifications. C. Catch Basins and Storm Drain Manholes, Contractor shall: 1. Comply with manufacturers recommendations. 2. Comply with WSDOT Section 7-05. 3. Form bottom of excavation clean and smooth to correct elevation. 4. Place base sections on 12-inch-thickness minimum compacted bedding. Smooth and level to ensure uniform contact and support. Where sub grade cannot be compacted due to excess moisture, provide lean concrete pad with minimum 12 inches thick. 5. Extend bedding to limits of excavation. 6. Compact bedding to 95 percent of maximum density per ASTM D1557. Verify alignment and elevation of entering pipes. 7. Construct structures plumb and level. 8. Make completed manhole rigid, true to dimensions, and water tight. 9. Backfill evenly around structure to prevent displacement and unequal stresses. 10. Ensure lift holes are wet and fill with mortar inside and out. 11. Smooth and point structure joints inside and out. Ensure water tightness. 12. Remove loops flush with inside wall surface after manhole is completed for pre- cast manhole elements where steel loops are provided in lieu of lift holes. 13. Remove sharp cutoff protrusions. If concrete spalling occurs as a result of loop removal, restore spalled area to a uniform smooth surface with cement mortar. D. Backfilling, Contractor shall: 1. Comply with 03 23 23.15 – TRENCH BACKFILL. E. Trench Drains, Contractor shall: 1. Comply with WSDOT Section 7‐08. Prepare trench drain trench subgrade in a similar manner to pipe trench. 2. Pour concrete trench drain foundation around set trench drain sections. Ensure trench drain sections are joined and meet line and grade. 3. Install in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions and approved submittals. 4. Install in proper relationship with adjacent construction. WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 33 – UTILITIES SECTION 33 40 00– STORM DRAINAGE UTILITY Contract No. CAG-25-044 33 40 00- 7 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 3.4. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Compaction Testing: Per SECTION 31 23 23.15 – TRENCH BACKFILL. B. Engineer Inspection: After completion of pipe, catch basins, area drains, manholes, cleanouts, trench drains, and bedding, and before backfilling. 3.5. CLEANING A. Before final acceptance, flush accumulated construction debris and remove other foreign matter from storm drains. Do not allow flushed material to enter downstream system. 3.6. CCTV INSPECTION A. All newly installed and newly-rehabilitated (public and private) Storm Drain main lines shall be inspected by means of remote CCTV. CCTV inspections and reports shall be submitted to the City of Renton inspector assigned to the project prior to receiving approval to install project curbs, gutters and/or pavement. B. The Contractor shall perform all CCTV inspections in accordance with the National Association of Sewer Service Companies (NASSCO) Pipeline Assessment Certification Program (PACP). C. All CCTV operators shall have current NASSCO PACP certification. D. CCTV inspections shall be recorded in a GraniteNet compatible format database using the latest software version and submitted with electronic links between the data and the video on an External HDD, DVD or Flash Drive. E. All CCTV inspection reports shall be within +/- two (2) feet of the measured linear footage between manholes along the existing pipeline centerline from the start of pipe to end of pipe. F. All Owner and PACP required header information must be fully and accurately entered on all CCTV reports. Work not following these specifications will be rejected and the Contractor shall be required to re-CCTV the work. G. The documentation of the work shall consist of PACP CCTV Reports, PACP database which will have a .MDB or .MDF file extension, logs, electronic reports, etc. noting important features encountered during the inspection. The speed of travel shall be slow enough to inspect each pipe joint, tee connection, structural deterioration, infiltration and inflow sources, and deposits, but should not, at any time, be faster than 30 feet per minute, except as noted otherwise in this document. The camera must be centered in the pipe to provide accurate distance measurements to provide locations of features in the sewer and these footage measurements shall be displayed and documented on the video. All PACP Observations shall be identified by audio and on a PACP log. All video must be continuously metered from manhole to WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 DIVISION 33 – UTILITIES SECTION 33 40 00– STORM DRAINAGE UTILITY Contract No. CAG-25-044 33 40 00- 8 World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 manhole. All video recording shall be continuous from structure to structure with no “pausing” of the video recording during each pipeline inspection. The pipe shall be cleaned pr or to the CCTV inspection to ensure all defects, features and observations are seen and logged. Just prior to beginning the CCTV inspection, while the CCTV camera is in place and recording, water (containing dye) shall be introduced into the upstream manhole of each pipe segment until it is observed and recorded flowing past the camera’s field of vision in its entirety. The CCTV camera shall have a water - level measuring device (ball, cylinder, etc.) attached that has ¼” markings to show the depth of water in the pipe during the CCTV inspection. H. All manholes shall be channeled and coated prior to CCTV inspection. I. Storm drain pipeline shall have no more than ½” of ponding to be considered acceptable. J. The Contractor shall bear all cost incurred in correcting any deficiencies found during television inspection including the cost of any additional television inspection that may be required by the Engineer to verify the correction of said deficiency. END OF SECTION WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 APPENDIX A – CITY OF RENTON CERTIFCATE OF INSURANCE GUIDELINES Contract No. CAG-25-044 APPENDIX A World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 APPENDIX A CITY OF RENTON CERTIFCATE OF INSURANCE GUIDELINES Insurance Guidelines for the City of Renton The City of Renton requires current insurance certificates for one or more of the following lines of coverage and minimum insurance limits: Revised 6/8/23 •$1,000,000 per occurrence and $2,000,000 aggregate for Commercial General Liability (CGL) or Special Event coverage. Limits may be increased for higher than usual or special liability exposures. •$1,000,000 combined single limit for Auto Liability. Required if a commercial vehicle will be used in performance of work or delivery of products, beyond normal commutes. •Proof of Workers’ Compensation coverage, as required by the State of Washington (provide the Washington L&I or excess coverage policy number). •Excess Liability or Umbrella. Required only if needed to reach minimum CGL or auto liability coverage limits. •$1,000,000 Professional Liability. Required if professional services (e.g. architect, engineering, surveying, legal, or medical) are being provided to the city and if those professional services are excluded from the CGL policy. •$1,000,000 Pollution Liability. Required if work involves a pollution risk to the environment. •$2,000,000 Cyber Liability Insurance. Required for information technology professional services agreements. Limits may be higher for special liability exposures. •Builders Risk. May be required up to the amount of the completed value of a new building or major construction project. •$1,000,000 per occurrence Aircraft Liability (Single Limit Bodily Injury and Property Damage Liability). Required coverage only for aircraft tie-down leases. Additional requirements unique to the City of Renton: •Name the City of Renton as a certificate holder and a Primary and Non-Contributory Additional Insured on the policy. This requirement applies to Commercial General, Auto Liability, Excess/ Umbrella, Special Event, and Aircraft Liability policies; it does not apply to Professional Liability, Workers’ Compensation, nor Cyber Insurance. •The Certificate Holder should read: •The City shall be provided with written notice of any policy cancellation within a minimum of two business days of receipt of such notice by the policy holder. •The city does not represent that the minimum required insurance coverage or limits are adequate to protect the vendor/contractor/consultant from all liabilities. •Insurance certificate requirements and minimum limits can only be waived or modified with Risk Manager approval. Direct any questions, comments, or concerns to: Krista Kolaz, Risk Management 425-430-7669 kkolaz@rentonwa.gov City of Renton ATTN: [your City contact’s name & department] 1055 South Grady Way Renton, WA 98057 WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 APPENDIX C – INTERLOCAL AGREEEMENT WITH SEATTLE PUBLIC UTILITY (SPU) Contract No. CAG-25-044 APPENDIX B World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 APPENDIX B GEOTECHNICAL SITE ASSESSMENT FROM PREVIOUSLY PROPOSED PROJECT (FOR REFERENCE ONLY) 0 0 Geotechnical Engineering Services Report Renton Downtown Library Renton, Washington for King County Library System November 2, 2011 GEoENGINEERs 8410 154th Avenue NE Redmond, Washington 98052 425.861.6000 Geotechnical Engineering Services Renton Downtown Library Renton, Washington File Ne.1784015-00 November 2, 2011 Prepared for: King County Library System 960 Newport Way NW Issaquah, Washington 98027-2702 Attention: Kay Johnson Prepared by. GeoEngineers, Inc. 6410154' Avenue NE Redmond, Washington 98052 425.861.6000 Heidi P. Dista, EIT Geotechnical Engineer Matthew W. Smith, PE Principal 1 11 '- HPD: Iw OISOWmer Anyeloo ronic (oma fa tmlle of hard copy of the Wginal document (email, tem, tsve, and/or wrei. IfpNrlded, a cnments are any a copyofthe originaldocument.ThoorlglnaldoaimentistaxedtyGeoEmginears,Inc, and rAllserve asthe ofAdeldocum"i O t 1 Copy OtO 2011 by Geo&gloeers, Irrc, AN rights reserved. 11 7 P fg GEOENGlNEER Table of Contents INTRODUCTION..............................................................................................................................................1 General...................................................................................................................................................1 ProjectDescription.................................................................................................................................1 Purposeand Scope................................................................................................................................1 FIELD EXPLORATIONS..................................................................................................................................1 PREVIOUSSTUDIES......................................................................................................................................1 SITEDESCRIPTION........................................................................................................................................2 SurfaceConditions.......................................................................................................... ....................2 Subsurface Soil Conditions.............................................................................................. ....2 GroundwaterConditions........................................................................................................................ 2 CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS................................................................................................3 Summary................................................................................................................................................3 EarthquakeEngineering........................................................................................................................3 General............................................................................................................................................ 3 Liquefaction..................................................................................................................................... 3 LateralSpreading............................................................................................................................4 OtherSeismic Hazards...................................................................................................................4 2009 IBC Seismic Design Information...........................................................................................4 FoundationSupport...............................................................................................................................5 General............................................................................................................................................ 5 GroundImprovement................................................•--..........................................................................5 General............................................................................................................................................ 5 LeanAugercast Columns...............................................................................................................5 ShallowFoundations.............................................................................................................................7 AllowableBearing Pressure............................................................................................................7 Settlement....................................................................................................................................... 7 Sizeand Embedment......................................................................................................................7 LateralResistance.......................................................................................................................... 7 Construction Considerations..........................................................................................................8 ConstructionDewatering.......................................................................................................................8 FoundationDrains...............................................................................................................•---.............. 8 Slab -on -Grade Floors.............................................................................................................................8 SubgradePreparation.....................................................................................................................8 DesignParameters..........................................................................................................................9 Earthwork............................................................................................. ........... 9 ExcavationConsiderations............................................................................................................. 9 Clearingand Site Preparation......................................................................................................10 SubgradePreparation...................................................................................................................10 StructuralFill.................................................................................................................................10 TemporaryCut Slopes...................................................................................................................11 Sedimentation and Erosion Control.............................................................................................12 PavementRecommendations.....-----..................................................................................................12 GfoENGINEER November 2, 2611 Page File Na. 1784-015-00 SubgradePreparation...................................................................................................................12 AsphaltPavement............................................................................................................ .........12 Portland Cement Concrete Pavement.........................................................................................13 Recommended Additional Geotechnical Services.............................................................................13 LIMITATIONS...............................................................................................................................................14 REFERENCES..............................................................................................................................................14 LIST OF FIGURES Figure 1. Vicinity Map Figure 2. Site Plan APPENDICES Appendix A. Field Explorations Figures A-1 and A-2 - Log of CPT Appendix B. Previous Studies Appendix C. Report Limitations and Guidelines for Use Page H November2, 2011 GeoEngineers, Inc. Re Na. 1784-015-0G RENTON DOWNTOWN LIBRARY Re Washington INTRODUCTION General This report presents the results of GeoEngineers' geotechnical engineering services for the Renton Downtown Library in Renton, Washington. The location of the site and general configuration of the proposed building are shown on the Vicinity Map and Site Plan, Figures 1 and 2, respectively. Project Description The Renton Downtown Library site comprises about 0.25 acres and is currently occupied by an existing masonry building. The existing retail structure (approximately 12,185 square feet) occupies the entire lot, with associated street parking along South 3rd Street and in the alley just north of the structure. The property is bordered by Gateway Park and its associated parking lot to the east, South 31d Street to the south, an existing structure (St. Paul Ministries) to the west, and an alley to the north. The development is currently planned to be a new library building with no below grade levels. This work will require demolition of the existing masonry building. Purpose and Scope The purpose of our services is to evaluate soil and groundwater conditions as a basis for developing design criteria for the geotechnical aspects of the Renton Downtown Library. Field explorations were performed to identify and evaluate subsurface conditions at the site in order to develop engineering recommendations for use in design of the project. GeoEngineers' geotechnical engineering services were completed in general accordance with our services agreement executed on September 14, 2011. FIELD EXPLORATIONS Subsurface conditions were evaluated through a field exploration program that consisted of advancing two cone penetration test (CPT) probes (CPT -1 and CPT -2) to depths of 39 feet and 26 feet below existing grades, respectively. The explorations were completed on the parking lot adjacent to the site, east of the existing masonry building, using truck -mounted equipment. The locations of the CPT probes are shown on the Site Plan, Figure 2. A detailed description of the field exploration program is presented in Appendix A, Field Explorations. PREVIOUS STUDIES The logs of borings from the geotechnical engineering report by Geotech Consultants, Inc. titled "Proposed Mixed -Use Building, 2XX Logan Avenue South in Renton, Washington," dated August 26, 1997, were reviewed as part of this study. During that study, four borings (B-1, B-2, B-3 GEOENGINEERS Novembet 2, 2011 I Pagel File No. 1 i 84-015-00 RENTON DOWNTOWN LIBRARY Renton, Washington and B-4) were drilled at the site to depths of 31 to 41.5 feet. See Figure 2 for the approximate locations of the borings. The logs of selected previous borings are presented in Appendix B. SITE DESCRIPTION Surface Conditions The Renton Downtown library site is bounded by South 3,d Street to the south, Gateway Park to the east, St. Paul Ministry Church to the west and a city street with surface parking lot to the north. The site is currently occupied by a one story masonry structure, and a surface parking lot located on the eastern portion of the site. The topography at the site is relatively flat, sloping gently downward from the eastern portion of the site, which is situated at about Elevation 36 feet, to about Elevation 34 feet along the west portion of the site. Several underground utilities are located on and around the site. Two City of Seattle water mains are located north of the site, with diameters of 56 -inches and 66 -inches. Buried gas utilities are present on the east side of the site. Vegetation adjacent to the site consists of deciduous trees and ornamental landscaping north of the existing building. No surface water features were observed at the site. Subsurface Soil Conditions The CPT results for the site indicate that the site is underlain by two main soil units, near surface silt and clay soils and underlying alluvial sand deposits. The two soil units consisted of the following: 0 SILT AND CLAY: Interlayered deposits of very soft to soft clay, silty clay and clayey silt were encountered in both CPT's (CPT -1 and CPT -2) from below the pavement surface to depths of approximately 11.5 to 15 feet below existing grades. ALLUVIAL SAND DEPosrrs: Medium dense to very dense alluvial sand deposits were encountered beneath the silt and clay soils in both explorations. The alluvial sand deposits generally consist of sand and gravel with occasional interbedded layers of silt. The alluvial sand deposits extended to the depth explored (both CPT explorations met refusal in very dense layers of the alluvial sand deposits). Groundwater Conditions Groundwater was encountered at approximate depths ranging from 12 to 15 feet below existing grades in borings completed in the site vicinity. Groundwater levels will vary as a function of season, precipitation and other factors. Paget November2,2011 GeoEngineers,lnc, File No. 1784-015.00 RENTON DOWNTOWN LIBRARY Re Washington CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS Summary A summary of the primary geotechnical considerations is provided below. The summary is presented for introductory purposes only and should be used in conjunction with the complete recommendations presented in this report. Due to the presence of both compressible and liquefiable soils in the planned building area, the use of either deep foundations or spread foundations with ground improvement is recommended to meet static and seismic settlement tolerances. In our opinion, the most cost effective foundation support option is the use of ground improvement and shallow foundations. General recommendations are provided below for ground improvement (lean augercast columns), which is the selected ground improvement methodology. a Shallow foundations supported on ground improved with lean augercast columns may be designed using an allowable bearing value of 3,000 pounds per square feet (psf). The allowable bearing value may be increased by one-third for short duration loads such as wind or seismic events. If ground improvement is implemented as recommended, then conventional slabs -on -grade are appropriate. m Because the site is underlain by potentially liquefiable soils, the site is designated as seismic Soil Profile Type F per the 2009 International Building Code (IBC). Given that the planned structure is expected to have a fundamental period of vibration equal to or less than 0.5 seconds, a site response analysis is not required to determine the spectral accelerations and the site class can be determined in accordance with Section of 20.3 of ASCE 7. Per ASCE 7, the site is best characterized as Site Class D. m The soils encountered on site can be characterized as compressible and potentially liquefiable. The results of our liquefaction analyses indicate that portions of the alluvial sand deposits present below the groundwater table are potentially liquefiable during a design earthquake. Liquefaction -induced settlement is estimated to range up to 3 inches for the design earthquake level of shaking. Our specific geotechnical recommendations are presented in the following sections of this report. Earthquake Engineering General GeoEngineers evaluated the site for seismic hazards including liquefaction. Our analyses indicate that the site has a low to moderate risk of liquefaction induced settlement during a design level earthquake. The liquefaction hazard and building code site coefficients are discussed in detail below_ Llquelaction Liquefaction refers to the condition by which vibration or shaking of the ground, usually from earthquake forces, results in the development of excess pore pressures in saturated soils with subsequent loss of strength in the deposit of soil so affected. In general, soils that are susceptible GEoENGINEER November 2, 2011 Page Fiervo 1784-015.00 RENTON OO"""OWN LIBRARY Renton. Washington to liquefaction include very loose to medium dense clean to silty sands and some silts that are below the water table. The results of our analyses indicate that a portion of the medium dense to very dense alluvial sands deposits encountered in the explorations have a low to moderate potential for liquefaction during a design earthquake event. The evaluation of liquefaction potential is a complex procedure and is dependent on numerous site parameters, including soil grain size, soil density, site geometry, static stress, and the design ground acceleration. Typically, the liquefaction potential of a site is evaluated by comparing the cyclic stress ratio (CSR), which is the ratio of the cyclic shear stress induced by an earthquake to the initial effective overburden stress, to the cyclic resistance ratio (CRR), which is the soils resistance to liquefaction. Estimation of the CSR and the CRR were completed using empirical methods (Youd, et al., 2001). Estimated ground settlement resulting from earthquake -induced liquefaction was analyzed using empirical procedures based on correlations from the CPT results (Tokimatsu and Seed, 1987; Ishihara and Yoshimine, 1992). Our analyses indicate that during a design earthquake, settlements caused by liquefaction of portion of the alluvial sand deposits encountered on the explorations could range up to 3 inches. Latera! Spreading Lateral spreading involves lateral displacement of large, surficial blocks of soil as the underlying soil layer liquefies. Because there is a potential for liquefaction, there is also risk of lateral spreading. Due to the fact that there is no free surface near the project vicinity, the liquefiable soil layers are relatively thin, and the geographic distance to Cedar River, the potential for lateral spreading is considered to be low for the Renton Downtown Library site. Other Seismic Hazards Due to the location of the site and the site's topography, the risk of adverse impacts resulting from seismically induced slope instability, differential settlement, or surface displacement due to faulting is considered to be low. 2009 IBC Seismic Design Information We recommend the use of the following 2009 IBC parameters for soil profile type, short period spectral response acceleration (Ss), 1 -second period spectral response acceleration (Si) and seismic coefficients (FA and Fv) for the project site. 2009 IBC Parameter Recommended Value Soil Profile Type D Short Period Spectral Response Acceleration, Ss (percent g) 142.9 1 -Second Period Spectral Response Acceleration, Si (percent g) 48.9 Seismic Coefficient, FA 1.0 Seismic Coefficient, Fv 1.51 Page Novennber2,2011 GeoEngineers.Inc. Fie No. 1784-015-00 RENTON DOWNTOWN LIBRARY Re Washington Foundation Support General The feasibility of deep foundations and several ground improvement methods was explored for the Renton Downtown Library building. The proximity to nearby structures precluded the use of driven piles, stone columns and rammed aggregate piers because of the associated noise and vibrations. While augercast piles are considered feasible, requirements for full -depth reinforcement in liquefiable soils combined with cost of piles, pile caps and grade beams for this relatively light structure made this not the preferred foundation support option. We also explored the feasibility of a mat foundation bearing on native soil, but the concern for excessive foundation settlements under static and seismic loading made this not the preferred option. After exploring these options, we concluded that shallow foundations bearing on improved soil is the preferred foundation alternative. More detailed recommendations are presented below. Ground Improvement General Due to the presence of both compressible and liquefiable soils in the planned building area, the use of either deep foundations or spread foundations with ground improvement is recommended to meet static and seismic settlement tolerances. After exploring several options, the preferred foundation support option is the use of ground improvement and shallow foundations. General recommendations are provided below for ground improvement (lean augercast columns) which is the preferred ground improvement methodology. Should augercast piles be preferred by the project team, GeoEngineers should be contacted to develop augercast pile design recommendations. For the Renton Downtown Library site, the purposes of ground improvement are twofold: the ground improvement will: 1) mitigate potential liquefaction hazards in the building area and 2) mitigate potential static settlement resulting from consolidation of the near surface cohesive soils. The benefits of ground improvement for this site include: Ground improvement will allow for conventional shallow foundations and slabs -on -grade both of which are anticipated to result in more efficient and more cost effective construction. Without ground improvement, a structural slab with suspended utilities may be necessary to reduce post earthquake settlement of the slab -on -grade. Ground improvement will mitigate the liquefaction potential in the improved zone and as a result, the near surface improved soil zone will act to minimize differential settlement within the building area. Ground improvement will mitigate the potential static settlement resulting from consolidation of the near surface cohesive soils under the building loads. Lean Augercast Columns Lean concrete augercast columns installed to an approximate depth of 20 to 30 feet below site grades on a variable grid pattern have been selected as the preferred ground improvement technique for the Renton Downtown Library site. The design concept with the use of lean concrete augercast columns is similar to that of compaction grouting, stone columns (vibro replacement) or GMENGINEERNovember 2, 2011 Page 5 FUN,,) 1763-015-00 RENTON DOWNTOWN LIBRARY Renton, Washington rammed aggregate piers (also known as Geopiers)—to densify and reinforce the compressible/potentially liquefiable soils. The purpose of the lean concrete augercast columns placed in a grid pattern is to provide a significantly higher strength material capable of dissipating building loads in a less concentrated manor and to provide a `block' of a composite soil and lean concrete material that will reduce the potential for differential settlement during seismic loading. Advantages with the use of lean augercast columns include: 1) lean concrete augercast columns are more economical than augercast piles (shorter length, no reinforcement, and allows for the use of conventional spread footings/slabs-on-grade), 2) there is minimal disturbance of adjacent structures during installation, 3) the equipment (augercast pile equipment) provides a cased hole for installation of the column, and 4) because there is a lower level of construction noise (i.e. no pile driving), there will be lesser impacts to nearby businesses/residences/buried utilities during construction. Alternative ground improvement technologies are not preferred for the Downtown Renton Library site for the following reasons: a Stone columns have a high potential for damage to adjacent improvements due to the proximity of the adjacent improvements to the site. a Rammed aggregate piers are not practical below the water table due to caving of the sands below the water table. a Compaction grouting is considered problematic due to the difficulty in achieving a column of grout in the near surface soils consistently (due to the inability to build sufficient pressure to displace the existing soils). Lean augercast columns are constructed using a continuous flight hollow stem auger attached to a set of leads supported by a crane. The first step in the column casting process consists of drilling the auger into the ground to the specified tip elevation of the column. Grout is then pumped through the hollow stem auger upon steady withdrawal of the auger and replaces the soils removed on the flights of the auger. The benefit of using lean augercast columns in this site is that the auger provides support for the soils during the column installation process, thus eliminating the need for temporary casing or drilling fluid. The layout/design of the lean augercast columns will be completed once the building design has been finalized. For preliminary design and pricing purposes, we provide the following preliminary design information for ground improvement: a 18 to 24 -inch -diameter columns; a Use a 5 to 7 foot triangular lean augercast column spacing for column, strip, and mat foundations; a Use a S to 10 foot triangular column spacing for slab -on -grade areas; a Lean augercast columns will extend from the bottom of foundation elevation to approximately 20 to 30 feet below existing site grades; and Access for the lean augercast column equipment (crane and grout truck) will be necessary. Given the soft condition of the near surface soils, construction access improvements will likely Page 6 November 2, 2011 GeoEngineers, Inc. Fide No. 1784-015-00 RENTON DOWNTOWN LIBRARY Re Washington be required. This can consist of leaving the existing slab -on -grade and pave ment/h a rdscape in place as a working surface or removal of the pave ment/sla b -on -gra de/ha rdsca pe and a layer of the near surface soils and replacing them with granular fill, crushed rock or quarry spalls. Alternatively, the use of cement treatment can be used to provide a trafficable working surface. GeoEngineers can assist the project team with preparation of the ground improvement plan and specifications once the foundation layout and building loads have been finalized. Shallow Foundations As described above, shallow foundations bearing on ground improved with lean concrete augercast columns is the preferred foundation support system. The following sections provide recommendations for design of shallow foundations. Allowable Bearing Pressure For foundations constructed as recommended in this report and bearing on improved ground, we recommend using an allowable bearing pressure of 3 kips per square foot (ksf) for shallow foundations. The allowable soil bearing pressure applies to the total of dead and long-term live loads and may be increased by up to one-third for wind or seismic loads. The allowable soil bearing pressures are net values. Settlement Provided that loose soil is removed and that the subgrade is prepared as recommended under Construction Considerations" below, we estimate that the total static settlement of shallow foundations will be about 1 inch or less. The settlements will occur rapidly, essentially as loads are applied. differential settlements between footings could be half of the total settlement. !Vote that smaller settlements will result from lower applied loads. Size and Embedment We recommend that the exterior footings be founded a minimum of 18 inches below the lowest adjacent grade. Interior footings should be founded a minimum of 12 inches below top of slab. Continuous wall footings and individual column footings should have minimum widths of 24 inches. Lateral Resistance Lateral foundation loads may be resisted by passive resistance on the sides of footings and by friction on the base of the shallow foundations. For shallow foundations supported on improved ground, the allowable frictional resistance may be computed using a coefficient of friction of 0.35 applied to vertical dead -load forces. The allowable passive resistance may be computed using an equivalent fluid density of 300 pounds per cubic foot (pcf) (triangular distribution). These values are appropriate for foundation elements that are surrounded by structural fill. The above coefficient of friction and passive equivalent fluid density values incorporate a factor of safety of about 1.5. GEoENGINEERSNovember2, 2011 Page 7 F€Ee No. 1764-015-00 RENTON DOWNTOWN LIBRARY Renton, Washington Construction Considerations We recommend that the condition of all subgrade areas be observed by GeoEngineers to evaluate whether the work is completed in accordance with our recommendations and whether the subsurface conditions are as anticipated. If soft areas are present at the footing subgrade elevation, the soft areas should be removed and replaced with lean concrete or structural fill at the direction of GeoEngineers. In such instances, the zone of structural fill should extend laterally beyond the footing edges a horizontal distance at least equal to the thickness of the fill. The near surface soils are susceptible to softening from water or construction traffic. If necessary, we recommend that the contractor be prepared to pour a mud mat consisting of lean concrete across the exposed foundation subgrade to protect it from softening during wet weather conditions or where groundwater seepage is present. Construction Dewatering Dewatering during construction is not anticipated except for deep utility trenches. Based on the soil conditions and our experience in the area, we expect that groundwater in excavations less than about 1 to 2 feet below the static groundwater level can be controlled by open pumping using sump pumps. If excavations deeper than 2 feet below the water table are required, GeoEngineers should be contacted to provide guidance to the project team regarding temporary dewatering. Foundation Drains We recommend that a perimeter foundation drain be installed around the building. The perimeter drain should be provided with cleanouts and should consist of a 4 -inch -diameter perforated pipe placed on a 4 -inch -thick bed of, and surrounded by 6 inches of, drainage aggregate enclosed in a non -woven geotextile fabric such as Mirafi 14ON (or approved equivalent) to prevent fine soil from migrating into the drain material. Gradation recommendations for the drainage aggregate are presented below in the "Earthwork" section of this report. We recommend that the drainpipe consist of either heavy -wall solid pipe (SDR -35 polyvinyl chloride [PVC], or equivalent) or rigid corrugated smooth interior polyethylene pipe (ADS W12, or equivalent). We also recommend against using flexible tubing for foundation drainpipes. The perimeter drain should be sloped to drain by gravity, if practicable, to a suitable discharge point, preferably a storm drain. We recommend that the cleanouts be covered and be placed in flush -mounted utility boxes. Water collected in roof downspout lines must not be routed to the foundation drain lines. Slab -on -Grade Floors Subgrade Preparation Given the soft nature of the near surface soils, it is anticipated that improvement will be required to provide access for the ground improvement equipment (crawler crane). This can consist of construction of a granular fill (sand and gravel, crushed rock, shoulder ballast, or quarry spalls) layer at the site or the use of cement treatment. GeoEngineers recommends that site grading be completed such that the final grade of the improved site access (top of the granular fill or cement Page 8 Novernber2, 2011 GeoEngineers, Inc. File No. 1783 U15,911 RENTON DOWNTOWN LIBRARY Re Washington treated soil) coincide with the slab -on -grade subgrade elevation. This will allow for the site access improvement layer to provide firm support for the capillary break layer to be placed below the slab - on -grades. Following construction of the ground improvement, below slab utilities, and shallow foundations, the exposed subgrade should be evaluated. Proof -roiling with heavy, rubber -tired construction equipment should be used for this purpose during dry weather and if access for this equipment is practical. Probing should be used to evaluate the subgrade during periods of wet weather or if access is not feasible for construction equipment. The exposed soil should be firm and unyielding, and without significant groundwater. Disturbed areas should be recompacted if possible or removed and replaced with compacted structural fill. We recommend that the slabs be supported on a 6 -inch thick capillary break layer (described below in Design Parameters) overlying a _6 -inch thick layer of compacted granular structural fill meeting the requirements of Mineral Aggregate Type 17 (bank run gravel), or Minder Aggregate Type 22 (5/a4nch crushed gravel), City of Seattle Standard Specification 9-03.16. Design Parameters Conventional slabs may be supported on -grade, provided the subgrade soils are prepared as recommended in the "Subgrade Preparation" section above. For slabs designed as a beam on an elastic foundation, a modulus of subgrade reaction of 150 pounds per cubic inch (pci) may be used for subgrade soils prepared as recommended. We recommend that the slab -on -grade floors be underlain by a 6 -inch -thick capillary break consisting of material meeting the requirements of Mineral Aggregate Type 22 (5/s -inch crushed gravel), City of Seattle Standard Specification 9-03.16, with the exception that this material should have less than 10 percent sand and less than 3 percent fines. Provided that loose soil is removed and the subgrade is prepared as recommended, we estimate that slabs -on -grade will not settle appreciably under static loading. A vapor barrier should be used below slab -on -grade floors located in occupied portions of the building. Specification of the vapor barrier requires consideration of the performance expectations of the occupied space, the type of flooring planned and other factors, and is typically completed by other members of the project team. Earthwork Excavation Considerations Interbedded layers of soft to medium stiff silts and clays and loose sand with variable amounts of silt were observed in the upper 10 to 15 feet on the explorations. We anticipate that these soils may be excavated with conventional excavation equipment, such as trackhoes or dozers. GEoENGINEER5 Nove mber 2, 2 0 11 Page File Na 17H4 ois-no RENTON DO""' -OWN LIBRARY Renton, Washington Clearing and Site Preparation Construction of the Renton Downtown Library site will require demolition of the existing building, parking areas, sidewalks, and other appurtenant structures. Concrete and asphalt may be recycled and reused as structural fill; otherwise it should be removed from the site along with other construction debris. All existing utilities should be removed from the building footprint and rerouted if needed. Areas to be developed or graded should be cleared of surface and subsurface deleterious matter including any debris, shrubs, trees and associated stumps and roots. Subgrade Preparation The exposed subgrade in hardscape and pavement areas at the site should be evaluated after site excavation is complete. Disturbed areas below slabs and foundations should be recompacted if the subgrade soil consists of granular material. If the subgrade soils consist of disturbed silt, it will likely be necessary to remove and replace the disturbed soil with structural fill unless the silt can be adequately moisture -conditioned and compacted. Structural Rif Fill placed to support structures, placed behind retaining structures, and placed below pavements and sidewalks will need to be specified as structural fill as described below: Structural fill placed behind retaining walls should meet the requirements of Mineral Aggregate Type 17 (bank run gravel), City of Seattle Standard Specification 9-03.16. Structural fill placed below the capillary break layer for slabs -on -grade should meet the requirements of Mineral Aggregate Type 17 (bank run gravel), City of Seattle Standard Specification 9-03.16. Structural fill placed within utility trenches and below pavement and sidewalk areas should meet the requirements of common borrow (WSDOT Standard Specification 9-03.14(3)). Common borrow will be suitable for fill if placed during dry weather. if structural fill is placed during wet weather, it should consist of gravel borrow (WSDOT Standard Specification 9-03.14(1)), with the added exception that the fines content, material passing the U.S. No. 200 sieve, should not exceed 5 percent. Structural fill placed around foundation and wall drains should meet the requirements of gravel backfill for drains (WSDOT Standard Specification 9-03.12(4)). m Structural fill placed for a granular work pad should consist of shoulder ballast conforming to WSDOT Standard Specification 9-03.9(2) or approved alternative. Structural fill placed as crushed surfacing base course below pavements and sidewalks should meet the requirements of crushed surfacing base course (WSDOT Standard Specification 9-03.9(3)). ON-SITE soils. The on-site soils contain relatively high fines content and moisture content expected to exceed the optimum moisture content. The on-site soils typically do not meet the requirements for common borrow and will be unsuitable for use as structural fill. Page 10 November2, 2011 Geo£ngineers, Inc, File ka. 1784 415-00 RENTON DOWNTOWN LIBRARY Re Washington FILL PLACEMENT AND COMPACTION CRITERIA. Structural fill should be mechanically compacted to a firm, non -yielding condition. Structural fill should be placed in loose lifts not exceeding 1 foot in thickness. Each lift should be conditioned to the proper moisture content and compacted to the specified density before placing subsequent lifts. Structural fill should be compacted to the following criteria: Structural fill placed in building areas (supporting foundations or slab -on -grade floors) and in pavement and sidewalk areas (including utility trench backfill) should be compacted to at least 95 percent of the maximum dry density (MDD) estimated in accordance with ASTM D 1557. Structural fill placed against subgrade walls should be compacted to between 90 and 92 percent of the MOD. Care should be taken when compacting fill against subsurface walls to avoid over -compaction and hence overstressing the walls. We recommend that a GeoEngineers representative be present during proof -rolling and/or probing of the exposed subgrade soils in building and pavement areas, and during placement of structural fill. We will evaluate the adequacy of the subgrade soils and identify areas needing further work, perform in-place moisture -density tests in the fill to verify compliance with the compaction specifications, and advise on any modifications to the procedures that may be appropriate for the prevailing conditions. WEATHER CONSIDERATIONS. The on-site soils contain a sufficient percentage of fines (silt and clay) to be moisture -sensitive. When the moisture content of these soils is more than a few percent above the optimum moisture content, these soils become muddy and unstable, and operation of equipment on these soils is difficult. Additionally, disturbance of near -surface soils should be expected if earthwork is completed during periods of wet weather. During wet weather, we recommend that: The ground surface in and around the work area should be sloped so that surface water is directed away from the work area. The ground surface should be graded such that areas of ponded water do not develop. The contractor should take measures to prevent surface water from collecting in excavations and trenches. Measures should be implemented to remove surface water from the work area. Slopes with exposed soils should be covered with plastic sheeting or similar means. The site soils should not be left uncompacted and exposed to moisture. Sealing the surficial soils by rolling with a smooth -drum roller prior to periods of precipitation will reduce the extent to which these soils become wet or unstable. Construction traffic should be restricted to specific areas of the site, preferably areas that are surfaced with materials not susceptible to wet weather disturbance. Construction activities should be scheduled so that the length of time that soils are left exposed to moisture is reduced to the extent practicable. Temporary Cut Slopes Excavations are required for underground utilities. The stability of open cut slopes is a function of soil type, groundwater seepage, slope inclination, slope height and nearby surface loads. The use GEoENGINEERNovember 2, 2011 Page 11 Ric No. 1784,015-130 PENTON 00' _ WN LIBRARY Renton, Washington of inadequately designed open cuts could impact the stability of adjacent work areas, existing utilities, and endanger personnel. The contractor performing the work has the primary responsibility for protection of workmen and adjacent improvements. In our opinion, the contractor will be in the best position to observe subsurface conditions continuously throughout the construction process and to respond to variable soil and groundwater conditions. Therefore, the contractor should have the primary responsibility for deciding whether or not to use open cut slopes for much of the excavations rather than some form of temporary excavation support, and for establishing the safe inclination of the cut slope. Acceptable slope inclinations for utilities and ancillary excavations should be determined during construction. Because of the diversity of construction techniques and available shoring systems, the design of temporary shoring is most appropriately left up to the contractor proposing to complete the installation. Temporary cut slopes and shoring must comply with the provisions of Title 296 WAC, Part N, "Excavation, Trenching and Shoring." Sedimentation and Erosion Control In our opinion, the erosion potential of the on-site soils is low to moderate. Construction activities including stripping and grading will expose soils to the erosional effects of wind and water. The amount and potential impacts of erosion are partly related to the time of year that construction actually occurs. Wet weather construction will increase the amount and extent of erosion and potential sedimentation. Erosion and sedimentation control measures may be implemented by using a combination of interceptor swales, straw bale barriers, silt fences and straw mulch for temporary erosion protection of exposed soils. All disturbed areas should be finish graded and seeded as soon as practicable to reduce the risk of erosion. Erosion and sedimentation control measures should be installed and maintained in accordance with the requirements of the City of Renton. Pavement Recommendations Subgrade Preparation We recommend that the subgrade soils in new pavement and parking areas be evaluated as described above in the "Subgrade Preparation" portion of the "Earthwork" section of this report. We recommend that the upper 12 inches of the existing site soils be compacted to at least 95 percent of the MDD estimated in general accordance with ASTM 1557 prior to placing pavement section materials. If the subgrade soils are loose or soft, it may be necessary to excavate the soils and replace them with structural fill. A layer of suitable woven geotextile fabric may be placed over soft subgrade areas to limit the thickness of structural fill required to bridge soft, yielding areas. Asphalt Pavement In light-duty pavement areas (for example, automobile parking), we recommend a pavement section consisting of at least a 2 -inch -thick layer of 1/2 -inch hot mix asphalt (HMA) (PG 58-22) conforming to Sections 5-04 and 9-03 of the WSDOT Standard Specifications, over a 6 -inch -thick layer of densely compacted crushed rock base course conforming to Section 9-03.9(3) of the WS OT Standard Specifications. In heavy-duty pavement areas (for example, truck traffic and Page 12 November 2, 2011 GeoEngineers, Inc. 4e 10. 1784-015 00 RENTON DOWNTOWN LIBRARY Re Washington materials delivery areas) around the building, we recommend a pavement section consisting of at least a 3 -inch -thick layer of 1/2 -inch HMA (PG 58-22) over a 6 -inch -thick layer of densely compacted crushed rock base course. We recommend that proof -rolling of the compacted base course be observed by a representative from our firm prior to paving. Soft or yielding areas observed during proof -rolling may require over -excavation and replacement with compacted structural fill. The pavement sections recommended above are based on our experience with similar building developments. Thicker asphalt sections may be needed based on the actual traffic data, intended use and performance expectations. Portland Cement Concrete Pavement GeoEngineers understands that portland cement concrete (PCC) pavement might be considered for some areas. We recommend that these pavements consist of at least 6 inches of PCC over 4 inches of crushed surfacing base course. This pavement section should bear on a subgrade prepared as described above. The base course should be compacted to at least 95 percent of the MDD estimated in general accordance with ASTM D 1557. We recommend that PCC pavements incorporate construction joints and/or crack control joints that are spaced maximum distances of 12 feet apart, center -to -center, in both the longitudinal and transverse directions. Crack control joints may be created by placing an insert or groove into the fresh concrete surface during finishing, or by sawcutting the concrete after its initial setup. We recommend that the depth of the crack control joints be approximately one-fourth the thickness of the concrete, or about 11/2 inches deep for the recommended concrete thickness of 6 inches. We also recommend that the crack control joints be sealed with an appropriate sealant to help restrict water infiltration into the joints. Recommended Additional Geotechnical Services Throughout this report, recommendations are provided where we consider additional geotechnical services to be appropriate. These additional services are summarized below: GeoEngineers should be retained to prepare the ground improvement plan and specifications once the foundation loading and layout has been finalized. GeoEngineers should be retained to review the project plans and specifications when complete to confirm that our design recommendations have been implemented as intended. During construction, GeoEngineers should observe the installation of the ground improvement, evaluate the suitability of the foundation subgrades, observe and test structural backfill, observe installation of subsurface drainage measures and provide a summary letter of our construction observation services. The purposes of GeoEngineers construction phase services are to confirm that the subsurface conditions are consistent with those observed in the explorations and other reasons described in Appendix C, Report Limitations and Guidelines for Use. GMENGINEERS November 2, 2011 Page 13 File No, 1764 01500 RENTON DOWN LIBRARY Renton, Washington LIMITATIONS We have prepared this report for use by King County Library System, Miller Hull, Coughlin Porter and Lundeen, and members of the design team for use in design of this project. Within the limitations of scope, schedule and budget, our services have been executed in accordance with generally accepted practices in the field of geotechnical engineering in this area at the time this report was prepared. No warranty or other conditions, express or implied, should be understood. Any electronic form, facsimile or hard copy of the original document (email, text, table, and/or figure), if provided, and any attachments are only a copy of the original document. The original document is stored by GeoEngineers, Inc. and will serve as the official document of record. Please refer to Appendix C titled Report Limitations and Guidelines for Use for additional information pertaining to use of this report. REFERENCES ASCE 7-05, 2006. "Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures," American Society of Civil Engineers, January1, 2006. City of Seattle, 2003, "Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction." International Code Council, 2009, "International Building Code." U.S. Department of Transportation, Federal Highways Administration, 2006, "Reference Manual Volume II, Ground Improvement Methods" FHWA Report No. FHWA-NHI-06-020. U.S. Geological Survey - National Seismic hazard Mapping project Software "Earthquake Ground Motion Parameters, Version 5.0.9x," 2002 data, 2009. Ishihara, K., and Yoshimine, M., "Evaluation of Settlements in Sand Deposits Following Liquefaction During Earthquakes," Soils and Foundations, 32(1), 1992, pp. 173-188. Tokimatsu, K., and Seed, H.B., "Evaluation of Settlements in Sands Due to Earthquake Shaking," Journal of Geotechnical Engineering, ASCE,113(GT8), 1987, pp. 861-878. Youd, et al., "Liquefaction Resistance of Soils: Summary Report from the 1996 NCEER and 1998 NCEER/NSF Workshops on Evaluation of Liquefaction Resistance of Soils," Journal of Geotechnical and Geoenvironmental Engineering, ASCE, October 2001, pp. 817-833. Page 14 November2, 2011 GeoEngineers, Inc. FEe No. 1784415-00 S 117Th Si d NE 10Th St S 117Th St i St-- d - _ 'iJt) NE 9Th PI 5 118Th St S 118Th St NE 9Th Stc 8r n-Mawrl ark.- NF8rh i %` ' - r; N 8Th S1 Sr n CO ¢ S 121St St m, --- z• Nirghlands m m S121Sist _ rn ¢ a - ¢v S123Rd St- S 122Nd St - mi Nr7Th St @ St NS123Rd P1- 5124ThSt _.-..5124ThSt 67 - - J - N 6Th St ti ¢ = I Al 5 125ThSt S 'm 2E JS", B ¢ 5Th t z j c ' Z - m - a LU AIM , 5 2S a' v z m f H z8ThSt - , m t. - z Z m N 4Th St >ndsor, , ilfs ParkIn ¢ y 81130Th'St -...._ S 130Th St 65 r c E - .--a- N 3Rd St i-.. . NE Er3 . 1 I S 132Nd S[-- m E 3 I N •lS1-St- S'132Nd St - S Tilfiarm St. 'YS' N. -2N St _ LU I y _ -S-TobimSt— Sts m l 5 SW Uictona St p N-strmn Park 3Srn ..' , 134th St SW 2 1N Jones rk Libert .._U V7,BlackRiver m c Site ¢°"m CsdarRive ark t pm ... Farlington Par'r3 E i. 16926 C1 0 n - S 3Rd PI cSW4Frrp a @ 54Th St-: c w o '=Tcmkin P Ra iparan sj SW57hCt N Sa hsa1 S5ThSt, c m i d .2 South Burnett Li arka iv•1t+iew r U) N. -- SWTThStS7ThS1 a - Blackniver E S. BPI E v $ E, radYAal PhillipAmold, F50 CLm `m to , St1 t SW 50 5 Renton Village PI c ; o 41 S ..SiN13' St ,.. 15 € t h SW 16Th St ......... SWIIII h , . ..__ .. - ` S i15Th,St @ "o a n Le a Street Parii + `3 sin t SE 16Th PI . 5 3 S 16ThiS1 ° '7g2. - tw , SW 19Th St c < hs I Q IQ CO m m o dJ d' di W %_ S J 7! SCO us Q I rA E'tgT r Qfa-SW19Th St x fi h p Q S 19Th St L7 _ ISTA)baf ill ParkSW,23RdS1 St'St - SE 22Nd St l .00 r* r r``•' Seat a ...' y N Cassns Xing .. D 18 v .1fi7 ., 2,000 0 2,000 13 aar ; M1 78 Feet Tacoma ` 4 I Notes: Vicinity Map 1. The locations of all features shown are approximate. 2. This drawing is for information purposes. It is intended to assist in showing features discussed in an attached document. GeoEngineers, Inc. cannot guarantee the accuracy and content of electronic files. The master Renton Downtown Library file is stored by GeoEngineers, Inc. and will serve as the official record of Renton Washingtonthiscommunication. E3. It is unlawful to copy or reproduce all or any part thereof, whether for 8 personal use or resale, without permission. Data SourcesESRI bora &Maps, Street Maps 2005 m G Eo E N G I N E E R Figure 1 U Transverse Mercator, Zone 10 N North, North Arriedcan Datum 1963 8 North arrow oriented to grid north LOGANAVE S m 0 m Z CD 7 m a N m r o Q y T_ 10 I i I 440 N V. APPENDIX A Field Explorations RENTON DOWNTOWN LIBRARY " ntan, Washingtan APPENDIX A FIELD EXPLORATIONS General We explored subsurface soil and groundwater conditions at the site by advancing two cone penetration test (CPT) probes (CPT -1 and GPT -2). The CPTs were completed to depths ranging from 26 feet to 39 feet below the existing ground surface using truck -mounted equipment owned and operated by In situ Engineering. CPT -1 and CPT -2 were completed on September 29, 2011. The locations of the explorations were estimated by measuring distances from site features through taping/pacing in the field, and should be considered approximate. The locations of the explorations are shown on the Site Plan (Figure 2). Cane Penetration Tests The CPT is a subsurface exploration technique in which a small -diameter steel tip with adjacent sleeve is continuously advanced with hydraulically operated equipment. Measurements of tip and sleeve resistance allow interpretation of the soil profile and the consistency of the strata penetrated. The tip, sleeve resistance and pore water pressure is recorded on the CPT logs. The logs of the CPT probes are presented in Figures A-1 and A-2. The CPT probes were advanced to depths ranging from 26 feet to 39 feet below the existing ground surface. The CPT probes were backfilled in general accordance with procedures outlined by the Washington State Department of Ecology. GEoENGINEERSNovemher2,2011 ! Page A•1 File No. 17H4 015-00 GeoEngineers Operator- CPT DateTane AfIarAl l 1032-40 AM foundi,¢ Cr --Dl Locabon: RmbnDo,nrda Libary Cane Used: DfIG1187 Jab % ber. 17@4-015-00 Tip Resisiaree Friconi Ratio Pore Pressure Soil BehWiorType- SAT N' Qt T3F FrJQt(Xj PM PSI Zane-UBC•1383 8C% Hamner 0 tm U 1U -la n U 1'l U 72-7 0 1 i i r, i -_r • t _, 2- t I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 r I I I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I i I 1 1 1 !I!1! ii 1111{{ i iii it li iii I I I 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1! 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I I I I I I I I 1 1 1 1 I I 1 I I 1 I I I I I F I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I I I I I I I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 IIIIIIIE II 111111 IIIII IIII1111 1 I I I I 1 1 1 1 1 1!! 1! 1 1 7 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I I I I I I I 1 1 , 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 [! 1 r-r--r•--7•-r- r-r r-r TTr Trl -1,?-rr I l l l l l r 1 1114111 i3 IIIIII 4111111 11111111 1 1 1 I I l 1 1 1 1 t l 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ! 1 1 1 [ 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1! 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 FI 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I l k I l Y l l l l 11111111 11 11111 1114111111 111111114 1 F 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 f 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 1 !I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 10 -1--i--+-----;--+- +aa a- +a as a_1_ Llia iia +4a a4 -V -F r l l 4 1 1 1 1 1 I I 1 4 1 1 1 111111111 11 II1111 IIII Illll lift I I 1 i I 1 1 I I I I I I I i 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I I 1 I I I I F l I 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 1 1 f 1 I! 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I I I I 4 1 I k I 1 1 1 1 I I I k F 1 1 I I I 1 1 11111111 IfY1111111 II 111111 I I I l 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Ijl 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I I I I I I I l r I l t l l l l l I I I I 1 I 1 t I I I I 1 I I f r l l l l l 1 10 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 r -y --r- r-ti----r- tt ti-r r ffffffl--1- yyy-rr I I I I 1 1 I I I I I 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1!1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1111111 II!!!_.1111111 II 111 I I I1yy 1 1 1 F 1 1 k 1 1 1 1 1 1 11 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1, 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I I I F I EIIIII III II \1111111 II 111111 I 20f -L_J__1__1_ 11JJJJ_L 1 JJJJJ_ {,(,J,,r 111 11J _LL D- I 1 1 1 1 1 1 E IIIIIIII 111111 1 1 1 1 1 L{ 1 1 Ittllt ( II II11 III I I I I I I 1I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I I I 1, 1 1 41111 1.1 11 1 1 1 I I I I I 1 1 1 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I 'i I I I I I I I I rl 11 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 I I I I I I I I I 25 IIIIIIII full lttllll 11 11111111 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 1 1 1 1 1! 1 1 If I I I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 IIIIIIIII IlEllll II IIII III I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 1 I I I I I l t 1 1 1 1A11q1! r f t! 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I I I I I IIyj 11 1 1 1 I I I I I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 IIIIIIII !1111111 1111 II 111111 1i-1-1 I T T I I T 1 11 111 1 1 1 1 ! I I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 rTFL 1 1 1 1 1 1 11 I 1 I I I I 11111111 ll1iL',11-1 11111 111111111 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 11 11 htTf1 1 1 I I II 1 I I I I I I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I I I I I I I I I[ 8, 1 1 1 I I I I 1 1 1 1 I I I 1 1 1 1 1 I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 t 11 LI 1 I I I I I I I 1 1 1 I I I 1 1 1 1 1 I I I I I I I if I I y r'1-Yrl I I I I I I I I I 1 1 I I I I I I I I 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I'F.11I i I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 1 1 I l T 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I I I I 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I I 11 J J JJ_L 1JJJ JJ_I_ 111 1 JJJ_LL 1 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 11 1 If I 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I If 1 1 1 1 1 I I 1 I I I I I 1 1 1 1 1 i l l l l l 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 11 111 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I I 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I k l l l l l l 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I I I 40 I I I I 1 I IIIIIIIII LI V111111 II 11111 III 1 1 jjj1 1 1 1 I I I I I 1 1 1 1 1 `A I k 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I ! 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I 1 1 1 1 1 I I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 T' I .11111111 11111111 1 111111 III I I I I I Jl 11111111 I 111111 I II1111111 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I 1 1 1 1I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I 1 1 1 1! 1 1 ! 1 1 1 1 1 T—.. 1 1 1 if 1 III 1 1 1 bmcim Depl1 - 382+ feet Depth txaemc,t - OAS4 feet 1 sensible fine grained 4 s 2-y day to gay 7 s4ty sand to sandy sift 10 garegy sand b sand 2 mgani matrrial 5 clayey sift to silty day 13 sand to city sand 11 very stiff fire grained (`) a day a Swdy sat to c ayey sh 3 sand U sand to clayey sand(') tr1.slhttsgnetrxlg sdl beha,Aor type ane base! on oat: tram u3C.199: Log of CPT -1 Renton Downtown Library Renton, Washington GEoENGiNEER Figure A-1 a eoEngineer.. Operator: aro" C'T DataTimw 872912011 11:27:23 AM Sound. qi CPT -02 Location iianian Dcmcd :Mei Library Cope Used- OPG1187 Job Nunber. 17:34-015400 Tap Resistance Friction Ratio Pore Presmm Scfi 9eha%w Type- SAT H• u 15r rs ut lam! Yw rsr toe- UbL-1yt17 aux -lanTr r 0 801 0 10 15 35 0 12 0 50 0 T I IJ I 1 1 1 I I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 r f l 1 1 1 1 I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 11141111 II 111114 1111 1 1 1111 I I I I 1 1 1 I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I I I 1 1 { I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 1 I I I I 1 ! 1 I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I I 1 1 ! 1 tll llllli 1 FIIIII IIIII Illll II I I I I I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I I II I r 1 1 1 I I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 I k I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I I I I 11 I l k l l 11 F 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1----T--r---T--T- II 111111 T1 1'r II IIIIII T 1Z 1-1- 111111TTTT 11111 IF 71111--r 1 1 ! 1 I 1 I 11 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I I I I I I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I 11 1 1 1 1 ] 1 I 11 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I I I I I I I 1 1 1{ 1 1 1 F I I I I I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 1 1 1{ 1 r l l l l I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I 1111!1 II IIIII 111111 IIIII II 1 I 1 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 11 Ir 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I I I I I I I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I I I I I! I I 1+ 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I F 1111111! II 1`11111 1111111 111111 II TC 1 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 I I I I I I I I I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I I I I I I 1 1 1 I 1 ! I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I I I 1 1 1 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 I I I! 1 I I 1 1 1 IIIIII 111,I I I 1 IIIII I I II I I I I 0111 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1I f 1 I I I I I I 1 1 1 I I I I I I 111111111 I I + 1 1 1 1 1 1 II rllllll I l r ll k;.Fl l lll I I I I I I I I I IIf 1I 1 1 1 1 ! I I 11111111 111111 II11 1111 II 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I l l k l I I I 1 1 1 1 1 r r I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I I I I I I I I M I I I I 1 1 1 I 1` I I I I I I IIIII I 1 1-!'r 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I I II 1 11-1 1 1 t111ti-r yyy ti- tr t - 1 fl 1 1 I I I I 11 /11111 11 1111111 11ri r{:Lt III 111111 1 1 1 I I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 li 1_. Pi 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I I I I I 11111111 Il llllil II IIII II I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I 1 1 1 1 111111111 II 111111 II 111111 i M Depth ` 1_ ° _1__L_J__1__L_ 1 1JJJ JJ -L 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 11 I I 1 1 1111JJJ-1_ I !, 1 1 1 1 LL 1 11JJJJ!LL. 1 1 1 1 1 1 i t tft r 1I I I I 1 I I 1 I 1 1 1 1! 1 1 1 I Ill 1 1 1! 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I l I F4+L 1 1 I III 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I I I l I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 r r 1 K I I I I 1 f 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I 1`11 I I I I 111E IIIIII 111111111 II 111111 I I I Ill I 1 1 1 I 1 1 1 S I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 e I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 111 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 fi 1— I— H iiia --f I I I IWL 1 I it I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I I 1 1 1 F 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 I i 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 14 1 4! 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 I I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 11 1 4! 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 11 1 1! r 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I l l k l l l 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ! I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 III IIIIII II IIIIIII 11111111111 111111 II 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 { 1 1 III IIIIII 1 1 1 I I I! 1 1 II IIIIIII I I I l r l l l l 11111111111 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 111111 II 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I 1 1 1 1 ! 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1! 1 I I I I I I I I I 1 1 If1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I F I I 11 TT 111144 71111'1'1- rl-7T,, TTr 4'1111--r44' 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I l l l i l I I I I I I I I I I I 1 f 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I E 4 1 1 1 I i 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I I I I I I I I 1 1 1 1! 1 1 1 1 1 1 l{ I l l l 1 4 1 1 1 1 I 1 ( 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I I I I I I I I I l l l l ill I l i 4 4 1 1 1 1 I l 1 1 1 1 I 1 l I I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I I I I I I I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1{ 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 I I 1 1 1 1 I 1 I I I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I I I I I I I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1! 1 1 1 F I I I I I I I 1 1 1 1 1 E t I I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I I I I I I I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I I I I I I I I t ! f 1 I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I I I I I I I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I I I I I I I 1 ! ! I I I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I I I I I I I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I I I I I I I I__J__L__L_J__1__L_ 11JJJJ_L 1JJJJJ—I,• 1JJ JJ --L 1 1 1 1 E I I 1 1 1 1 1 I I I l I I I I I I I I I IL0 $ $ $ 1$ 0 $ 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I I I I I I I 1 1 1 1 [ I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I I I I I I I 1 1 1 1 I I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I I I I I I I 1 1 1 I I I 1 I I I I I I I 1 1 1 I I I I I I 111111111 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 111111111 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 IIIIIIIIIII I I I I I I I I IIIIII 11 1 1 1 1 I I I 1 1! I I I I I I 1 1 I I I I I I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I I I I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I I 1 1! I I I I I I 11 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I I I I I I I I l l k l l l 111111111 111111111 Ikllllkllll 111111 11 1 1 1 r I I I 1 1 1 I I I I I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I l l i E l l l l l l 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 f f 1 r I I I 1 1 1 I I I I I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 x 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Umimt,arl DeptF = 2829 Leet Dep1h Increment = 7.164 feet 1 xrcibvc fna grancd 4 =xy day to day 7 sft) sand lo sandy sdk M10 grnr_®y ; d m send 2 olyalrc nakrial 5 dayey silt to sity day 8 sand fn silty sand 11 very sill fine willed 3 day 6 sandy silt to dayey sit a 9 sand 12 sand to dayey sand {'} aulm c1y11UWbPj SW bl LwW ype art SPT o9 an MU f m Ufi41983 Log of CPT- 2 Renton Downtown Library Renton, Washington GMENGINEER Figure A-2 Mix B Audies RENTON DOWNTOWN LIBRARY "enton, Washington APPENDIX B PREVIOUS STUDIES This appendix presents the logs of two borings included in the report by Geotech Consultants, Inc. titled "Proposed Mixed -Use Building, 2XX Logan Avenue South in Renton, Washington," dated August 26, 1997. See Figure 2 for the approximate locations of the borings. GEoENGINEER5 November2, 2011 l Page B-1 File No, 1784-015 UQ 5 10 15 30 25 30 35 40 4 2 In 14 32 11 BORING 2 FILL grown, silty SAND, very moist, loose (FILL) Brown, low plasticity SILT, with fine SAND, very moist, loose becomes sandier becomes gray, wet, very loose Gray and brown SAND, medium -grained, with trace silt, wet, medium -dense 5: Brown SAND, with wood, fine- to medium -grained, wet, medium - dense log encountered e°e°o°o°o 47 °e°e °a°° Brown, slightly silty, gravelly SAND, wet, dense sP - becomes coarser -grained, heavily iron stained 71110 Sr e°e eo eoeoo o e e e e Test boring was terminated at 41.5 feet below grade on 8-13-97. Groundwater seepage was encountered at 18 feet during drilling. GEOTECH CONSULTANTS, INC. TEST BORING LOG 2XX "LOGAN AVENUE SOUTH RENTON, WASHINGTON Job No: Date: Logged by: Pate: 97281 AUGUST 1997 JHS 4 5 I0 15 20 25 30 35 40 1 5 FILL X 11 24 18 41 46 59 BORING 4 2" AC/Y CRB Brown, very silty SAND, fine-grained, moist, loose (FILL) becomes very moist becomes gray, wet Brown, silty SAND, with iron stains, fine- to medium -grained, moist, medium -dense ray SAND, fine- to medium -grained, wet, medium -dense With Some 51St and iron -stained lenscs and brown, gravelly SAND, wet, dense Test boring was terminated at 41.5 feet below ;rade on 8-12-97. Groundwater seepage was encountered at 8 feet during drilliner. GEGTECH CONS ULTA NTS, INC. TEST BORING LOG 2XX LOGAN AVENUE SOUTH RENTON, WASHINGTON Job No: Date: Cogged by: Plate: 97281 AUGUST 1997 JHS 6 APPENDIX C Report Limitations and Guidelines for Use J. k RENTON DOWNTOWN LIBRARY Renton, Y' hington APPENDIX C REPORT LIMITATIONS AND GUIDELINES FOR USE' This appendix provides information to help you manage your risks with respect to the use of this report. Geotechnical Services are Performed for Specific Purposes, Persons and Projects This report has been prepared for use by King County Library System, Coughlin, Porter and Lundeen, and members of the design team for use in the design of this project. This report may be made available to prospective contractors for bidding or estimating purposes; but our report, conclusions and interpretations should not be construed as a warranty of the subsurface conditions. This report is not intended for use by others, and the information contained herein is not applicable to other sites. GeoEngineers structures our services to meet the specific needs of our clients. For example, a geotechnical or geologic study conducted for a civil engineer or architect may not fulfill the needs of a construction contractor or even another civil engineer or architect that are involved in the same project. Because each geotechnical or geologic study is unique, each geotechnical engineering or geologic report is unique, prepared solely for the specific client and project site. No one except King County Library Systems, Coughlin, Porter and Lundeen, and members of the design team should rely on this report without first conferring with GeoEngineers. This report should not be applied for any purpose or project except the one originally contemplated. A Geotechnical Engineering or geologic Report is Based on A Unique Set of Project -Specific Factors This report has been prepared for the Renton Downtown Library that will be located at 508 S 3rd Street in Renton, Washington. GeoEngineers considered a number of unique, project -specific factors when establishing the scope of services for this project and report. Unless GeoEngineers specifically indicates otherwise, do not rely on this report if it was: not prepared for you, not prepared for your project, not prepared for the specific site explored, or rr completed before important project changes were made. For example, changes that can affect the applicability of this report include those that affect: the function of the proposed structure; elevation, configuration, location, orientation or weight of the proposed structure; composition of the design team; or rr project ownership. 1 Developed based on material provided by ASFE, Professional Firms Practicing in the Geosciences; www.asfe.org. GEoENGINEERS November2,2011 I PageC-1 File Ye. 1784-018-00 RENTON TOWN LIBRARY Renton, Washington If important changes are made after the date of this report, GeoEngineers should be given the opportunity to review our interpretations and recommendations and provide written modifications or confirmation, as appropriate. Subsurface Conditions Can Change This geotechnical or geologic report is based on conditions that existed at the time the study was performed. The findings and conclusions of this report may be affected by the passage of time, by manmade events such as construction on or adjacent to the site, or by natural events such as floods, earthquakes, slope instability or groundwater fluctuations. Always contact GeoEngineers before applying a report to determine if it remains applicable. Most Geotechnical and Geologic Findings are Professional Opinions Our interpretations of subsurface conditions are based on the Cone Penetration Tests results completed at the site. Site exploration identifies subsurface conditions only at those points where subsurface tests are conducted. GeoEngineers reviewed historic field and laboratory data and then applied our professional judgment to render an opinion about subsurface conditions throughout the site. Actual subsurface conditions may differ, sometimes significantly, from those indicated in this report. Our report, conclusions and interpretations should not be construed as a warranty of the subsurface conditions. Geotechnical Engineering Report Recommendations are Not Final Do not over -rely on the preliminary construction recommendations included in this report. These recommendations are not final, because they were developed principally from GeoEngineers' professional judgment and opinion. GeoEngineers' recommendations can be finalized only by observing actual subsurface conditions revealed during construction. GeoEngineers cannot assume responsibility or liability for this report's recommendations if we do not perform construction observation. Sufficient monitoring, testing and consultation by GeoEngineers should be provided during construction to confirm that the conditions encountered are consistent with those indicated by the explorations, to provide recommendations for design changes should the conditions revealed during the work differ from those anticipated, and to evaluate whether or not earthwork activities are completed in accordance with our recommendations. Retaining GeoEngineers for construction observation for this project is the most effective method of managing the risks associated with unanticipated conditions. A Geotechnical Engineering or Geologic Report Could Be Subject to Misinterpretation Misinterpretation of this report by other design team members can result in costly problems. You could lower that risk by having GeoEngineers confer with appropriate members of the design team after submitting the report. Also retain GeoEngineers to review pertinent elements of the design team's plans and specifications. Contractors can also misinterpret a geotechnical engineering or geologic report. Reduce that risk by having GeoEngineers participate in pre-bid and preconstruction conferences, and by providing construction observation. Page C-2 November 2, 2011 GeoEngineers, lne. File "Fn. 1184-015-00 L RENTON DOWNTOWN LIBRARY Renton, " --hington Give Contractors a Complete Report and Guidance Some owners and design professionals believe they can make contractors liable for unanticipated subsurface conditions by limiting what they provide for bid preparation. To help prevent costly problems, give contractors the complete geotechnical engineering or geologic report, but preface it with a clearly written letter of transmittal. In that letter, advise contractors that the report was not prepared for purposes of bid development and that the report's accuracy is limited; encourage them to confer with GeoEngineers and/or to conduct additional study to obtain the specific types of information they need or prefer. A pre-bid conference can also be valuable. Be sure contractors have sufficient time to perform additional study. Only then might an owner be in a position to give contractors the best information available, while requiring them to at least share the financial responsibilities stemming from unanticipated conditions. Further, a contingency for unanticipated conditions should be included in your project budget and schedule. Contractors Are Responsible For Site Safety on Their Own Construction Projects Our geotechnical recommendations are not intended to direct the contractor's procedures, methods, schedule or management of the work site. The contractor is solely responsible for job site safety and for managing construction operations to minimize risks to on-site personnel and to adjacent properties. Read These Provisions Closely Some clients, design professionals and contractors may not recognize that the geoscience practices geotechnical engineering or geology) are far less exact than other engineering and natural science disciplines. This lack of understanding can create unrealistic expectations that could lead to disappointments, claims and disputes. GeoEngineers includes these explanatory "limitations" provisions in our reports to help reduce such risks. Please confer with GeoEngineers if you are unclear how these Report Limitations and Guidelines for Use" apply to your project or site. Geotechnical, Geologic and Environmental Reports Should Not Be Interchanged The equipment, techniques and personnel used to perform an environmental study differ significantly from those used to perform a geotechnical or geologic study and vice versa. For that reason, a geotechnical engineering or geologic report does not usually relate any environmental findings, conclusions or recommendations; e.g., about the likelihood of encountering underground storage tanks or regulated contaminants. Similarly, environmental reports are not used to address geotechnical or geologic concerns regarding a specific project. Biological Pollutants GeoEngineers' Scope of Work specifically excludes the investigation, detection, or assessment of the presence of Biological Compounds which are Pollutants in or around any structure. Accordingly, this report includes no interpretations, recommendations, findings, or conclusions for the purpose of detecting, assessing, or abating Biological Pollutants. The term "Biological Pollutants" includes, but is not limited to, molds, fungi, spores, bacteria, and viruses, and/or any of their byproducts. GEOENGINEER-5 November 2, 2011 i Page C-3 File No. 1784-015.00 Have we delivered World Class Client Service? Please let us know by visiting www. geoengineers.com/feedback. GMENGINEERS WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 APPENDIX C – INTERLOCAL AGREEEMENT WITH SEATTLE PUBLIC UTILITY (SPU) Contract No. CAG-25-044 APPENDIX C World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 APPENDIX C INTERLOCAL AGREEEMENT WITH SEATTLE PUBLIC UTILITY (SPU) AMENDMENT NO.1 TO THE INTERLOCAI.AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE CITY OF RENTON AND THE CITY OF SEATTLE AND SEATTLE PUBLIC UTILITIES COpy This Amendment to the Interlocal Agreemnt,hereinafter referred to as “Amendment”,is made and entered into this &/day of n&LI 2011,by and between the CITY OF SEATTLE,a municipal corporation in the State of Washington,acting by and through its SEATTLE PUBLIC UTILITIES,hereinafter referred to as “SEATTLE”,and the CITY OF RENTON,a municipal corporation in the State of Washington,hereafter referred to as “RENTON”. WHEREAS,SEATTLE and RENTON entered into an Interlocal Agreement,hereinafter referred to as “Interlocal Agreement”,on November 9,1998 and said Agreement is attached under Exhibit A for reference; WHEREAS,SEATTLE and RENTON mutually desires to amend the Interlocal Agreement to extend the termination date of the agreement; NOW,THEREFORE,SEATTLE and RENTON agrees to amend the Agreements as follows: I.In accordance with Section III of the Interlocal Agreement,the duration of the Agreement is extended until January 1,2062. II.No other provision of the Interlocal Agreement is affected by this Amendment. IN WITNESS WHEREOF,the parties hereby execute this Amendment No.ito the Interlocal Agreement By: = ., 4 Attest:Bonnie I.Walton,Ciy”Cieik Date:94 a.ç.W// CITY OF RENTON Date: CITY OF SEATTLE /SEATTLE PUBLIC UTILITIES By: Title:•-c:.4%.Se’.) Date:‘I2.t I i 1 gs/ia //a:\ordncl0i.doc )/iiiois /4vi 1 ORDINANCE // 4 AN ORDINANCE authorizing the Mayor and Director of Seattle Public Utilities to enter 5 into agreements with the City of Renton that address:the sale of wholesale water by 6 the City of Seattle to the City of Renton;the continued operation of Cedar River 7 Pipeline Nos.1,2 and 3 within certain Renton street rights-of-way;the use by the 8 City ofRenton of certain portions of the City of Seattle’s water transmission pipeline 9 right-of-way for parking,park and other specified municipal purposes;and,the 10 customer transfer of the Boeing Renton plant to the City of Renton,from its status as 11 a direct service customer of the City of Seattle. 12 13 WFIEREAS,the City of Seattle has been operating its Cedar River Pipeline nos.1,2 and 3, 14 within certain street rights-of-way in the City of Renton,under the terms of an 15 expired franchise,and desires to enter into a new long term arrangement for the 16 operation of the pipelines,and 17 18 WI-IEREAS,the City of Renton has a need to purchase wholesale water from the City of 19 Seattle on both a routine basis and an emergency basis,and desires to enter into a 20 written agreement for such purchases;and 21 22 WHEREAS,discussions among City of Seattle,City of Renton and Boeing representatives 23 have concluded that it is appropriate that retail service to the Boeing Renton plant, 24 located within the city limits of Renton,be assumed by the City of Renton;and 25 26 WHEREAS,the City of Renton has been allowed the use of certain portions of the City of 27 Seattle’s water transmission pipeline rights-of-way for utility and Street purposes 28 stemming from the expired franchise agreement,and Seattle agrees to such uses of its 29 right-of-way;and 30 31 ‘WHEREAS,the City of Renton is developing a municipal park adjacent to the Seattle right- 32 of-way in downtown Renton and wishes to make use of Seattle owned land for 33 parking and park purposes,and Seattle is willing to permit such use of its property; 34 and 35 36 NOW THEREFORE, 37 38 BE IT ORDAINED BY THE CITY OF SEATTLE AS FOLLOWS: 39 40 Section 1.The Mayor is hereby authorized to sign an interlocal agreement with the 41 City of Renton,substantially as contained in Attachment A to this ordinance,for the purposes 42 of:Providing for the use of specific sections of Renton’s rights-of-way for water 43 transmission lines and appurtenances by Seattle;and providing for the use by Renton of 44 certain real property owned by Seattle. gs./ia H:\renton\fnlord.doc 9/15/98vi 1 Section 2.The Mayor is hereby authorized to sign a water purveyor contract with 2 the City of Renton,substantially as contained in Attachment B to this ordinance,providing 3 for the sale of wholesale water by Seattle to Renton. 4 Section 3.The Director of Seattle Public Utilities is hereby authorized to sign Lease 5 agreement No.327-8 15 (18-23-5)SE)with the City of Renton,substantially as contained in 6 Attachment C to this ordinance,for the use by Renton of “Leased Land”of 36,609 square 7 feet for parking and park purposes. 8 Section 4.The Director of Seattle Public Utilities is hereby authorized to sign an agreement 9 with the City of Renton,substantially as contained in Attachment D to this ordinance, 10 providing for the transfer of retail water service to a Seattle customer,the Boeing Renton 11 plant,to the City of Renton. 12 Section 5.Any acts consistent with this ordinance but prior to its effective date are hereby 13 ratified and ccnfirmed. 14 Section 6.This ordinance shall take effect and be in force thirty (30)days from and after its 15 approval by thc Mayor,but if not approved and returned by the Mayor within ten (10)days 16 after presentation,it shall take effect as provided by Municipal Code Section 1.04.020. 17 18 Passed by the City Council the 1day of (-\-,1998,and signed by me in 19 open session in authentication of its passage this _____ day of Cr)r)c-o ‘p.r,1998. 20 . ,r\L. 21 resi enf the City Council 23 Approved by me this _____ ay ________________ 26 Paul chell,ayor 28 Filed by me this day of ,19 31 it erk 32 (SEAL) 2 LEASE AGREEMENT NO.327-815 (18-23-5 SE) THIS LEASE AGREEMENT between THE CITY OF SEATTLE,SEATTLE PUBLIC UTILITIES,a municipal corporation,referred to in this Agreement as “Seattle”and THE CITY OF RENTON,a municipal corporation,referred to in this Agreement as “Renton”(hereinafter collectively be referred to as the “Parties.”)WITNESSETH: 1.Premises.Seattle hereby leases to Renton,and Renton hereby leases from Seattle, the real property,herein called “Leased Land”of 36,609 square feet,situated in the City of Renton,King County,State of Washington,described as follows: Parking Purposes: Parcel A:That portion of the City of Seattle,Cedar River Pipeline Right of Way located in Section 18,Township 23 North,Range 5 East,W.M,King County, Washington situated in Blocks 1 and 6 of the Plat of Smithers Sixth Addition to Renton,Volume 26 of Plats,page 47,records of King County,WA.,and Block 1 of the Plat of Motor Line Addition to Renton,Volume 9 of Plats,page 50,records of King County,WA.,lying north of South Third Street between the east margin of Morris Avenue South and west margin of Logan Avenue South,in Renton, Washington,and; Park Purposes: Parcel B:That portion of the City of Seattle,Cedar River Pipeline Right of Way located in Section 18,Township 23 North,Range 5 East,W.M,King County, Washington situated in Block 2 of the Plat of Motor Line Addition to Renton, Volume 9 of Plats,page 50,records of King County,WA.,lying north of South Third Street and between the east margin of Logan Avenue South and the west margin of Burnett Ave.South,in Renton,Washington,being approximately. 2.Renton’s Use of the Leased Land.Renton’s use of Parcel A shall be used for public vehicle parking,access to the abutting north site and pedestrian crossing;and Parcel B shall be for park grounds.These parcels shall be used for these purposes only.All parking,access to the abutting north site and park designs shall be approved in writing by Seattle prior to construction of said parking said access and park areas,as more clearly defined in Section 7.A copy of detailed as-built plans shall be provided to Seattle within 60 calendar days after construction is complete including any reconstruction plans. 3.Term.The term of this Agreement shall be for forty (40)years,commencing bn November 1,1998 and end in December 3 1,2038,unless canceled earlier under conditions set forth in this Agreement. 3.1 Effective Date November 1,1998 shall constitute and be referred hereafter as the ‘Effective Date”of this Lease,or if later,at such time as Seattle City Council and the Seattle Mayor approve said lease.Renton shall obtain full possession of the Leased Land on said Effective Date. 4.Rent.As consideration for the rights and privileges of this Lease Agreement, Seattle agrees to the abeyance of rent during the term of this Lease in exchange of a forty (40) year agreement,from Renton to Seattle,for the operation,maintenance,repair and reconstruction of Seattle’s Cedar River Pipelines Nos.1,2 and 3 lying within and under the streets described below: (a).Cedar River Pipeline No.1 (66 inch diameter)and No.2 (51-1/2 inch diameter) across Houser Way South and in South 3d Street from Houser Way South to the west margin of Burnett Avenue South. (b)Cedar River Pipeline No 3 (66 inch diameter)in Mill Avenue South beginning at the southerly margin of the railroad within Houser Way South and extending northerly to South 2d Street,thence westerly in South 2’Street to a point 100 feet wet of the west margin of Logan Avenue South and the beginning of Seattle’s fee-owned right-of-way. (c)That portion of Logan Avenue South,northerly of the Cedar River Pipelines to the City of Renton Linear Park.This portion is included herein under the condition,and in the event, that Boeing transfers the water main in this right-of-way to the City of Seattle. 4.1 Renton may not sublet the property nor charge or collect money or fees for use of the property by others,except to cover costs for public events. 4.2 If at any time during the 40 year rental period Seattle sells,transfers or in anyway disposes of its ownership of said pipelines,Seattle may either revoke this lease or charge the then current fair market rental value. 5.Payment of Taxes,Utilities and Other Charges. 5.1 Utilities and Charges.Renton hereby covenants and agrees to pay,before delinquency,all charges for electricity,water,sewer,garbage removal,and all other public service or utility charges of every kind and type,charged,or imposed upon or against the Leased Land which are attributable to Renton’s use. Renlea 2 10/30/98 6.Use of Leased Land. 6.1.Renton agrees to hilly comply with all applicable requirements of State and Federal laws having jurisdiction over the Leased Land in connection with the use of the Leased Land. 6.2 Pollutants and Hazardous Substances.During the term of this Permit Agreement,Renton agrees to keep the Leased Land in compliance with any and all Environmental Laws and not cause or permit the Leased Land to become contaminated with any Hazardous Substances or Pollutants in violation of Environmental Laws.Upon notice or discovery of any release of any Hazardous Substance caused by Renton or expressly authorized by Renton to occur upon the Leased Land,Renton shall,at its own cost,immediately take all necessary steps to report,respond to,and clean up the same and restore the Leased Land to its preexisting condition in accordance with applicable Environmental Laws and Requirements and shall report any such release,to Seattle within 24 hours of discovery. 7.Improvements. 7.1 Renton may repair and/or improve the vehicle parking area and install grass,small shrubs and other enhancements in the park area of said Leased Land,provided that plans for such improvements be approved by Seattle in writing prior to construction of any enhancements,improvements,installations or alterations.Seattle shall respond in writing to Renton within forty-five (45)days from Renton’s submittal of plans to Seattle.Seattle’s approval of said plans shall not be implied or held to constitute approval or compliance with environmental, safety and other applicable regulatory requirements.All work performed by Renton shall be performed in accordance with all applicable State and Federal regulations and requirements.iEc the protection of the pipelines Renton shall notify Seattle at 425-255-2242,two days before any work is performed on said Leased Land. 7.2 No buildings,structures or rockeries of any type shall be placed upon the Leased Land unless specifically approved in writing by Seattle 7.3 Vehicular equipment/machinery,wheeled or tracked,exceeding a gross weight of 32,000 pounds per axle (HS 20-44)will be prohibited within said easement area. 8.Acceptance and Care of Premises.Renton covenants and agrees that the Leased Land shall be occupied and used in an orderly,fit,and sanitary condition and that the Leased Land shall be left in the same or better condition at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease as existed on the Effective Date. Renlea 3 10/30/98 9.Surrender of Premises. 9.1 Renton agrees that at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease,it will desist use of the Leased Land,including access to the abutting north property,and shall quit and surrender the Leased Land and deliver the Leased Land to Seattle.Renton will also remove,at its cost and expense,any or all improvements placed on the Leased Land by Renton if requested by Seattle. 9.2 At the conclusion of this Lease,Seattle shall,at its option,conduct a final site assessment to verify that the Leased Land’s original environmental condition has been maintained during the Lease term.Renton shall filly remediate and restore any environmental damage to the Leased Land caused by Renton during the term of this Lease. 10.No Liens or Encumbrances.Renton agrees not to permit any lien or encumbrance from any source or for any purpose whatsoever to be placed against Seattle’s interest in said Leased Land. 11.Hold Harmless,Release and Liability Insurance. 11.1 Renton’s Indemnification.Renton,its successors,assigns,and guarantors agree to indemnify,defend,and hold harmless Seattle,its officers,and employees from and against any and all claims,demands,damages,losses,liens,penalties,fines,expenses of every kind and nature,including attorney’s fees,and liability for the following: 11.1.1 Any claims or liability arising from accident or injury or damage to property on or about the Leased Land caused by Renton’s use of said Leased Land,or by its agents,tenants,licensees,invitees,employees,or other occupants of the Leased Land. 11.1.2 As between the parties and for the purposes of the foregoing obligations Renton waives any immunity,defense or other protection that may be afforded by any workers compensation,industrial insurance or similar laws (including buy not limited to,the Washington Industrial Insurance Act,Title 51 of the Revised Code of Washington). 11.1.3 Any activities or use of the Leased Land by Renton which cause or knowingly permit the release or the threatened release of any Hazardous Substance on the Leased Land. 11.1.4 This indemnification shall survive the termination of this Lease. This indemnification shall not apply to Hazardous Substances generated,discharged,or deposited on the Leased Land prior to the Effective Date of this Lease.Additionally,this indemnification shall not apply to Hazardous Substances generated,discharged or deposited on the Leased Land Renlea 4 10/30/98 after the Effective Date which arise from Seattle’s activities on the Leased Land,and shall not apply to Hazardous Substances which migrate onto the Leased Land from off-site. Seattle,at its sole expense may employ additional counsel of its choice to associate with counsel defending against any such claims,lawsuits,or administrative proceedings. 11.2 Renton’s Insurance.Renton will provide and keep in full force and effect during the term of this Lease,public liability insurance with limits of not less than Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000)covering injuries to persons,including death,and loss of or damage to real and personal property.Such insurance may be provided under Renton’s blanket comprehensive liability insurance policy.During the term of this Lease,Seattle shall be named as an additional insured under such insurance to the extent of Renton’s undertaking set forth in Section 11.1. entitled “Rentons Indemnification.”including any claims of accident,injury,or damage arising from Renton’s use of the Leased Land.A certificate evidencing such insurance coverage shall be delivered to Seattle not less than fifteen (15)days prior to the commencement of the Term hereof Such certificate of insurance will provide for fifteen (15)days advance notice in the event of cancellation. 11.2.1 If Renton is self-insured Renton will provide Seattle with written evidence to that effect.Renton must require any contractor and/or subcontractor working or using this site on behalf of Renton,to maintain insurance coverage in accordance with Section 11.2. 12.Repair,Removal,Relocation. 12.1 Renton acknowledges that the explicit purpose of this property is for the operation,maintenance,repair,construction and reconstruction of water pipelines;all other uses are subordinate to this use.Seattle shall not be responsible for Renton’s facilities when Seattle finds it necessary to repair,construct or reconstruct the pipelines,or in any way disrupt the right-of-way for the operation and maintenance of said pipelines, however,in case of excavation by Seattle,Seattle shall replace fill to grade.During such occurrences,Renton shall,at no expense to Seattle,replace,adjust,remove,relocate or reconstruct its facilities,including all landscaping,appurtenant facilities and service lines, within the Seattle right-of-way.Except in emergencies,Seattle will give Renton written notice of such requirement as soon as practicable.In emergency situations,Seattle shall have the right to tow vehicles off the right-of-way and to post signs or have Renton post signs accordingly. 12.2 As regards to Paragraph 12.1,Seattle will not be responsible or liable for the access to the site for any reason whatsoever. 13.Taking.In the event of an eminent domain taking,the Parties agree that Seattle shall be entitled to all condemnation awards granted for the taking of the land and improvements, except any sums awarded as compensation for the improvements placed on the Leased Land by Renton. Renlea 5 10/30/98 14.Right of Termination. 14.1 In addition to the specific rights of Seattle or Renton to terminate this Lease as more particularly set forth in this Lease,at any time during the term of this Lease,Renton shall have a general right to terminate this Lease in the event that it determines,at its sole discretion, the Leased Land has become unsuitable for the uses designated in Section 2 above.In such event,Renton shall provide Seattle no less than sixty (60)days written notice prior to the proposed termination date,unless otherwise specified in this Lease,and surrender the property in accordance with Section 9 of this Lease.The indemnification,duties to comply with law and duties to restore property,provided under this Lease,shall survive termination. 14.2 In addition to the specific rights of Renton to terminate this Lease,at any time during the term of this Lease,Seattle shall have a right to terminate this Lease in the event it determines,at its sole discretion,Renton’s use of the Leased Land does not meet regulatory requirements or standards. 15.Default.If at any time during the term of this Lease Renton shall fail to comply with any of the other terms and conditions of this Lease,Seattle shall give written notice to Renton of such default and request Renton to comply with the terms and provisions of this Lease, as the case may be.If such default is not cured within thirty (30)days of Rentons receipt of Seattle’s written notice as to the default,or within such period as Seattle determines is reasonable if Seattle determines that the condition caused by such default is a threat to public health and safety,or the environment,Seattle shall have,in addition to such remedies as may be afforded by the laws of the State of Washington,the power and right to declare this Lease terminated and reenter the Leased Land,but notwithstanding such remedies or termination and reentry by Seattle, Renton covenants and agrees to make good to Seattle any deficiency arising from the reentry, removal of personal property and/or improvements,and restoration of the Leased Land and to pay such deficiency upon demand of Seattle. 16.Seattle May Perform.If Renton fails to do any act or thing required to be done by Renton under this Lease,Seattle shall notify Renton of such failure,and give Renton thirty (30) days to perform such act or thing,except for conditions which pose a threat to public health, safety or the environment.In the event Renton fails to perform within said thirty (30)days, Seattle shall have the right at its sole option,but not the obligation,to do such act or thing on behalf of Renton and upon notification of Seattle’s reasonable expenditure in connection therewith,Renton shall immediately repay Seattle the amount thereof plus interest at the prevailing rent,per annum,from the date of Seattle’s invoice for said expenditure to the date of Renton’s repayment. 17.Attorneys’Fees.If any suit or legal action is instituted in connection with any controversy or default arising out of this Lease,the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover costs including such sum as the court may adjudge as reasonable attorney fees and reasonable attorneys’fees on appeal. Renlea 6 10/30/98 18.Non-Waiver.The failure of either party to insist upon strict performance of any of the terms and provisions of this Lease shall not be construed as a waiver or relinquishment of any such terms or conditions,or of any other term or condition,but the same shall be and remain in full force and effect. 19.Notices.Any notice,consent,request,or other communication provided for in this Lease shall be in writing.Such notice,consent,request,or other communication shall be sent by mail to the Seattle,by mailing the same to Seattle at: Seattle Public Utilities Real Property Services 710 Second Avenue,9th Floor Seattle,WA 98104 Such notice,consent,request or other communication shall be sent by mail to the Renton,by mailing the same to Renton at: City of Renton Planning/Building/Public Works Department 1055 South Grady Way Renton,WA 98055 Notices sent by mail shall be deemed to have been given when properly mailed;the postmark affixed by United States Post Office shall be conclusive evidence of the date of mailing. The party to receive the notice,consent,request,or other communication may hereafter designate another address to the other party,in which case the notice,consent,request or other communication shall be sent to that other address.Alternatively,such notice,consent,request or other communication may be personally delivered to the party to receive the same. 20.Extension.This Lease Agreement may by extended upon mutual agreement of the parties. 21.Assignment or Subletting.Renton may not sublet or assign this Lease Agreement. 22.Jurisdiction.This permit is intended to convey limited rights and interest only.None of the rights granted to Renton shall affect jurisdiction of Seattle over the Leased Land or the Lessors power to perform work on said land.Renton shall in no way interfere with the Lessors present or future use of said Leased Land. 23.Binding Effect.The covenants and agreements of this Lease shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Seattle and Renton and their heirs,executors,administrators,and successors. Renlea 7 10/30/98 [N WITNESS WHEREOF,pursuant to the provisions of Ordinance 119202 of the City of Seattle,the parties hereto have executed this Lease thereunto duly authorized the day and year indicated below their signatures. ACCEPTED BY CITY OF RENTON:CITY OF SEATTLE: Diana Gale Director,Seattle Public Utilities DateJJ3A.3\CC Date:I -9 9 ATTEST:__________________________ Brenda Fritsvol ,Deputy City Clerk Renlea 8 10/30/98 City of Renton Return Address: City Clerk’s Office City of Renton 1055 South Grady Way Renton,WA 98055 INTERLOCAL AGREEMENT THIS AGREEMENT is entered into by and between THE CITY OF SEATTLE,a municipal corporation of the State of Washington,hereinafter called “Seattle”,and the CiTY OF RENTON,a municipal corporation of the State of Washington,hereinafter called “Renton”,for and in consideration of the terms and conditions herein below set forth in greater detail,to: A.provide for the use of specific sections of Renton’s rights-of-way for water transmission lines and appurtenances by Seattle; B.provide for the use by Renton of certain real property owned by Seattle;and WE{EREAS,Seattle owns and operates a system for the supply,transmission,and distribution of water, and sells and distributes water to its own inhabitants and also to other persons and customers outside the corporate limits of the City of Seattle;and WI-IEREAS,Seattle has made application to Renton for renewal of that particular franchise granted pursuant to Renton Ordinance No.903;and WHEREAS,both cities have been in negotiations regarding the terms of the proposed franchise renewal in a good faith effort toward understanding and mitigating the problems and concerns raised by Renton relating to Seattle’s large diameter water transmission lines which traverse the City of Renton;and WHEREAS,Seattle owns in fee simple certain sections of the Cedar River Pipeline right-of-way;and WHEREAS,the use by Renton of said areas will not interfere unreasonably with the use by Seattle of said rights-of-way for water pipeline purposes; NOW,THEREFORE,it is mutually agreed by Seattle and Renton as follows: Page 1 of II SECTION I.SEATTLE FACILITIES IN RENTON RIGHT-OF-WAY A.TERMS AND PRIVILEGE There is hereby granted to Seattle from the date of acceptance hereof;the right,privilege,authority to operate,maintain,repair and reconstruct three water transmission lines together with the necessary appurtenances thereto,excluding service lines to any customer unless specifically approved by Renton, subject to the terms and conditions as set forth hereinafter in this Agreement,in those portions of Renton rights-of-way described as follows: 1.Cedar River Pipeline No.1(66-inch diameter)and Cedar River Pipeline No.2 (5 1-1/2 inch diameter)across Houser Way South and in South Third Street from Houser Way South to the west margin of Burnett Avenue South. 2.Cedar River Pipeline No.3 (66-inch diameter)in Mill Avenue South beginning at the northwesterly margin of Interstate 405 right-of-way and extending northerly to South Second Street,thence westerly in South Second Street to a point 100 feet west of the west margin of Logan Avenue South and the beginning of Seattl&s fee-owned right-of-way. 3.Two 12-inch water mains located within Logan Avenue South,northerly of the Cedar River Pipelines to South Tobin Street,thence east on South Tobin Street to the Burlington Northern Railroad right-of way,thence north to the City of Renton Linear Park,as shown on the drawing attached as Exhibit “A”.This portion is included herein under the condition, and in the event that Boeing transfers these water mains to the City of Seattle. B.RIGHTS AND CONDITIONS 1.Repair and/or Replacement of Pipelines: The existing Cedar River Pipelines have been in place and in service for up to ninety years. Considering the potential impact of the event of a failure,break,or major leak from these pipelines through the downtown core of Renton and the resultant damages to residents and businesses from such an event,Seattle shall take every reasonable and responsible action to reduce or eliminate such impact. a)Emergency Response Plan -Seattle shall submit to Renton,within 365 days of the date of this Agreement,an emergency response plan for all Seattle facilities covered by this Agreement. b)Analysis of Condition -Within two years of the date of this Agreement and every fifth year thereafter,Seattle shall provide Renton with a detailed engineering analysis of the strength and condition of the Cedar River Pipelines through Renton’s downtown core. c)Safety Improvements -Seattle shall construct improvements on the pipelines for controlled drainage with adequate valving and conveyance to protect Renton’s streets, homes,businesses,and other facilities in the event of a failure or emergency.Seattle Page 2 of 11 shall install,in a timely fashion,mainline shutoff valves west of Renton to be able to isolate the downtown core from drainage in case of a main break.Seattle shall initiate procedures to implement sufficient improvements in a timely manner to address any and all recommendations included in the above Analysis of Condition. d)Work Requirements: 1)Ingress and Egress -Seattle,as Grantee herein,shall have the right of reasonable ingress to and egress from said water transmission lines for the purpose of repair, replacement,and maintenance thereof,but such right shall be subject to and consistent with the provisions of this Agreement and junior to the rights of the public for use of said avenues or streets.All necessary work required to be done by Seattle shall be completed with reasonable dispatch and with the least practicable interference with or inconvenience to the rights of the public, individuals,and affected businesses. 2)Restoration -Seattle shall restore all streets,alleys,sidewalks,and public grounds,upon completion of any excavation,installation,repair or replacement (the work),to their prior or better condition of safety,utility and type of construction,in which case (the work)shall conform to current Renton Trench Restoration Requirements and City of Renton Construction Standard Specifications and Plans and applicable codes and laws.In case any obstruction caused by Seattle shall remain longer than five days after notice to remove it,or in the case of neglect or failure by Seattle to protect any dangerous places by proper guards,barricades,or other precautions,Renton may remove or protect them at the expense of Seattle. When notice has been provided to Seattle by Renton at least one year in advance of construction for planned paving,Seattle shall not be permitted to excavate into such pavement for a period of five years unless an emergency necessitates such or Renton permits such excavation. 3)Moving or Relocating Appurtenances to Seattle Pipelines -Whenever it shall become necessary in the grading or regrading,paving,or repaving,improving any highway,street,avenue,or alley in the City of Renton,or in the building of any sidewalks or improvements thereon,or in the construction of any sewer or water main,or in the laying down of any other duly authorized conduit owned or controlled by Renton,to move or remove any appurtenances (such as valve boxes, blow-off assemblies,etc.)to Seattle’s water transmission lines,which are located above,at or in the proximity of the surface,Seattle shall,upon receiving reasonable notice from Renton,move or remove such appurtenances,except the water transmission lines,at its own cost and expense;and if Seattle shall fail, neglect,or refuse to move such appurtenances within a reasonable time,as determined by Renton,then same may be moved by Renton at the expense of Seattle. 4)Permits -Seattle shall secure all applicable and necessary permits from Renton and approval by Renton shall not be unreasonably withheld.It is understood that, Page 3 of 11 ‘I during an emergency,requirements for permits would be modified in accordance with applicable laws,codes,and ordinances,as necessary,and,in the event that no such law,code,or ordinance affects the reconstruction during an emergency,the permit requirement stated herein shall be waived.During said reconstruction, Renton shall have the right to direct and control the locations for access to the work and stockpiling of materials and equipment.Restoration by Seattle shall be equal to or better than that which existed at the commencement of the reconstruction.Seattle shall notify Renton,in advance of any reconstruction,in writing,by submission of plans for such work.Major reconstruction activities shall require at least two years advance written notice by Seattle to Renton. Notice shall include submission of plans for work to Renton. 5)As-Built Plans -A copy of as-constructed plans,as available,which identify the pipelines and their appurtenances,as well as all interfering utilities,landmarks, and physical features,shall be provided to Renton by Seattle within 180 calendar days following execution of this Agreement.Following any reconstruction,Seattle shall provide a copy of as-constructed plans for such work to Renton in accordance with conditions noted herein.Locations shown on the as-constructed plans shall be referenced to known monuments and established survey control and pipeline locations shown shall be within the accuracy requirements in accordance with State statutes. 6)Inspection -If major reconstruction occurs in Renton,then a Renton inspector will be present and the costs for said inspector and corresponding inspection shall be paid by Renton and reimbursed to Renton by Seattle in a timely manner following submittal of an invoice to Seattle. 7)Construction Access &Traffic Control -Any operation or maintenance activity by Seattle shall not prevent normal access over Renton’s streets without written permission from Renton.Traffic control costs incurred by Renton as a result of Seattle’s operation or maintenance activities shall be reimbursed to Renton by Seattle.Seattle shall maintain access for emergency purposes at all times over those pipeline segments within the City Limits.For normal minor maintenance, oral approval may be given,and traffic control will be done by Seattle crews. 8)Alterations of Renton Facilities Requested by Seattle -All alterations,moving, or adjusting of Renton’s pipelines and appurtenances in the Renton right-of-way required by construction of improvements undertaken by Seattle shall be performed by Renton’s Water Department or designee,at the sole cost and expense of Seattle.No construction work shall be undertaken or initiated on Renton’s facilities without Renton’s prior written approval. e)Additional Pipelines -The rights granted herein apply to the existing Seattle transmission pipelines only,as of the date of execution of this Agreement.Additional Seattle transmission pipelines will require an amendment to this Agreement or a separate agreement as determined by Renton,dependent upon the scope of work contemplated,its location,disruption of existing utilities and appurtenances,and other related factors. Page 4 of 11 2.Response by Seattle for Planned Improvements by Renton -Renton shall transmit to Seattle information regarding any street or any utility facility improvements placed in the proximity or across any of Seattlds water transmission lines,and Seattle shall review and transmit any comment to Renton within a period of 20 days after receipt of same. 3.Cathodic Protection/Impressed Current a)Existing Installations -Where a Seattle pipeline is already cathodically protected by impressed current,Seattle shall provide a copy of the design report and as-constructed drawings for the city’s records and review.These records should be transmitted within 180 days of the date of this Agreement.Seattle will review City of Renton water plans and other utility plans using metallic pipe that may have been installed since Seattle’s cathodic protection (CP)system was installed,to identify and correct any possible problems.Renton will furnish all infonnation it has on cathodic protection test stations (Seattle and Renton’s)that Renton has installed in these areas of concern.If any additional test stations are needed in order to do a comprehensive analysis of Seattle’s impressed current or CP system effects on Renton’s utility systems,Seattle will install them.Upon completion of the initial and annual testing of the existing CP system, Seattle shall demonstrate to Renton that the CP System as installed on Seattle’s facility will not adversely effect Renton’s facilities and shall take corrective action,as necessary,to eliminate adverse effects on Renton’s facilities.If corrective action is necessary,Seattle shall provide Renton a time schedule for corrections. All Seattle pipelines that are cathodically protected shall be dielectrically isolated from Renton pipelines.Seattle shall provide a report demonstrating dielectric isolation from Renton pipelines,or a report showing no need to do so,within one year from the date of this Agreement.Prior to energizing or substantial adjustment of a rectifier,Seattle shall notify Renton,as well as provide a report demonstrating stray current evaluation to include measurement of the potential shift at:groundbed;at pipeline crossings;and where pipelines run parallel within 25 feet of a Seattle cathodically protected facility. b)Test Stations -When new test stations are installed by Seattle on Renton facilities, Seattle shall be required to have a Construction Permit from Renton.Renton shall have an inspector verify the installation to industry standards. c)New Installations -For new installations or additions to existing installations,Seattle shall provide plans and specifications to Renton for comment,as required for a normal permit process.Renton’s review/comments of the CP system design will be limited to a check on the location of the proposed installation and identification of any potential physical or electrical conflicts with Renton facilities.Upon completion of the installation of a new or modified CP system,Seattle shall demonstrate to Renton that the CP System installed on Seattle’s facility will not adversely affect Renton’s facilities and shall take corrective action,as necessary,to eliminate adverse effects on Renton’s facilities. Page 5 of 11 d)Annual Testing -In addition to demonstrating,with initial testing,that there are no adverse effects on Renton facilities,Seattle shall test Renton’s facilities annually to show that no adverse effects exist.Renton shall be invited,in writing,two weeks in advance,when testing said facilities to verify and learn testing procedures.Seattle will be responsible for operating its CP system rectifiers in the area in sufficient combinations to determine existence of cathodic protection interference. e)Annual Reports -Seattle agrees to submit an annual report which attests to the fact that no adverse effects have occurred on Renton’s facilities.The report shall also include data on rectifier settings,DC amps/volts out put,pipe to soil potential measurements,and shunt readings at interference/cross bonds or across isolation joints. 1)Liability For Damages -Seattle shall be responsible to correct stray current problems that are detected during annual testing or at any other time,and shall be responsible in damages to Renton and/or to third parties for all stray current damage,as defined by a mutually acceptable Corrosion Engineer,that results from the operation of the Seattle cathodic protection system. 4.Claims -Seattle agrees to join with Renton in the defense of any and all claims or actions of any kind or description which may accrue to or be suffered by any person,persons,or property by reason of Seattle’s use of said areas.In case of any suit or action brought against Renton by reason thereof,Seattle will,upon notice to it of the commencement thereof, join with Renton in defense of such suit or action.Any final judgment awarding damages shall be paid in whole or part or shared in such proportions as shall be fixed by the court or jury if the parties cannot agree. C.SERVICE TRANSFERS Seattle shall,upon request by Renton,in a reasonable time,conclude with Renton a plan for orderly transfer and takeover of service by Renton of those residential and industrialJcommercial customers within Renton city limits or Renton’s franchise area within the Skyway Coordinated Water System Plan all in accordance with State law and the Skyway Coordinated Water System Plan. The transfers,cost of water,and billing procedures shall be done by separate Agreement. D.POLLUTANTS AND HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES During the term of this Agreement,Seattle agrees to keep the right-of-way and facilities covered by this Agreement in compliance with any and all Environmental Laws and not cause or permit contamination from Hazardous Substances or Pollutants in violation of Environmental Laws. Upon notice or discovery of any release of any Hazardous Substance caused by Seattle or expressly authorized by Seattle to occur upon the right-of-way and facilities covered by this Agreement,Seattle shall immediately take all necessary steps to report,respond to,and clean up the same and restore the right-of-way and facilities covered by this Agreement to its preexisting condition in accordance with applicable Environmental Laws and Requirements and shall report any such release to Renton within 24 hours of discovery. Page 6 of II E.HOLD HARMLESS,RELEASE AND LIABILITY INSURANCE 1.Seattle Indemnification:Seattle agrees to indemnify,defend,and hold harmless Renton,its officers and employees,from and against any and all claims,demands,damages,losses, liens,penalties,fines,expenses of every kind and nature,including attorney’s fees,and liability for the following: Any claims or liability arising from an accident or injury or damage to property on or about the right-of-way and facilities covered by this Agreement caused by the wrongful or negligent acts or omissions of Seattle,its agents,tenants,licensees,invitees,employees,or other occupants of the right-of-way and facilities covered by this Agreement. As between the parties and for the purposes of the foregoing obligations Seattle waives any immunity,defense or other protection that may be afforded by any workers compensation, industrial insurance or similar laws (including but not limited to the Washington Industrial Insurance Act,Title 51 of the Revised Code of Washington). Any activities or use of the right-of-way and facilities covered by this Agreement by Seattle which cause or knowingly permit the release or the threatened release of any Hazardous Substance on the right-of-way and facilities covered by this Agreement. This indemnification shall survive the termination of this Agreement. This indemnification shall not apply to Hazardous Substances generated,discharged,or deposited on the right-of-way and facilities covered by this Agreement prior to the date of occupation granted by the initial franchise.Additionally,this indemnification shall not apply to Hazardous Substances generated,discharged,or deposited on the right-of-way and facilities covered by this Agreement after the date of occupation granted by the initial franchise which arise from Renton’s activities on the right-of-way and facilities covered by this Agreement,and shall not apply to Hazardous Substances which migrate onto the right-of-way and facilities covered by this Agreement from off-site. Renton,at its sole expense,may employ additional counsel of its choice to associate with counsel defending against any such claims,lawsuits,or administrative proceedings. 2.Seattle’s Insurance:Seattle shall provide and keep in force and effect during the term hereof public liability insurance with limits of not less than Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000)covering injuries to persons,including death,and loss of or damage to real and personal property.Such insurance may be provided under Seattle’s blanket comprehensive liability insurance policy.During the term of this Agreement,Renton shall be named as an additional insured under such insurance to the extent of Seattle’s undertaking set forth in Section I.E.1.Entitled “Seattle Indemnification”including any claims of accident,injury,or damage arising from Seattle’s use of the right-of-way and facilities covered by this Agreement.A certificate evidencing such insurance coverage shall be delivered to Renton not less than fifteen (15)days prior to the execution of this Agreement.Such certificate of insurance will provide for fifteen (15)days advance notice in the event of cancellation. If Seattle is self-insured,Seattle will provide Renton with evidence to that effect.Renton will Page 7 of 11 require any contractor and/or subcontractor to maintain insurance coverage in accordance with the preceding paragraph. F.DEFAULT If at any time during the term of this Agreement Seattle shall fail to comply with any of the other terms and conditions of this Agreement,Renton shall give written notice to Seattle of such default or otherwise to comply with the terms and provisions of this Agreement,as the case may be.If such default is not cured within thirty (30)days of Seattle’s receipt of Renton’s written notice as to the default,or within such period as Renton determines is reasonable if Renton determines that the condition caused by such default is a threat to public health and safety,or the environment, Renton shall have,in addition to such remedies as may be afforded by the laws of the State of Washington,the power and right to declare this Agreement terminated and reenter the right-of- way and facilities covered by this Agreement,but not withstanding such remedies or tennination and reentry by Renton,Seattle covenants and agrees to make good to Renton any deficiency arising from the reentry,removal of personal property and/or improvements,and restoration of the right-of-way and facilities covered by this Agreement and to pay such deficiency upon demand to Renton. G.RIGHT TO REMEDY/DEFAULT INTEREST If Seattle fails to do any act or thing required to be done by Seattle under this Agreement,Renton shall notify Seattle of such failure,and give Seattle thirty (30)days to perform such act or thing, except for conditions which pose a threat to public health and safety,or the environment.In the event Seattle fails to perform within said thirty (30)days,Renton shall have the right at it sole option,but not the obligation,to do such act or thing on behalf of Seattle and upon notification of Renton’s reasonable expenditure in connection therewith,Seattle shall immediately repay Renton the amount thereof plus interest at eight (8)percent per annum,from the date of Renton’s invoice for said expenditure to the date of Seattle’s repayment. SECTION II.RENTON FACILITIES IN SEATTLE RIGHT-OF-WAY A.PREMISES By separate Agreement,Seattle shall grant Renton a 40 year lease for vehicle parking and park purposes in the area described below: 1.Parcel “A”for Public Vehicle Parking,Access to the Abutting North Site and Pedestrian Crossing Purposes:That portion of the City of Seattle,Cedar River Pipeline right-of-way located in Section 18,Township 23 North,Range 5 East,W.M.,King County,Washington situated in Blocks 1 and 6 of the Plat of Smithers Sixth Addition to Renton,Volume 26 of Plats, page 47,records of King County,Washington,and Block 1 of the Plat of Motor Line Addition to Renton Volume 9 of Plats,page 50,records of King County,Washington,lying north of South Third Street between the east margin of Moms Avenue South and the west margin of Logan Avenue South,in Renton,Washington;and Page 8 of 11 2:Parcd “B”for ParklPlaza Purposes:That portion of the City of Seattle,Cedar River Pipeline right-of-way located in Section 18,Township 23 North,Range 5 East,W.M.,King County, Washington situated in Block 2 of the Plat of Motor Line Addition to Renton Volume 9 of Plats, page 50,records of King County,Washington,lying north of South Third Street between the east margin of Logan Avenue South and the west margin of Burnett Avenue South,in Renton, Washington. Seattle also grants to Renton pennission and authority to use the following areas,as described below,extending existing uses granted in the aforesaid franchise granted pursuant to Renton Ordinance No.903: 3.That portion of Seattl&s 30-foot wide Cedar River Pipeline No.3 right-of-way lying between the northerly and the southerly westbound lanes of South Second Street,beginning at a point 100 feet west of the west margin of Logan Avenue South for vehicle and pedestrian crossings,traffic control and lighting devices,and street lighting,underground utilities including conduit and landscaping.Any extended uses,beyond the prior permit granted under Ordinance 903 ,will need to be reviewed and approved by the City of Seattle. 4.Such space as required for an existing 12-inch diameter storm sewer along Seattle’s Cedar River Pipeline right-of-way between Burnett Avenue South and the old Black River Channel.Any modification or reconstruction of the facilities will need to be reviewed and approved by the City of Seattle. 5.Those portions of Seattle’s Cedar River Pipeline right-of-way in downtown Renton for the roadway crossings of Logan Avenue South,Moms Avenue South,Whitworth Avenue South,and Shattuck Avenue South,including underground utilities and other necessary appurtenances,Any modification or reconstruction of the facilities will need to be reviewed and approved by the City of Seattle. B.RIGHTS AND CONDITIONS 1.Use of Seattle right-of-way -SPU has sole authority to review and approve any and all uses of all SPU Cedar River Pipeline right-of-way within the City of Renton.This includes those parcels specified in Lease Agreement No.327-815 (18-23-5 SE),as well as other right-of-way owned by SPU within Renton city limits.The City of Renton is not authorized to make arrangements with any private parties for use of the SPU right-of-way within the City of Renton. 2.Compensation for Private Uses of right-of-way -According to state law those uses by private parties of SPU right-of-way which are for private benefit must be compensated at fair market value.Hence,SPU must be compensated at the fair market value for any private use of the right-of-way.Said private party must enter into a long-term lease with SPU which specifies uses and compensation for the property in question. 3.Unauthorized Uses -For any unauthorized uses of SPU right-of way by the City of Renton, SPU may remove unauthorized facilities,vehicles,and/or structures at the expense of the City of Renton,with expenses to include the payment of any damages that occur during the removal of said structures and facilities. Page 9 of 11 4.Garage Access to Parcel A -The granting of garage access to Parcel A to tenants of the Daily Site is contingent upon the City of Renton owning the 18-foot-wide abutting property,lying between the Seattle right-of-way and the Daily site.Failure by the City of Renton to acquire this parcel of property (or equivalent property rights through a long-term lease)shall either result in denial of access to SPU right-of-way by the Daily Site tenants,or the granting of such access only through the terms of a lease entered into between SPU and Daily. SECTION III.ABANDONMENT/EXPIRATION/TERMINATION This Agreement shall expire on December 31,2038 unless terminated upon mutual agreement of Seattle and Renton prior to this date. Seattle may give written notice of abandonment for any area identified in Section I.hereof.If Seattle determines the pipe(s)are no longer needed,Seattle shall notify Renton.Seattle shall remove the pipe(s) and restore the street to its prior condition at Renton’s request. This Agreement shall not be assigned or transferred. SECTION IV.NON-EXCLUSIVENESS This Agreement is not exclusive and shall not preclude the City of Renton from granting franchises to other persons,companies or municipal corporations to use said streets,avenues and other public thoroughfares or any part thereof covered by the Agreement for the same purpose as herein authorized or for any other purpose authorized by law. Page lOofli [N WITNESS WHEREOF,Seattle has caused this Agreement to be executed by its Director of Seattle Public Utilities pursuant to Seattle City Ordinance No.119202. CITY OF SEATFLE Diana Gale Director Seattle Public Utilities CITY OF RENTON se Tanner,Mayor Attest: *M°\Zc( Brenda Fritsvod,Deputy City Clerk Notary Seal must be within box. STATE OF WASHINGTON)SS COUNTY OF K1NG ) I certify that I know or have satisfactory evidence thatJ,5t 1trI5 &aida F,1E,yoLd signeci this instrument and acknowledged it to be his/her/their free and voluntary act for the uses and purposes mentioned in the instrument. 1Y4th 7a,ti’i” Notary Public in d for the State of Washington Notary(Print)A-thdc ,½U/2tl/2/f My appointment ex ires: Dated:_________ t’/fL7/oo/ Notary Seal must be within box. STATE OF WASFIINGTON)ss COUNTY OF KING ) I certify that I know or pave satisfactory evidence that OJft&(D&k.signed this instrument and acknowledged it to be his/her/their free and voluntary act for e uses and purposes mentioned in the instrument. Nory Public in and for the Stat of Wahington Notary (Print)\,(\)‘1\\(V’‘1O My appointment expires:%iO Dated: - Page 11 of 11 II __i _ LT fl J on u d : H. - UI Pu M _ E1 o I - __ _ _ \ =- - - — C4 r Z L Z E , f l r Z * ft cr . ) \_ _ I __ -L L r - ! — - U) ft co G ) I r L oh i (I ) I —I U W’ — ’ 1c I ( IE [ __ _ __ ‘U w - / - _ __ _ _ _ — __ U U I __ __ _ _ j çj ; 4 H J ,1 - 1t u I I J IT 1 c* fl T h : Th [ i R LO G WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 APPENDIX D – RECORD DRAWING FOR SOUTH 3RD STREET Contract No. CAG-25-044 APPENDIX D World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 APPENDIX D RECORD DRAWING FOR SOUTH 3RD STREET Refer to the following website for Record Drawings: PW-03949: https://edocs.rentonwa.gov/Documents/DocView.aspx?id=105 85601&dbid=0&repo=CityofRenton WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 APPENDIX E – RECORD DRAWINGS FOR LOGAN AVENUE SOUTH Contract No. CAG-25-044 APPENDIX E World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 APPENDIX E RECORD DRAWINGS FOR LOGAN AVENUE SOUTH Refer to the following website for Record Drawings: PW-01301: https://edocs.rentonwa.gov/Documents/Browse.aspx?id=20431 0&dbid=0&repo=CityofRenton PW-02701: https://edocs.rentonwa.gov/Documents/Browse.aspx?id=20533 6&dbid=0&repo=CityofRenton WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 APPENDIX F – RECORD DRAWINGS FOR GATEWAY PARK IRRIGATION Contract No. CAG-25-044 APPENDIX F World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 APPENDIX F RECORD DRAWINGS FOR UTILITIES WITHIN SPU PROPERTY Refer to the following website for Record Drawings: PW-02701: https://edocs.rentonwa.gov/Documents/Browse.aspx?id=20533 6&dbid=0&repo=CityofRenton WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 APPENDIX G – PERMITS Contract No. CAG-25-044 APPENDIX G World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 APPENDIX G PERMITS DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNITY AND ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT Construction Permit: C25001240 IVR Number: 25001240 Permit Information Permit Name: World Cup Legacy Square Address/Location:03/12/2025Application Date:7841800195Parcel Number: 510 S 3RD ST Permit Type:04/15/2025Issue Date:Engineering Permit Work Class:04/15/2026Expiration Date:Construction Plan Reviewer: Michael Sippo 425-430-7298 Description: Civil Construction Permit for World Cup Legacy Square, at 510 S 3rd St (APNs 7841800195, 7841800205, 5696000005) Contacts Name Address PhoneTypeBilling City of Renton 1055 S Grady Way Renton, WA 98057 ApplicantX City of Renton 1055 S Grady Way Renton, WA 98057 Contact RENTON CITY OF 1055 S GRADY WAY RENTON, WA 98057 Owner General Conditions & Signature Permission is hereby given for the work described on this permit according to the conditions hereon and according to the approved plans and specifications pertaining thereto, subject to compliance with the Ordinance of the City of Renton. Ÿ This permit and plans must be posted at the job site at all times.Ÿ I hereby certify that no work is to be done except as described above and in approved plans, and that work is to conform to Renton codes and ordinances. Ÿ Call 425.430.7203 or go to: https://permitting.rentonwa.gov one working day in advance to schedule an inspections and for ANY work in the Right of Way. Ÿ Call 8 1 1 to locate underground utilities at least two full business days prior to any excavation.Ÿ In accordance with RCW 19.122.033(4) the permit holder is required to contact (Williams Northwest Pipeline at 425.868.1010) (Olympic Pipeline at 425.235.7736) (Puget Sound Energy at 425.375.3397) to request a consultation with the transmission pipeline company prior to performing any construction or excavation activities. This requirement to consult with the transmission pipeline company is in addition to the requirement to Call before You Dig as required in RCW 19.122. Ÿ (Date)(Signature) Page 1 of 1THIS PERMIT AND PLANS MUST BE POSTED AT THE JOB SITE AT ALL TIMES Michael S. Sippo 4/15/25 WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 APPENDIX H – MATERIAL CUT SHEETS Contract No. CAG-25-044 APPENDIX H World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 APPENDIX H MATERIAL CUT SHEETS R 0. 5 0 4.00 2. 3 7 5 3.625 2. 0 0 0. 3 7 5 2. 0 0 0 A B C D INTELLICEPTSAN DIEGO, CALIFORNIA, U.S.A. SCALE SIZE CAD FILE: DWG. NO. A SHEET OF REV. 12345678 THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF INTELLICEPT. ANY REPRODUCTION IN PART OR WHOLE WITHOUTTHE WRITTEN PERMISSION OF INTELLICEPT IS PROHIBITED. FA902.5 A B C D 12345678 Material: 6061-T6 Aluminum. Finish: Hard tumble to remove all machined and/or cut edges.Type II Clear Anodize or Hard Anodize. Anchoring: Two offset thru holes for Smart Pin Plus.Use anchors in conjunction with two-part epoxy. Product Spacing: 18" from end of planters/walls and approximately 36" centers. Not intended for use on steps, stairs, sidewalk curb or any pedestrian traffickedsurface. EALP Series LED Outdoor Area Light Lumens: Photometry: 70,700 Type II, III, IV & V Efficacy: CCT: 132 LPW 3000K, 4000K, 5000K CRI:≥70 Upward Light Output Ratio (ULOR):0 Horizontal Orientation Housing:Aluminum die cast enclosure. Integral heat sink for maximum heat transfer Lens:Impact resistant tempered glass Paint:Corrosion resistant polyester powder paint, minimum 2.0 mil thickness Standard = Black, Dark Bronze Gray, White (RAL & custom colors available) Optional = Coastal Finish Weight:27 lbs Optical system Construction Controls Luminaire Ambient Temperature Factor Lumen Maintenance OPTICS LXX(10K) @ HOURS 25,000 HR 50,000 HR 60,000 HR M2, M3, M4, M5 L96 L95 L94 N2, N3, N4, N5 P2, P3, P4, P5 L96 L94 L93 R2, R3, R4, R5 L93 L89 L87 P2, P3, P4, P5, Q2,Q3, Q4, Q5 L95 L93 L92 Input Voltage:120-277V, 277-480V & 347-480V Input Frequency:50/60 Hz Power Factor (PH):≥ 0.9 at rated watts Total Harmonic Distortion (THD):≤ 20% at rated watts Electrical Surge Protection Dimming:Standard - 0-10V Optional - DALI (Option U) Sensors:Photo Electric Sensors (PE) available LightGrid+TM and Daintree Compatible Ratings Operating Temperature: -40° C to 50° C Mx Optic Codes are -40° C to 45° C Nx Optic Codes are -40° C to 40° C Px Optic Codes are -40° C to 35° C Rx Optic Codes are -40° C to 30° C Vibration: LM-79: 3G per ANSI C136.31-2010 Testing in accordance with IESNA Standards Per ANSI C136.2-2023 6kV/3kA 10kV/5kA 20kV/10kA Projected Lxx per IES TM-21-11 at 25°C AMBIENT TEMP (°C)INITIAL FLUX FACTOR 10 1.02 20 1.01 25 1.00 AMBIENT TEMP (°C)INITIAL FLUX FACTOR 30 0.99 40 0.98 Note: Projected Lxx based on LM80 (= 10,000 hour testing). Accepted Industry tolerances apply to initial luminous flux and lumen maintenance measurements Warranty 5 Year (Standard)10 Year (Optional) Optical Only The EALP Area Light luminaire offers a wide range of optical patterns, color temperatures, lumen packages and mounting configurations to optimize area light applications, as well as provide versatility in lighting design within one form- factor. They are ideal for commercial property site-lighting applications such as retail and commercial exteriors. UL1598 IK7 PROJECT NAME DATE TYPE CATALOG NUMBER CUSTOMER NAME LED.com © 2024 Current Lighting Solutions, LLC. All rights reserved. Information and speci≥cations subject to change without notice. All values are design or typical values when measured under laboratory conditions. Page 1 of 9 (Rev 10/27/24) OLP3113-Evolve-Area-Lighting-EALP-Spec-Sheet_R01 Arize EALP Series LED Outdoor Area Light PROJECT NAME DATE TYPE CATALOG NUMBER CUSTOMER NAME EALP_ _ _ _03_ ___ __ _ 7_ _ _ _ __ __ _ _ __ XS PRODUCT ID GENERATION VOLTAGE OPTICAL CODE DISTRIBUTION CRI CCT DIMMING²CONTROLS MOUNTING ARM COLOR OPTIONS E= Evolve AL= Area Light P = Premium 03 01=120- 277V H1 = 347- 480V E1 = 277- 480V 1 = 120V 2 = 208V 3 = 240V 4 = 277V 5 = 480V D = 347V Mx =40000 lm Nx = 50000 lm14 Px = 60000 lm14 Rx = 70000 lm14 SM = Symmetric Medium SW = Symmetric Wide SH = Symmetric High Angle AF = Asymmetric Forward AH = Asymmetric High Angle AW = Asymmetric Wide AN = Asymmetric Narrow/Auto 7 = 70 (min) 3011 = 3000K 40 = 4000K 50 = 5000K N = Dimming thru PE receptacle D = External Dimming 18/2 3 ft Cable A = ANSI C136.41 7-Pin Receptacle D = ANSI C136.417-Pin Receptacle with Shorting Cap E = ANSI C136.41 7-pin with Non- Dimming PE Control C14 = Integral Slipfitter: Standard D15, 15 = Universal Mounting Arm: Fitted for round or square pole mounting For 3”-6” OD round poles. For 4.0” min. square poles K14,6 = Knuckle Slipfitter: For 1.9 in. - 2.3 in OD Tenon S14,6 = Knuckle Slipfitter: For 2.3 in. - 3.0 in OD Tenon V14,6 = Knuckle Wall Mount BLCK = Black DKBZ = Dark Bronze GRAY = Gray WHTE =White F= Fusing H2 = Daintree enabled motion sensor8, 13, 14 H4 = Motion Sensor (WattStopper) 13 J = cUL/Canada L = Tool-Less Entry R = Enhanced Surge Protection (10kV/5kA) S1 = Rotated Left¹² S2 = Rotated Right¹² T = Extreme Surge Protection U = DALI Programmable 7 V0 = 3 Position Terminal Block Y = Coastal Finish10 XXX = Special Options ¹ Not Available with Fusing, Must Choose a Discrete Voltage with “F” Option Code ² Note Standard Dimming is 0-10V ³ Not available in 277-480V ⁴ Supplied with 3ft leads ⁵ Supplied with 16/3 ft Cable ⁶ Restricted Aiming Angle of 0-45° ⁷ Compatible with LightGrid Wireless Control Nodes, Not Compatible with Motion Sensor Control ⁸ Not available in 347V, 480V or 347-480V. ⁹ Only available with K, L & M optics 10 Recommended for installations within 750 feet from coast. Lead time varies, check with factory. 11 Select 3000K CCT for DarkSky Approved fixtures. ¹² For aimed left or right light distribution orientation, as assembled in manufacturing. Not applicable for Symmetric Distributions 13 Not available with Dali 14 Not available with 20kV/10kA SPD & Fusing (must choose one or the other) 15 When mounting fixtures at 90 degrees, round pole must be 3.5” OD minimum Ordering Information LED.com © 2024 Current Lighting Solutions, LLC. All rights reserved. Information and speci≥cations subject to change without notice. All values are design or typical values when measured under laboratory conditions. Page 2 of 9 (Rev 10/27/24) OLP3113-Evolve-Area-Lighting-EALP-Spec-Sheet_R01 Arize EALP Series LED Outdoor Area Light PROJECT NAME DATE TYPE CATALOG NUMBER CUSTOMER NAME TYPE OPTIC CODE DISTRIBUTION TYPICA L INITIAL LUMENS TYPICAL SYSTEM WATTAGE BUG RATINGS 3000K 4000 & 5000K 3000K 4000K & 5000K 120-277 & 347-480V B-U-G B-U-G TYPE V M5 Symmetric Medium (SM)37800 40000 305 B5-U0-G3 B5-U0-G4 N5 Symmetric Medium (SM)47200 50000 400 B5-U0-G4 B5-U0-G4 P5 Symmetric Medium (SM)56700 60000 470 B5-U0-G4 B5-U0-G4 R5 Symmetric Medium (SM)66100 70000 550 B5-U0-G5 B5-U0-G5 M5 Symmetric Wide (SW)37800 40000 305 B5-U0-G2 B5-U0-G2 N5 Symmetric Wide (SW)47200 50000 400 B5-U0-G3 B5-U0-G3 P5 Symmetric Wide (SW)56700 60000 470 B5-U0-G3 B5-U0-G3 R5 Symmetric Wide (SW)66100 70000 550 B5-U0-G4 B5-U0-G4 M5 Symmetric High Angle (SH)36400 38600 305 B5-U0-G4 B5-U0-G4 N5 Symmetric High Angle (SH)45600 48300 400 B5-U0-G4 B5-U0-G5 P5 Symmetric High Angle (SH)54800 58000 470 B5-U0-G5 B5-U0-G5 R5 Symmetric High Angle (SH)63800 67600 550 B5-U0-G5 B5-U0-G5 TYPE IV M4 Asymmetric Forward (AF)37800 40000 305 B4-U0-G4 B4-U0-G5 N4 Asymmetric Forward (AF)47200 50000 400 B4-U0-G5 B4-U0-G5 P4 Asymmetric Forward (AF)56700 60000 470 B4-U0-G5 B4-U0-G5 R4 Asymmetric Forward (AF)66100 70000 550 B4-U0-G5 B4-U0-G5 M4 Asymmetric High Angle (AH)36400 38600 305 B4-U0-G5 B4-U0-G5 N4 Asymmetric High Angle (AH)45600 48300 400 B4-U0-G5 B4-U0-G5 P4 Asymmetric High Angle (AH)54800 58000 470 B4-U0-G5 B4-U0-G5 R4 Asymmetric High Angle (AH)63800 67600 550 B5-U0-G5 B5-U0-G5 TYPE III M3 Asymmetric Wide (AW)37800 40000 305 B4-U0-G3 B4-U0-G4 N3 Asymmetric Wide (AW)47200 50000 400 B4-U0-G4 B4-U0-G4 P3 Asymmetric Wide (AW)56700 60000 470 B5-U0-G4 B5-U0-G4 R3 Asymmetric Wide (AW)66100 70000 550 B5-U0-G5 B5-U0-G5 TYPE II M2 Asymmetric Narrow/Auto (AN)38100 40400 305 B4-U0-G4 B4-U0-G4 N2 Asymmetric Narrow/Auto (AN)47700 50500 400 B4-U0-G4 B4-U0-G4 P2 Asymmetric Narrow/Auto (AN)57200 60600 470 B4-U0-G4 B4-U0-G4 R2 Asymmetric Narrow/Auto (AN)66800 70700 550 B5-U0-G5 B5-U0-G5 LED.com © 2024 Current Lighting Solutions, LLC. All rights reserved. Information and speci≥cations subject to change without notice. All values are design or typical values when measured under laboratory conditions. Page 3 of 9 (Rev 10/27/24) OLP3113-Evolve-Area-Lighting-EALP-Spec-Sheet_R01 Arize EALP Series LED Outdoor Area Light PROJECT NAME DATE TYPE CATALOG NUMBER CUSTOMER NAME EALP03 ASYMMETRIC NARROW (R2AN750) 70700 Lumens 5000k EALP03_Q2AN750_______.IES EALP03 ASYMMETRIC WIDE (R3AW750) 70000 Lumens 5000k EALP03_Q3AW750_______.IES EALP03 ASYMMETRIC FORWARD (R4AF750) 70000 Lumens 5000k EALP03_Q4AF750_______.IES EALP03 ASYMMETRIC FORWARD HIGH ANGLE (R4AH750) 67600 Lumens 5000k EALP03_Q4AH750_______.IES Gridline spacing is equal to mounting height. Initial footcandle values shown are at grade for 40’ mounting height. Gridline spacing is equal to mounting height. Initial footcandle values shown are at grade for 40’ mounting height. Gridline spacing is equal to mounting height. Initial footcandle values shown are at grade for 40’ mounting height. Gridline spacing is equal to mounting height. Initial footcandle values shown are at grade for 40’ mounting height. ---------- : Vertical plane through horizontal angle of maximum candlepower at 60° ---------- : Vertical plane through horizontal angle 35° ---------- : Vertical plane through horizontal angle of maximum candlepower at 40° ---------- : Vertical plane through horizontal angle 61° ---------- : Vertical plane through horizontal angle of maximum candlepower at 20° ---------- : Vertical plane through horizontal angle 57° ---------- : Vertical plane through horizontal angle of maximum candlepower at 45° ---------- : Vertical plane through horizontal angle 72° LED.com © 2024 Current Lighting Solutions, LLC. All rights reserved. Information and specifications subject to change without notice. All values are design or typical values when measured under laboratory conditions. Page 4 of 9 (Rev 10/27/24) OLP3113-Evolve-Area-Lighting-EALP-Spec-Sheet_R01 Arize EALP Series LED Outdoor Area Light PROJECT NAME DATE TYPE CATALOG NUMBER CUSTOMER NAME EALP03 SYMMETRIC HIGH ANGLE (R5SH750) 67600 Lumens 5000k EALP03_Q5SH750_______.IES EALP03 SYMMETRIC MEDIUM (R5SM750) 70000 Lumens 5000k EALP03_Q5SM750_______.IES EALP03 SYMMETRIC WIDE (R5SW750) 70000 Lumens 5000k EALP03_Q5SW750_______.IES ---------- : Vertical plane through horizontal angle of maximum candlepower at 20° ---------- : Vertical plane through horizontal angle 66° ---------- : Vertical plane through horizontal angle of maximum candlepower at 40° ---------- : Vertical plane through horizontal angle 65° ---------- : Vertical plane through horizontal angle of maximum candlepower at 35° ---------- : Vertical plane through horizontal angle 56° Gridline spacing is equal to mounting height. Initial footcandle values shown are at grade for 40’ mounting height. Gridline spacing is equal to mounting height. Initial footcandle values shown are at grade for 40’ mounting height. Gridline spacing is equal to mounting height. Initial footcandle values shown are at grade for 40’ mounting height. LED.com © 2024 Current Lighting Solutions, LLC. All rights reserved. Information and specifications subject to change without notice. All values are design or typical values when measured under laboratory conditions. Page 5 of 9 (Rev 10/27/24) OLP3113-Evolve-Area-Lighting-EALP-Spec-Sheet_R01 Arize EALP Series LED Outdoor Area Light PROJECT NAME DATE TYPE CATALOG NUMBER CUSTOMER NAME H4 - Motion Sensing Option (WattStopper) H2 - Motion Sensing Option (Daintree WHS-100) • Recommended Mounting Height: 15-30’ (4.6-9.1m) • For mounting heights exceeding 30 ft., pole mounted sensors are recommended • Coverage Radius: 15-20’ (4.6-6.1 m). • Provides 270 degree of coverage (approx 90 is blocked by the pole) • Default Settings: – Output Occupied – 100% / Unoccupied – 10% – PE Sensor: Disabled – Ramp/Fade: Disabled • Adds < 1W to fixture power rating • Field programmable using FSIR-100 hand held programmer • Recommended Mounting Height: 15-30’ (4.6-9.1m) • For mounting heights exceeding 30 ft., pole mounted sensors are recommended • Provides a coverage area radius for walking motion of 15-20 ft. (4.57-6.10m) • Provides 270 degree of coverage (approx 90 is blocked by the pole) • Default Settings: – Output: Occupied - 100%/Unoccupied - 50% – PE Sensor: None – Ramp/Fade: 5 Minutes/5 Minutes • Adds < 1W to fixture power rating • Requires Daintree Enterprise and wide area control (WAC) H2 (Daintree) H1/H4 (WattStopper) H4 (WattStopper) H2 (Daintree) H1/H4 (WattStopper) H2 (Daintree) LED.com © 2024 Current Lighting Solutions, LLC. All rights reserved. Information and speci≥cations subject to change without notice. All values are design or typical values when measured under laboratory conditions. Page 6 of 9 (Rev 10/27/24) OLP3113-Evolve-Area-Lighting-EALP-Spec-Sheet_R01 Arize EALP Series LED Outdoor Area Light PROJECT NAME DATE TYPE CATALOG NUMBER CUSTOMER NAME KNUCKLE SLIPFITTER: S1 KNUCKLE SLIPFITTER ARM MOUNT 0° to 45° AIMING RANGE 10.0 in. [254 mm] S1 KNUCKLE SLIPFITTER 2.3in - 3.0in OD TENON MOUNT 29.2 in. [741 mm] 4.3 in. [109 mm] 1.9 in. [48 mm] KNUCKLE SLIPFITTER ARM MOUNT 0º TO 45º AIMING RANGE 1.9 in. [48 mm] R11.465 in. [R291 mm] INTEGRAL SLIPFITTER: C1 5.2 in. [132 mm] ADJUSTABLE FOR 1-1/4 TO 2 IN. MOUNTING PIPE (1.660 TO 2.375 INCH OD) [42 TO 60 MM OD] DEPTH OF 4.0 IN. 25.2 in. [641 mm] 14.7 in. [373 mm] 16.0 in. [405 mm] 4.3 in. [109 mm] INTEGRAL SLIPFITTER: C1 LED.com © 2024 Current Lighting Solutions, LLC. All rights reserved. Information and speci≥cations subject to change without notice. All values are design or typical values when measured under laboratory conditions. Page 7 of 9 (Rev 10/27/24) OLP3113-Evolve-Area-Lighting-EALP-Spec-Sheet_R01 Arize EALP Series LED Outdoor Area Light PROJECT NAME DATE TYPE CATALOG NUMBER CUSTOMER NAME UNIVERSAL ARM MOUNT: D1 KNUCKLE WALL MOUNT: V1 30.5 in.[775 mm] 1.9 in.[48 mm] 4.3 in.[109 mm] R11.465 in.[R291 mm] FRONT VIEWSIDE VIEW Wall Mount Hole Pattern TOP VIEW BACK VIEW 6.1 in.[155 mm]Ø.438 in.[Ø11 mm] 2.874 in.[73 mm] 4.375 in.[111 mm] 27.9 in.[709 mm] 2.7 in.[68 mm] 1.9 in.[48 mm] 7.7 in.[197 mm] 4.3 in.[109 mm] R11.465 in.[R291 mm] FRONT VIEWSIDE VIEW TOP VIEW 1.3 in.[33 mm] 4.4 in.[112 mm] 1.8 in.[44 mm]MIN 6.4 in.[162 mm] MAX 2.5 in.[63 mm] SQUARE POLE MIN BACK VIEW D A T A • Approximate Net Weight: 26-28 lbs (11.79 kgs-12.97 kgs) • Effective Projected Area (EPA): – Knuckle Slipfitter K1, S1, V1 aimmed at 45°: EPA = 2.45 sq ft – Knuckle w/Slipfitter K1, S1, V1 aimmed at 0° downward: EPA = 0.79 sq ft – Universal Arm Mount D1: EPA = 0.63 sq ft – Integral Slipfitter C1: EPA = 0.55 sq ft LED.com © 2024 Current Lighting Solutions, LLC. All rights reserved. Information and speci≥cations subject to change without notice. All values are design or typical values when measured under laboratory conditions. Page 8 of 9 (Rev 10/27/24) OLP3113-Evolve-Area-Lighting-EALP-Spec-Sheet_R01 Arize EALP Series LED Outdoor Area Light PROJECT NAME DATE TYPE CATALOG NUMBER CUSTOMER NAME Mounting Arms for Slipfitter SAP NUMBER PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION 93029237G PED-MV-LED-7 ANSI C136.41 Dimming PE, 120-277V 93029238G PED-347-LED-7 ANSI C136-41 Dimming PE, 347V 93029239G PED-480-LED-7 ANSI C136-41 Dimming PE, 480V 28299 PECOTL Long Life PE 120-277V 93147530 PECHTL Long Life PE 120-480V 73271 SCCL-PECTL Shorting Cap Order separately with Mounting Option C1 (Slipfitter) PE Accessories (to be ordered separately) SQUARE POLE MOUNTING DRILLING TEMPLATE 10.50 0 i n . [267 m m ] SQUARE POLE MOUNTING ARM 3.5 TO 4.5-inch (89 to 114mm) SQUARE(WILL ALLOW 4 FIXTURES PER POLE @ 90 DEGREES.) ORDER SEPARATELY FROM FIXTURE AS CATALOG NUMBER SPA-EAMT10BLCK “Black”SPA-EAMT10DKBZ “Dark Bronze” 5.250 in.[133 mm] Ø.438 in. [Ø11 mm](2 Places) 2.196 in.[56 mm]4.392 in.[112 mm] Ø.750 in.[Ø19 mm] 0.656 in. [17 mm]1.312 in. [33 mm] .312 in. DIA.[8 mm DIA.] 5.250 in.[133 mmMIN.]1.812 in.[46 mm] .438 in. DIA.[11 mm DIA.](2 Places) 2.719 in.[69 mm] 5.438 in.[138 mm] .750 in. DIA.[19 mm DIA.]Hole ROUND POLE MOUNTING DRILLING TEMPLATE 3.5 TO 4.5-inch (89 to 114mm) ODround pole mounting arm 10.50 0 i n . [267 m m ] ROUND POLE MOUNTING ARM DRILLING TEMPLATE 3.5 TO 4.5-inch (89 to 114mm) OD(WILL ALLOW 4 FIXTURES PER POLE @ 90 DEGREES.) ORDER SEPARATELY FROM FIXTURE AS CATALOG NUMBERRPA-EAMT10BLCK “Black”RPA-EAMT10DKBZ “Dark Bronze” Contact manufacturing for other available mounting patterns. SQUARE POLE MOUNTING ARM SQUARE POLE MOUNTING DRILLING TEMPLATE 0.438 INCH DIA. (11mm DIA.) - 2 PLACESSQUARE POLE MOUNTING DRILLING TEMPLATE 10.50 0 i n .[267 m m ] SQUARE POLE MOUNTING ARM 3.5 TO 4.5-inch (89 to 114mm) SQUARE(WILL ALLOW 4 FIXTURES PER POLE @ 90 DEGREES.) ORDER SEPARATELY FROM FIXTURE AS CATALOG NUMBER SPA-EAMT10BLCK “Black”SPA-EAMT10DKBZ “Dark Bronze” 5.250 in.[133 mm] Ø.438 in. [Ø11 mm](2 Places) 2.196 in.[56 mm]4.392 in.[112 mm] Ø.750 in.[Ø19 mm] 0.656 in. [17 mm]1.312 in. [33 mm] Compatible with E2 Evolve Drill Pattern Compatible with E1 Evolve Drill Pattern ROUND POLE MOUNTING ARM ROUND POLE MOUNTING DRILLING TEMPLATE 4.0 inch (102mm) SQUARE 7.000 in. [178 mm] 7.000 in. [178 mm] 5.625 in. [143 mm] 5.625 in. [143 mm] 6.375 in. [162 mm] 0.375 in. [10 mm] 2.375 in. [60 mm] Ø.563 in. [Ø14 mm] 4 PLACES Wall Mounting Bracket Adapter Plate Order Separately from fixture as catalog number WMB-EAMT06 *Note: For wall Mounting, order luminaire with mounting arm: C1 = Slipfitter 2" Pip (2.378 in. OD) supplied with leads. 7.000 in. [178 mm] 7.000 in. [178 mm] 5.625 in. [143 mm] 5.625 in. [143 mm] 6.375 in. [162 mm] 0.375 in. [10 mm] 2.375 in. [60 mm] Ø.563 in. [Ø14 mm] 4 PLACES LED.com © 2024 Current Lighting Solutions, LLC. All rights reserved. Information and speci≥cations subject to change without notice. All values are design or typical values when measured under laboratory conditions. Page 9 of 9 (Rev 10/27/24) OLP3113-Evolve-Area-Lighting-EALP-Spec-Sheet_R01 Ba s e C o v e r s - D e c o r a t i v e Da r t A C 1 Ca s t A l u m i n u m - C l a m s h e l l FEATURES • Aesthetically pleasing scalable family for lighting and traffic applications • Clamshell design for quick, easy assembly • Durable, high quality aluminum components provides clean, crisp details • Provided with stainless-steel hardware • Tamper-proof hardware available as special order • Long-lasting finish available in a variety of colors • Install on existing poles to enhance streetscape VALMONT INDUSTRIES, INC. 7002 N. 288TH STREET, PO BOX 358 - VALLEY, NE 68064 USA 800.825.6668 VALMONTSTRUCTURES.COM DART AC1 Cast Aluminum - Clamshell Job Name: Job Location - City: State: Product: Quote: Client Name: Created By: Date: Customer Approval: Date: PRODUCT ORDERING CODES DT15AC All dimensions shown are nominal. DT20ACDT12AC MODEL NUMBER POLE BASE OD (IN) DT12AC DT15AC DT20AC BOLT CIRCLE DIA (IN) BASE PLATE ANCHOR BOLTS HANDHOLE SQUARE (IN) THICKNESS (IN) DIAMETER (IN) SIZE W x H (IN) PROJECTION (IN) CENTER LINE HEIGHT (IN) PROJECTION (IN)COLOR* STEEL WH = White ST = Sandstone BK = Black SM = Silver Metallic SL = Silver LG = Light Gray SG = Slate Gray DT = Dark Tan MB = Medium Bronze CB = Bronze DB = Dark Bronze BN = Brown HG = Hunter Green DG = Dark Green RD = Red SC = Special Color (Contact Factory) ALUMINUM DWH = White DSS = Sandstone BR = Burgundy HG = Hunter Green DNA = Natural Aluminum DCG = Charcoal Gray DMB = Medium Bronze SBN = Sanded Brown DNB = New Dark Bronze DDB = Dark Bronze SBK = Sanded Black DBL = Black DSB = Steel Blue DTG = Dark Green DBR = Red SC = Special Color (Contact Factory) 1. Model Number, Color and Pole Base OD required on all orders. 2. Additional information required when ordering separate from poles. POLE BASE DIAMETER RANGE DIMENSIONS OF BASE COVER TAPERED0.14”/FT(IN)NON-TAPERED(IN) DIA (IN) HEIGHT (IN) MODEL NUMBER 2.75 - 9.50 3.00 - 9.38 12.25 4.63 DT12AC 3.75 - 12.25 4.00 - 12.13 15.00 6.00 DT15AC 6.75 - 17.25 7.00 - 17.13 20.00 7.50 DT20AC * Choose steel or aluminum when used in conjunction with the appropriate pole material. SP C 7 5 2 5 0 4 / 1 0 va l m o n t s t r u c t u r e s . c o m c a r r i e s th e m o s t c u r r e n t s p e c i n f o r m a t i o n an d s u p e r s e d e s t h e s e g u i d e l i n e s . Dart Square-2T (Optional) Pole Cap Cross Section Handhole Tenon Top Full Base Cover (Standard Square) Dart Round - DT (Optional) Po l e s - S t e e l RTS / D S 2 1 0 Li g h t D u t y SPECIFICATIONS Pole Shaft - The pole shaft is a 1-piece assembly conforming to ASTM A595 Grade A or A572 Grade 55 with a constant linear taper of 0.14 in/ft. Pole Top - Pole is provided with either a tenon top or drilled for a fixture mounting. A removable pole cap is provided for drilled poles. Consult the luminaire manufacturer for correct tenon size or drill pattern. Other pole top options include pole cap only (PC) or plain top (PL) which is typical when the pole top diameter matches the necessary slip fit dimensions. Handhole - A reinforced handhole with grounding provision is provided at 1’-6” from the base end of the pole assembly. Each handhole includes a cover and the cover attachment hardware. Poles with a 5.90” base diameter are supplied with a 3” X 5” rectangular handhole. All other pole assemblies are provided with a 4” X 6.5” ovalized handhole. Handhole dimensions are nominal. Base Cover - A two-piece full base cover fabricated from ABS plastic is provided with each pole assembly. Valmont reserves the right to provide a two-piece steel full base cover on some applications depending upon the finish requirement and/or pole base diameter. Nut covers can be substituted on most models. Additional base cover options, including the Dart Square (2T) cast aluminum cover and Dart Round (DT) cast aluminum cover, are available upon request. Anchor Bolts - Anchor bolts conform to ASTM F1554 Grade 55 and are provided with two hex nuts and two flat washers. Bolts have an “L” bend on one end and are galvanized a minimum of 12” on the threaded end. Hardware - All structural fasteners are galvanized high strength carbon steel. All non-structural fasteners are galvanized or zinc-plated carbon steel or stainless steel. Finish - Standard finishes are either Galvanized (GV) or Finish Painted (FP). Additional finish options including Finish Paint over Galvanizing (FPGV) or any of the V-PROTM Finish Coating Systems are available upon request. See the product ordering code for color options. Design Criteria - Please reference Design Criteria Specification for appropriate design conditions. VALMONT INDUSTRIES, INC. 28800 IDA STREET, PO BOX 358 - VALLEY, NE 68064 USA 800.825.6668 VALMONTSTRUCTURES.COM ROUND TAPERED STEEL DS210 Light Duty Job Name: Job Location - City: State: Product: Quote: Client Name: Created By: Date: Customer Approval: Date: Handhole 1’-6” No m i n a l M o u n t i n g H e i g h t ANCHORAGE DATA DESIGNATION, LOAD AND DIMENSIONAL DATA VALMONT INDUSTRIES, INC. 28800 IDA STREET, PO BOX 358 - VALLEY, NE 68064 USA 800.825.6668 VALMONTSTRUCTURES.COM ROUND TAPERED STEEL DS210 Light Duty 1. Maximum EPA (Effective Projected Area) and weight values are based on top mounted luminaires and/ or brackets having a centroid 2’-6” above the Nominal Mounting Height. Variations from sizes above are available upon inquiry at the factory. Satisfactory perfor- mance of poles is dependent upon the pole being properly attached to a supporting foundation of adequate design. 2. Structure weight is a nominal value which includes the pole shaft and base plate only. Job Name: Job Location - City: State: Product: Quote: Client Name: Created By: Date: Customer Approval: Date: Po l e s - S t e e l RTS / D S 2 1 0 Li g h t D u t y POLE BASE PLATE ANCHOR BOLTS BASE OD(IN) WALLTHK(GA) BOLT CIRCLE SQUARE(IN)THK(IN)DIA x LENGTH x HOOK(IN)PROJECTION(IN) + (IN)DIA(IN) + (IN) 5.90 11 9.00 0.50 10.00 0.875 1.00 x 36.00 x 4.00 4.13 0.25 6.50 11 9.50 0.50 10.50 0.875 1.00 x 36.00 x 4.00 4.13 0.25 6.60 11 9.50 0.50 10.50 0.875 1.00 x 36.00 x 4.00 4.13 0.25 7.00 11 10.00 0.50 10.88 0.875 1.00 x 36.00 x 4.00 4.13 0.25 7.00 7 10.00 0.50 10.88 1.000 1.00 x 36.00 x 4.00 4.25 0.25 7.30 11 10.50 0.50 11.25 0.875 1.00 x 36.00 x 4.00 4.13 0.25 7.82 11 11.00 0.50 11.50 0.875 1.00 x 36.00 x 4.00 4.13 0.25 8.00 11 11.00 0.50 11.50 0.875 1.00 x 36.00 x 4.00 4.13 0.25 8.00 7 11.00 0.50 11.50 1.250 1.25 x 42.00 x 6.00 5.00 0.25 8.50 11 11.50 0.50 12.00 1.000 1.00 x 36.00 x 4.00 4.25 0.25 9.00 11 12.50 0.50 12.38 1.000 1.00 x 36.00 x 4.00 4.25 0.25 9.00 7 12.50 0.50 12.38 1.250 1.25 x 42.00 x 6.00 5.00 0.25 9.50 11 13.00 0.50 13.00 1.000 1.00 x 36.00 x 4.00 4.25 0.25 10.00 11 13.50 0.50 14.00 1.000 1.00 x 36.00 x 4.00 4.25 0.25 10.00 7 13.50 0.50 14.00 1.250 1.25 x 42.00 x 6.00 5.00 0.25 DS210 Heavy Duty poles available at valmontstructures.com DESIGN INFORMATION POLE DIMENSIONS NOMINALMOUNTING HEIGHT 80 MPHw/1.3 GUST 90 MPHw/1.3 GUST 100 MPHw/1.3 GUST BASEOD(IN) TOPOD(IN) WALLTHK(GA) STRUCTURE WEIGHT2 (LBS) MAX EPA 1 (SQ FT) MAXWEIGHT1 (LBS) MAX EPA 1 (SQ FT) MAXWEIGHT1 (LBS) MAX EPA 1 (SQ FT) MAXWEIGHT1 (LBS) 20'-0"19.3 482 15.1 377 12.2 305 5.90 3.10 11 140 590A200 24.2 605 19.3 482 15.6 390 6.50 3.70 11 160 650A200 25'-0" 12.5 312 9.9 247 8.0 200 5.90 2.40 11 155 590A250 20.3 507 16.2 405 13.1 327 7.00 3.50 11 200 700A250 30.5 760 24.0 625 19.8 495 7.00 3.50 7 280 700E250 30'-0" 11.7 292 9.3 232 7.5 187 6.60 2.40 11 200 660A300 18.9 473 14.9 373 12.0 300 8.00 3.80 11 265 800A300 33.5 838 27.0 675 22.0 550 8.00 3.80 7 380 800E300 35'-0" 11.2 280 8.9 222 7.1 177 7.30 2.40 11 250 730A350 18.9 472 15.1 377 12.2 305 8.50 3.60 11 315 850A350 23.2 580 18.2 455 14.5 363 9.50 4.60 11 370 950A350 39'-0" 10.7 267 8.5 212 6.6 165 7.82 2.40 11 285 782A389 17.2 430 13.5 338 10.8 270 9.00 3.58 11 355 900A389 28.5 715 23.0 575 19.0 475 9.00 3.58 7 515 900E389 45'-0"17.4 435 13.5 338 10.6 265 10.00 3.70 11 450 T00A450 28.5 715 23.0 575 19.0 475 10.00 3.70 7 650 T00E450 50'-0"13.2 330 10.6 265 8.3 208 10.00 3.00 11 475 T00A500 20.5 512 16.5 412 13.6 340 10.00 3.00 7 680 T00E500 PRODUCT ORDERING CODE DESIGNATION FIXTURE MOUNTING FINISH SYSTEM ANCHOR BOLTSBASE COVERMODEL DS210 Drill Mounting (See Orientation) D1 = (1) Drilling @ 270° D2 = (2) Drillings @ 90° & 270° D3 = (3) Drillings @ 60°, 180°, & 300° D4 = (4) Drillings @ 0°, 90°, 180°, & 270° D5 = (2) Drillings @ 180° & 270° D6 = (3) Drillings @ 90°, 180°, & 270° Tenon Mounting P2 = 2.38” OD x 4” tenon P4 = 4.00” OD x 6” tenon P5 = 2.88” OD x 4” tenon P6 = 2.88” OD x 5” tenon P7 = 2.38” OD x 5” tenon P9 = Special Size (Specify) Other Options PC = Pole Cap PL = Plain Top (No Cap) GV = Galvanized FP = Finish Painted -----OPTIONAL----- FPGV = Finish Paint over Galvanizing VP30 = V-PRO™ 30 System VP32 = V-PRO™ 32 System VP53 = V-PRO™ 53 System VP54 = V-PRO™ 54 System VP57 = V-PRO™ 57 System VP100 = V-PRO™ 100 System VP105 = V-PRO™ 105 System GV = Galvanized BK = Black DB = Dark Bronze MB = Medium Bronze WH = White LG = Light Gray CB = Bronze DG = Dark Green ST = Sandstone HG = Hunter Green SG = Slate Gray SL = Silver SC = Special Color (Specify) FBC = Full Base Cover -----OPTIONAL----- NC = Nut Covers 2T = Square Dart Cover DT = Dart Round Cover AB = With Anchor Bolts LAB = Without Anchor Bolts Anchor Base Detail Bolt Circle Bolt Slots/Holes 0° - Handhole 270°90° 180° As viewed from top of pole. DESIGNATION SUPPLEMENTAL INFO Select Correct Designation from the Load and Dimensional Data Chart. STANDARD COLOR OPTIONS 31 DS210 Round Tapered VALMONT INDUSTRIES, INC. 28800 IDA STREET, PO BOX 358 - VALLEY, NE 68064 USA 800.825.6668 VALMONTSTRUCTURES.COM SP C 7 2 0 4 0 2 / 1 7 va l m o n t s t r u c t u r e s . c o m c a r r i e s t h e m o s t c u r r e n t s p e c in f o r m a t i o n a n d s u p e r s e d e s t h e s e g u i d e l i n e s . WORLD CUP LEGACY SQUARE – PHASE 1 APPENDIX I – ARCHAEOLOGICAL MONITORING Contract No. CAG-25-044 APPENDIX I World Cup Legacy Square -Phase 1 April 21, 2025 APPENDIX I ARCHAEOLOGICAL MONITORING FOR THE RENTON DOWNTOWN UTILITY IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT (REPORT COVERS PROJECT AREA AND DEPTH) CULTURAL RESOURCES REPORT COVER SHEET DAHP Project Number: 2021-01-00332 Author: Hayley N. Nichols, M.A. Title of Report: Archaeological Permit Application: Archaeological Monitoring for the Renton Downtown Utility Improvements Project, King County, Washington Date of Report: June 21, 2021 County: King Section: 17, 18 Township: 23 N Range: 05 East Quad: Renton Acres: ~64.2 PDF of report submitted (REQUIRED) Yes Historic Property Inventory Forms to be Approved Online? Yes No Archaeological Site(s)/Isolate(s) Found or Amended? Yes No TCP(s) found? Yes No Replace a draft? Yes No Satisfy a DAHP Archaeological Excavation Permit requirement? Yes # No Were Human Remains Found? Yes DAHP Case # No DAHP Archaeological Site #: 45KI1010 45KI587 45KI501 ERCI—Archaeological Monitoring Permit Application: Renton Downtown Utility Improvements Project CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION—LIMITED DISTRIBUTION 0 ARCHAEOLOGICAL PERMIT APPLICATION: ARCHAEOLOGICAL MONITORING FOR THE RENTON DOWNTOWN UTILITIY IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT, KING COUNTY, WASHINGTON Prepared for: Washington State Department of Archaeology and Historic Preservation (DAHP) June 21, 2021 Prepared by: 1229 Cleveland Avenue Mount Vernon, WA 98273  Tel 360-826-4930  Fax 360-826-4830  www.equinoxerci.com ERCI—Archaeological Monitoring Permit Application: Renton Downtown Utility Improvements Project CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION—LIMITED DISTRIBUTION 2 PERMIT CO-APPLICANTS Principal Investigator: Hayley N. Nichols, M.A. Equinox Research and Consulting International Inc. (ERCI) 1229 Cleveland Avenue Mount Vernon, WA 98273 hnichols@equinoxerci.com Tel 360-630-1590 Co-applicant: Mike Benoit City of Renton 1055 South Grady Way Renton, WA 98057 mbenoit@rentonwa.gov Tel 425-430-7206 Property Owner: Safeway and Chesledon Renton LLC (45KI587) Facilities and Operations Center (45KI1010 and 45KI501) BACKGROUND INFORMATION WAC 35-48-060 B On behalf of the City of Renton, ERCI is submitting this permit application for the Renton Downtown Utility Improvements Project in Renton, King County, Washington (the Project) (Figure 1 to Figure 4). The Project consists of replacing, rehabilitating, and upsizing existing water, sewer, and stormwater infrastructure along with associated surface improvements. The boundaries of 45KI501, 45KI1010, and 45KI587 fall within the Project area, located on South 2 nd Street (Figure 5). The midden site 45KI501, is located at Renton High School and consists of two to three occupation strata with calcined bone and fire modified rock. 45KI1010 is a lithic and shell midden site in the Renton High School ball field. It is somewhat incorrectly mapped on WISAARD, as the currently reported boundaries do not extend into South 2nd Street. Within the Safeway parking lot on the south side of South 2nd Street is 45KI587 which is a hunter-fisher-gatherer site. This permit application provides a protocol for a data recovery plan if intact cultural resources are found and archaeological monitoring for when ground disturbance falls within the area of these sites. Sites 45KI1010 and 45KI587 are on the northern boundary of the Project and have a high probability of extending further into the Project area. A proposed watermain and sewer line are within the roadway of South 2nd Street which have the potential of encounter archaeological deposits associated with 45KI1010 and 45KI501. Site 45KI587 is within the northwest area of the Project area. A sewer line is proposed to cross this site. The work for this project will be within the existing ROW and the plan is to stay within the footprint of the existing infrastructure but we know that isn’t always possible. ERCI will be monitoring all ground disturbance within 100 feet of the known sites. ERCI—Archaeological Monitoring Permit Application: Renton Downtown Utility Improvements Project CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION—LIMITED DISTRIBUTION 3 Project 20-774 County King TRS Township 23 N, Range 05 E, Section 17, 18 Quad Renton Parcel ID ROW Address ROW Property Owner ROW Property Owner Address ROW Area ~64 acres Lat/Long 47°28'48" N/ 122°12'52" W (Safeway) UTM Zone 10 559181 Easting 5258825 Northing (Safeway) Elevation 28-45′ Nearest Water Body Cedar River, Lake Washington, extinct Black River Nearest Arch Site 45KI1010, 45KI587, 45KI501 – within Project area Soils Urban land Geology Artificial fill (afm and af), Recessional stratified drift (Qis), and Renton Formation Figure 1: Regional Map showing approximate location of Project Area. ERCI—Archaeological Monitoring Permit Application: Renton Downtown Utility Improvements Project CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION—LIMITED DISTRIBUTION 4 Figure 2: USGS Renton 7.5-minute quadrangle map with the Project Area outlined in red. Figure 3: Lidar image with the Project Area outlined in red. Project Area Project Area ERCI—Archaeological Monitoring Permit Application: Renton Downtown Utility Improvements Project CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION—LIMITED DISTRIBUTION 5 Figure 4: King County Assessor’s map with the Project Area outlined in red. Project Area ERCI—Archaeological Monitoring Permit Application: Renton Downtown Utility Improvements Project CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION—LIMITED DISTRIBUTION 6 Figure 5: Project area with archaeology sites. ERCI—Archaeological Monitoring Permit Application: Renton Downtown Utility Improvements Project CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION—LIMITED DISTRIBUTION 7 Regulatory Framework The Project is funded by the City of Renton, it must therefore comply with the State Environmental Policy Act. The State Environmental Policy Act (SEPA) requires that all major actions sponsored, funded, permitted, or approved by state and/or local agencies undergo planning to ensure environmental considerations such as impacts on historic and cultural resources are given due weight in decision- making. State implementing regulations are in WAC 197- 11 and WAC 468-12 (WSDOT). An excavation permit issued by the Washington State Department of Archaeology and Historic Preservation (DAHP) is required for any alterations or excavation in a known archaeological site. The Project will occur on land owned by Safeway and Chesledon Renton LLC (45KI587) and the Facilities and Operations Center (45KI1010 and 45KI501). Cultural resources must be assessed under RCW 27.53, and any future alterations to the site requires a permit to be obtained. Permit requirements are stated in RCW 27.44, RCW 27.53, and WAC 25-48. This application addresses the requirements of WAC 25-48-060 as part of the permitting process. A site form update will be submitted to the DAHP. Previous Work at 45KI1010, 45KI501, and 45KI587 There are three sites within the Project area: 45KI501, 45KI1010, and 45KI587. There is a high probability that the boundaries of these sites are extended under the roadways where ground disturbance for this project is being conducted. Site 45KI501 is a shell midden site which was recorded by Lewarch (2001). This site consisted of three seasonal occupation strata separated by flood deposits associated with fish processing activities, hunting deer, mountain beaver, and furbearers, processing of plant foods such as elderberries, and manufacturing of stone tools of local materials. The archaeological strata were black to dark brown silt and sand that included low density shell, charcoal fragments and flecks, fragments of calcined bone, fish bones, lithics, fire modified rock (FMR), burned soil, ash, isolated pebbles, and areas with gravel associated with burned earth. Over 40 shallow basin hearths, three post molds and a possible storage pit were also identified (Lewarch 2006). The site was radiocarbon dated to between 550 and 200 years ago (Lewarch 2006). The first occupation strata was dated to between 550 cal years BP and 450 cal years BP. The second was between 440 cal years BP and 375 cal years BP, the final occupation strata was dated between 300 cal years BP and 200 cal years BP. Site 45KI1010, the Renton High School Ball Field Site, is located approximately 50 meters west from 45KI501, on the north side of South 2nd Street and was recorded by Shong (2011). The site consists of two loci: pre-contact lithic artifacts and pre-contact cultural midden. The 45KI1010 pre-contact lithic artifacts were reported on the west side of the site between 20-60 cm dbs (Shong et al. 2011). The Lithic Artifacts were located on 5cm to 40cm thick buried surfaces within non-organic silty sediments overlying sand and gravels. Lithic debris recorded within this site included medium-grain core, split cobble, and primary and secondary reduction flakes. All expect a red jasper flake were made from dine to medium-grain locally available materials. The Midden sediments made up about two thirds of the site and consisted of 20 cm of carbon rich, silty- fine sand with FMR, flaked-stone artifacts and calcined faunal remains. This cultural midden was recorded below high energy alluvium and low energy alluvium deposits between 140-220 cm dbs. This midden is similar to the lower cultural strata from 45KI501, dating this site to possibly 500 cal years BP to 450 cal years BP. Site 45KI587 was recorded by Lewarch in 2004. The site is possibly 500 to 200 years old, based on similarities to nearby sites. Two occupation layers were observed with flecks and chunks of charcoal, ERCI—Archaeological Monitoring Permit Application: Renton Downtown Utility Improvements Project CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION—LIMITED DISTRIBUTION 8 fragments of FMR, flecks of calcined fish bone, flecks of calcined shell, and isolated jasper and chalcedony flakes (Lewarch 2004). These occupation layers were recorded beneath a fill deposit, asphalt, and a red-orange to yellow-brown sandy silt alluvial deposit at 45-49 cm and 52-56 cm depths below the surface, separated by red-orange to gray coarse sand alluvial deposits. The same coarse sand was also observed below the second occupation layer. CULTURAL HISTORY AND ENVIRONMENTAL SETTING WAC 25-48-060 (1) (D) Pre-Contact Cultural Setting The Project area lies in a region that Native Americans had inhabited for at least 12,500 years by the time of contact with Europeans, at which time Salishan-speaking people occupied vast tracts in the Columbia and Fraser River basins, the inland waters of the Salish Sea, the Puget Lowland, the Cascade Range, and parts of the Pacific Coast between the Columbia River and the Olympic Peninsula. First contact with European explorers took place in the late sixteenth century, with Euro- American settlement beginning in the early nineteenth century, and increasing after the Donation Land Claim Act of 1850. Here we present a synopsis of the archaeological cultures, traditional Coast Salish lifeways, and pertinent details of the time since Euro-American occupation. A detailed description of the area’s traditional Coast Salish cultures is beyond the scope of this report. Instead, we present a broad overview of their traditional lifeways, including what is known of the precontact cultures, using knowledge gained from archaeology, ethnography, ethnohistory, and the historic record. For in-depth descriptions of traditional Coast Salish culture, readers are directed to the following references: Adamson (1969), Allen (1976), AFSC (1970), Amoss (1977a, 1977b, 1978, 1981), Ballard (1929), Barnett (1938, 1955), Belcher (1986), Bierwert (1990, 1993, 1999), Boyd (1994, 1999), Curtis (1913), Gunther (1928, 1945, 1950), Haeberlin (1924), Haeberlin and Gunther (1930), Jorgenson (1969), Kew (1972, 1990), Moss (1986), Riley (1974), M. Smith (1941), Stewart (1973, 1977, 1979, 1984, 1996), Suttles (1958, 1960, 1974, 1987), Suttles and Lane (1990), Waterman (1920) and Waterman et al. (2001). The southern Puget Sound shoreline and nearby Lake Washington have been home to people for at least 12,500 years. Ethnographic accounts, the historic record and the oral histories of the people who lived there have all provided a rich story of the lives and deaths of the area’s original inhabitants. In 1916 and 1917 Haeberlin interviewed people whose traditional territory included the Project area (Haeberlin and Gunther 1930). His informants had direct knowledge of the earliest immigrant settlement in the region, which began about 1840. Their recollections of the surrounding area are in broad agreement with knowledge acquired in similar research throughout the Pacific Northwest in the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. Coast Salish societies exhibited social stratification, with hereditary rights to social roles, property, territory and ceremonies, although acquiring status through life achievements was not unknown. Coast Salish social life. Social life began in the longhouse, a large, red cedar, post and beam structure clad in broad planks, in which up to twenty closely related families dwelt and cooperated economically. Frequently, longhouses were 100- to 200-foot-long structures, with gable or shed roofs. One or more longhouses comprised a village, usually situated advantageously with respect to the area’s resources— often at the river mouth or on the main stem of the river at the mouth of a tributary stream. Each longhouse was led by the head of one of its resident, closely related, families. Within each village one of the longhouses would have had more social influence than the others. Villages, too, were often ranked, and quite often the larger villages wielded more influence. Most decisions that affected the village were undertaken within a small group of those representing individual ERCI—Archaeological Monitoring Permit Application: Renton Downtown Utility Improvements Project CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION—LIMITED DISTRIBUTION 9 longhouses; those decisions affecting the tribe as a whole would be made amongst the leaders of individual villages and their constituents. Within and between villages, power and prestige were asserted and maintained by the Potlatch, a ceremonial feast held in celebration of important occasions, in which gifts were given by those who organized the celebration. In so doing, social and economic debts were created, reinforcing the social relationship between the giver and the recipient. Curtis (1913:174) recorded a named group living at the southern part of Lake Washington, the Tdwabsh, “people of Little Cedar River,” “at a spring and gully in Renton.” This may be the village noted on the 1865 Bureau of Land Management’s General Land Office (GLO) map (Figure 9). Waterman (1920:140), too, recorded a village at the confluence of the Cedar and Black rivers, a place known as Tuwa’b-qo (“confluence”). Smith (1941:207) records that at the time of contact there were three villages in the vicinity of the Project area. One village named katílbabc existed on the Cedar River. Smith notes another unnamed village on the White River from the mouth of Black River to its confluence with the Green River. People built a third village named łuwíłabc on Eastern Lake Washington. The GLO map (Figure 6) also shows several criss-crossing trails (dashed lines) that may have been traditional Native American trails in the vicinity and the convergence of the Black River and Cedar River just north of the Project area. Waterman (1920) recorded traditional place names in the Project vicinity. Corresponding names and general locations are shown on Figure 8 and Figure 7 and are summarized in Table 1 and Table 2. Waterman et al.’s (2001) Lushootseed phonetic transcriptions are used in Figure 10; Waterman’s original phonetic transcriptions are used in Table 1. Economy. Coast Salish economies are often characterized by their relationship to the sea and the abundant and predictable resources it offers in addition to the plentiful salmon. Many Coast Salish resources were seasonal. This applied to salmon as much as to the berries and bulbs that formed an important part of the diet. For this reason, economic life most of the year meant leaving the permanent winter village and the longhouse and setting up seasonal camps where local resources were exploited. This often entailed constructing temporary shelters of wood and waterproof mats similar to those shown in Figure 10. Mat houses like this one illustrated would have been a common structure on the prairies and riverbanks inland from the Sound. Terrestrial resources were acquired by collecting and hunting. Using digging sticks, they collected bulbs of camas, wild potato, brake and wood fern, cattail, wild carrot and others. Some plant products were preserved and stored for use during the winter. Fruits gathered were salmonberry, huckleberry, blackberry, raspberry, salal berry, serviceberry, and wild strawberry, as well as acorn and hazelnut (Haeberlin and Gunther 1930:20–21). They hunted elk and deer, beaver, wildcat, bear, groundhog, cougar, as well as ducks, and grouse. Seals were hunted from canoes. As with the important salmon, all meat beyond immediate need was cured and stored for winter consumption. Trade for shellfish and other seafood for camas or dried meat was common (Haeberlin and Gunther 1930:20). ERCI—Archaeological Monitoring Permit Application: Renton Downtown Utility Improvements Project CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION—LIMITED DISTRIBUTION 10 Figure 6: 1865 GLO map with Project area outlined in red. Material culture. In addition to the archaeological collections and oral histories much of what we know of traditional Coast Salish material culture derives from ethnographic collections residing in museums around the world, from the observations of ethnographers and historians, and photographs taken in the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries (e.g., Curtis 1913). Coast Salish groups relied heavily on plants to create functional, decorative and ceremonial objects. For example, the red cedar tree provided wood for longhouses, canoes and storage containers, as well as bark that when shredded could be woven to make clothing, capes and head coverings. Cedar and spruce root were used along with other fiber to make baskets similar to those shown in Figure 11 for use when foraging or cooking, some so tightly woven that they were waterproof. Local and exotic stone was chipped or ground to fashion: knives, and spear, dart and arrow tips; mauls, wedges, adzes and chisels for woodworking; and ear and lip ornaments. Fishing barbs, combs, pins and many other items were fashioned from animal bone, antler, tooth and shell. ERCI—Archaeological Monitoring Permit Application: Renton Downtown Utility Improvements Project CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION—LIMITED DISTRIBUTION 11 Figure 7: Map showing Waterman's place names on the Cedar River, Project area indicated by red arrow (after Waterman 1920). Figure 8: Map showing Waterman's place names on the Black River, Project area indicated by red arrow (after Waterman 1920). ERCI—Archaeological Monitoring Permit Application: Renton Downtown Utility Improvements Project CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION—LIMITED DISTRIBUTION 12 Table 1: Place names and translations from Waterman (1920). Map numbers refer to Figure 7. Waterman Place Name Map Translation Description Xa’lc l d 240 Bridge Cedar River: a place where the river runs in a narrow channel with a cliff on each side. Tᶾila’kwats 241 Strawberry plants Cedar River: an open glade or prairie lying north of the river. spaqᵁ 242 Shinny ball Cedar River: a plateau close to the river. qᶾulia’p 243 Stump Cedar River: a plateau further upstream than reference #242. sExwi’xwiwEd 244 Where one customarily whistles Cedar River: a flat close to the river. SaugûtᶾagwEl 245 Place where dogs bark at each other Cedar River: cliffs on the opposite sides of the river. bustce’tla 246 Four rocks Echo Lake [Lake Desire]. tselaci 247 Duck A lake south of the Cedar River, probably Otter Lake [Spring Lake]. Duwe’kw l lc 249 None given Maple Valley: old village site on the Cedar River. Table 2: Place names and translations from Waterman (1920). Map numbers refer to Figure 8. Waterman Place Name Map Translation Description spa’tus 230 Going around in a long circle Renton: Black River, on the north side of the Black River above the confluence. Hwa’utsegwiL 231 To carry a canoe Renton: Black River, on the south bank of the river. ctᶾu’lEgwEli 231a Resembling a trail Renton: Black River, a creek draining a swamp. tuwa’Ldadᶾ-aLᶾt 232 Jack salmon’s home Renton: Black River, a deep place in the river. Tsᶾu’tsᶾubuls 233 Rocky Renton: Black River, a rocky place. There is a high trestle there now. sbabadid 234 Crags Renton: Black River, a deep hole in the river with cliffs on both sides. Pa’pxwEtsut 235 Riffle; place where water is swift Renton: Black River, a place in the Black River where a creek enters from the east below the present golf course. Tuxudidûᶾ 235a Little xuda’o “Cedar River” Renton: Black River, a spring. A village. SkEte’lubc 236 None given Renton: Black River the present habitation of Mrs. Jimmy Moses, an Indian informant. TuwE’b-qo 237 Confluence Renton: Black River, a village at the confluence of the Cedar river and the Black River now a gravel pit. Dog wool was spun and woven on a loom to produce blankets similar to the one shown in Figure 13. Although the loom is from Vancouver Island, such looms would have been common in the Lake Washington area. Some clothing was made from bear and buckskin. Among the many uses for marine ERCI—Archaeological Monitoring Permit Application: Renton Downtown Utility Improvements Project CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION—LIMITED DISTRIBUTION 13 shell, clam shell disc beads—“shell money”—were used for trade (Haeberlin and Gunther 1930:29). From an archaeological perspective only special depositional circumstances could be expected to preserve most of these organic artifacts. The Black River has been an important waterway for the Duwamish for at least 1,500 years because it was a migratory route for salmon and linked waterways for travel and trade. Many Duwamish were forced to move from their ancestral homeland near the Black River towards the end of the 1800s as Euro-American Immigrants bought their land (Ausbun 2019). Further, the Hiram Chittenden Locks and Ship Canal was completed in 1917, lowering the level of Lake Washington by nine feet and the Cedar River was redirected into Lake Washington (Mullineaux 1970). These projects led to the drying up of the Black River. Summary. This overview has barely sketched traditional lifeways. The Salish People thrived for millennia, and developed a rich and complex culture within an environment that supported a large population prior to European contact and the devastation of disease and political oppression. Despite these hardships the peoples of the region have resiliency, and continue to fight for renewed political and economic power, at the same time working to preserve and maintain traditional cultural knowledge and beliefs. Figure 9: Example of the kind of weaving done by Salish people, “Goat-hair Blanket—Cowichan” (1912) by Curtis (Northwestern University Library 2003). ERCI—Archaeological Monitoring Permit Application: Renton Downtown Utility Improvements Project CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION—LIMITED DISTRIBUTION 14 Figure 10: Example of a seasonal house, “Mat House—Skokomish” (1912) by Curtis (Northwestern University Library 2003). Figure 11: Examples of the kind of baskets made by Salish people, “Puget Sound Baskets” (1912) by Edward S. Curtis (Northwestern University Library 2003). ERCI—Archaeological Monitoring Permit Application: Renton Downtown Utility Improvements Project CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION—LIMITED DISTRIBUTION 15 Euro-American History Coal was discovered in Renton in the 1850s, which, together with logging and sawmilling were supported by railways in the last quarter of the nineteenth century. The Renton Coal Company was financed in 1873 by the town’s eponym, William Renton. The City of Renton was platted in 1875 and incorporated in 1901 when the mining and timber harvesting industries were at their height (Stein 1999). Early Euro-American Immigrants developed a considerable amount of small-scale subsistence farming and benefited from Renton's connection to the Northern Pacific in 1877 via the Seattle and Walla Walla Railroad (Lange 1999). Before the early 1900s, the Black River flowed from Lake Washington, joined with the Cedar River just south of the lake and from there merged with the White River to form the Duwamish River which flows into the Puget Sound (Mullineaux 1970). The course of the Black River was altered when the locks for the Lake Washington Ship Canal from Lake Washington to Lake Union were finished in 1917 and the canal lowered the surface level of Lake Washington by nine feet. The lowered lake surface was below the drainage for the Black River which cut off the river’s source (Ausbun 2019). The Black River was further reduced when the Cedar River was artificially diverted to flow into the lake, instead of the Black River (Mullineaux 1970). The course of the Cedar River was altered to supply Lake Washington with water since the lake was now draining into Lake Union. Channelizing the Cedar River also prevented floods that would threaten the town of Renton. The reduction in floods and the lake levels dropping allowed the city of Renton to expand. The changes to the Black River affected migratory fish such as salmon, as they had to find a new route to Lake Washington since there was now no river connecting the Duwamish River to the lake (Ausbun 2019). To prevent flooding in the Green River Valley, many streams in the area were channelized. Part of these projects is the Black River Pump Station and Forebay, where all of the surface water on the east side of the Green River Valley north of Auburn flow into. Since the pond is lower than the channel that connects it to the Duwamish River, the water is pumped from the pond into the channel (City of Renton 2021). Previous Archaeology Previously Recorded Archaeological Sites There are records of six precontact and three historic archaeological sites within 0.25 miles of the Project area on file at the Washington State Department of Archaeology and Historic Preservation (DAHP). Three precontact archaeological sites are located within the Project area and five sites are within 0.25 miles of the Project area. A short description of the sites is provided below, and summarized in Table 3. Table 3: Previously recorded archaeological sites within one half mile of the Project area. Site # Type Distance (Miles) Citations NRHP Eligibility 45KI1010 Precontact camp Within Shong 2011b Survey/Inventory 45KI587 Precontact Fishing Site Within Lewarch 2004 Survey/Inventory 45KI501 Precontact Midden Within Lewarch 2001 Survey/Inventory 45KI1009 Historic debris scatter ~0.08 Shong 2011a Potential 45KI538 Historic Railroad ~0.02 Hudson 1996 Survey/Inventory 45KI439 Precontact midden and Historic Refuse ~0.20 Lewarch 1994 Survey/Inventory 45KI051 Precontact midden ~0.17 Chatters 1981 Survey/Inventory ERCI—Archaeological Monitoring Permit Application: Renton Downtown Utility Improvements Project CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION—LIMITED DISTRIBUTION 16 Site # Type Distance (Miles) Citations NRHP Eligibility 45KI1210 Historic Public Works ~0.25 Metz 2014 Potential 45KI1010—RHS Ball Field Site is a precontact camp containing lithic debris, FMR, faunal remains, and flaked-stone artifacts within the Project area (Shong 2011b). 45KI587—Dexudidew, the Little Cedar River Fishing Site is within the Project area and contains two occupation layers (Lewarch 2004). Lewarch (2004) described the two occupation layers as containing charcoal flecks. The calcined fish bone, low density lithic debris, FMR, and greasy organic matric suggests the site was part of a fishing camp or fishing locations utilized by nearby villages. 45KI501—Renton High School Indian Site is a possible fishing camp or village within the Project area (Lewarch 2001). Lewarch (2001) described possible hearths and evidence of at least four occupations, charcoal, calcined bone, and FMR were found in these deposits. A Duwamish precontact child burial is also recorded at this site. 45KI1009—Moses Homestead is the historic homestead of the Moses family, the last Duwamish Indian family in the town of Renton and located approximately 0.08 miles from the Project area (Shong 2011a). Shong (2011a) recorded historic domestic debris and faunal remains associated with the homestead. No evidence of the house or outbuildings were found. 45KI538—Columbia and Puget Sound Railroad was built in 1874 and is approximately 0.02 miles from the Project area (Hudson 1996). Hudson (1996) recorded 16.60 miles of the railroad grade, built by the Columbia and Puget Sound railroad. Nine miles of this line between Seattle and Renton is still in use by Burlington Northern. The remaining 7.5 miles was abandoned and converted into a pedestrian trail after the rail and ties were removed. 45KI439—Renton Sears-Fred Meyer Store Site is a hunter-fisher-gatherer midden and historic refuse site approximately 0.20 miles from the Project area (Lewarch 1994). Lewarch (1994) recorded FMR, calcined bone in low density midden deposits, four hearths containing FMR and charcoal, historic midden, and historic refuse post dated to around 1850. 45KI051—Earlington Woods is approximately 0.17 miles from the Project area and is a precontact midden site containing burnt shell deatures, flakes, FCR, charcoal, and fish, bird, and mammal bones (Chatters 1981). 45KI1210—Black River Pilings is a historic public works site approximately 0.25 miles from the Project area (Metz 2014). Metz (2014) recorded three wooden pilings from the former location of the Black River. These pilings were used to prevent the river from migrating or undercutting the river’s bank before being cut off from Lake Washington in 1916 when the lake was lowered. Previous Cultural Resource Reports There are twenty-four reports on file with DAHP from previous cultural resource surveys within the Project area; they are listed below in Table 2, along with annotations for those that included subsurface investigation such as shovel test pits (ST), machine tests (MT) or monitoring. Table 4: Previous cultural resource reports on file with DAHP. ERCI—Archaeological Monitoring Permit Application: Renton Downtown Utility Improvements Project CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION—LIMITED DISTRIBUTION 17 Author Title Date Baldwin et al. Cultural Resources Assessment for the Rainier Avenue Street Level Modifications Project, Renton, King County, Washington. Pedestrian Survey, photorecording of structures, and 1 shovel scrape. 4 buildings recommended for NRHP. 2020 Kramer et al. Archaeology Survey for the Proposed Renton Commons Project, King County, Washington. Pedestrian Survey and 7 shovel probes. No protected cultural resources. 2016 Smith et al. Cultural Resources Survey for the Washington State Department of Transportation’s I-405/SR 167 Direct Connector Project, King County, Washington. Build environment survey and 68 shovel tests. 45KI1206. 2014 Rooke Cultural Resources Discipline Report for the RapidRide—F Line, NEPA Documented Categorical Exclusion Project—Addendum. Pedestrian Survey and historic building inventory. No protected cultural resources. 2012 Dellert et al. Final Archaeological Monitoring Report for the Lake Avenue South Storm System Project, City of Renton, King County, Washington. Monitoring. No protected cultural resources. 2012 Shong et al. Archaeological Assessment for Phase 1 of the Renton High School Field Improvement Project King County, Washington. 118 auger probes and geoarchaeological investigation. 45KI1009 and 45KI1010. 2011 AMEC Cultural Resources Discipline Report for the Burien to Renton RapidRide—F Line Project, NEPA Documented Categorical Exclusion. Pedestrian Survey and historic building inventory. Renton High School recommended for NRHP. 2010 Dellert and Silverman Archaeological Resources Assessment for the City of Renton Lake Avenue South Storm System Project, King County, Washington. Pedestrian Survey and 3 shovel probes. No protected cultural resources. 2010 Lenz A Cultural Resources Survey of Proposed Autozone Property, Renton, Washington. Pedestrian survey and 14 shovel probes. No protected cultural resources. 2010 Berger Cultural Resources Assessment for the Rainier Avenue South Transit Improvement and Shattuck Avenue South Storm Drain Project, City of Renton, King County, Washington. Pedestrian survey and 9 auger probes. No protected cultural resources. 2009 Berger and Hartmann Letter to Ryan Brennan RE: Cultural Resources Assessment of the Renton Lutheran Compass Center—Regional Veterans Complex Project, Renton, King County, WA. Pedestrian Survey. 3 buildings recorded for the State of Washington Historic Property Inventory- do not meet NRHP. 2009 Berger Cultural Resources Assessment for the Rainier Avenue/Hardie Avenue Project: Rainier Avenue and Shattuck Avenue Railroad Bridge Replacement, Renton. Pedestrian Survey. Portions of previously recorded 45KI538. 2007 ERCI—Archaeological Monitoring Permit Application: Renton Downtown Utility Improvements Project CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION—LIMITED DISTRIBUTION 18 Author Title Date Lewarch Renton High School Indian Site (45KI501) Archaeological Data Recovery, King County, Washington. Pedestrian Survey and monitoring 41 backhoe excavations. 45KI501. 2006 Hodges and Piston Cultural Resources Assessment for the Merrill Gardens at Renton Centre, Renton, King County, Washington. 15 backhoe trenches and seven auger holes. No protected cultural resources. 2005 Shantry Fish Processing and Consumption on the Black River Classification of Features at 45KI501 and 45KI51 Puget Sound, WA. Excavation. 45KI501. 2005 Hodges and Piston Cultural Resources Assessment for the Parkside at 95 Burnett Development Renton, King County, Washington. 15 backhoe trenches and 16 shovel probes. 2 flakes found. 2004 Trudel and Larson Community Health Care Facility, City of Renton, Archaeological Resources and Traditional Cultural Places Assessment, King County, Washington. Pedestrian Survey, shovel probes and monitoring of geotechnical boring. No protected cultural resources. 2003a Trudel and Larson Renton Retail Site, Archaeological Resources and Traditional Cultural Places Assessment, King County, Washington. Pedestrian Survey and 13 shovel probes. No protected cultural resources. 2003b Trudel and Larson Letter to Tom Trompeter RE: Preliminary Results for the Proposed Community Health Facility Project, City of Renton, Archaeological and Traditional Cultural Places Assessment, King County, Washington. Pedestrian Survey and shovel probes. No protected cultural resources. 2003c Trudel and Larson Letter to Richard Potter RE: Preliminary Findings for the Proposed Renton Retail Site, Archaeological Resources and Traditional Cultural Places Assessment, City of Renton, King County, Washington. Pedestrian Survey and shovel probes. No protected cultural resources. 2003d Kramer et al. Renton High School Archaeological Resources and Traditional Cultural Places Assessment, King County, Washington. 46 backhoe excavations. Areas of 45KI501. 2001 Kramer and Larson Letter to Jack Connell RE: Archaeological Monitoring of Backhoe Sample Points at the Renton High School Indian Site (45KI501). 46 backhoe excavations. Areas of 45KI501. 2001 Lewarch and Larson Letter to Jack Connell RE: Renton High School Indian Site (45KI501), Renton, King County, Washington Consultation with the Washington State Office of Archaeology and Historic Preservation, the Muckleshoor Indian Tribe, the Duwamish Tribe, and the Suquamish Tribe. No field investigation. 2001a Lewarch and Larson Letter to Jack Connell RE: Renton High School Indian Site (45KI501), Renton, King County, Washington, Summary of Site Identification, Tribal Consultation, and Redesign of Utility Lines to Avoid Archaeological Deposits. No field investigation. 2001b ERCI has completed three cultural resource reports in the Renton area. ERCI—Archaeological Monitoring Permit Application: Renton Downtown Utility Improvements Project CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION—LIMITED DISTRIBUTION 19 Table 5: Previous ERCI cultural resource reports on file with DAHP. Author Title Date Nichols Archaeological Monitoring Report: Quendall Terminals Redevelopment Project, Renton, King County, Washington. Archaeological Monitoring. No protected cultural resources. 2021 Shantry et al Archaeological Monitoring Report: Eastside Interceptor Section 2 (ESI2) Phase II, Renton, King County, Washington. Archaeological Monitoring. No protected cultural resources. 2019 Gargett and Shantry Archaeological Investigation Report: Eastside Interceptor Section 2 (ESI2) Phase II Renton, King County, Washington. No field investigation. 2018 National Register Properties Records of three National Register properties within one-half mile of the Project area are on file with DAHP. 45KI1259—F.W. Woolworth Co. Store- Renton was built in 1954 and was the first fully self-service store in the Northwest (Swope 2015). Due to a decrease in the economy, F.W. Woolworth Co. closed many stores including the Renton store between 1973-1974. The building was bought in 1975 by Renton Western Wear. 45KI209—Renton Fire Station was constructed from 1939 to 1942 and was the first fire station to have a paid, full-time fire department in the City of Renton (Wissel and Collins 1978). The building housed the Renton Fire Department for over 37 years and was built by Ivan M. Palmaw, who graduated from the University of Washington school of Architecture and assisted his uncle, Alexander Kranoff, the last Imperial Architect of Russia. 45KI074—Renton Substation, Snoqualmie Falls Power Company was built in 1898 to allow the power company to send electricity to Seattle and Tacoma (Collins 1981). The Renton Substation provided power for the Renton Cooperative Coal Company and the Denny-Renton Clay and Coal Company. It is the only brick building built before 1906 still standing in Renton. Previous Cemetery Reports The record of one cemetery within one-half mile of the Project area is on file with DAHP. A short description is provided below. 45KI051—Sbabadid Site Burials is located 0.25 miles from the Project area and is part of the Earlington Woods archaeology site (DAHP 1979). Several burials have been discovered at this site, some covered in cedar wood and wrapped in blankets and precontact artifacts. A civil war gun was also located, indicating that this site could have historic burials as well. Environmental Setting It is outside the scope of this project to provide a comprehensive discussion of the landform processes which sculpted the current Puget Sound environment; however, detailed descriptions of landform origins for this region and sea-level stabilization can be found in Armstrong (1977), Burns (1985), Clague (1980), Downing (1983), Easterbrook (1963, 1968), Fladmark (1975), Goudie (1983), Hilbert et al. (2001), Ness and Richins (1958), Pielou (1991), Riedel (2017), Thorson (1980, 1989), White (1980) and Whitlock (1992). ERCI—Archaeological Monitoring Permit Application: Renton Downtown Utility Improvements Project CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION—LIMITED DISTRIBUTION 20 Before the influx of European immigrants, the Puget Sound and surrounding areas likely supported a Coastal hemlock/cedar forest of Western Washington’s climax hemlock (Tsuga heterophylla)/cedar (Thuja plicata). A solid component of Douglas fir (Pseudotsuga menziesii) is likely to have existed. For a more complete discussion of the flora associated with these biogeoclimatic zones see Franklin and Dyrness (1988), Heusser (1983), Pojar and Mackinnon (1994), and Turner (1995). The Project area is located in the downtown area of Renton between the Cedar River and historically redirected Black River, in King County. Climate and weather at this location are controlled by oceanic and meteorological processes that result from complex interactions between the Pacific Ocean, Strait of Juan de Fuca, Strait of Georgia and Puget Sound, as well as the Olympic Peninsula, Vancouver Island, the Cascade and Coastal Ranges, and the Puget-Georgia Depression (see Lilly 1983; Renner 1997). Landform and Surface Geology The Project area is within the Puget Trough Province, characterized by glacial geology and topography (Franklin and Dyrness 1988:16). As the most recent glacial epoch retreated, glacial till and outwash was deposited with soils formed in glacial materials under the influence of coniferous forest vegetation. Glacial retreat also caused isostatic rebound as the weight of glacial ice on the surface subsided; isostatic rebound reached heights of 140 meters. Modern sea level and shoreline configurations did not stabilize until about 5,000 years ago (Thorson 1980). During the Pleistocene the action of rivers and glaciers constantly modified the North Cascades, where alpine glaciers sculpted high-altitude peaks into spires, horns and arêtes, lowered and truncated valley spurs, and straightened, broadened and deepened river valleys, leaving them with characteristically U-shaped cross-sections. At the end of the last glaciation, sediment-laden meltwater deposited immense volumes of outwash till in the major river valleys, through which the rivers and their tributaries have since down cut, leaving remnants of older glacial landforms and floodplains on the margins of present-day floodplains, which themselves constantly evolve through alluvial aggradation (vertical buildup) and delta progradation (seaward expansion at river mouths). The Project area is located on the west side of the Cedar River, near the convergence with the historically redirected Black River. National Geologic Map Database (1965) map of surface geology shows artificial fill represented by Afm and Af, recessional stratified drift represented by Qis, and Renton formation represented by Tr (Mullineaux 1965). Afm: Urban or industrial land modified by widespread or discontinuous artificial fill Af: artificial fill Qis: recessional stratified drift, chiefly sand, some silt and clay. Deposited in ice-dammed lake in Duwamish Valley Tr: Renton Formation, Arkosic sandstone, mudstone, and shale; contains several beds of coal, most near base of middle of formation. Probably continental in origin. Irregularly cemented by calcium carbonate, locally concretionary. Characterized by numerous faults of small displacement and by wavy bedding. Thickness about 2,500 feet. Source of coal and semirefractory clay ERCI—Archaeological Monitoring Permit Application: Renton Downtown Utility Improvements Project CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION—LIMITED DISTRIBUTION 21 Figure 12: Map of surface geology (Mullineaux 1965). Soils The APE has one major soil type: Urban land (Ur) (Soil Survey Staff 2021). Urban soil refers to soils in areas of high population density in the largely built environment. These soils can be significantly changed human-transported materials, human-altered materials, or minimally altered or intact “native soils.” Soils in urban areas exhibit a wide variety of conditions and properties and may have impervious surfaces, such as buildings and pavement. Although there are similarities in urban soils globally, the urban soil pattern is unique for every city. (USDA 2019). ERCI—Archaeological Monitoring Permit Application: Renton Downtown Utility Improvements Project CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION—LIMITED DISTRIBUTION 22 Current monitoring for installation of utilities for the Project has identified several imported fills along with disturbed and intact native alluvial sediments. Based on the description of Urban soil this combination of fill deposits and disturbed and intact native sediments is expected throughout the Project area. Table 6 details the matrix descriptions for the identified sediments during monitoring. Table 6: Matrix Descriptions from Monitoring. Matrix 1 (M1): 10YR ¾ dark yellowish brown sandy silt 70%, 20% subrounded gravels, 5% pebbles, 5% organics, moderate compaction, wet, fill Matrix 2 (M2): 10YR 4/4 dark yellowish brown coarse sand with some silt 40%, 60% angular gravels, dense compaction, wet, imported fill Matrix 3 (M3): 10YR 3/1 very dark gray-5/2 grayish brown coarse sand 100%, moderate compaction, wet, imported fill Matrix 4 (M4): 7.5 YR 4/4 brown- 2.5/3 very dark brown silty coarse sand 100%, moderate compaction, wet, intact, alluvial Variant: Coarse sand with many gravels and pebbles Matrix 5 (M5): 10YR 4/3 brown sandy silt 95%, 5% organics, moderate compaction, wet, intact or disturbed, alluvium Matrix 6 (M6): 10YR 2/2 very dark brown fine sandy silt 80%, 10% subrounded gravels, 10% organics, moderate compaction, wet, fill Matrix 7 (M7): GLEY 4N dark gray- 2.5Y 3/1 very dark gray medium sandy clay 80%, 10% subrounded gravels, 10% subrounded pebbles, dense compaction, wet, intact or disturbed alluvial Matrix 8 (M8): 10 YR 4/1 dark gray fine silty sand 90%, small subrounded gravels 10%, dry, moderate compaction, alluvial has 10YR ¾ dark yellowish brown root stains within layer and flecks of carbon. Variant: 10 YR 4/3 brown- 6/1 gray fine sandy silt 100%, wet, moderate compaction, intact alluvium -possible old wetland, veins of oxidation Matrix 9 (M9): 5YR 5/1 gray 40% coarse sand, 25% subrounded to rounded gravels, 15% subrounded to rounded pebbles; damp; loose compaction; alluvium; intact or disturbed Matrix 10 (M10): GLEY 2 3/1 very dark bluish gray 60% medium sand, 40% subrounded- subangular gravels, loose compaction, wet, intact alluvium NATURE AND EXTENT OF PROPOSED WORK (WAC 35-48-060 C) The project consists of replacing, rehabilitating, and upsizing existing water, sewer, and stormwater infrastructure along with associated surface improvements in downtown Renton. New watermain lines, sewer lines, and storm lines are being installed along with manholes, hydrants, and service lines. A monitoring plan was compiled by Anchor QEA for the Project in 2020 (Appendix 1). There is a high probability that the project will encounter protected cultural resources during ground disturbance. The three sites recorded within the Project area include 45KI1010, 45KI501, and 45KI587. Sites 45KI1010 and 45KI587 are on the northern boundary of the Project and have a high probability of extending further into the Project area. A proposed watermain and sewer line are within the roadway of South 2nd Street which have the potential of encounter archaeological deposits associated with 45KI1010 and 45KI501. Site 45KI587 is within the northwest area of the Project area. A sewer line is proposed to cross this site. ERCI—Archaeological Monitoring Permit Application: Renton Downtown Utility Improvements Project CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION—LIMITED DISTRIBUTION 23 PROPOSED FIELD METHODS WAC 25-48-060 (1) (C & G) Research Questions Archaeological deposits will be avoided during this project, however, if intact archaeological deposits are encountered that cannot be avoided, ERCI will apply the data recorded during this investigation to answer the following questions: Is there consistency in activity use between occupation layers? And do the distribution of artifacts and features indicate the presence of residential structures within the site? ERCI will build on the previous research completed on site 45KI501 (Lewarch 2006). Lewarch (2006) found consistency between the three layers of occupation within site 45KI501 and suggested that this could indicate the same family lineage or closely related family lineages were recurrently occupying this area. Further research into this uniformity of occupation layers could strengthen this argument. ERCI would determine this uniformity between occupation layers by identifying features related to fish processing activities, hunting deer, mountain beaver, and furbearers, processing of plant foods such as elderberries, and manufacturing of stone tools of local materials. Further, Lewarch (2006) determined that the spatial patterns of the features recorded at 45KI501 did not have the systematic patterns that would be inspected within a residential structure. ERCI would evaluate archaeological deposits to determine if there is evidence of residential structures or if the features follow a similar spatial pattern of outdoor activities that Lewarch (2006) recorded. Subsurface Testing Protocol and Data Recovery If intact archaeological deposits are encountered during excavation, ERCI will consult with the engineers to determine if they can be avoided. ERCI will then consult with the City of Renton, DAHP, and the affected tribes on implementing our subsurface testing protocol and data recovery plan. The plan is designed to collect as much data as possible prior to the removal of the archaeological deposits. If the deposits cannot be avoided, ERCI will examine 5-50% of the archaeological deposits that are to be disturbed using 1x0.5 meter or 1x1 meter sample units, whichever is more appropriate. ERCI will start by determining the horizonal and vertical extent of the deposits that will be disturbed using 50- centimeter square shovel tests placed within the area of disturbance once the asphalt is cut and removed for the length of the trench. Shovel tests will be placed through the length of the area of disturbance to determine the volume and extent of intact archaeological material that will be disturbed during excavation. Once the volume and extent of archaeological deposits to be disturbed are known, we will use a combination of judgmental, systematic and random placement strategies to place sampling units. Sampling units will examine 5- 50% of the intact archaeological deposits, whichever is more appropriate. We will remove sediment above the archaeological deposits using an excavator. After the sediment is removed, the 1x1-meter or 1x0.5-meter sample units will be excavated with square shovel and trowels. Occupation layers will be screened through 1/8-inch mesh screens; feature contents will be screened separately. The units will be 1x1-meter or 1x0.5-meter units depending on the size of the trench. If the amount of trench widening is less than 50 cm we may consider excavating and removing samples from the side wall. This will allow us to excavate, screen and record more precisely in natural levels. Each unit will be excavated to sterile sediment beneath the archaeological deposits. Units will be excavated within observable natural or 10 cm arbitrary levels, whichever is more appropriate. Natural levels will be documented within 10 cm arbitrary levels. Wall profiles of each unit will be photographed and stratigraphic profiles will be drawn of at least two of the walls from each unit. ERCI archaeologists will examine these occupation layers for burn features, lithic artifacts, calcined faunal bones, and shell. Species and condition of faunal bones will be recorded, when possible. Material and tool types of lithic artifacts will also be determined. Any flora within the occupation layers will also be recorded and identified. Shell and faunal analysis will be conducted on site when possible. ERCI—Archaeological Monitoring Permit Application: Renton Downtown Utility Improvements Project CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION—LIMITED DISTRIBUTION 24 Matrix samples will also be collected within and near features to determine possible changes in depth and changes in species of shell in vertical columns. Identifying and recording these site components will be used to evaluate uniformity between the occupation layers and compare the composition of these layers to the surrounding sites. ERCI will plot the spatial patterns of features such as hearths, postmolds, and pits to determine if this site contains evidence of residential structures. ERCI will evaluate these spatial patterns and the site stratigraphy to determine if they are more consistent with Lewarch (2006) of outdoor activities or if there is evidence of a residential structure. The results of this excavation will be used to characterize and evaluate the archaeological deposit and collect enough data to make management decisions. Standard excavation and recording techniques will be used. All artifacts, FMR, shell, faunal will be described and processed on site if possible. ERCI will temporarily store artifacts until a curation/reburial plan can be determined. Any bone fragments encountered will be examined and all mammal bones will have a picture sent to ERCI Biological Anthropologist Alyson Rollins for confirmation of being non-human. MONITORING PROTOCOL Anchor QEA’s monitoring plan (Bundy 2020) will guide the monitoring protocol during all further work associated with this project. The monitoring plan will be used to guide the monitoring protocol (attached in Appendix 1). Scheduling and Notification ERCI will provide advance notification of construction activity to Cecile A. Hansen (Duwamish Tribe), Laura Murphy (Muckleshoot Indian Tribe), Steven Mullen-Moses (Snoqualmie Tribe of Indians), Dennis Lewarch (Suquamish Tribe), and the Department of Archaeology and Historic Preservation. Monitoring of ground disturbance: Professional archaeological monitoring will be carried out during all ground-disturbing activities within monitoring areas and ground disturbance that may encounter native sediments in other areas related to the Renton Downtown Utility Improvements Project (Figure 13). The Archaeological Monitoring Plan (Bundy 2020) is attached in Appendix 1. Archaeological Awareness Before starting any project action, the project archaeologist will provide sufficient information to the on-site superintendent regarding the laws governing archaeological material and the procedures involved should any be encountered during the project. The project archaeologist and the project proponent will ensure that employees working in the Project Area and the construction foreman understand who the archaeological monitor is and what their role in the construction process will be. Monitoring A professional archaeological monitor that meets the Secretary of the Interior’s qualifications (36 CFR Part 61) will be on site during all actions that may encounter native sediment within the Project area. This includes but is not limited to excavations that will be deeper than current utilities, hand or machine excavating within the monitoring areas, or hydrovacing for locates. The project has a high probability of encountering archaeological deposits near the previously recorded archaeology sites KI1010, KI501, and KI587. Archaeological deposits will be avoided where possible. All bone will be examined and all mammal bones will have a picture sent to ERCI Biological Anthropologist Alyson Rollins for confirmation. ERCI—Archaeological Monitoring Permit Application: Renton Downtown Utility Improvements Project CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION—LIMITED DISTRIBUTION 25 Professional archaeological monitoring involves visually examining excavated soils and sidewalls of excavated areas for specific indicators of cultural resources. The monitor may also request an inspection of the sediments after they have been disturbed, such as examining back dirt piles. The monitor may need to stand close to machines and be able to examine the sediments on the ground, in the bucket or the back dirt pile. The monitor may also need to request a closer look at some in situ sediments or profiles and will require the ability to talk directly to the machine operator and the on-site superintendent. The archaeological monitor may use raking, troweling or screening where they deem appropriate if it will help them determine the nature and character of the deposits they are monitoring. If intact archaeological deposits are encountered digging will stop. If the contractor cannot avoid the intact deposits to complete their project, then the location will be secured while a contingency plan of data recovery is developed and those deposits that need to be disturbed can be processed through careful data recovery. Work in other locations can continue with a monitor while the consultation and contingency plan are developed. If any artifacts (pre-contact and historic) are encountered they will be documented and collected and temporarily stored at ERCI’s secure laboratory. Each artifact will be recorded on an artifact recording form and photographed in the field. If human remains are encountered the procedure regarding Human Remains (see below) will be followed. The professional archaeological monitor will fill out detailed monitoring forms with descriptions of the excavation procedures, and take a series of before, during, and after photographs. All documents will be prepared as per the new Burke Guidelines and deeded to the Burke Museum of Natural and Cultural History. Ground disturbance for the Project began on March 10, 2021. ERCI has monitored hydrovactoring for locating existing utilities throughout the Project area and ground disturbance for installation of sewer, water, and storm utilities on South Mill Ave, Shattuck Ave South, South 3rd Street, and South 2nd Street. Installation of a storm drain on Shattuck Ave South and a watermain on South Mill Ave outside of the monitoring areas revealed intact native sediments and historic/modern disturbed surfaces. ERCI updated the monitoring areas to include these installations. Monitoring will continue for these installations unless intact native sediment is no longer observed. Figure 13 illustrates the updated monitoring areas within the Project area The historic/modern disturbed surface observed on South Mill Ave had black sediment over intact native sediment. The monitor paused excavation and contacted Kelly Bush once the black sediment was observed. Murraysmith was then contacted to inform them that this surface would need to be carefully examined and excavation in this area paused until ERCI could make a determination. The archaeologist examined the trench walls and had the operator set the sediment to the side of the trench to be troweled through for FMR, lithic artifacts, bone, or shell. Corroded metal, carbon, and a railroad spike were observed. No protected cultural resources were observed, but the monitor carefully observed continued excavation. Bricks are observed throughout the project area, primarily in a disturbed context. These bricks are examined for maker’s marks, recorded, and discarded. ERCI—Archaeological Monitoring Permit Application: Renton Downtown Utility Improvements Project CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION—LIMITED DISTRIBUTION 26 Figure 13: Updated monitoring map within the Project area. Project Area ERCI—Archaeological Monitoring Permit Application: Renton Downtown Utility Improvements Project CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION—LIMITED DISTRIBUTION 27 Inadvertent Discovery of Human Remains Protocol WAC 25-48-060 (1) (f) If human remains are inadvertently discovered during fieldwork in either intact or disturbed deposits we will proceed as follows: All work at the discovery location will be halted and the location is secured. The on-site archaeologist will make sure that the remains are safe and then will contact the estate’s representative, and then the King County Sheriff and the King County Coroner’s Office and the Department of Archaeology and Historic Preservation (DAHP) (Guy Tasa, State Physical Anthropologist, 360-790-1633). The Archaeologist will examine the surrounding deposits and determine if the find is isolated or part of an intact burial. The human skeletal element(s) will be documented including, where possible, identified element and undetermined fragments, side of the body, sex, age, specific portion of the element present. and in the case of intact burial/remains; a description of what elements are exposed. The area of the find will be secured and protected from further disturbance until the county coroner assumes jurisdiction over the human skeletal remains and makes a determination of whether those remains are forensic or non-forensic. If the county coroner determines the remains are non-forensic, then they will report that finding to the Department of Archaeology and Historic Preservation (DAHP) who will then take jurisdiction over the remains. The DAHP will notify any appropriate cemeteries and all affected tribes of the find. The State Physical Anthropologist will make a determination of whether the remains are Indian or Non-Indian and report that finding to any appropriate cemeteries and the affected tribes. The DAHP will then handle all consultation with the affected parties as to the future preservation, excavation, and disposition of the remains." The on-site archaeologist will work with the state and law enforcement to ensure that the remains are safe before the archaeologist leaves the site. Notice to continue work in that location will come from DAHP and Dr. Guy Tasa. POTENTIAL DISCOVERY OF ARCHAEOLOGICAL MATERIALS WAC 25-48-060 (1) (E) ERCI is proposing to temporarily collect and house artifacts found during archaeological monitoring with plans to create a curation plan. Based on the findings from previous archaeological surveys in the Project area we believe that the following materials could be encountered during the proposed Project: 1) Sterile Deposits. Sterile imported fills are normally sediment that is very low risk for cultural resources, characterized by uniform particle size and morphology as they have been screened in a commercial quarry. Local sterile fill deposits are characterized by unsorted mixed sediments that match the local natural sediments, but lack any internal structure or soil development, or other indicators of being undisturbed. Intact native sterile deposits are identified by clear, predictable stratification. Sterile deposits will not be avoided or protected in any way during this project. 2) Historical Disturbed Culture-Rich Deposits. This type of cultural resource is a disturbed deposit that represents evidence of a historic activity older than 50 years, and could include burned sediments, metal, glass, ceramic or wood debris that is not in its original position. This includes deposits that may have been moved around by hand or machine in the last 100 years. Examples might include a buried pile of bricks that has been pushed into its current position sometime in the past, or discarded equipment that has been pushed into position and buried. These deposits lack integrity but can sometimes provide information based on the objects themselves. ERCI—Archaeological Monitoring Permit Application: Renton Downtown Utility Improvements Project CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION—LIMITED DISTRIBUTION 28 If historical objects (such as a bottle with a maker’s mark) are encountered in disturbed deposits, the archaeological monitor may carry out a limited amount of documentation. This could include mapping the location, photographing the object, writing a description that includes the measurements and details about the way the object was manufactured. The objective in documenting these items is to record any information that could provide some part of the story of these disturbed deposits. Examples of this would be a single bottle or can, car parts or other roadside trash. Following the documentation process, historical objects from disturbed deposits will be reburied in the trench from which they came or discarded into a waste disposal receptacle. If a historical object is encountered in a disturbed deposit that the archaeologist believes provides significant information about the historical use of the area, the monitor may carry out more in-depth documentation of the item. For example, if a complete, labeled, glass or ceramic object is encountered, the monitor would photograph it, and record its attributes such as size, morphology, and markings. Historical objects from disturbed deposits that are significant, unique or previously unknown in that locality (for example Hudson’s Bay Trading Beads, bone toothbrushes, complete clay tobacco pipes) will be bagged and temporarily stored on site until a suitable long-term management strategy can be developed. This process would be managed by the Lead Agency. 3) Historical Intact Culture-Rich Deposits. If two or more artifacts older than 50 years (i.e., historical) are found in clear archaeological association, in the same, intact matrix, this will be considered a feature. If an intact historical feature cannot be avoided, excavating machinery will be moved a safe distance away to continue other Project activities. The archaeological monitor will document the location, nature and character of the intact historical feature, photographically document it, and provide a written description and eligibility recommendation to the Lead Agency or agencies, who will consult with the DAHP for concurrence on an eligibility determination. Intact historical deposits/features will be identified by the following characteristics: 1. A clear/distinct, mostly continuous, interface between the feature and the surrounding matrix. 2. The internal structure of the feature would be easily identified and characterized. An example of this would be a buried cellar, privy, buried boardwalk or foundation. Additional examples of intact historical deposits/features include: 1. Old infrastructure that retains its spatial connections to a larger system, such as buried brick wastewater vaults or wood stave pipes that are part of a still- intact system. 2. A distinct residential or commercial dump that can be identified to a specific person, business or industry. 4) Precontact Disturbed Culture-Rich Deposits and Isolated Artifacts. If a suspected precontact culture-rich deposit is observed during monitoring and cannot be avoided, equipment must be moved away and the archaeological monitor will assess the nature of the deposits. If the deposits can be avoided, then the Project work can carry on and the deposits will remain undisturbed. If the deposits cannot be avoided the on-site superintendent will ensure that equipment is moved to a safe distance away (30 feet) from the evaluation area. Work can continue elsewhere with a second archaeological monitor during the evaluation. The archaeologist will need to determine if it is disturbed or intact and collect enough information to make an eligibility determination and fulfill the requirements of the archaeological permit. The archaeologist will ERCI—Archaeological Monitoring Permit Application: Renton Downtown Utility Improvements Project CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION—LIMITED DISTRIBUTION 29 document the location, nature, and character of the deposit, photographically document it, and provide a written description and eligibility recommendation to the Lead Agency, who will consult with the DAHP and affected tribes for concurrence on an eligibility determination and the plan to move forward. 5) Precontact Intact Culture-Rich Deposits and Isolated Artifacts. If possible, intact precontact deposits will be avoided on this project. If intact culture-rich deposits cannot be avoided, then a discovery/evaluation process must be developed and provided in writing to the Lead Agencies to start consultation with DAHP and the affected tribes. To be clear it is not the intent of this monitoring plan to provide a framework for disturbing intact deposits. The archaeologist will document the location, nature and character of the intact deposit, document it photographically, and provide a written description to the Lead Agencies to assist in this consultation process. Intact precontact deposits or features will be identified by a combination of the following characteristics: 1. Include but are not limited to: fire-modified rock in a hearth feature, animal bone, concentrations of shell, lithic debitage (stone flakes from stone tool manufacture), flaked or ground-stone tools, burned earth, organic-stained sediments, charcoal, ash, non-local rocks and minerals. 2. Buried rock arrangements in association with nitrogen or carbon-rich sediments indicative of human activity. 3. Artifacts in a developed soil that shows no signs of being disturbed. 4. Intact features such as a hearth, camas or other root ovens for plant processing, wood arrangements related to fishing, remnants of cooking, and smoking or drying racks. 5. Preserved basketry, matting, cordage or other plants/fiber-based precontact artifacts. The process will involve the project archaeologist providing documentation and recommendations to the project Proponents (City of Renton and Murraysmith) to provide to the agencies (USACE and RCO) to engage in consultation with DAHP and the affected tribes. A Mitigative Plan will need to be developed that will be carried out before the Project being able to proceed in this location. All parties will need to be engaged in the construction of the plan. In the unlikely event that human remains are inadvertently encountered at any time during the Project, the protocol outlined in the Inadvertent or Unanticipated Discoveries Plan will be followed. The Inadvertent or Unanticipated Discoveries Plan is included in the Archaeological Monitoring Plan (Bundy 2020) attached here in Appendix 1. CURATION AND ARTIFACT INVENTORY PLAN (WAC 25-48-060 (1) (E) All documents will be curated at the Burke Museum. A request for curation of documents related to this permit was approved by the Burke. Artifacts/objects may include fragmented or intact, unmodified shell and bone; modified bone, antler, stone, shell, teeth, wood and claws, wood artifacts or basketry, lithic artifacts and the debitage from their creation. Documents will be donated to the Burke Museum of Natural History and Culture. We plan on donating the following original and electronic documents:  Monitor’s notes  Human remains catalog, if applicable  Mammal remains catalog, if applicable  Maps ERCI—Archaeological Monitoring Permit Application: Renton Downtown Utility Improvements Project CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION—LIMITED DISTRIBUTION 30  Matrix descriptions  Photos and photo log  Precontact and historic artifact recording forms if applicable If we encounter intact archaeological deposits during any monitoring that cannot be avoided, we will stop and determine the boundaries of the site area and develop a data recovery and curation plan. If we encounter artifacts/objects they will be mapped, photographed and documented using both metric and non-metric variables. Non-metric variables may include:  description of relative size and shape;  raw material type;  type and degree of intentional modification; and  the function of artifact or object, if possible. Metric variables may include:  maximum length;  width and thickness; and  dominant morphological and technological attributes. If possible, all collected artifacts will be processed on-site. Any pre-contact artifacts described during archaeological monitoring will be collected and temporarily housed on site in a secure facility until a curation/reburial plan can be determined. Any samples that need to be taken off site will be consulted on prior to their removal. Reporting will be within 30 days of completion of the fieldwork associated with this project and will follow the professional standards outlined in both Federal and State guidelines. An updated site form will be appended to the final report and submitted separately as a pdf to DAHP. REPORTING A weekly report is provided to the City of Renton during monitoring. The template for ERCI’s weekly reports is in Appendix 2. The final report to state and federal standards will be submitted to all relevant parties within 30 days of completion of fieldwork. An updated site form will be submitted to DAHP with the report. RESPONSIBLE PARTIES ERCI has carried out more than 200 archaeological investigations and monitoring projects since opening our offices in Washington State in 2002. Hayley N. Nichols, M.A. will be responsible for carrying out the terms and conditions of this permit. Her CV is on file at DAHP. A. Financial Evidence ERCI has been retained by Murraysmith under contract for the City of Renton for this Project. The financial letter from the City of Renton is submitted as a separate document. B. Site Restoration The project plans include restoration of road surface and sidewalks. ERCI—Archaeological Monitoring Permit Application: Renton Downtown Utility Improvements Project CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION—LIMITED DISTRIBUTION 31 C. Management Responsibility The majority of the property is within the Right of Way. The City of Renton is co-applicant on this permit. The city is responsible for all projects in and around archaeological sites and is aware that most of the city property is in culturally sensitive land and that in areas where intact sediments remain especially those areas near the historic river corridors projects should be carefully considered. D. Site Security Plan The Project area is in in the Renton right-of-way. Steel plates or temporary asphalt are used to cover trenches at night. E. Public Participation No public participation is planned and data suitable for public dissemination are not expected to result from the project. F. Environmental Checklist SEPA checklist. Submitted as separate document. G. Abandonment N/A H. Disclosure of Previous Violations Hayley N. Nichols does not have any previous violations of this chapter or any federal or state law regulating archaeological objects or sites, historic archaeological resources, glyphic or painted records, or native Indian cairns or graves. No employees of ERCI have had any violations of this nature. I. Disclosure of Outstanding Permits Hayley N. Nichols has one outstanding archaeological excavation permit on file with the DAHP. ERCI—Archaeological Monitoring Permit Application: Renton Downtown Utility Improvements Project CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION—LIMITED DISTRIBUTION 32 REFERENCES CITED Adamson, Thelma 1969 [1934] Folk-Tales of the Coast Salish. Memoirs of the American Folk-lore Society, 27. G.E. Stechert, New York. AFSC (American Friends Service Committee) 1970 Uncommon Controversy: Fishing Rights of the Muckleshoot, Puyallup, and Nisqually Indians. University of Washington Press, Seattle. Allen, Edwin J., Jr. 1976 Intergroup Ties and Exogamy among the Northern Coast Salish. Northwest Anthropological Research Notes 10:161–172. Amoss 1977a, b 1978 1981 AMEC 2010 Cultural Resources Discipline Report for the Burien to Renton RapidRide—F Line Project, NEPA Documented Categorical Exclusion. On file at Washington State Department of Archaeology and Historic Preservation, Olympia, Washington. Armstrong, John Edward 1977 Quaternary Stratigraphy of the Fraser Lowland. In Geological Excursions in the Pacific Northwest: Geological Society of America, 1977 Annual Meeting, Seattle , edited by Edwin H. Brown and Ross Courtland Ellis, pp. 204–226. Department of Geology, Western Washington University, Bellingham. Ausbun, Haley 2019 A Look Back at Black River. Renton Reporter. Electronic Document, https://www.rentonreporter.com/life/a-look-back-at-black-river/, accessed April 16, 2021. Baldwin, Garth, Jennifer Chambers and Alex Berry 2020 Cultural Resources Assessment for the Rainier Avenue Street Level Modifications Project, Renton, King County, Washington. On file at Washington State Department of Archaeology and Historic Preservation, Olympia, Washington. Ballard, Arthur C. 1929 Mythology of Southern Puget Sound. University of Washington Publications in Anthropology Volume 3, No. 2. University of Washington Press, Seattle. Barnett, Homer Garner 1938 The Coast Salish of Canada. American Anthropologist 40:118–141. 1955 The Coast Salish of British Columbia. University of Oregon Monographs, Studies in Anthropology, No. 4. University of Oregon Press, Eugene. Belcher, William R. 1986 Coast Salish Social Organization and Economic Redistribution. Northwest Anthropological Research Notes 20:203–211. Berger, Margaret 2007 Cultural Resources Assessment for the Rainier Avenue/Hardie Avenue Project: Rainier Avenue and Shattuck Avenue Railroad Bridge Replacement, Renton, King County, Washington. Western Shore Heritage Services, Inc. Prepared for Widener & Associates. On file at Washington State Department of Archaeology and Historic Preservation, Olympia, 2009 Cultural Resources Assessment for the Rainier Avenue South Transit Improvement and Shattuck Avenue South Storm Drain Project, City of Renton, King County, Washington. On file at Washington State Department of Archaeology and Historic Preservation, Olympia, Washington. Berger, Margaret and Glenn Hartmann 2009 Letter to Ryan Brennan RE: Cultural Resources Assessment of the Renton Lutheran Compass Center—Regional Veterans Complex Project, Renton, King County, WA. On file at Washington State Department of Archaeology and Historic Preservation, Olympia, Washington. ERCI—Archaeological Monitoring Permit Application: Renton Downtown Utility Improvements Project CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION—LIMITED DISTRIBUTION 33 Bierwert, Crisca 1990 Lushootseed Texts: An Introduction to Puget Salish Narrative Aesthetics. Smithsonian Press, Washington D.C. 1993 New Voices in Native American Literary Criticism. Smithsonian Institution Press, Washington, DC. 1999 Brushed by Cedar, Living by the River: Coast Salish Figures of Power. University of Arizona Press, Tucson. Boyd, Robert 1994 Smallpox in the Pacific Northwest. BC Studies 101:5–40. 1999 Indians, Fire, and the Land in the Pacific Northwest. Oregon State University Press, Corvallis. Burns, Robert 1985 The Shape and Form of Puget Sound. University of Washington Press, Seattle. Chatters 1981 State of Washington Archaeological Inventory Form (45KI051). On file at Washington State Department of Archaeology and Historic Preservation, Olympia, Washington. City of Renton 2021 Black River Drainage Basin History. Electronic Document, https://rentonwa.gov/UserFiles/Servers/Server_7922657/File/City%20Hall/Community%20Ser vices/Parks/Black%20River/Black%20River%20Drainage%20Basin%20History.pdf, accessed April 16, 2021. Clague, John J. 1980 Late Quaternary Geology and Geochronology of British Columbia, Part I: Radiocarbon Dates. Geological Survey of Canada Paper 80–13. Energy, Mines and Resources Canada, Ottawa. Collins, William G. 1981 National Register of Historic Places Registration Form (45KI074). On file at Washington State Department of Archaeology and Historic Preservation, Olympia, Washington. Curtis, Edward S. 1913 The Salishan tribes of the coast. The North American Indian (1907–1930) Volume 9, Plimpton Press, Norwood, Massachusetts. DAHP (Department of Archaeology and Historic Preservation) 1979 Cemetery Report: Sbabadid Site Burials. On file at the Washington State Department of Archaeology and Historic Preservation, Olympia. Dellert, Jenny and Shari Maria Silverman 2010 Archaeological Resources Assessment for the City of Renton Lake Avenue South Storm System Project, King County, Washington. On file at Washington State Department of Archaeology and Historic Preservation, Olympia, Washington. Dellert, Jenny, Shari Maria Silverman, and Tom Ostrander 2012 Final Archaeological Monitoring Report for the Lake Avenue South Storm System Project, City of Renton, King County, Washington. On file at Washington State Department of Archaeology and Historic Preservation, Olympia, Washington. Downing, John 1983 The Coast of Puget Sound—Its Processes and Development. University of Washington Press, Seattle. Easterbrook, Donald J. 1963 Late Pleistocene Glacial Events and Relative Sea Level Changes in the Northern Puget Lowland, Washington. Geological Society of America Bulletin 74:1465–1484. 1968 Pleistocene Stratigraphy of Island County. Washington. Washington Division of Water Resources Bulletin 25:1–34. Fladmark, Knut R. ERCI—Archaeological Monitoring Permit Application: Renton Downtown Utility Improvements Project CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION—LIMITED DISTRIBUTION 34 1975 Paleoecological Model for Northwest Coast Prehistory. National Museum of Man, Mercury Series No 43. National Museum of Man, Ottawa. Franklin, Jerry F., and C.T. Dyrness 1988 Natural Vegetation of Oregon and Washington. Oregon State University Press, Corvallis. Gargett, Robert H. and Kate Shantry 2018 Archaeological Investigation Report: Eastside Interceptor Section 2 (ESI2) Phase II Renton, King County, Washington. Equinox Research and Consulting International Inc. Prepared for Carollo Engineers, Inc. On file at Washington State Department of Archaeology and Historic Preservation, Olympia, Washington. Goudie, Andrew 1983 Environmental Change. 2nd ed. Clarendon Press, Oxford. Gunther, Erna 1928 A Further Analysis of the First Salmon Ceremony. University of Washington publications in anthropology, Volume 2, No. 5. University of Washington Press, Seattle. 1945 Ethnobotany of Western Washington. University of Washington Press, Seattle. 1950 The Indian Background of Washington History. Pacific Northwest Quarterly 41(3):189– 202. Haeberlin, Hermann 1924 Mythology of Puget Sound. Journal of American Folk-Lore 37:137–438. Haeberlin, Hermann, and Erna Gunther 1930 Indians of Puget Sound. University of Washington Publications in Anthropology Volume 4, No. 1. University of Washington Press, Seattle. Heusser, Linda E. 1983 Palynology and paleoecology of postglacial sediments in an anoxic basin, Saanich Inlet, British Columbia. Canadian Journal of Earth Sciences 20:873–885. Hilbert, Vi and J. Miller 2001 Puget Sound Geography Original Manuscript from T.T. Waterman. Lushootseed Press, Federal Way, Washington. Hodges, Charles M. and Victoria Piston 2004 Cultural Resources Assessment for the Parkside at 95 Burnett Development 2004 Renton, King County, Washington. On file at Washington State Department of Archaeology and Historic Preservation, Olympia, Washington. 2005 Cultural Resources Assessment for the Merrill Gardens at Renton Centre, Renton, King County, Washington. On file at Washington State Department of Archaeology and Historic Preservation, Olympia, Washington. Hudson, Lorelea 1996 State of Washington Archaeological Site Inventory Form (45KI538). On file at Washington State Department of Archaeology and Historic Preservation, Olympia, Washington. Jorgensen, Joseph G. 1969 Salish Language and Culture, a Statistical Analysis of Internal Relationships, History and Evolution. Language Science Monographs No. 3. Indiana University, Bloomington. Kew 1972 1990 Kramer, Stephanie, Leonard A. Forsman, Dennis E. Lewarch, and Lynn L. Larson 2001 Renton High School Archaeological Resources and Traditional Cultural Places Assessment, King County, Washington. On file at Washington State Department of Archaeology and Historic Preservation, Olympia, Washington. Kramer, Stephanie, Robert Kopperl, and Michael Daniels 2016 Archaeology Survey for the Proposed Renton Commons Project, King County, Washington. On file at Washington State Department of Archaeology and Historic Preservation, Olympia, Washington. Kramer, Stephanie and Lynn L. Larson ERCI—Archaeological Monitoring Permit Application: Renton Downtown Utility Improvements Project CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION—LIMITED DISTRIBUTION 35 2001 Letter to Jack Connell RE: Archaeological Monitoring of Backhoe Sample Points at the Renton High School Indian Site (45KI501). On file at Washington State Department of Archaeology and Historic Preservation, Olympia, Washington. Lenz, Brett 2010 A Cultural Resources Survey of Proposed Autozone Property, Renton, Washington. On file at Washington State Department of Archaeology and Historic Preservation, Olympia, Washington. Lewarch, Dennis E. 1994 Washington Archaeological Site Inventory Form (45KI439). On file at Washington State Department of Archaeology and Historic Preservation, Olympia, Washington. 2001 Washington Archaeological Site Inventory Form(45KI501). On file at Washington State Department of Archaeology and Historic Preservation, Olympia, Washington. 2004 Washington Archaeological Site Inventory Form(45KI587). On file at Washington State Department of Archaeology and Historic Preservation, Olympia, Washington. 2006 Renton High School Indian Site (45KI501) Archaeological Data Recovery, King County, Washington. On file at Washington State Department of Archaeology and Historic Preservation, Olympia, Washington. Lewarch, Dennis E. and Lynn L. Larson 2001a Letter to Jack Connell RE: Renton High School Indian Site (45KI501), Renton, King County, Washington Consultation with the Washington State Office of Archaeology and Historic Preservation, the Muckleshoor Indian Tribe, the Duwamish Tribe, and the Suquamish Tribe. On file at Washington State Department of Archaeology and Historic Preservation, Olympia, Washington. 2001b Letter to Jack Connell RE: Renton High School Indian Site (45KI501), Renton, King County, Washington, Summary of Site Identification, Tribal Consultation, and Redesign of Utility Lines to Avoid Archaeological Deposits. On file at Washington State Department of Archaeology and Historic Preservation, Olympia, Washington. Lilly, K.E., Jr. 1983 Marine Weather of Western Washington. Starpath School of Navigation, Seattle. Metz, Micca 2014 State of Washington Archaeological Site Inventory Form (45KI1210). On file at Washington State Department of Archaeology and Historic Preservation, Olympia, Washington. Moss, Madonna 1986 Native American Religious use in the Pacific Northwest: A Case Study from the Mt. Baker– Snoqualmie National Forest. Northwest Anthropological Research Notes 20:191–201. Mullineaux, Donal R. 1965 Geologic Map of the Renton quadrangle, King County, Washington. Electronic document, https://ngmdb.usgs.gov/Prodesc/proddesc_872.htm, accessed February 26, 2021. 1970 Geology of the Renton, Auburn, and Black Diamond Quadrangles, King County, Washington. Geological Survey Professional Paper 672. United States Department of the Interior. Ness, A.O., and C.G. Richins 1958 Soil Survey of Island County, Washington. United States Department of Agriculture, Soil Conservation Service, Washington, DC. Nichols, Hayley N. 2021 Archaeological Monitoring Report: Quendall Terminals Redevelopment Project, Renton, King County, Washington. ERCI. Prepared for Geosyntec Consultants, Inc. On file at Washington State Department of Archaeology and Historic Preservation, Olympia, Washington. Northwestern University Library ERCI—Archaeological Monitoring Permit Application: Renton Downtown Utility Improvements Project CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION—LIMITED DISTRIBUTION 36 2003 “Goat-hair Blanket—Cowichan,” by Edward S. Curtis. Electronic document, http://curtis.library.northwestern.edu/plates_curtis/ct09/ct09036r.jpg, accessed November 27, 2017. 2003 “Mat House—Skokomish,” by Edward S. Curtis. Electronic document, http://curtis.library.northwestern.edu/curtis/viewPage.cgi?showp=1&size=2&id=nai.09.port.00 000010.p&volume=9, accessed November 27, 2017. 2003 “Puget Sound Baskets,” by Edward S. Curtis. Electronic document, http://curtis.library.northwestern.edu/plates_curtis/cp09/cp09017r.jpg, accessed November 27, 2017. Pielou, E.C. 1991 After the Ice Age. University of Chicago Press, Chicago. Pojar, Jim, and Andy MacKinnon 1994 Plants of the Pacific Northwest Coast. Lone Pine, Vancouver, British Columbia. Renner, Jeff 1997 [1993] Northwest Marine Weather: From the Columbia River to Cape Scott. The Mountaineers, Seattle. Riedel, J.L. 2017 Deglaciation of the North Cascade Range, Washington and British Columbia, from the Last Glacial Maximum to the Holocene. Geographical Research Letters 43:476–496. Riley, Carroll L. 1974 [1953] Ethnological Field Investigation and Analysis of Historical Material Relative to Group Distribution and Utilization of Natural Resources Among Puget Sound Indians. In Coast Salish and Western Washington Indians, Volume 2, edited by David Agee Horr, pp. 27–88. Garland, New York. Rooke , Lara C. 2012 Cultural Resources Discipline Report for the RapidRide—F Line, NEPA Documented Categorical Exclusion Project—Addendum. On file at Washington State Department of Archaeology and Historic Preservation, Olympia, Washington. Shantry, Kate 2005 Fish Processing and Consumption on the Black River Classification of Features at 45KI501 and 45KI51 Puget Sound, WA. On file at Washington State Department of Archaeology and Historic Preservation, Olympia, Washington. Shantry, Kate, Sarah Johnson Humphries, and Robert H. Gargett 2019 Archaeological Monitoring Report: Eastside Interceptor Section 2 (ESI2) Phase II, Renton, King County, Washington. ERCI. On file at Washington State Department of Archaeology and Historic Preservation, Olympia, Washington. Shong, Mike 2011a State of Washington Archaeological Site Inventory Form (45KI1009). On file at Washington State Department of Archaeology and Historic Preservation, Olympia, Washington. 2011b State of Washington Archaeological Site Inventory Form (45KI1010). On file at Washington State Department of Archaeology and Historic Preservation, Olympia, Washington. Shong, Michael, Brandy Rinck, and Christian J. Miss 2011 Archaeological Assessment for Phase 1 of the Renton High School Field Improvement Project King County, Washington. On file at Washington State Department of Archaeology and Historic Preservation, Olympia, Washington. Smith, Marian 1941 The Coast Salish of Puget Sound. American Anthropologist 43:197–211. Smith, Timothy, Stephen Emerson, Stan Gough, and Rebecca Stevens ERCI—Archaeological Monitoring Permit Application: Renton Downtown Utility Improvements Project CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION—LIMITED DISTRIBUTION 37 2014 Cultural Resources Survey for the Washington State Department of Transportation’s I- 405/SR 167 Direct Connector Project, King County, Washington. On file at Washington State Department of Archaeology and Historic Preservation, Olympia, Washington. Soil Survey Staff, Natural Resources Conservation Service, United States Department of Agriculture. 2021 Web Soil Survey—Renton Washington. Electronic document, http://websoilsurvey. nrcs.usda.gov, accessed February 26, 2021 Stein, Alan J. 1999 Renton—Thumbnail History. Electronic document, http://www.historylink.org/File/688, accessed November 10, 2017. Stewart, Hilary 1973 Artifacts of the Northwest Coast Indians. Hancock House, Surrey, British Columbia. 1977 Indian Fishing: Early Methods on the Northwest Coast. Douglas & McIntyre, Vancouver. 1979 Looking at Indian Art of the Northwest Coast. Douglas & McIntyre, Vancouver. 1984 Cedar: Tree of Life to the Northwest Coast Indians. University of Washington Press, Seattle. 1996 Stone, Bone, Antler & Shell: Artifacts of the Northwest Coast . 2nd ed. Douglas & McIntyre, Vancouver. Suttles, Wayne 1958 Private Knowledge, Morality, and Social Classes among the Coast Salish. American Anthropologist 60:497–507. 1960 Affinal Ties, Subsistence, and Prestige among the Coast Salish. American Anthropologist 62:296–305. 1974 [1951] Coast Salish and Western Washington Indians I: Economic Life of the Coast Salish of Haro and Rosario Straits. [PhD dissertation, Department of Anthropology, University of Washington, Seattle.] Garland, New York. 1987 Coast Salish Essays. University of Washington Press, Seattle. Suttles, Wayne, and Barbara Lane 1990 Southern Coast Salish. In Northwest Coast, edited by Wayne Suttles, pp. 485–502. Handbook of North American Indians, Volume 7. Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. Swope, Caroline T. 2015 National Register of Historic Places Registration Form (45KI1259). On file at Washington State Department of Archaeology and Historic Preservation, Olympia, Washington. Thorson, Robert M. 1980 Ice-sheet Glaciation of the Puget Lowland, Washington, During the Vashon Stade (late Pleistocene). Quaternary Research 13:303–312. 1989 Glacio-isostatic Response of the Puget Sound Area, Washington. Geological Society of America Bulletin 101:1163–1174. Trudel, Stephanie E. and Lynn L. Larson 2003a Community Health Care Facility, City of Renton, Archaeological Resources and Traditional Cultural Places Assessment, King County, Washington. On file at Washington State Department of Archaeology and Historic Preservation, Olympia, Washington. 2003b Renton Retail Site, Archaeological Resources and Traditional Cultural Places Assessment, King County, Washington. On file at Washington State Department of Archaeology and Historic Preservation, Olympia, Washington. 2003c Letter to Tom Trompeter RE: Preliminary Results for the Proposed Community Health Facility Project, City of Renton, Archaeological and Traditional Cultural Places Assessment, King County, Washington. On file at Washington State Department of Archaeology and Historic Preservation, Olympia, Washington. 2003d Letter to Richard Potter RE: Preliminary Findings for the Proposed Renton Retail Site, Archaeological Resources and Traditional Cultural Places Assessment, City of Renton, King ERCI—Archaeological Monitoring Permit Application: Renton Downtown Utility Improvements Project CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION—LIMITED DISTRIBUTION 38 County, Washington. On file at Washington State Department of Archaeology and Historic Preservation, Olympia, Washington. Turner, Nancy J. 1995 Food Plants of Coastal First Peoples. Royal British Columbia Museum Handbook. Victoria, British Columbia. United States Department of Agriculture (USDA) 2019 Urban Soils. Soil and Plant Science Division, Natural Resources Conservation Service. Electronic document, file:///C:/Users/ercic/Downloads/Urban_Soils_Fact_Sheet.pdf, accessed May 13, 2021. Waterman, T.T. 1920 Puget Sound Geography. Microform of manuscript on file, Suzzallo Library, Microfilm A3435. University of Washington, Seattle. Waterman, T.T., Hilbert, Vi, J. Miller, and Zalmai Zahir (editors) 2001 Puget Sound Geography. Original manuscript from T.T. Waterman [1921]; edited with additional material from Vi Hilbert, Jay Miller, and Zalmai Zahir. Lushootseed Press, Federal Way, Washington. White, Richard 1980 Land Use, Environment, and Social Change–The Shaping of Island County, Washington . University of Washington Press, Seattle. Whitlock, Cathy 1992 Vegetational and Climatic History of the Pacific Northwest During the Last 20,000 Years: Implication for Understanding Present-Day Biodiversity. Northwest Environmental Journal 8:5–28. Wissel, Jayne and William Collins 1978 National Register of Historic Places Registration Form (45KI209). On file at Washington State Department of Archaeology and Historic Preservation, Olympia, Washington. ERCI—Archaeological Monitoring Permit Application: Renton Downtown Utility Improvements Project CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION—LIMITED DISTRIBUTION 39 APPENDICES Appendix 1: Monitoring Plan ERCI—Archaeological Monitoring Permit Application: Renton Downtown Utility Improvements Project CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION—LIMITED DISTRIBUTION 40 ERCI—Archaeological Monitoring Permit Application: Renton Downtown Utility Improvements Project CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION—LIMITED DISTRIBUTION 41 ERCI—Archaeological Monitoring Permit Application: Renton Downtown Utility Improvements Project CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION—LIMITED DISTRIBUTION 42 ERCI—Archaeological Monitoring Permit Application: Renton Downtown Utility Improvements Project CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION—LIMITED DISTRIBUTION 43 ERCI—Archaeological Monitoring Permit Application: Renton Downtown Utility Improvements Project CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION—LIMITED DISTRIBUTION 44 ERCI—Archaeological Monitoring Permit Application: Renton Downtown Utility Improvements Project CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION—LIMITED DISTRIBUTION 45 ERCI—Archaeological Monitoring Permit Application: Renton Downtown Utility Improvements Project CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION—LIMITED DISTRIBUTION 46 ERCI—Archaeological Monitoring Permit Application: Renton Downtown Utility Improvements Project CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION—LIMITED DISTRIBUTION 47 ERCI—Archaeological Monitoring Permit Application: Renton Downtown Utility Improvements Project CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION—LIMITED DISTRIBUTION 48 ERCI—Archaeological Monitoring Permit Application: Renton Downtown Utility Improvements Project CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION—LIMITED DISTRIBUTION 49 ERCI—Archaeological Monitoring Permit Application: Renton Downtown Utility Improvements Project CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION—LIMITED DISTRIBUTION 50 ERCI—Archaeological Monitoring Permit Application: Renton Downtown Utility Improvements Project CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION—LIMITED DISTRIBUTION 51 ERCI—Archaeological Monitoring Permit Application: Renton Downtown Utility Improvements Project CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION—LIMITED DISTRIBUTION 52 ERCI—Archaeological Monitoring Permit Application: Renton Downtown Utility Improvements Project CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION—LIMITED DISTRIBUTION 53 ERCI—Archaeological Monitoring Permit Application: Renton Downtown Utility Improvements Project CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION—LIMITED DISTRIBUTION 54 ERCI—Archaeological Monitoring Permit Application: Renton Downtown Utility Improvements Project CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION—LIMITED DISTRIBUTION 55 ERCI—Archaeological Monitoring Permit Application: Renton Downtown Utility Improvements Project CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION—LIMITED DISTRIBUTION 56 ERCI—Archaeological Monitoring Permit Application: Renton Downtown Utility Improvements Project CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION—LIMITED DISTRIBUTION 57 ERCI—Archaeological Monitoring Permit Application: Renton Downtown Utility Improvements Project CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION—LIMITED DISTRIBUTION 58 ERCI—Archaeological Monitoring Permit Application: Renton Downtown Utility Improvements Project CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION—LIMITED DISTRIBUTION 59 ERCI—Archaeological Monitoring Permit Application: Renton Downtown Utility Improvements Project CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION—LIMITED DISTRIBUTION 60 ERCI—Archaeological Monitoring Permit Application: Renton Downtown Utility Improvements Project CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION—LIMITED DISTRIBUTION 61 ERCI—Archaeological Monitoring Permit Application: Renton Downtown Utility Improvements Project CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION—LIMITED DISTRIBUTION 62 ERCI—Archaeological Monitoring Permit Application: Renton Downtown Utility Improvements Project CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION—LIMITED DISTRIBUTION 63 ERCI—Archaeological Monitoring Permit Application: Renton Downtown Utility Improvements Project CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION—LIMITED DISTRIBUTION 64 ERCI—Archaeological Monitoring Permit Application: Renton Downtown Utility Improvements Project CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION—LIMITED DISTRIBUTION 65 Appendix 2: Weekly Report Template ERCI Monitoring Weekly Summary Monitor: Hayley N. Nichols Contact: hnichols@equinoxerci.com Project: 20-774 Murraysmith Renton Utilities Dates: Days of work: CR Findings? Significant? Plan for next week: Confirmed with the foreman **Important Response needed: Updates to monitoring areas, scheduling, etc Ground disturbance: Descriptions of monitored ground disturbances, types of sediments observed and any cultural resources. Procedure: Any changes to procedures Photographs of fieldwork and maps of ground disturbances will be provided as figures.